Full text of "ibm :: 1401 :: C20-1601-9 1401 pgmCatApr69"

See other formats

m m

File No. 1401/1440
Form C20-1601-9

Systems Reference Library

Catalog of Programs for IBM 1240-1401-1420-
144Q-145Q and 1460 Data Processing Systems

(April 1969)

This Catalog contains a complete listing of
all programs for the IBM 1240, 1401, 1420,

1440, and 1460 Data Processing Systems
available from the Program Information
Department, 40 Saw Mill River Road, Hawthorne,
New York 10532.

Instructions for ordering programs are contained
in the section of the Introduction entitled,
"Completion of the IBM Program Order Form".

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Introduction ill

Programs Available from PID iii

Program Update Service iii

IBM Catalogs of Programs iii

User Contributed Programs iii

PID Order Processing Turn-Around Times iv

Shipping Methods iv

Completion of the IBM Program Order Form iv

IBM World Trade Users viii

Keyword-in-Context (KWIC) Index ... viii

Program Classification Codes viii

Using the Catalog x

List of New Programs xi

Program Corrections and Revisions xi

Deleted Programs xi

Keyword-in-Context (KWIC) Index xiv

Abstracts
IBM Programs

IBM 1240 Data Processing System 1

IBM 1401 Data Processing System ..... 1

IBM 1420 Data Processing System 26

IBM 1440 Data Processing System 26

IBM 1450 Data Processing System 42

IBM 1460 Data Processing System 42

Contributed Programs

IBM 1401 Data Processing System 45

IBM 1440 Data Processing System 84

Copies of this and other IBM publications can be obtained through IBM branch

offices. Address comments concerning the contents of this publication to

IBM, Program Information Department, 40 Saw Mill River Road, Hawthorne, N. Y. 10532

INTRODUCTION

The only authorized IBM agency in the
United States for the distribution of
programs to IBM users is the DP Program
Information Department, 40 Saw Mill River
Road, Hawthorne, New York 10532,

PROGRAMS AVAILABLE FROM PID

IBM makes available a wide variety of
programs for IBM systems. This selection
of programs is defined into two broad
categories. The first category of available
programs are those which are IBM developed
and supported. These are termed Type I
and Type II programs. Type I (Programming
Systems) and Type II (Application Programs)
are provided by the IBM Corporation as
part of its service to customers. The
programs have been subjected to formal
testing and are maintained by IBM. IBM
makes no warranty, expressed or impliedy-
as to the documentation, function or
performance of these programs and the user
of the programs is expected to make the
final evaluation as to their usefulness
in his own environment.

The second category of available programs
are termed Type III and Type IV programs.
Type III (IBM Contributed Programs) and
Type IV (Customer Contributed Programs)
are programs of general interest contributed
to the Program Information Department for
distribution. These programs and their
documents are essentially in the author's
original form and have not been subjected
to any formal testing. IBM makes no
warranty, expressed or implied, as to the
dociimentation , function or performance
of these programs and the user is expected
to make the final evaluation as to their
usefulness in his own environment.

PROGRAM UPDATE SERVICE

users ordering the basic program packages
for Type I and II programs from PID become
••users of record". A "profile" is
established for each user of record,
containing the user's customer number,
name and address and other "ship- to"
information, and an entry for each Type
I and II basic program package ordered.

Users of record are provided with the PID
Program Update Service based on the entries
in these profiles.

The Program Update Service provides users
of record with automatic program maintenance
(corrections and/or supplements to the
basic program material) as soon as they
become available. The Program Update
Service also provides users of record with

announcement material and ordering
information for that class of program
maintenance (e.g., new versions, releases,
etc.) which must be ordered from PID.

When an order able replacement package
(total or partial) of a Type I or II Program
is announced, it is not always essential
to order it to remain eligible for Program
Update Service. There are situations,
however, when continued Program Update
Service would not be meaningful unless
the replacement package is ordered. In
these situations, failure to order results
in cancellation of further Program Update
Service for this program. A statement
specifying the need to order will always
be included in the announcement notification
which goes to users of record. Program
Update Service is not provided for the
optional program material for Type I and
II programs or for Type III and IV programs.

IBM CATALOGS OF PROGRAMS

Abstracts and detailed ordering instructions
for all programs available from PID are
found in the IBM Catalogs of Programs and
their Supplements, published periodically
by PID. These Catalogs are available from
the Mechanicsburg Distribution Center as
follows :

CATALOG

SUPPLEMENT

FORM

SYSTEM

NUMBER

1240/1401/1420

1440/1450/1460

C20-1601

N20-0013

705/1410/7010/7070

7072/7074/7080/7740/

7750

C20-1602

N20-0014

1620/1710

C20-1603

N20-0015

704/709/7040/

7044/7090/7094

C20-1604

N20-0016

System/360 Models 25
and above.

C20-1619

N20-0030

1 130/1800

C20-1630

N20-0031

Model 20

C20-1691

N20-1852

USER CONTRIBUTED PROGRAMS

Programs written by customer personnel
for submission to the Program Library must
conform to established standards and
procedures. Copies of the Contributed
Program Library Standards Manual and

iii

submittal Forms, are available on request
from PID.

contributed programs may be withdrawn from
availability at any time, at the request
of the program author. In addition,
contributed programs are reviewed for
deletion by PID when the request activity
has fallen below 10 requests in any 12-
month period. Programs deleted by PID
remain available from PID until a deletion
notice is printed in the Catalog or
supplement.

PID ORDER PROCESSING TURN-AROUND TIMES

The normal elapsed time which can be
anticipated from the time the program order
is shipped to PID till the time the order
is received may be calculated from the
following table:

ACTION

TIME IN DAYS

Order Sent to PID

Order Processed at PID

Order Sent from PID

Average - 4
calendar days
in transit
Maximum - 8
working days
at PID
Maximiam - 4
calendar days
in transit

Thus, a three-week cycle should be planned
for when ordering programs from PID.

PID SHIPPING METHOD'S

PID uses three methods to ship program
packages, depending on destination, weight
and urgency. This information may be
worthwhile to users who send magnetic
volumes to PID.

1 . United Parcel Service (air and
land) is used whenever possible.

2. U.S. Mail is used for
destinations beyond United Parcel
territories. Fourth Class
Special Delivery is the level of
service chosen because it
provides service comparable to
First Class (4 days maximum to
any location in the continental
United States) at a much lower
rate. Special Handling Service
it should be noted, is not the
same as Special Delivery
Service, and is not as fast.

PID insures Fourth Class
Special Delivery shipments
to provide a means for tracing
shipments. A signature at
the destination is a requirement

for insured packages.

3. Air Freight service is used for
expedited shipments. To
metropolitan centers, overnight
delivery can usually be expected.

Two day delivery to locations
more than 50 miles from a major
airport is normal.

COMPLETION OF THE IBM PROGRAM ORDER FORM
INTRODUCTION

The IBM Program Order Form (120-1957) i&-
to be employed for all orders submitted
to PID for Type I, II, III and IV programs
and for communications with PID relative
to the establishment, modification and
deletion of PID user profiles. This is
the ONLY form to be used for these purposes.

The IBM Program Order Form is a 3 -copy
form. Copy 3 is retained by the user.

Copies 1 and 2 should be forwarded to the
IBM Branch Office. After completing Section
5 (see below) , the Branch should forward
Copy 1 to PID and retain Copy 2 for
reference purposes.

THE IBM PROGRAM ORDER FORM CONTAINS 5
SECTIONS :

- Section 1 , Program Package

Identification, is used to
describe the program
material required.

- Section 2, Customer and Order

Identification, I^IUST ALWAYS
BE COMPLETED.

- Section 3, User Volume Information, is

completed when the order
requires the submission of
user volumes.

- Section 4, User Registration, is

completed to register a new
PID user, or to modify or
delete a user registration.

- Section 5, For IBM Use, MUST ALWAYS BE

COMPLETED by an IBM
representative .

Instructions for the completion of each
section are given below. Refer to the
sample form presented at the end of this
discussion. See Figure 1 .

SECTION 1 PROGRAM PACKAGE IDENTIFICATION

This section is used to describe the program
packages being ordered. The instructions
V7hich follow, apply to ordering all programs
described in this catalog.

A program is packaged and distributed under
one program number (e.g. , 7090-PR-130,
1410-PR-155, 1130-DP-06X, 1620-01.6.145,

1440-UT-041, etc.) and is fully specified
by entries in Columns 1-24 ON ONE LINE
of Section 1 . A total of 25 ordering lines
have been provided on the order form.

If more than 25 lines are required, the
order may be continued on a second form
and then a third, etc.

COLUMN I BASIC OR OPTIONAL MATERIAL

The requester specifies, in Column 1,
whether the basic or optional program
package is required. If both the basic
and the optional program packages are
required, they must be described separately,
on separate lines of the form. The contents
of these program packages are described
in the abstracts in this manual.

ENTER B or O

COLUMN 2 MACHINE READABLE

The requester specifies, in Column 2,
whether or not he wishes the machine
readable portion of the program package.

ENTER y or N

COLUMN 3 DOCUMENTATION

The requester specifies, in Column 3,
whether or not he wishes the documentation
portion of the program package. PID will
send one copy of the basic documentation
associated with each Type I and II program
ordered, if the documentation is requested.
Requests for ONLY the docximentation for
Type I and II programs, when the machine
readable material is not ordered, should
be sent to the Mechanicsburg Distribution
Center (use Publication Requisition #M02-
0618-3. See Figure 2) . Also, requests
for multiple copies of documentation for
Type I and II programs should be sent to
Mechanicsburg.

piD will honor "documentation only" requests
for Type III and IV programs and also
requests for multiple copies for Type III
and IV program documentation, up to 3
copies. If more than 3 copies are required,
the user may either reproduce copies locally
(this material is not copyrighted) or the
IBM Representative may send a letter to
PID stating the requirements.

ENTER 0 or 1 for Type I and II
Programs

ENTER 0, 1, 2 or 3 for Type III and
IV Programs

COLUMNS 4-13 PROGRAM NUMBER

The exact Program Number, as specified
in the ordering information portion of
the Catalog of Programs abstract should
be entered in this field.

ENTER the Program Number (e.g.,
7040SI141) in columns 4-12
or columns 4-13, as the
length requires. Omit all
special characters such as
decimal points or hyphens.

COLUMNS 15-20 PROGRAM NUMBER EXTENSION

The Program Number Extension is used in
conjunction with the Program Number to
completely and uniquely identify orderable
items from PID. Program number extensions
pertinent to a given program number are
described in the ordering information
portion of the Catalog of Programs abstract
for that program. Whenever a program
number requires a program number extension,
IT MUST BE ENTERED in Columns 15-20.

ENTER as specified in the Catalog
of Programs abstract (left
justify) .

COLUMN 14 ACTION CODE (TYPE I AND II

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGES ONLY)

column 14 provides the user with the means
to maintain his PID profiles for Type I
and II programs in order to make most
effective use of the Program Update Service.
There are 2 specific actions requiring
an entry in Column 14. COLUMN 14 SHOULD
BE LEFT BLANK IN ALL OTHER CASES. These
two actions are:

1 . ORDER AN ANNOUNCED MAINTENANCE PACKAGE

Users of record receive announcements of
the availability of orderable maintenance
packages for programs automatically from
PID.

Users wishing to order an announced
orderable maintenance package may do so
as follows:

enter M in Column 14

The program number and any applicable
program number extension which is identified
in the announcement material must be entered
in Columns 4-13 and 15-20 respectively.

The remainder of Columns 1-24 must also
be completed as applicable.

2. DELETE A TYPE I OR II PROGRAM FROM THE
USER PROFILE

Through the Program Update Service, PID
makes extensive distributions of machine
readable material and documentation to
all users of record of all Type I and II
basic programs. It is essential that the
PID profiles be kept up to date to
facilitate the distribution of this material
to active users as well as to avoid the
distribution of this material to
installations no longer using previously
ordered Type I and II programs.

A Type I or II program previously ordered,
which is no longer being used, may be
deleted from the PID profile as follows:

enter D in Column 1 4

The program number and any applicable
program number extension must be entered
in Columns 4-13 and Columns 15-20
respectively. No other entries in columns
1-24 are required.

COLUMNS 21-22 DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM CODE

(See Table Below)

The media on which each program is available
from PID and the codes to be used, in
Columns 21-22, to specify the desired media
are identified in the Catalog of Programs
abstract for each program.

ENTER the selected medium code.

MEDIUM CODE TABLE

TYPE

DESCRIPTION

CODE

8 channel paper tape.

CARDS

80 column punched cards.

7/556

Magnetic tape recorded
at 7 track, 556 cpi.

7/800

Magnetic tape recorded
at 7 track, 800 cpi.

7DC/800 Magnetic tape recorded
at 7 track, 800 bpi.
Data convert feature
required.

9/800

Magnetic tape recorded
at 9 track, 800 bpi.

9/1600

Magnetic tape recorded
at 9 track, 1600 bpi.

1316

1316 Disk Pack.

2315

2315 Disk Cartridge.

NOTE:

When a program is available from
PID only on 7/556 or 7/800 and
no code is specified by the user,
7/800 will be provided. When a
program is available only on
7DC/800, 9/800 or 9/1600 and
no code is specified by the user,
9/800 will be provided.

COLUMNS 23-24 USER VOLUMES REQUIRED

When the programs ordered require the
submission of user volumes (2400* magnetic
tape reels/disk devices) the number of
user voliimes for each program, as specified
in the Catalog of Programs abstract, is
entered in Colximns 23-24 and Section 3
of the order form is to be completed.

ENTER the nximber of user volumes required
for the medium type selected. The number
should be entered as two digits (01, 02,
etc. )

SECTION 2 CUSTOMER AND ORDER IDENTIFICATION
CUSTOMER NUMBER

Enter the 7 -digit Customer Number in the
space provided ON EVERY IBM PROGRAM ORDER
FORM SUBMITTED TO PID. Do not use the
shaded area unless previously advised to
do so. The Customer Number MUST BE ENTERED
CORRECTLY because the user profile
maintenance and the address to which the
ordered program material will be shipped
by PID will be determined from this number
for all registered PID users (See Section
4). Once registered with PID, users are
not required to enter their name and address
on the order form.

ORDER NUMBER

This number is pre-printed on each form.

PAGE - OF -

If only one form is needed to specify the
program order , enter "1 of 1 " . When more
than one form is needed, number the forms
"1 of n" "2 of n" . . . ”n of n" . Enter the
CUSTOMER NUMBER ON EVERY FORM, and staple
the forms together when sending to PID.

SECTION 3 USER VOLUME INFORMATION

The total number of user volumes (2400*
magnetic tape reels, disk packs or
cartridges) required to fill the program
order, as identified program by program
in Columns 23-24 of Section 1 , should be
accounted for in this section. These
volumes may either be forwarded to PID
or ordered from the appropriate IBM
location. Complete Section 3 by entering
the number of 2400* magnetic tape reels
forwarded or ordered, the serial numbers
of disk devices forwarded, or the plant
order number, quantity and scheduled
shipping dates of the disk devices ordered
from San Jose.

Copy 1 of the IBM Program Order Form should
accompany user volumes forwarded to PID.
User volumes forwarded to PID should be

externally labelled

2400* MAGNETIC
TAPE REELS

1 . Customer Niimber

2 . *Order Number
(Preprinted)

as follows:

DISK PACKS/

CARTRIDGES
1 • Customer Number

2. *Order Number
(Preprinted

3. Disk serial number

It is suggested
that tape reels
be of the aluminum
hub variety

Disk packs should be
shipped in the
standard disk pack
containers (Part
#7350520) .

Disk cartridges should
be shipped in the
standard cartridge
container (Part
#7350600) .

* If multiple Program Order forms are
required to complete the program order,
enter the preprinted Order Number from
the FIRST FORM on all user volume labels.

is registered Section 4 NEED NOT BE
COMPLETED AGAIN until the registration
data requires modification or deletion.

ACTION CODE

R: REGISTER a new PID user. All blocks

of Section 4 must be completed,

M: MODIFY a previous registration by

changing any or all blocks in
Section 4, Each block modified must
be completely respecified. Thus, a
permanent change in the "Attention
To" line of the user's name and
address requires re-specification of
the entire "Ship To" Information block
of Section 4, The other blocks are
left blank,

D: DELETE a previous registration. This

action causes the deletion of the
entire user profile (identified by
the 7 -digit Customer Number entered
in Section 2) from the PID files.

No other information is necessary.

in lieu of forwarding tape reels to PID,
reels may be purchased in conjunction with
ordering programs. To purchase magnetic
tape reels. Part #7035113 (10 1/2" diameter,
2400* reel, 3200 FCI, total surface tested,
clear front, blue back, solid flanges) ,
contact the IBM representative who can
order them directly from PID by sending
a completed copy of the Magnetic Tape Order
Form #170-1138 to PID together with Copy
1 of the Program Order Form, Part #7035113
is the only part number PID carries. If
different tape reels are desired the IBM
representative must send orders for them
with Copy 1 of the Program Order Form to
the Boulder Tape Center, The Tape Center
will forward the reels and the Program
Order Form to PID. This procedure will
of course extend total turnabout time and
delay receipt of the program.

Disk packs and disk cartridges may be
ordered from San Jose in conjunction with
ordering programs. Contact the IBM
representative for assistance. Copy 1
of the Program Order Form should be sent
directly to PID, Upon receipt of the
volumes, PID will fill the order in the
normal manner.

SECTION 4 USER REGISTRATION

Section 4 is completed to register a new
PID user and to modify or delete previous
registrations. Each user must be registered
with PID prior to, or simultaneously with,
his first program order. Once the user

S: SPECIAL "Ship To" this order only.

This action causes a "Ship To"
Information substitution for this
order only. The "Ship To" Information
block must be completely specified.

All other blocks are left blank.

The permanent user registration data
is not affected.

DP BRANCH OFFICE NUMBER/IBM LOCATION

Enter the IBM DP Branch Office number for
the IBM customer or DP Branch Office user.
Enter the IBM division, location and
department codes for IBM users,

magnetic TAPE CAPABILITY

S/3 60 card progreims will be volume shared
for distribution on Distribution Tape Reels
(DTR's) to S/360 users with magnetic tape
capability. These DTR's will have a
retriever placed at the front to enable
the user to punch the programs out
selectively. Enter here the preferred
tape recording mode (trackage and density)
for these volume shared DTR's. Check "None
of These" if not a S/360 user.

"SHIP TO" INFORMATION

Enter the complete shipping address. Do
not use only a Post Office Box number since
PID uses carriers other than the U. S.

Mail. The ZIP CODE must be provided.

In the "Attention To" line, if at all
possible, enter a position title or

vii

department ncune/mimber , rather than the
name of an individual,

SECTION 5 FOR IBM USE

IBM CONTACT

Enter the last name and telephone number
of the IBM representative familiar with
the order. If the representative can be
reached on the IBM network, enter NET and
the correct seven-digit number, PID will
call this person should clarification of
any of the information on the Order Form
be required.

IBM MANAGEMENT SIGNATURE
Each order should be signed by a member
of Branch management or, in the case of
internal IBM users, by the department
manager. The order form should be dated
(MM DD YY) and the Branch Office/Department
number entered,

IBM WORLD TRADE USERS

World Trade users should order programs
by contacting their IBM representative.

KEYWORD- IN-CONTEXT (KWIC) INDEX

The Keyword- in-Con text Index lists all
available progrcims by their search words
and keywords. Search words are significant
words that describe the program but do
not appear in the title. Keywords are
significant words which appear in the
program title.

Each search word and each keyword is listed
alphabetically in a column of the index.
Their respective context words are printed
to the right of the search word or keyword.
There is an index entry for each search
word and keyword. Certain words are not
accepted as indexing words. They are
considered to be too general to be useful
for retrieval purposes and are therefore
prevented from indexing. Hyphenated words
cire treated as one index word, with only
the first word being significauit. Please
refer to page xiv.

Note that the # sign always precedes the
first word of the title. An * sign precedes
a search word. Each print line in the
KWIC Index contains 43 positions. A search
word group or title that is longer than
43 positions will show only the words that
fall to the right of the search word or
keyword being highlighted, up to the limits
of one line. The remaining words become
a separate entry on a different line.

The + sign at the end of a line indicates
there are more words in the search word

group or title than are shown. The complete
title may be found in the title section
of the program abstract.

PROGRAM CLASSIFICATION CODES

Included below is a complete listing of
classification codes for all types of
programs and for each system included in
this catalog.

In addition to assisting you in locating
the abstract of each program, this list
should prove useful in classifying programs
written by IBM or customer personnel and
contributed to the program libraries.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS TYPE I

/AD/ Autochart
/AS/ Assembly Systems

/AT/ Automatic Test

/AU/ Autocoder

/CB/ COBOL - Common Bus. Oriented
Language

/CT/ Commercial Translator

/CV/ Conversion Programs

/DN/ Diagnostic Programs

/FO/ FORTRAN - Formula Translation

/lO/ Input/Output

/LM/ Library Material

/MI/ Miscellaneous

/PR/ Processor - Includes AU, CB,

I/O, etc.

/RG/ Report Generators

/SI/ Simulator Programs

/SM/ Sort/Merge

/SP/ Symbolic Assembly Programs

/SV/ Supervisory Systems

/UT/ Utility Programs

APPLICATION PROGRAMMING TYPE II

Distribution
/DP/ Publishing

/DR/ Retail

/DW/ Wholesale

Fabrication and Assembly

/CN/ Numerical Control Applications

/CX/ Other

/EE/ Electrical Engineering

/EO/ Optics

/EX/ Other

/ME/ Electrical Machinery

Process

/MP/ Petroleum and Industrial

Chemicals

/MT/ Textiles and Paper

Service Industries
Finance

/FB/ Banking

/FI/ Brokerage and Investment

Information Retrieval
/CR/ Information Retrieval

Insurance

/IF/ Fire and Casualty
/XL/ Life

State and Local Government

/UG/ Government, State and Local

Transportation
/ST/ Transportation

Utilities
/SU/ Utilities

Federal Region

/GF/ Government, Federal

Scientific Industries

Aerospace
/MA/ Aerospace

Education

/US/ Secondary Schools
Medical

/UH/ Hospital and Medical

Scientific Marketing

/CA/ Statistical Applications

/CO/ Operations Research

/CP/ Critical Path Scheduling

/CM/ Mathematical Applications

/EC/ Civil Engineering

/MF/ Fabrication and Primary Metals

Cross Industry

Communications
/SC/ Communications

Simulators
/CS/ Simulators

Systems Engineering

/SE/ Systems Engineering Techniques
TYPE III AND TYPE IV PROGRAMS

IBM 1401, 1420 and 1460 Data Processing
Systems

Utility Programs 1.0

1.1 Assembly

1 . 2 Sorting - Merging

1.3 Report Generating

1.4 Miscellaneous General Purpose

1.5 Input/Output

1*6 Data Transmission

Programming Systems

2.0

Mathematical Subroutines

3.0

Differential 6 Integral Equations

4.0

Matrix Programs

5.0

Statistical Programs

6.0

Mathematical Routines

7.0

Physical Sciences

8.0

8.1 General Physics

8.2 Nuclear Physics

8.3 Geology and Geophysics

8.4 Other

Engineering Applications

9.0

9.1 Aeronautical

9.2 Civil

9.3 Chemical

9.4 Electrical

9.5 Mechanical

9.6 Petroleum

9.7 Other

Management Science

10.1 Linear Programming

10.2 Simulation

10.3 Other

Demonstration Programs

11.0

Guide

12.0

12.1 Utility

12.2 Assembly

12.3 Simulation

12.4 Other

13.0

13.1 Utility

13.2 Assembly

13.3 Simulation

13.4 Other

Unclassified

14.0

IBM 1440 Data Processing System

Progrcuraning Systems

1.0

1.0 Preprocessing, Editing

1.1 Monitoring or Supervisory

1.2 Assembly

1.3 Compiling

1.4 IOCS

1.5 Report Generators

1.6 Sorting, Merging

1.7 File Organization

1.8 Data Transmission

1 . 9 Other

10.2 Finance

10.3 Insurance
10.9 Other

Utility Programs 2.0

2.1 Disk

2.2 Tape

2.3 Duplicators and Listers

2 . 4 Input-Output

2.5 Internal Information Transfer

2.6 Data Manipulation-Handling

2.7 Debugging Aids

2.8 Houskeeping, Documentation,
Programming Aids

2.9 Other

Simulators, Translators, S

Interpreters 3 . 0

3.1 Unit Record Simulation

3.2 Computer Simulation

3.3 Translators

3.4 Interpreters

3.9 Other

Differential S Integral Equations 4.0

Matrix Programs 5.0

Statistical Analysis S Probability 6.0

6.1 Basic Statistics

6.2 Time Series Analysis

6.3 Correlation

6.4 Regression Analysis

6.5 Analysis of Variance

6.6 Tests

6.9 Other

Mathematical Routines

7.0

Public Service Industries
Applications

11.1 Business Services

11.2 Communications

11.3 Education

11.4 Government

11.5 Medical

11.6 Transportation

11.7 Utilities

11.9 Other

11.0

Manufacturing Industries Applications 12.0

12.1 Aerospace

12a 2 Control Systems

12.3 Fabrication and Assembly

12.4 Numerical Control

12.5 Process

12.6 Other

Demonstrations 13.0

Systems Engineering 14.0

Unclassified 15.0

USING THE CATALOG

To locate a program begin by thinking of
the significant words describing the desired
program. Then look in the KWIC, Keyword-
in-Context, Index for keyword entry. The
page nximber adjacent to the file number
will then direct you to the corresponding
program abstract. The reference code is
set up as follows:

7.1 Functional Siibroutines

7.2 Floating Point Arithmetic

7.3 Interpolation 5 Curve Fitting

7.4 Polynomial Solutions
7,9 Other

Social g Physical Sciences, Engineering
Applications 8.0

System

lUo

1410

The number of the
IBM system for
which the program
is written.

File No.

CX-07X

06.0,010

The IBM Library
code for filing
and ordering a
program.

Management Information 9 . 0

9.1 Inventory Control

9.2 Scheduling

9.3 Infoannation Classification 6
Retrieval

9.4 Simulators

9.5 Linear Programming

9.6 General Problem Solvers

9.9 Other

Commercial Industries Applications 10.0

10.1 Distribution

Now refer back to the illustration in the
section entitled, " Keyword- in-Cont ext
Index**. As you can see, there are two
kinds of file numbers: The first consists

of an alphabetical and numeric reference;
the second is completely numeric in a Dewey
Decimal sequence.

Type I cind II program abstracts are located
in the **IBM Programs** section of this
Catalog; Type III and IV program abstracts
are located in the "Contributed Programs"
section.

The page number listed at the end of the
KWIC entry line will direct you to the
program abstract. Each abstract describes
the relevant program in enough detail to
help you determine if the program will
meet your requirements.

LIST OF NEW PROGRAMS

This section consists of a list of new
Programs added since the last edition of
the Catalog of its Supplements.

PROGRAM CORRECTIONS AND REVISIONS

There are two kinds of revisions to programs
listed in this Catalog:

1. Changes in the program abstract,

2. Functional changes in the program
documentation and/or changes in the card
decks and tapes.

Abstract changes for all Types of programs
are noted in this Catalog and in the
Supplement. The following codes appear
at the extreme right-end of the title line
for each abstract that is new or has been
revised in this edition:

*N - This symbol indicates a new program.
- This symbol indicates that the
text of the abstract has been
modified.

Functional changes in program documentation
and/or decks or tapes for Type III (IBM
Contributed) and Type IV (Customer
Contributed) programs are listed in a
special table preceding the KWIC Index.

This data is listed under four headings:
machine area; order number; date the
correction was effective; and material
changed. If a user has received the program
data prior to the date indicated and would
like to receive the correction, he must
reorder the program. See the section
entitled, "Completion of the IBM Prograim
Order Form".

Information concerning functional changes
in program documentation and/or decks or
tapes for Type I (Programming Systems)
and Type I (Programming Systems) and Type
II (Application Programs) can be obtained
through your IBM Branch Office.

DELETED PROGRAMS

This section consists of a list of programs
deleted since the last Supplement to the
Catalog and a list of all programs deleted
since the last edition of this Catalog.
Included is an alphabetical heading "Reason
for Removal". Each letter refers to a

key that indicates the specific reasons
for removing the program from the Catalog.

Alphabetical Key to Reason for Removal

A - This Program has been deleted because
of low usage.

B - This Program has been withdrawn at User
Organization Direction.

C - This program has been deleted because of
limited usefulness.

D - This program is obsoleted and replaced
by a file number.

F - This program has been withdrawn by the
author.

Programs deleted by the letter "D" are
followed by a file number code. This code
is the file number of the program that
replaces the deleted program. An abstract
for the replacement program may be found
in the "Abstracts of Available Programs"
Sections in this Catalog.

IBM Program Order

[

S£

PROGRAM NUMBER

PROGRAM

NUMBER

EXTENSION

ill

^5-

5^1

flBjDD

QDQCI

□

I3B1E3EIE9BI

□a

BBSS

0,4/ ,

/y,4<,0

0.^,0.

P/y,

1 i 1 1 1

«,7,r.

, , .

1 j_._i 1 1

RBRR

_j 1 1 i 1

/■<<<>,/

Till!

.1 1 1 1 1 :

o,fjr,

o,o,S,9

1 1 1 1 1

-_L_

/«<«/

1 1 1 1 1

A ‘^<'7

g,/w

*,6,0,

1 1 1 1 1

1 1 i i 1

, ■

1 1 1 1 1

I 1 1

1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1

1 ! 1 i 1

t 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 .

I 1 1

1 1 1 1 1

■

IBM CorporatbiB
Prognm Inlormitian Oapt
40 Saw Mill Ritrar Road

Hawthoroa, New York I0S52 TeL 914 592 5790/IBM Network 8-659-1011

?r;T^.o.o.r: Iimi59ll l7

[page of I

— REmt TO THIS NUMBER N

USER VOLUME INFORMATION

NUMBER OF MAGNETIC
TAPE REELS

DISKS SENT TO P® —

PLAMT omen NUMKR

1 1 ,1 1 — 1 1

BBHBII

“7"i“7T

S’

USER REGISTRATION COMPLETE only when registering a new pid user or

UOCB KCttioiKHMun MOOIFVING OS DELETING A PREVBOS REGISTRATION

ENTER ACTION CODE

R — REGISTER NEW PID USER
M — MODIFY REGISTRATION
D _ DELETE REGISTRATION
S _ SPECIAL “SHIP TO” — THIS ORDER ONLY

1 s/360 MAGNETIC TAPE CAPABILITY (

:heck(i,')

OP BRANCH
OFFICE NO.

i i

IBM

DIVISION

IBM

LOCATION

UmI

iteiH

9TRK800

9TRK 1600

NONE OF
THESE

IEB15

1 1

“SHIP TO" INFORMATION

COMPANY NAME AND ADDRESS (PRINT)

^i/ 1^1 j

Af,/,A/frS,A9.A7r. TTx/.

Bii

FOR IBM USE

IBM CON

5,/

Tact (p»int last namei

L,d"ro,A/, ,

telephone no. [INCLUDE AREA CODE)

DATE

special MESSAGES

Figure 1

Xil

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

1 ~ Distribution Center

Figure 2

KEYWORD-IN-CONTEXT (KWIC) INDEX

TITLE

iBBlDGE CiHD KEEPIHG. tSTACK ~ STORAGE ON+

# ACCELERATOR PACK-STHBOXIC 4K PHOGRAHHING+
ACCODHT. #DEHAHD DEPOSIT

ACCODHTIHG SYSTEM FOR HOSPITAL. #PHOPERTY
ACCODNTIHG, #MOETGAGE LOAN

ACCOOHTIHG. #SA7INGS

ACCODHTIHG. #OH-LIHE SAVINGS

ACCODHTIHG. #HOTOR FREIGHT EEVEHDE

ACCODNTS RECEIVABLE. #RETAIL

#ACCOOHTS RECEIVABLE FOE HOSPITALS.

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE. #HOSPITAL

ACCOOTNIHG. *IHSTALLKENT LOAN

ACQDISITION PEOGHAH. #COHPUTE8 FOE THE IBH+

ACTUAL FOEH. #CORE DDHP RODTINE IN

ADDRESS CONVERSION. fGENEEAL APPROACH TO+
ADDRESS DTILITY. #1401/1311 DISK

ADDRESS DTILITY. *1440/1311 DISK

ADDRESS REORGANIZATION HAINTENANCE+
ADJDSTHENT OF HONTHLY TIME SERIES. #SEASONAL
ADJUSTMENT - CEHSDS METHOD II, 1-9 VERSION, +
ADJDSTMENT, CENSUS METHOD II, X-9 VERSION,*
ADJUSTMENT FOE 1401 VERSIONS OF CENSDS+

♦adhisisteative terminal system.

•ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM.

ADMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM. tCOOPEEATIVE
AIRCRAFT EVALDATION PROGRAM. #1401 AIRLINE
AIRLINE AIRCRAFT EVALDATION PHOGEAH. #1401
♦ALPHABETIC NAME FILE SEARCHING BASED ON+
ALTERATION PROGRAM. tSTANDAHD NAME

AMORIZATION SCHEDULE. «HORTGAGE

ANALYTICAL DATA ACQDISITION PROGRAM.

ANALYZE TEACHER-MADE TESTS. #TS80 - SCORE*
ANDAORR FOE PROGRAM FOE S/360 BASIC PRIC
♦ANTIC A LIST OF CONDENSED CARDS.

#APTCO - AUTOMATIC PROGRAMMING, TESTING,*

♦ASK - INFORMATION RETRIEVAL PROGRAM FOR*
ASSEMBLER. #SPSS - AN IMPROVED SPS -

ASSEMBLER. *SPS SINGLE PASS

ASSEMBLER. #1401 SPS TO SYSTEM/360 BASIC
ASSEMBLY. #ACCELERATOR PACK-SYMBOLIC '4K*
ASSEMBLY PROGRAM NO. 14043. #RAPID

ASSEMBLY FOR THE 1401. #THO - TAPE AUTOCODER
ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE. *1401/1440 EDIT*

♦ASSEMBLY PROGRAM FOE 7750 DSING THE IBM+
ASSEMBLY PROGRAM USING THE IBM 1401.

ASSISTED PROJECT EVALUATION AND REVIEW*
ASSISTED INSTRUCTION OPERATING SYSTEM FOE*
ASSISTED INSTDTILIZATION ANC PRIC
ASSISTED INSTRUCTION OPERATING SYSTEM FOR*
ASSISTED INSTRUCTION. #1401/1460 - 1026*
ASSISTED INSTRUCTION CODRSEWEITER LANGUAGE-
ASSISTED INSTRUCTION. #1440-1026 OPERATING*
*ATS #ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM
♦ATS #ADHINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM
♦ATTENDANCE RECORDING FOR SECONDARY
♦AUTO EATING FOR. FIRE AND CASUALTY*
♦AUTO-TEST.

AUTO-TEST 8K. #1401/1311

AUTO-TEST 16K. *1401/1311

♦AUTO-TEST 16K.

♦AUTO-TEST 8K.

♦ADTOBLOCK II.

♦AUTOCHART.

AUTOCODER PROGRAMS. #ADTOEDIT - 1401 EDIT*
AUTOCODER ASSEMBLY FOR THE 1401. #THO - TAPE
♦AUTOCODER PRE-LIST DIAGNOSTIC.

AUTOCODER SOURCE DECK. #PRE-LIST FOE

♦AUTOCODER PRE-LIST.

AUTOCODER PROGRAM LOGIA DIAGEAMMER.

AUTOCODER CARD FORMAT. tCONVEET SPS CARD*
AUTOCODER CONDENSED PROGRAM. ♦PROGRAM TO*
AUTOCODER. *CONVERSION OF SPS TO

AUTOCODER CONVERTER. *SOPHISTICATED SPS TO
AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAMS - RASP.

AUTOCODER FOR 1401/1460. #CARD SPS TO

AUTOCODER SOURCE G, ANDAORR FOR PROGRAM FOR
AUTOCODER SOURCE. ♦DISASSEMBLER OF*
AUTOCODER. #TYPEWRITBR MACROS FOR*

♦AUTOCODER SERCH BINARY SEARCH MACRO.
AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAMS TO 1401. #CONVEET+
AUTOCODER 2K. *BASIC

AUTOCODER (ON DISK). #1401/1440/1460

♦AOTCCCDEB PROGRAM.

AUTOCODER. #BASIC

AUTOCODER. ♦ BA SIC

AUTOCODER 2K. #BASIC

AUTOCODER ON DISK. #1440-1470 PROCESS*
AUTOCODER. #1440-1070 PROCESS COMMUNICATION*
AUTOCODER (ON TAPE). #1460-1070 PROCESS*
AUTOCODER 2K. *1460-1070 PROCESS*

♦AUTOEDIT - 1401 EDIT FOE 1410 AUTOCODER*
AUTOMATIC PROGRAMMED ADDRESS CONVERSION.
AUTOMATIC PROGRAMMING, TESTING, AND*
♦AUTOMATIC FLOWCHART TECHNIQUE.

AUTOMATIC PLOTTING OF RESULTS. #MANAGEHENT*
AUTOMATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE. #FAST - FULLY
AUTOMATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PROGRAM*
AUTOMATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE PHASE 2 PROGRAM*
AUTOMATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE. #FAST - FULLY
♦AOTOPROPS II NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAM.
AUXILIARY PROGRAMS. *7040/44-1401

BANDS OF 100 POS. 20 CARDS. #MEHOHY DUMP IN
BANK DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM. *MICR ENTRY*
♦BANK DOCUMENT SORT PROGRAM.

♦BANK MANAGEMENT SIMULATOR.

BANK. iBOND TRADE ANALYSIS FOR A

BILL SYSTEM FOR THIRD CLASS PENNSYLVANIA*

PROGRAM NO.

PAGE

1401-01.4.107

053

1401-01.1.016

045

1440-FB-03X •

030

1440-11.5.005

090

1440-FB-04X

030

1440-FB-05X

030

1440-FB-07X

031

1440-ST-02X

037

1440-DE-02X

028

1440-UH-02X

038

11140-DH-03X

039

1440-10.2.003

088

1440-11.5.003

089

1440-02.7.003

087

1401-01.4.034

050

1401-01.4.176

057

1440-02.1.002

085

1440-12.3.001

090

1401-06.0.001

067

1401-06.0.009

069

1401-06.0.010

069

1401-06.0.018

070

1440-CX-07X

028

1460-CX-08X

042

1401-10.3.068

080

1401-10.3.069

080

1401-10.3.069

080

1401-01.2.024

048

1401-14.0.019

083

1401-10.2.006

072

1440-11.5.003

089

1401-10.3.070

080

1401-01.4.220

060

1401-01.4.198

059

1401-01.4.094

052

1401-10.3.009

074

1401-01.1.036

046

1401-01. 1.’052

047

1401-01.4.195

059

1401-01.1.016

045

1401-01.1.017

045

1401-01,1.018

045

1401-01.1.066

047

1401-SP-133

021

1401-SP-156

021

1401-10.2.011

073

1401-14.0.027

083

1440-01.0.001

084

1440-15.0.001

091

1401-OS-092

015

1440-OS-090

033

1440-OS-091

034

1440-CX-07X

028

1460-CX-08X

042

1440-DS-04X

041

1401-IF-01X

009

1401-AT-072

001

1401-AT-081

001

1401-AT-082

002

1440-AT-060

026

1440-AT-061

027

1401-02.0.017

063

1401-02.0.031

064

1401-01.1.014

045

1401-01.1.018

045

1401-01.1.026

046

1401-01.1.039

046

1401-01,1,043

046

1401-01.4.128

055

1401-01.4.131

055

1401-01.4.134

055

1401-01.4.160

057

1401-01.4.165

057

1401-01.4.189

058

1401-01.4.205

059

1401-01.4.220

060

1401-02.0.035

065

1401-02.0.040

065

1401-03.0.036

067

1440-03.3.002

088

1401-AD-005

002

1401-AD-008

002

1401-A0-03?

003

1420-AD-001

026

1440-AD-001

027

1440-AU-006

027

1440-SV-090

037

1440-SV-091

038

1460-SV-090

044

1460-SV-091

044

1401-01-1.014

045

1401-01.4.034

050

1401-01.4.094

052

1401-02.0.019

063

1401-10.2.007

072

1401-10.3.041

077

1401-10.3.063

079

1401-10.3.064

079

1401-10.3.066

079

1401-CN-03X

004

1401-DT-153

025

1401-01.4.063

051

1450-FB-20X

042

1240-SM-030

001

1401-FB-02X

006

1401-FB-09X

007

1401-14.0.026

083

♦ 1401

♦SYSTEM/360

4K*

♦CARD

TITLE

♦BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR STBOCTORE+

♦BILL OP MATERIAL PROGRAMS TO LOAD,*

BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR. #1440/1311

BILLING. #MEDICARE INPATIENT

BILLING. #CHAIN AND WHOLESALE

BILLING. #HOSPITAL PATIENT

BINARY SEARCH MACRO. fAUTOCODEE SERCH

BLOCK DIAGRAMMING SYSTEM. #SYHBOLIC

♦BOND TRADE ANALYSIS FOR A BANK,

BPS S/360 SORT/HEEGE PROGRAM 8K DISK.

BRAILLE - TRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISH TO GRADE*
BRANCH ON OVERFLOW. #ONE CARD 80-80 CARD TO*
BRIDG-IT ON THE 1401. #THE GAME

♦CALCULATE NUMBER OF DAYS BETWEEN TWO*
CALCULATING AND PRINTING EVERYTHING.
CALCULATION - MODOLOUS 10. *SELF CHECKING*
CALCULATION MODULUS II. #SELF-CHECKING*
♦CAPERTSIM - COMPUTER ASSISTED PROJECT*
♦CAPITAL INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (8K) .
CARD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAM.
CABD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAM.
♦CAHD-TO-TAPE DTILITY PROGRAM.

CASH LETTER WRITING. #1240/1440 PROOF OF*
CASUALTY COMPANIES. *AOTO EATING FOE FIRE*
CENSUS METHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 4K, LONG*
CENSUS METHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 4K, SHORT*
CENSUS METHOD II. #DATA TRANSFER - PROGRAM*
CENSUS METHOD II. #TEADING-DAY ADJUSTMENT*
CENTERING QUICK REPORT (QUICKIE). #SELF

CENTS DIGITS TO CHECK-FORM WORDS.

♦CHAIN AND WHOLESALE BILLING.

CHART GENERATOR. #FLOGEN - IBM 1401 FLOW
-CHARTER. *SYSTEHS FLOW

.CHECK AND EDIT. #1 401/1 460 PACE PRE-ASSEMBLY
■CHECK AND EDIT LISTING . #PACE - PRE-ASSEMBLY
- CHECK-FORM WORDS. ♦SUBROUTINE TO CONVERT*
CHECKING PROGRAM. #GENERALIZED TABULATE*
CHECKING NUMBER CALCULATION - MODOLOUS 10.
♦CHECKPOINT AND RESTART PROCEDURE.

CLASS PENNSYLVANIA COUNTIES. *REAL ESTATE*
COBOL THROUGH A LOGIC TRACE AND DATA-NAHE+
♦COBOL EXPANDER PROGRAM,

COBOL.

♦COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION.

COBOL EDIT,

♦COBOL FOR IBM 1440/1401/1460
COEFFICIENTS PROGRAM, #EEGAN
COLLATOR SIMULATOR.

COLUMNS OH THE IBM 1401. fREPEODDCE ONLY*
♦COMMERCIAL AND SAVINGS TELLER SIMULATION*
COMMUNICATION MONITOR FOR 1401/40/60+
COMMUNICATION MONITOR FOR 1440 BASIC*
COMMUNICATION MONITOR FOE 1401 AUTOCODER*
COMMUNICATION MONITOR FOE 1401 BASIC+
♦COMMUNICATIONS IOCS (1026/DDC) FOR THE*
COMMUNICATIONS DTILITY PROGRAM - IBM 1009.
♦COMMUNICATIONS IOCS.

♦COMMUNICATIONS IOCS 1026 (DDC) FOR THE*
COMMUNICATIONS IOCS (1448-DDC). #1460/1401

COMPARE ERROR PRIBT/DUPLICATE. #TAPE

COMPATIBILITY MODE. #COPY 1401-AD-008+
CONDENSED CARDS. #DHPACK

CONDENSED PROGRAM. ♦PROGRAM TO LOAD*
CONDENSED CARDS, #ANTIC A LIST OF

CONDENSING OPERATION. #APTCO - AUTOMATIC*
CONSECUTIVE NUMBERS ON LABELS. #1401/1460*
CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAM. #1401/1311*
CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAM. #1440/1311*
♦CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY DAILY*
♦CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY*

CONTROL MONITOR ON DISK. # 1 40 1/1440/1460 JOB
CONTROL FIELDS. #GENERALIZED TABULATE WITH*
CONTROL PROGRAM. #AUTOPROPS II NUMERICAL
CONTROL SYSTEM. #INPDT/OUTPUT

CONTROL PROGRAM (lOCP) FOR IBM*

CONTROL PROGRAM, #7040/44-1401 INPUT/OUTPDT
CONTROL SYSTEM. #INPDT/ODTPDT

CONTROL SYSTEM. #PEOJECT

♦CONTROLLER,

CONVERSION OF OTHER PUNCHES. #SCOOP I S II*
CONVERSION. fGENERAL APPROACH TO AUTOMATIC*
♦CONVERSION OF SPS TO AUTOCODER.

CONVERSION PROGRAM. #1401 FARGO TO*
CONVERSION PROGRAM. #DEHAND DEPOSIT

CONVERSION. #COBOL LANGUAGE

CONVERSION PROGRAM. ♦FORTRAN II LANGUAGE
♦CONVERT SPS CARD FORMAT TO AUTOCODER*

CONVERT DOLLARS AND CENTS DIGITS TO+

♦CONVERT 1440 AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAMS*
CONVERTER. #SOPHISTICATED SPS TO AUTOCODER
♦COOPERATIVE ADMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM.
♦COPY 1401-AU-008 SYSTEMS PACK TO TAPE*

♦CORE DUMP ROUTINE.

CORE DUMP-
♦CORE PRINT.

♦CORE DUMP RODTINE IN ACTUAL FORM.

♦CORE DUMP.

CORE IN PROGRAM LOAD FORMAT.

CORE PUNCH PROGRAM.

♦CORL-I THIRTEEN VARIABLE SIMPLE*

CORRELATION - VARIABLES OF IMPORTANCE*
CORRELATION. #COEL-I THIRTEEN VARIABLE*
CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS PROGRAM. #REGAN -*
COUNT, PRINT. #RGCP - REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH,
COUNTIES. #REAL ESTATE TAX BILL SYSTEM FOR*
COURSEWRITER LANGUAGE. #OPERATING SYSTEM*
♦CPI - CREATE PRINT IMAGES.

PROGRAM NO.

♦SYMBOLIC

♦PUNCH
♦IBM 1440

1440'

1440

1440-

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1460

1401

1440

1460

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

14Q1

1401

1240

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

12.3. 001

12.3.003
HE-02X

11.5.004
DW-01X
OH-01X

03.0. -036
01,4.097
FB-09X
LH-079
01.4.230

02.3.002

11.0. 010

03.0. 011
01.4.010
01.4.121

07.0. 002
-10.2.011
-(10.3.016

01.4.159

02 . 1.001

UT-027

•10.2.002

IF-01X

06.0. 009

06.0. 010

06.0. 013

06.0. 018
■01.3,018

14.0. 008
DW-01X

02 . 0 . 022

02.0. 039
01. 1.051

01.0. 001

14.0. 008
01.4.056
01.4. 121
01.4.102

14.0. 026
01.4.223

02.0. 041
CB-070
CB-701
SE-13X
CB-073

06.0. 008
01.4.212
01.4.221
10. 2.010
SV-090
SV-091
SV-090
SV-091
10-012
UT-076
10-011
10-012
10-011
01.4.123

14.0. 024

01.4.067
01.4.134
01.4. 198
01.4,094
01.3.024

01.4.159
02. 1.001
IL-02X
IL-03X
01.4.220
01.4.226
CN-03X
10-065
10-077
10-152
10-010
MX-02X
01.1,001
01.4.012
01.4.034

01.4.160

02.0. 036
FB-12X
CB-701
FO-702
01.4.131

14.0. 008
■03.3.002
01.4.165

10.3.068
■14.0.024
01. $.071
Oi.4.141

02.7.002
•02.7.003

02.7.004

02.9.003
■02.9.005

06.0. 006
■06.0.005
■06.0.006
■06.0.008
13.1.009
•14.0.026
■OS-090
01.4.228

CPI

PAGE

090

032

090

029

038

067

053
007
015
062
086
081
066

050

054
071
073
075
057
085
022
088

009
069

069

070
070
049
082
029

064

065
046

084
082

051
054

053
083
061
065
003

003
018
027
069
060
061
073

037

038
044
044
Oil
025

031

032
043

054

083

052

055

059
052

049
057

085

010

011

060
061

004

012
013
013
031

033

084 *
060

050
057
065
001
003
009

055
082
088
057
080
083
052

056

086
087
087
087
087

068
068
068
069
081
083
033
062

XIV

CHEATE

INFORMATION

TITLE PROGRAM NO,

CREATE PRINT IMAGES. #CPI - 1401-01,4.228

CREDIT ONIONS. #INDIVIDDAL LEDGER EXTRACT+ 1401-10.3.055

CREDIT ONIONS. #INDIVIDOAL LEDGER DPDATE+ 1401-10.3.056

fCEITICAL PATH SCHEDOLER (BASIC 1401). 1401-10.3.013

fCRITICAL PATH LISTING AND RESOORCE+ 1401-10.3.028

♦CRITICAL PATH MANAGEMENT GAME. 1401-10.3.059

CROSS REFERENCE LIST. tDOCDMENT AND TESTING+ 1401-01.4.223
CORTE FIT FOR ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND+ 1401-07.0.003

CYCLE PROGRAMS. #CONSOLIDATED FONCTIONS+ 1401-IL-02X

DAILY CYCLE PROGRAMS. #COHSOLIDATED+ 1401-IL-02X

DATA-NAHE CROSS REFERENCE LIST. #DOCUBENT+ 1401-01.4.223
DATES SOBROUTINE-DTCALC. #CALCULATE NOMBER+ 1401-03.0.011
DATOHIC ANALYSIS OFF RECORDING COMPUTER 1401-10.1.004

DAYS BETWEEN THO DATES SOBROUTINE-DTCALC. 1401-03.0.011

♦DEBUGGING #RAPID SELECTIVE TRACE 1440-01.4.002

DECISION TABLES. #PRINT 1401-01.4.126

DECISION MAKING LABORATORY AOTOMATIC+ 1401-10.2.007

DECISION MAKING LABORATORY. #1401/1440 DISK+ 1401-10.2.012

♦DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR PROGRAM. 1401-SE-05X

DECISION-MAKING LABORATORY. #MANAGEMENT 1401-CS-02X

♦DEMAND DEPOSIT CONVERSION PROGRAM. 1240-FB-12X

♦DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNT. 1440-FB-03X

♦DEMONSTRATION #FALLOOT 1401-11.0.007

♦DEMONSTRATION #THE GAME BRIDG-IT ON THE 1401-11.0:010

♦DEMONSTRATION ♦MUSIC-MUSIC SIMULATION ON A 1401-11.0.012

DEPOSIT AND CASH LETTER NRITING. #1240/1440+ 1440-10.2.002
DEPOSIT CONVERSION PROGRAM. #DEHAND 1240-FB-12X

DEPOSIT ACCOUNT. #DEMAND 1440-FB-03X

DESIGN. #ANALTSIS OF VARIANCE, 2 TO THE N+ 1401-06.0.012
DESIGN DATA. ♦HIGHWAY EARTHWORK QUANTITIES+ 1401-09.2.007
DEVELOPMENT. #1440/1311 STERLING REPORT+ 1440-RG-720

DIAGNOSTIC. #AUTOCODER PRE-LIST 1401-01.1.026

DIAGRAMHER. #1401/1410 AUTOCODER PROGRAH+ 1401-01.4.128

DIAGRAMMING SYSTEM. #STMBOLIC BLOCK 1401-01.4.097

DIGITS TO CHECK-FORM WORDS, ♦SUBROUTINE TO+ 1401-14.0.008
♦DIOS - 1311/1301 INPUT-OUTPUT SYSTEM FOR+ 1401-01.5.002
♦DISASSEMBLER OF 1401/1460 PROGRAMS FROM+ 1401-02.0.035

DISK SORT. #IBM 1401/1440/1460/1311 1401-01.2.023

DISK LOAD. #1401 SORT 7 - 1311 1401-01.2.025

DISK ADDRESS UTILITY, #1401/1311 1401-01.4.176

DISK RECORD. tREPAIR 1401-01.4.181

DISK PROGRAM LOADER. #1401/1460-1311 1401-01.4.186

DISK RECORD FINDER. #1311 1401-01.4.187

DISK PRINT PROGRAM. #1401-1311 1401-01.4.211

DISK. AUTOCODER SOURCE G, ANDAORR FOE 1401-01.4.220

DISK PACKS. #1401/1311 MONITOR FOE PROGHAMS+ 1401-02.0,021
DISK AUTOCODER. #TYPEHBITER MACHOS FOE+ 1401-02.0.040

DISK MANAGEMENT DECISION MAKING LABORATORY. 1401-10.2.012

DISK. ♦PROGRAM TO LOAD PROGRAMS ON 1440-01.1.002

DISK INPOT/OOTPOT SOBBOUTINE. #EADIO -+ 1440-01.4.001

DISK RESIDENT. #SORT 54 1440-01.6.001

DISK ADDRESS UTILITY. #1440/1311 1440-02.1.002

DISK SORT PACKAGE. #1440-1311 1440-02.1.003

DISK. #1401/40/60 FORTRAN IV 1401-FO-051

DISK SOBT/MERGE PROGRAM (16K) . #1401/1460+ 1401-LH-011

DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS TAPE+ 1401-LH-012

DISK. #1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOE BPS+ 1401-LH-079

DISK FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES 1401/1460. 1401-UT-052

DISK. #0TILITY PROGRAMS FOR THE 1401-1311 1401-UT-053

DISK. #1440-1470 PROCESS COMMON ICAT10N+ 1440-SV-090

♦DISK FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES. 1440-UT-040

♦DISK UTILITY PROGRAMS. 1440-UT-041

DISK. #1401/1440/1460 JOB CONTROL MONITOR ON 1401-01.4.220
DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION SYSTEM. 1401-CR-01Z

DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM. #GEHERAL 1401-IF-02X

DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM POE A TAPE 1401. 1401-IF-03X

DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE. #1401/1460 SIHOLTANEOUS+ 1401-03.0.041
♦DOCUMENT AND TESTING AIDS FOR COBOL+ 1401-01.4.223

DOCUMENT SORT PROGRAM. #BANK 1240-SH-030

DOCUMENTATION EDITOR. #PAPEE AND PROGRAM 1401-01.4.193
DOCUMENTATION AID PROGRAM. #FLOWCHAETING AND 1401-02.0.024

DOCUMENTATION AIDS SYSTEM. #IBM 1401-SE-12X

DOLLARS AND CENTS DIGITS TO CHECK-FORH+ 1401-14.0.008

DOS/360 AND TOS/360 TAPE SORT/MERGE+ 1401-LM-010

DUMP IN BANDS OF 100 POS. 20 CARDS. #MEHORY 1401-01.4.063

DUMP ROUTINE. #CORE 1401-01.4.071

DUMP. #MODIFIED 1401-01.4.124

DUMP. #SYMB0LIC CORE 1401-01.4.141

DUMP. #GENERAL PURPOSE TAPE 1401-01.4.158

DUMP ROUTINE IN ACTUAL FORM. *CORE 1440-02.7.003

DUMP. #COEE 1440-02.7.004

DUPLICATION. #TAPE 1401-01.4.108

EARTHWORK QUANTITIES AND DESIGN DATA. 1401-09.2.007

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND FORECASTING. 1401-07.0.003

EDIT FOE 1410 AUTOCODER PROGRAMS. #AaTOEDIT+ 1401-01.1.014
♦EDIT - EDITING DATA INPUT FOR VALIDITY. 1401-01.1.020

EDIT SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE. 1401-01.1.056

EDIT LISTING. #PACE - PEE- ASSEMBLY CHECK AND 1440-01.0.001
EDIT. #SYSTEH/360 COBOL 1401-SE-13X

EDIT. #1401/1460 PACE PRE-ASSEMBLY CHECK AND 1401-01.1.051
EDIT.K PROGRAMMING SYMONITOR FORR FOR 1401-01.1.051

EDITING DATA INPUT FOE VALIDITY- #EDIT - 1401-01.1.020

EDITOR. #PAPER AND PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION 1401-01.4.193
EFFORTLESS SYSTEM OP CALCULATING AND+ 1401-01.4.010

ELIMINATE, REPRODUCE. #REER - REPRODUCE, + 1401-01.4.068

ELIMINATES THE MOLTIPL Y-DIVIDE SPECIAL+ 1401-02,0.025

ELIMINATES THE MNGLISASIC PRIC 1401-06.0.001

EMBOSS ON A 1403 PRINTER. #1401/1460+ 1401-01.4.230

EMIT, ELIMINATE, REPRODUCE. #EEER -+ 1401-01.4.068

EMITTING- #FOORTEEN 0 ONE OFFSET+ 1401-14.0.004

♦ENGINEERING SCHEDULING SYSTEM. 1401-EX-01X

ENGLISASIC PRIC 1401-02.0.024

ENGLISH TO GRADE 2 BRAILLE AND EMBOSS ON A+ 1401-01.4.230
ENTRY PROGRAM SUPPORTS 1450 BANK DATA+ 1450-FB-20X

EQUATION AND MATRIX INVERSION PROGRAM. 1401-05.0.003

ERROR PRIHT/DOPLICATE. #TAPE COMPARE 1401-01.4.123

ERROR-DETECTION AIDS. #CAED SYSTEM 1401-AT-017

PAGE title

062 #ESCADE - EFFORTLESS SYSTEM OF+

078 ESTATE TAX BILL SYSTEM FOR THIRD CLASS+

078 ♦ESTIMATING COST #LESS IV

075 ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING+

076 ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING 8K, 12K, and 16K.

079 EVALUATION AND REVIEW TECHNIQUE SIMULATOR.
061 EVALUATION PROGRAM. #1401 AIRLINE AIRCRAFT

071 EVALUR UTILIZATION ANC PRIC

010 EVERYTHING. #ESCADE - EFFORTLESS SYSTEM OF+

010 EXPANDER PROGRAM. tCOBOL

061 EXPLODE IBM FILES. #BILL OF MATERIAL+

066 EXPONENTIAL SMOOTHING. tFORECASTING BY

072 iEXTENDED PERFORMANCE COMPUTER ASSISTED+

066 #EXTENDED PERFORMANCE COMPUTER ASSISTED+

085 EXTRACT PROGRAM FOE CREDIT ONIONS.

054 EXTRACTION METHOD. #A SQUARE ROOT+

072 FACILITATE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS. iMETHOD OF+

073 FACTORIAL DESIGN. #ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE, 2+
018 #PALLOOT.

005 #FARGO ONE-SIXTY-G.

001 FARGO TO SYSTEM/360 RPG MODEL 20 CONVERSION+

030 #FAHGO - POOHTEEN-O-ONE SUTOMATIC REPORT+

081 FEATURES. tTRACE THAT NEEDS NO SPECIAL

081 FEATURES REQUIREMENTS. #FORTRAN+

081 FIELDS. #GENERALIZED TABULATE "WITH OR +

088 FILE SEARCHING BASED ON PHONETICS,

001 FILE ADDRESS REORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE+

030 #FILE UTILITIES.

070 FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES 1401/1460.

071 #FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES.

035 FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES. *DISK

046 FILES PROGRAM. #MATCH AND MODIFY

055 FILES. #BILL OP MATERIAL PROGRAMS TO LOAD,+

053 #FINANCIAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM.

082 FINDER. #1311 DISK RECORD

062 FIRE AND CASUALTY COMPANIES, #AUTO RATING+
065 FIT FOR ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND FORECASTING.
048 #PLOGEN - IBM 1401 FLOW CHART GENERATOR.

048 FLOW CHART GENERATOR. #FLOGEH - IBM 1401

057 FLOW CHARTER. #SYSTEHS

058 FLOWCHART TECHNIQUE. #AUTOMATIC

058 #FL0WCHARTING AND DOCUMENTATION AID

058 FORECASTING. #POLYNOHIAL CURVE PIT FOR+

060 #PORECASTING BY EXPONENTIAL SMOOTHING.

060 FORITOR FOR PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC PRIC

063 FORM. *CORE DUMP ROUTINE IN ACTUAL

065 FORMAT TO AUTOCODER CARD FORMAT. #CONVERT+

073 FORMAT. *PUNCH CORE IN PROGRAM LOAD

084 FORR FOR PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC PRIC

085 FORR FOR PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC PRIC
085 #FOETRAN MODIFICATION WHICH ELIMINATES+

085 FORTRAN. #HACBADY 8K 1440

086 #FORTRAN.

008 FORTRAN IV DISK. #1401/40/60

013 FORTRAN IV TAPE. #1401/60

014 #FORTRAN II LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM.

015 FOURTEEN-O-ONE SUTOMATIC REPORT GENEPATIHG+

023 FREIGHT REVENUE ACCOUNTING. #MOTOR

024 FUNCTIONS ORDINARY DAILY CYCLE PROGRAMS.

037 FUNCTIONS ORDINARY VALUATION PROGRAM.

041 GAME. #CRITICAL PATH MANAGEMENT

041 GAME BRIDG-IT OH THE 1401. #THE

060 GANG PUNCH FOR THE 1401. #SELECTIVE+

004 GANG PUNCH SIMULATOR. #REPHODUCE

009 GANG-PUNCH, COUNT, PRINT. #RGCP - REPRODUCE,

010 GANGPUNCHING OH EMITTING. #FOURTEEN 0 ONE+

067 *GENERALIZED TABULATE AND/OR SEQUENCE+

061 #GENERALIZED TABULATE WITH OR HITHOUT+

001 #GENERALIZED PLOT PROGRAM.

059 GENERATING OPERATION. #FARGO -+

064 GENERATOR PRE-EDIT. #RBPORT PROGRAM

018 GENERATOR. #FLOGEN - IBM 1401 FLOW CHART
082 GENERATOR 4K. #1401/1460 BASIC REPORT+

013 GENERATOR (ON DISK) 1401/1460. #1401/1311+

051 GENERATOR 2K. #HEPORT PROGRAM

052 GENERATOR. #REPORT PROGRAM

054 GENERATOR. #1440 STERLING BASIC REPORT+

056 GENERATOR 2K. #REPORT PROGRAM

056 GPSS-2. #GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATOR -

087 GRADE 2 BRAILLE AND EMBOSS ON A 1403+

087 #HIGHWAY EARTHWORK QUANTITIES AND DESIGN+

054 #HOMEOHNERS RATING PROGRAM.

071 HOSPITAL. *PROPERTY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM FOE

071 #HOSPITAL PATIENT BILLING.

045 *HOSPITAL ACCOUNTS PAYABLE.

045 #H0SPITAL INVENTORY PROGRAM.

047 tHOSPITAL GENERAL LEDGER.

084 #HOSPITAL PAYROLL.

018 HOSPITALS. #ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FOR

046 #HYPERTAPE UTILITY PROGRAMS.

046 II. tAUTOBLOCK

045 II, X-9 VERSION, 4K, LONG PROGRAM.

059 II, X-9 VERSION, 4K, SHORT PROGRAM.

050 II. #DATA TRANSFER - PROGRAM FOR CENSUS+

052 II. #TRADING-DAY ADJUSTMENT FOE 1401+

064 II , #SELF-CHECKING NUMBER CALCULATION+

067 IMAGES. *CPI - CREATE PRINT

062 #IMPACT SIMULATOR.

052 IMPACT. #1311 WHOLESALE

082 IMPACT. #1311 WHOLESALE

006 INCOME TAXES FOR IBM 1401 TAPE SYSTEM.

064 INDEX. #QUICK KWIC

062 +INDEXING #KWIC SYSTEM

042 #INDIVIDUAL LEDGER EXTRACT PROGRAM FOR+

067 #INDIVIDUAL LEDGER UPDATE PROGRAM FOR+

054 INFORMATION RETRIEVAL PROGRAM FOR THE 1401-
001 #INFORMATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL PROGRAM.

PROGRAM NO.

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

1440

1401

-01.4.010

-14.0.026

-10. 3.053

-10.3.001

-10.3.002

-10.2.011

-10.3,069

-13.1.009

-01.4.010

-02.0. 041

-12.3.003

-10.3.008

-14.0.027

■15.0.001

■10.3.055

-03,0.019

-06.0.011

■06.0.012

■11.0.007

-02.0.018

-02.0.036

-RG-045

-01.4.133

■02.0.025

■01.4.226

-01.2.024

-12.3.001

■DT-051

-UT-052

-UT-057

-UT-040

-01.4.231

-12.3.003

-PI-05X

-01.4.187

-IF-01X

■07.0.003

- 02 . 0.022

-02. 0.039

-02. 0.019

-02.0.024

-07.0.003

■10.3.008

•DS-04X

-02.7.003

-01.4.131

-02.9.003

■01. 1.018

-01.1.051

-02.0.025

■01.3.002

-FO-050

■PO-051

-FO-052

■FO-702

-HG-045

-ST-02X

-IL-02X

-IL-03X

■10.3.059

- 11 . 0.010

-01.4.051

-03. 1.001

■13.1.009

-14.0.004

-01.4.056

-01.4.226

-14.0.002

-HG-045

-01.3.005

- 02 . 0.022

-HG-022

-RG-032

-RG-033

-RG-048

-RG-721

-RG-024

-10. 2.008

-01.4.230

-09.2.007

-IF-05X

-11.5.005

-UH-01X

-OH-03X

-DH-04X

-UH-05X

-UH-06X

-DH-02X

-UT-067

-02,0.017

■06.0.009

-06.0.010

-06.0.013

-06.0.018

-07.0.002

■01.4.228

-01. 4.135

-DW-03X

-DW-04X

-14.0.012

-10.3.035

-10,3.010

-10. 3.055

-10. 3,056

-10.3.009

-10.3.047

PAGE

050

083

078

073

073
080
081

050

065

090

074

083

091

078

066

069

070
081

063
065
017
055

064
061

048
090
023

023

024
041
062
090

007
058
009

071
064

064

065

063

064

071
074
041
087

055
087

045

046
064

084

008
008
008

009
017

037

010
Oil

079
081

051
087
081
082
051
061
082
017

049
064
016
016
017
017
035
035

072
062
071
010
090

038

039
039
039
039
038
024
063
069

069

070

071
062

056
005
029
082

076
074
078
078
074

077

mi-OEMATION

PBE-ASSEHBLY

TITLE

PBOGBAM ^O.

IOCS (1448-DDC) .
IV.

IHFOHHATIOH SISTEH. ♦COOPERATIVE ADBISSIOHS
IHFOEHATIOH SISTEM. *SELECTIVE+

IHPATIENT BILLIHG. iHEDICAEE

I»POT FOE VALIDITY. #EDIT - EDITING DATA
♦IHPOT PEOGSAH FOB 7090/7094 SOPPOEI+
INPDT-ODTPDT SISTEH FOE THE 1401/1440/1460.
IHPOT/OOTPOT SOBROOTISE. *EADIO • RAHDOH+
♦IHPOT/ODTPDT CONTROL SISTEH.

IHPDT/ODTPDT CONTROL PEOGEAH (lOCP) FOE IBH+
INPDT/ODTPOT CONTROL PEOGEAH. #7040/44-1401
♦INPOT/ODTPOT CONTROL SISTEH.

♦INSTALLHEHT LOAN ACCOOTHIHG.

IHSTOTILIZATIOK AHC PBIC
INTEGER HETHOD. #SQOAHE ROOT SDBRODTIHE+
INTEGRATED PEOCESSIHG SYSTEM. #PERI-PHBRAL
INTERPOLATION TECHHIQDE (LIMIT) . tLOT SIZE+
♦INVENTORY HAHAGEHEHT SIHOLATOE,

♦INVENTORY MANAGEMENT ANALYSIS PROGRAM.
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT IHTERPOLATION+

INVENTORY SYSTEM. #SKILLS

INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SIMOLATOE 12K 1401+
INVENTORY PROGRAM. #HOSPITAL

INVERSION PROGRAM. ♦MULTIPLE SIMOLTAHEOOS+
INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (8K) . #CAPITAL

♦lOCP WITHOUT PROCESS OVERLAP.
lOCP. #OVERLAP

IOCS (1026/DDC) FOE THE 1401/1460.

IOCS (ON DISK). #IBM 1401/1460

IOCS. ♦COMMUNICATIONS

IOCS 1026 (DDC) FOE THE 1440.

#1460/1401 COMMUNICATIONS
♦ LESS

1401 USINGCH ELIMINATES THE HNGLISiSIC PEIC
♦JOB SUPERVISOR tCONTROLLER
JOB CONTROL MONITOR ON DISK. #140 1/1440/1 460
KEEPING. #STACK - STORAGE ON TAPE TO+

♦ KEYHOED-IN-CONTEIT (KHIC) +
KEYWORD-OUT-OF-COHTEXT (KWOC) .

♦KHIC SYSTEM.

KWIC INDEX. ♦QUICK

LABEL CAPABILITY. #1401 AND 1460 TAPE+
LABELS. #1401/1460 PRINT LARGE COHSECUTIVE+
♦LABOR AND MATERIAL PROGRAM.

LABORATORY AUTOMATIC PLOTTING OF RESULTS.
LABORATORY, #1401/1440 DISK MANAGEMENT+
LABORATORY. #MANAGEMENT DECISION-MAKING

LAST CARD TEST. #ONE OF ONE - 80X80+
LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING+
LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING 8K,+
LEDGER EXTRACT PBCGEAH FOR CREDIT UNIONS.
LEDGER UPDATE PROGRAM FOB CREDIT UNIONS.
LEDGER. #HOSPITAL GENERAL

♦LESS - LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND+

♦LESS PROGRAM 4K.

♦LESS IV.

LETTER WRITING. #1240/1440 PROOF OF DEPOSIT+
♦LINEAR REGRESSION ANALYSIS.

LINEAR regression ANALYSIS. #M0LTIPLE

♦LINEAR PROGRAMMING.

♦LINEAR PROGRAMMING, REVISED SIMPLEX
LINEAR PROGRAMMING. #1400-1311

LIST, #QNE CARD 80-80

LIST OVERFLOW. #CABD

LIST OF CONDENSED CARDS. #ANTIC A

LIST. #DOCUMENT AND TESTING AIDS FOE COBOL+
LISTING AND RESOURCE ANALYSIS. #CHITICAL+
LISTING. #PACE - PRE-ASSEMBLY CHECK AND EDIT
LISTING. TENDED PERFORMANCE COMPUTER
LOAD. #1401 SORT 7 - 1311 DISK

LOAD AUTOCODER CONDENSED PROGRAM. ♦PROGRAM+
LOAD PROGRAM. #1401/1311 CAED-TO-DISK+

LOAD PROGRAMS ON DISK. ♦PROGRAM TO

LOAD PROGRAM. #1440/1311 CARD-TO-DISK+

LOAD FORMAT. ♦PUNCH CORE IN PEOGEAH

LOAD, MAINTAIN AND EXPLODE IBM FILES. #BILL+
LOADER. • #TAPE SYSTEM

LOADER, #1401/1460-1311 DISK PROGRAM

LOAN ACCOUTNING. #INSTaLLMEHT

LOAN ACCOUNTING. fHORTGAGE

LOCAL INCOME TAXES FOR IBM 1401 TAPE+

LOGIA DIAGRAMMER. #1401/1410 AUTOCODER+

LOGIC TRACE AND LATA-NAME CROSS EEFERENCE+
LOGIC TRANSLATOR PROGRAM. #DECISION

♦LOT SIZE INVENTORY HANAGEHEHT+

♦HACBADY 8K 1440 FORTRAN.

MACRO, #AUTOCODEE SEECH BINARY SEARCH

MACRO. #1440 STERLING

MACROS FOE 1401/1440/1460 DISK AUTOCODER.
MAINTAIN AND EXPLODE IBM FILES. #BILL OF+
MAINTENANCE PROGRAM.. #BILL OF MATEHIAL+
MANAGEMENT SIMULATOR. ♦INVENTORY

♦MANAGEMENT DECISION MAKING LABORATORY+
MANAGEMENT DECISION MAKING LABORATORY.
MANAGEMENT ANALYSIS PSOGEAH. ♦ISVESTOSY

MANAGEMENT INTERPOLATION TECHNIQUE (LIMIT) .
MANAGEMENT GAME. tCRITICAL PATH

♦MANAGEMENT DECISION-MAKING LABORATORY.
MANAGEMENT SIMULATOR 12K 1401 VERSION.
MANAGEMENT SIMULATOR. #BANK

♦MATCH AND MODIFY FILES PROGRAM,

MATERIAL PROCESSOR STRUCTURE FILE ADDEESS+
MATERIAL PROGRAM. #LABOE AND

MATERIAL PROGRAMS TO LOAD, MAINTAIN AND+
MATERIAL PROCESSOR. #1440/1311 BILL OF

MATRIX INVERSION PROGRAM. #HULTIPLE+

MATRIX 1401 USINGCH ELIMINATES THE

1401-10.3.068

1401-CR-01X

1440-11.5.004

1401-01.1.020

1401-UT-938

1401-01.5.002

1440-01.4.001

1401-10-065

1401-10-077

1401-10-152

1440-10-010

1440-10.2.003

1440-01.0.001

1401-03.0.014

1401-PE-925

1401-10.3.024

1401-10.2.003

1401-10.3.023

1401-10.3.024

1401-10.3.049

1401-CS-03X

1440-UH-04X

1401-05.0.003

1401-10.3.016

1420-10-010

1420-10-011

1401-10-012

1401-IO-068

1440-10-011

1440-10-012

1460-10-011

1401-10.3.053

1401-06.0,001

1440-01,1.001

1401-01.4.220

1401-01.4.107

1401-CE-02X

1401-10.3.010

1401-10.3.035

1401-UT-025

1401-01.3.024

1440-12.3.002

1401-10.2.007

1401-10.2.012

1401-CS-02X

1401-01.4,188

1401-10.3.001

1401-10.3.002

1401-10.3.055

1401-10.3.056

1440-UH-05X

1401-10.3.001

1401-10.3.002

1401-10.3.017

1401-10.3.053

1440-10.2.002

1401-06.0.002

1401-06.0.004

1401-10.1.002

1401-10.1.004

1401-CO-13X

1401-01.3.011

1401-01.4.130

1401-01.4.198

1401-01.4.223

1401-10.3.028

1440-01.0.001

1401-01.2.025

1401-01.4.134

1401-01.4. 159

1440-01.1.002

1440-02.1.001

1440-02.9.003

1440-12.3.003

1401-01.1.035

1401-01.4.186

1440-10.2.003

1440-FB-04X

1401-14.0.012

1401-01.4.128

1401-01.4.223

1401-SE-05X

1401-10.3.024

1440-01.3.002

140 1-03. 0. 036

1440-MI-702

1401-02.0.040

1440-12.3.003

1440-12.3.001

1401-10.2.003

1401-10.2.007

1401-10.2.012

1401-10.3.023

1401-10.3.024

1401-10.3.059

1401-CS-02X

1401-CS-03X

1401-FB-02X

1401-01.4.231

1440-12.3.001

1440-12.3.002

1440-12.3.003

1440-HE-02X

1401-05.0.003

1401-06.0.001

PAGE TITLE

080 HEAT SYSTEM. #SMI

004 #MEDICARE INPATIENT BILLING.

090 #MEMORY DUMP IN BANDS OF 100 POS. 20 CARDS.

045 MEMORY PRINT. ♦UNIVERSAL

026 MERGE- #CARD

062 MERGE. #8K THREE TAPE SORT

085 #MEEGE 7.

012 #HERGE 6.

013 #HERGE 5.

013 METHOD. #LINEAR PROGRAMMING, REVISED SIMPLEX
031 ♦MICE ENTRY PROGRAM SUPPORTS 1450 BABK+

088 MNGLISASIC PEIC

084 MODE. #COPY 1401-A0-008 SYSTEMS PACK TO+

066 MODIFICATION WHICH ELIMINATES THE+

016 #MODIFIBD DUMP.

076 MODIFY FILES PROGRAM. #MATCH AND

072 MODULAR INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SIMULATOR 12K+

075 MODULOUS 10. #SELF CHECKING NUMBEE+

076 MODULUS II. #SELP-CHECKING NUHBER+

077 MOMENT REPORTING. #SOMR - SPUR OF THE

005 #MONITOR SYSTEM FOE TAPE,

039 MONITOR ON DISK .# 1 40 1/1440/1 460 JOB CONTROL

067 MONITOR FOE PROGRAMS ON DISK PACKS.

075 MONITOR FOR 1401/40/60 AUTOCODER ON DISK.

026 MONITOR FOR 1440 BASIC AUTOCODER.

026 MONITOR FOEITOR FOE PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC

011 MONITOR FOE 1401 AUTOCODER (OR TAPE).

012 MONITOR FOE 1401 BASIC AUTOCODER 2K.

031 MONTHLY TIME SERIES. VSEASONAL ADJUSTMENT OF

032 #MORTGAGE AMORIZATION SCHEDULE.

043 #MOETGAGE LOAN ACCOUNTING.

078 ♦MOTOR FREIGHT REVENUE ACCOUNTING.

067 ♦MULTI-PURPOSE 80-80 REPRODUCING.

084 MULTIPLY DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE. #1401/1460+

060 MULTIPLY-DIVIDE SPECIAL FEATDRES+

053 ♦MUSIC-MUSIC SIMULATION ON A 1401 COMPUTER.
005 NABAC MODEL. #COMMEECIAL AND SAVINGS TELLER+
005 NAME FILE SEARCHING BASED ON PHONETICS.

074 NAME ALTERATION PROGRAM. ASTANDARD

076 NORMAL EXTRACTION METHOD. #A SQUARE EOOT+

022 NUMBER CALCULATION - MODULOUS 10. #SELF+

049 NUMBER OF DAYS BETWEEN TWO DATES+

090 NUMBER CALCULATION MODULUS II.

072 NUMBERS OH LABELS. #1401/1460 PRINT XARGE+

073 NUMERICAL CONTROL PROGRAM. #AUTOPEOPS II
005 OBJECT TO AUTOCODER SOURCE. #DISASSEMBLER+

058 ODD INTEGER METHOD. ASQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE+

073 OFFSET REPRODUCING AND GANGPUNCHING OR+

073 #OH-LINE SAVINGS ACCOUNTING.

078 OHE-SIXTY-G. #FARGO

078 #ONE-WAY ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE.

039 OPERATING TRAINING ON’ THE 1401. #OPTRAIN -
073 OPERATING SYSTEM FOE 1401-1026. #EXTENDED+
073 OPERATING SYSTEM FOE IBM 1440-1448.

075 OPERATING SYSTBH/360 DISK SOBT/MERGE+

078 OPERATING SYSTEMS TAPE SOET/HERGE PROGRAMS.

088 OPERATING SYSTEM COMPUTER ASSISTED+

068 #OPERATING SYSTEM COMPUTER ASSISTED+

068 OPERATING SYSTEM COMPUTER ASSISTED+

071 OPTICAL READER. #IBM INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL+

072 #OPTRAIN - OPERATING TRAINING ON THE 1401.

004 ORDINARY DAILY CYCLE PROGRAMS.

049 ORDINARY VALUATION PROGRAM. #CONSOLIDATED+

055 ORGANIZATION ROUTINES 1401/1460- #1401/1311+

059 ORGANIZATION ROUTINES. #FILE

061 ORGANIZATION ROUTINES. #DISK FILE

076 OVERFLOW. #CARD LIST

084 OVERFLOW. #ONE CARD 80-80 CARD TO PRINTER+
084 OVERLAP. #IOCP WITHOUT PROCESS

048 ♦OVERLAP lOCP.

055 PACE PRE-ASSEMBLY CHECK AND EDIT. #1401/1460

057 #PACE — PRE— ASSEMBLY CHECK AND EDIT

084 PACK TO TAPE THEN TAPE TO 360/2311 IN+

085 PACK TO TAPE THEN UTILIZATION ANC PRIC

087 PACK-SYMBOLIC 4K PROGRAMMING SYSTEM+

090 PACKAGES FOE IBM SYSTEM/360. AINPUT PROGEAH+

046 PACKS. *1401/1311 MONITOR FOR PROGRAMS ON+

058 APAPER AND PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION EDITOR.

088 PASS ASSEMBLER. #SPS SINGLE

030 PATH SCHEDULER (BASIC 1401). tCRITICAL

082 PATH LISTING AND RESOURCE ANALYSIS.

055 PATH MANAGEMENT GAME. tCRITICAL

061 PATIENT BILLIHG. AHOSPITAL

018 PAYABLE. #HOSPITAL ACCOUNTS

076 PAYROLL. #PIECEWORK-TIMBWORK

084 PAYROLL. AHOSPITAL

067 PENNSYLVANIA COUNTIES. fEEAL ESTATE TA1+

033 PERFORMANCE COMPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTIOH+

065 PERFORMANCE COMPUTER ASSISTED

090 PERFORMANCE COMPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION+

090 #PERIPHERAL INTEGRATED PROCESSING SYSTEM.

072 PERIPHERAL UTILITY PROGRAM. #7040/7044 -+

072 PERIPHERAL. #7090/94 1401

073 APERT.

075 PHASE I. tPROJECT PROGRESS REPORT

076 PHASE 2 PEOGEAH PACKAGE. #PAST - FULLY+

079 PHDULINGECT EVALUR UTILIZATION ANC PEIC

005 PHONETICS. tALPHABETIC NAME FILE SEARCHING+

005 #PIECEWORK-TIMEWOEK PAYROLL.

006 PLOT PEOGEAH, #GENERALIZED

062 PLOTTING OF RESULTS. #MANAGEMENT DECISION+

090 ♦ POLYNOMIAL CURVE FIT FOB ECONOMIC+

090 ♦PORTFOLIO SELECTION PROGRAM.

090 POS. 20 CARDS, *MEHOEY DUMP IN BANDS OF 100

032 POWER FACTORIAL DESIGN. AANALYSIS OF+

067 PRE-ASSEMBLY CHECK AND EDIT. ♦ 1 401/1460 PACE

067 PRE-r ASSEMBLY CHECK AND EDIT LISTING. APACE -

PROGRAM NO.
1440-10.1.001
1440-11.5.004
1401-01.4.063
1401-01,4,096
1401-01. 2.018
1401-01.2,022
1401-SM-061
1401-SM-063
1440-SM-031
1401-10.1.004
1450-FB-20X
1401-06.0.001
1401-14.0.024
1401-02.0.025
1401-01.4.124
1401-01.4,231
1401-CS-03X
1401-01.4.121
1401-07.0.002
1401-01. 3.022
1401-01.4.039
1401-01.4.220
1401-02.0.021
1440-SV-090
1440-SV-091
1440-DS-04X
1460-SV-090
1460-SV-091
1401-06.0.001
1401-10.2.006
1440-FB-04X
1440-ST-02X
1401-01.4. 190
1401-03.0.041
1401-02.0.025
1401-11.0.012
1401-10.2.010
1401-01,2.024
1401-14,0.019
1401-03.0.019
1401-01.4, 121
1401-03.0.011
1401-07.0.002
1401-01.3.024
1401-CN-03X
1401-02.0.035
1401-03.0.014
1401-14.0.004
1440-FB-07X
1401-02.0.018
1401-06.0.014
1401-13.4.002
1401-14.0.027
1440-15.0.001
1401-LH-OII
1401-LM-012
1401-0S-092
1440-OS-090
1440-OS-091
1401-10-077
1401-13.4.002
1401-IL-02X
1401-IL-03X
1401-0T-052
1401-UT-057
1440-UT-040
1401-01.4.130
1440-02.3.002
1420-10-010
1420-10-011
1401-01.1.051
1440-01. 0=001
1401-14.0,024
1401-14.0.025
1401-01.1.016
1401-UT-938
1401-02.0.021
1401-01. 4. 193
1401-01. 1.052
1401-10. 3.013
1401-10.3.028
1401-10. 3.059
1440-UH-01X
1440-UH-03X
1401-10.3.015
1440-OH-06X
1401-14=0=026
1401-14.0.027
1440-01.0.001
1440-15.0.001
1401-PE-925
1401-UT-157
1401-OT-158
1401-10.3.007
1401-10. 3.044
1401-10.3.064
1401-13.1.009
1401-01.2,024
1401-10.3.015
1401-14.0.002
1401-10.2.007
1401-07.0.003
1401-FI-04X
1401-01.4.063
1401-06.0.012
1401-01.1.051
1440-01.0.001

PAGE

088

090

051

052

047

048
020
020

036
072
042
067
083
064
054
062
005
054

071

049

050
060

063

037

038
041
044

044
067

072

030

037
059
067

064
081

073

048
083
066

054
066

071

049
004

065

066
082

031
063

070
082

083

091

013

014

015

033

034
013
082
010
Oil

023

024
041

055
086
026
026

046

084
083
083

045
026
063
059

047

075

076
079

038

039
075
039
083

083

084
091

016

025
025

074

077
079
081

048

075
082

072

071
007

051
070

046
084

XVI

PBE-EDIT. ♦REPOHT PBOGHAH GEHEEATOS

PBE-LIST DIAGNOSTIC. #AOTOCODEE

♦PEE-LIST FOB AOTOCODEH SOOBCE DECK.
PRE-LIST. fADTOCODEE

PRINT LARGE CONSECDTITE NUSBEBS ON LABELS.
PRINT. fUNXVEBSAL HEHOBI

♦PEINT DECISION TABLES.

PRINT PBOGBAH.

PRINT IMAGES.

PRINT.

print. #RGCP - EEPEODDCE,

#1401-1311 DISK
fOTILIT?
#CPI - CREATE
#CORE

GANG-PDNCH, COUNT,

PRINT. STS SCORING TECHNIQUE PHDDLINGECT
PRINT/DOPLICATE. tTAPE COMPARE ERROR

PRINTER. #1401/1460 BRAILLE - TRAN -+

PRINTER PROGRAM ilTH BRANCH ON OVERFLOW.
PRINTING EVERITHIHG. #ESCADE - EFFORTLESS+
PROBLEM. #1401/1311 TRANSPORTATION

PROCESS OVERLAP. #IOCP WITHOUT

PROCESS COMMUNICATION MONITOR FOR+

PROCESS COMMUNICATION MONITOR FOE 1440+
PROCESS COMMUNICATION MONITOR FOE 1401+
PROCESS COMMUNICATION MONITOR FOE 1401+
PROCESSING SYSTEM, #HICR ENTRY PROGHAH+
PROCESSING UTILITY PROGRAM, #GEHERAL

PROCESSING SYSTEM. #PERIPHERAL INTEGRATED
PROCESSOR STRUCTURE FILE ADDRESS+

PROCESSOR. #1440/1311 BILL OF MATERIAL

PROGRAM.. #BILL OF MATERIAL PEOCESSOR+
PROGRAM. #FL0WCHABTING AND DOCUMENTATION AID
PROGRAM. PACKT SYSTEM FOR THBHAILLE - TRAN -
PROGRAMMED ADDRESS CONVERSION. #GENERAL+
PROGRESS REPORT PHASE I. #PROJECT

PROJECT EVALUATION AND REVIEW TECHNIQUB+
#PEOJECT PROGRESS REPORT PHASE I-
# PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM.

PROOF OF DEPOSIT AND CASH LETTER WRITING,
#PROPERTY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM FOE HOSPITAL.

PUNCH FOE THE 1401. #SELECTIVE REPRODUCE -+
#PUNCB CORE IN PBOGHAH LOAD FORMAT.

PUNCH PROGRAM. #IBM 1440 CORE

PUNCH SIMULATOR. #REPRODUCE GANG

PUNCH ROUTINES FOE THE 1401-1012. #TAPE

PUNCHES. #SCOOP I S II - SIMPLIFIED+
QUANTITIES AND DESIGN DATA. #HIGHWAY+

QUICK REPORT (QUICKIE) . #SELF CENTERING

#Q0ICK KWIC INDEX.

♦RADIO - RANDOM DISK INP0T/0DTPUT+

RANDOM DISK IHPUl/ODTPUT SUBROUTINE. #RADIO+
♦RAPID ASSEMBLY PROGRAM NO. 14043.

♦RAPID SELECTIVE TRACE.

RASP. #1401/1440/1460 RESEQUENCE AUTOCODEH+
RATING FOR FIRE AND CASUALTY COMPANIES,
BATING PBOGBAH. #HOMBOWNEBS

♦REACTION TIMING PBOGBAH FOB IBM 1401.

READER. #IBM IHPOT/ODTPUT CONTROL PROGHAH+
READING WRITING. #TAPE

♦REAL ESTATE TAX BILL SYSTEM FOR THIRD+
RECEIVABLE. #RETAIL ACCOUNTS

RECEIVABLE FOE HOSPITALS. #ACCODHTS

RECORD. #REPAIR DISK

RECORD FINDER. #1311 DISK

RECORDING COMPUTER UTILIZATION AND 3 1401+
RECORDING COMPUTER UTILIZATION ANC PRIC
RECORDING FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS. #ATTENDANCE
REDUCTION PROGRAM. #TIME SERIES ANALYSIS+
REDUCTION, #DATA ANALYSIS AND

♦BEER - REPRODUCE, EMIT, ELIMINATE,*
REFERENCE LIST. *DOCUMENT AND TESTING AIDS*
♦BEGAN - 4K REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND+
REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING. #TALLY ANALYSIS
REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING. #TARS - TALLY*
REGRESSION ANALYSIS. #LINEAR

REGRESSION PROGRAM. #H0LTIPLE

REGRESSION ANALYSIS. #HULTIPLE LINEAR

♦REGRESSION ANALYSIS COMPUTER PROGRAM.

REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND COBRELATION+
♦RELOCATABLE TRACE PROGRAM.

REORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM.. #BILL+
♦REPAIR DISK RECORD.

♦REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR PRE-EDIT.

REPORT (QUICKIE) . iSELF CENTERING QUICK

REPORT PHASE I. #PROJECT PROGRESS

REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR 4K. #1401/1460+

REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR (ON DISK) +

♦REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR 2K.

REPORT GENERATING OPERATION. #FARGO -+

♦REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR.

REPORT PROGRAM. #1440/1311

REPORT PROGRAM. #BASIC

REPOHT PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT. #1440/1311+
REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR. #1440 STERLING*
♦REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR 2K.

REPORTING, #SOHR - SPUR OF THE MOMENT

♦REPEO-REPRODUCER SIMULATOR ROUTINE FOB*
REPRODUCE - GANG PUNCH FOB THE 1401,
REPRODUCE, EMIT, ELIMINATE, REPRODUCE.
REPRODUCE WITH LAST CARD TEST. #ONE OF ONE*
♦REPRODUCE ONLY CERTAIN COLUMNS ON THE*
REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH, COUNT, PRINT. #RGCP -
REPRODUCE PROGRAM. #1440/1311 80-80

♦REPRODUCE GANG PUNCH SIMULATOR.

REPRODUCER FOR 1440/1311. #VARIABLE CARD
REPRODUCING. #MULTI-PURPOSE 80-80

REPRODUCING AND GANGPDHCHIHG OR EMITTING.
REQUIBEHENTS. #FORTRAN MODIFICATION WHICH*

TITLE

1401-01.3.005 049 RESEQUENCE AUTOCODER SOURCE PROGRAMS -+

1401-01.1.026 046 RESIDENT. #SOET 54 DISK

1401-01.1.039 046 RESOURCE ANALYSIS. #CRITICAL PATH LISTING*

1401-01.1.043 046 RESTART PROCEDURE. #CHECKP0INT AND

1401-01.3.024 049 #EETAIL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.

1401-01.4.096 052 RETRIEVAL SYSTEM. VSELECT DATA

1401-01.4.126 054 RETRIEVAL PROGRAM FOR THE 1401. #ASK -+

1401-01.4.211 060 RETRIEVAL PROGRAM. #INPORMATION STORAGE AND

1401-01.4.225 061 REVENUE ACCOUNTING, #MOTOR FREIGHT

1401-01.4.228 062 REVIEW TECHNIQUE SIMULATOR. #CAPERTSIH -+

1440-02.7.002 086 REVISED SIMPLEX METHOD. #LINEAR PROGRAMMING,

1401-13.1.009 081 #RGCP - REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH, COUNT,

1401-13.1.009 081 ROOT SUBROUTINE. #SQUARE

1401-01.4.123 054 ROOT SUBROUTINE USING ODD INTEGER METHOD.

1401-01.4,230 062 ROOT ROUTINE. #SQUAEE

1440-02.3.002 086 HOOT SUBROUTINE FOR THE 1401 USING NORMAL*

1401-01.4.010 050 RPG MODEL 20 CONVERSION PROGRAM. #1401+

1401-10.3.050 078 RPG TO SYSTEM/360 TRANSLATOR. #IBH 1400

1420-10-010 026 SALESMAN. #THE TRAVELING

1440-SV-090 037 SAVINGS TELLER SIMULATION USING NABAC+

1440-SV-091 038 #SAVINGS ACCOUNTING,

1460-SV-090 044 SAVINGS ACCOUNTING. #OH-LINE

1460-SV-091 044 SCHEDULE. ♦MORTGAGE AMOHIZATION

1450-FB-20X 042 ♦SCHEDULER PROJECT #PEET

1401-01.4.232 062 SCHEDULER (BASIC 1401). #CRITICAL PATH

1401-PR-925 016 SCHEDULING (4K-SCHEDDLING PHASE ONLY) .

1440-12.3.001 090 SCHEDULING 8K, 12K, and 16K. #LESS -+

1440-HE-02X 032 ♦SCHEDULING #LBSS IV

1440-12.3.001 090 SCHEDULING SYSTEM. tSOCRATES STUDENT

1401-02.0.024 064 SCHEDULING. #TARS - TALLY ANALYSIS*

1401-02.0.024 064 SCHEDULING SYSTEM. #ENGINEEEING

1401-01.4.034 050 SCHEDULING . #TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND

1401-10.3.044 077 SCHEDULING. PY 1401-AU-008 SYSTEMS PACK TO

1401-10.2.011 073 SCHOOL PROGRAMS (STUDENT SCHEDULING) .

1401-10.3.044 077 SCHOOL PROGRAMS (GRADE REPORTING) .

1440-HX-02X 033 SCHOOL PROGRAMS (PAYROLL AND PERSONNEL) .

1440-10.2.002 088 SCHOOLS. AND PERSION MONITOR FORITOR FOR

1440-11.5.005 090 SCHOOLS. #ATTENDANCE RECORDING FOR SECONDARY

1401-01.4.051 051 #SCOOP I 6 II - SIMPLIFIED CONVERSION OF*

1440-02.9.003 087 SCORE AND ANALYZE TEACHER-MADE TESTS. #TS80*

1440-02.9.005 087 SCORING TECHNIQUE. tFAST - FULLY AUTOMATIC

1440-03.1.001 087 SCORING TECHNIQUE-PHASE 1 PROGRAM PACKAGE.

1401-10-074 012 SCORING TECHNIQUE PHASE 2 PROGRAM PACKAGE.

1401-01.4.012 050 SCORING TECHNIQUE. #PAST - FULLY AUTOMATIC

1401-09.2.007 071 SCORING TECHNIQUE PEDDLING ECT EVALUR

1401-01.3.018 049 SEARCH PROGRAM. #TAPE

1401-10.3.035 076 SEARCH MACRO. ♦AUTOCODER SERCH BINARY

1440-01.4.001 085 SEARCHING BASED OH PHONETICS. #ALPHABETIC*

1440-01.4,001 085 #SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT OF MONTHLY TIME

1401-01.1.017 045 #SEASOHAL ADJUSTMENT - CENSUS METHOD II,*

1401-01.4.207 060 #SEASOHAL ADJUSTMENT, CENSUS METHOD II,*

1440-01.4.002 085 #SELECT DATA RETRIEVAL SYSTEM,

1401-01.4.189 058 SELECTION PROGRAM. #PORTFOLIO

1401-IF-01X 009 #SELECTIVE REPRODUCE - GANG PUNCH FOR THE*

1401-IF-05X 010 SELECTIVE TRACE. #RAPID

1401-11.0.005 081 SELECTIVE TRACE. #RAPID

1401-10-077 013 VSELECTIVE DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION*

1401-10-040 012 #SELF-CHECKIHG NUMBER CALCULATION MODULUS*

1401-14.0.026 083 SEQUENCE CHECKING PROGRAM. ♦GENERALIZED*

1440-DR-02X 028 SEECH BINARY SEARCH MACRO. ♦AUTOCODER

1440-UB-02X 038 SERIES ANALYSIS AND DATA REDUCTION PROGRAM.

1401-01.4.181 058 SERIES. ♦SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT OF MONTHLY TIME

1401-01.4.187 058 SERIES. UATION AND MATRIX 1401 DSINGCH

1401-06.0.011 069 SIMPLEX METHOD. tLINEAE PROGRAMMING, REVISED

1401-10.1.004 072 SIMPLIFIED CONVERSION OF OTHER PUNCHES.

1440-US-04X 041 SIMULATION UTILITY PROGRAM. #1401/407

1401-06.0.015 070 SIMULATION USING HABAC MODEL. ♦COMMERCIAL*

1401-CA-04X 003 SIMULATION ON A 1401 COMPUTER. ♦MUSIC-MUSIC

1401-01.4.068 052 SIMULATOR ROUTINE FOR THE IBM 1401.

1401-01.4.223 061 SIMULATOR. #IMPACT

1401-06,0.008 069 SIMULATOR. #CARD COLLATOR

1401-14.0.025 083 SIMULATOR. #INVENTOEY MANAGEMENT

1440-11.3.001 089 SIMULATOR. #CAPERTSIM - COMPUTER ASSISTED*

1401-06.0.002 068 SIMULATOR. ♦REPRODUCE GANG PUNCH

1401-06.0.003 068 SIMULATOR 12K 1401 VERSION. #1401/1620*

1401-06.0.004 068 SIMULATOR. #BANK MANAGEMENT

1401-06.0.007 069 SIMULATOR - GPSS-2. #GEHERAL PURPOSE

1401-06.0.008 069 SIMULTANEOUS MULTIPLY DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE.

1401-01.4.103 053 SIMULTANEOUS EQUATION AND MATRIX INVERSION*

1440-12.3.001 090 SIZE INVENTORY MANAGEMENT INTERPOLATION*

1401-01,4.181 058 VSKILLS INVENTORY SYSTEM,

1401-01.3.005 049 #SHI NEAT SYSTEM.

1401-01.3.018 049 SMOOTHING. #FORECASTING BY EXPONENTIAL

1401-10.3.044 077 #SOCRATES STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM.

1401-RG-022 016 ♦SOME - SPUR OF THE MOMENT REPORTING.

1401-RG-032 016 #SOPHISTICATED SPS TO AUTOCODER CONVERTER.

1401-RG-033 017 SORT PROGRAM. #THHEE TAPE

1401-RG-045 017 SORT. #TTSET - TWO TAPE

1401-RG-048 017 SORT MERGE. #8K THREE TAPE

1440-RG-020 034 SORT. #IBM 1401/1440/1460/1311 DISK

1440-RG-021 035 SORT 7 - 1311 DISK LOAD. #1401

1440-BG-720 035 #SORT 54 DISK RESIDENT.

1440-EG-721 035 SORT PACKAGE. #1440-1311 DISK

1440-RG-024 035 SORT PROGRAM, #BAHK DOCUMENT

1401-01.3.022 049 #SORT 7 TIMING PROGRAM FOE 1401/1460.

1401-01.4.054 051 SORT 5 AND 6 TIMING PROGRAM. #1401/1460

1401-01.4.051 051 #SORT 13 AND 14 TIMING PROGRAM FOR*

1401-01.4.068 052 #SORT 3 PROGRAM.

1401-01.4,188 058 #SORT 4.

1401-01.4.221 061 #SORT 7.

1401-13,1,009 081 #SORT 6.

1440-02.3.003 086 #SORT 62.

1440-03.1.001 087 #SORT 64.

1440-02.3.001 086 #SORT 61.

1401-01.4.190 059 #SORT 5.

1401-14.0.004 082 #SORT 52.

1401-02.0.025 064 #SORT 53.

PROGRAM NO.

PAGE

1401-01.4.189

058

1440-01.6.001

085

1401-10.3,028

076

1401-01.4.102

053

1440-DR-02X

028

1401-01. 4. 145

056

1401-10.3.009

074

1401-10.3.047

077

1440-ST-02X

037

1401-10.2.011

073

1401-10.1.004

072

1401-13. 1.009

081

1401-03.0.010

066

1401-03.0.014

066

1401-03.0.015

066

1401-03.0.019

066

1401-02.0.036

065

1401-RG-700

017

1401-10, 3.039

076

1401-10.2.010

073

1440-FB-05X

030

1440-FB-07X

031

1401-10.2.006

072

1401-10.3.007

074

1401-10. 3.013

075

1401-10.3.001

073

1401-10.3.002

073

1401-10.3.053

078

1401-10.3.065

079

1440-11.3.001

089

1401-EX-01Y

006

1401-14.0.025

083

1401-14.0.025

083

1440-DS-01X

040

1440-US-02X

040

1440-US-03X

040

1440-US-04X

041

1440-0S-04X

041

1401-01.4.012

050

1401-10.3.070

080

1401-10.3.041

077

1401-10.3.063

079

1401-10. 3.064

079

1401-10. 3.066

079

1401-13. 1.009

081

1401-01.4.058

051

1401-03.0.036

067

1401-01.2.024

048

1401-06.0. 001

067

1401-06.0.009

069

1401-06.0.010

069

1401-01.4.145

056

1401-FI-04I

007

1401-01.4.051

051

1401-01.4.207

060

1440-01.4.002

085

1401-CR-01X

004

1401-07.0.002

071

1401-01.4.056

051

1401-03.0.036

067

1401-06.0.015

070

1401-06.0.001

067

1401-06.0.001

067

1401-10. 1.004

072

1401-01.4.012

050

1401-01.4.150

056

1401-10.2.010

073

1401-11.0,012

081

1401-01.4.054

051

1401-01.4.135

056

1401-01.4.212

060

1401-10.2.003

072

1401-10.2.011

073

1440-03.1.001

087

1401-CS-03X

005

1401-FB-02X

006

1401-10.2.008

072

1401-03.0.041

067

1401-05.0.003

067

1401-10. 3.024

076

1401-10,3.049

077

1440-10. 1.001

088

1401-10.3.008

074

1401-10.3,065

079

1401-01.3.022

049

1401-01, 4.165

05?

1401-01.2.003

047

1401-01.2.012

047

1401-01.2.022

048

1401-01. 2.023

048

1401-01.2.025

048

1440-01.6.001

085

1440-02.1.003

086

1240-SH-030

001

1401-LH-060

014

1401-LM-062

014

1401-LM-077

014

1401-SM-046

019

1401-SH-047

019

1401-SH-060

019

1401-SM-062

020

1401-SH-064

020

1401-SH-066

020

1401-SM-067

021

1440-SM-030

036

1440-SM-032

036

1440-SM-033

036

XVI 1

SORT

TITLE

1401/1311

PROGRAM NO.

iSOBT 54.

♦SORT 51,

SORT 13, *IBB 1440

SORT 13. *IBM 1440

SORT 14. *IBI! 1460

SORT 14. *IBM 1460

♦SORT I.

SOET/HERGE PEOGRAI!. *IB« 1401/60 TIMIHG+
SORT/MEEGE PROGRAM (16K) . #1401/1460 TIHIHG+
SORT/HERGE PEOGRAHS. #1401/1460 TIHING+
SOET/HERGE PROGRAH (2401 THRODGH 2404).
SORT/BEBGE PROGRAH 8K* DISK. #1401/1460+
SOET/HERGE PROGRAH (EOR THE 2415) .

SOOHCE DECK. #PRE-LIST FOR AOTOCODER

SOORCE PEOGRAHS - RASP. #1401/1440/1460+
SOURCE G, ANDAOER POE PROGRAH FOE S/360
SOURCE. #DISASSEBBLEE OF 1401/1460 PROGRAHS+
SOORCE PEOGRAHS TO 1401. tCOHVERT 1440+

SPS - ASSEHBIEE. #SPSS - AS IHPROVZD

#SPS SINGLE PASS ASSEHBLEE.

SPS CARD FOEHAT TO AOTOCODER CARD FOEHAT.

SPS TO AUTOCODER. tCONVERSIOH OF

SPS TO AUTOCODER CONVERTER. #SOPHISTICATED
SPS TO SYSTEH/360 BASIC ASSEHBIEE. #1401
SPS TO AOTOCODER FOE 1401/1460. #CAED

♦SPSS - AN IHPEOVED SPS - ASSEHBLEE.

SPUR OF THE HOHENT REPORTING, #SOHR -

♦SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE.

♦SQUARE ROOT SUBROUTINE USING ODD INTEGER+
♦SQUARE ROOT ROUTINE.

SQUARE BOOT SUBROUTINE FOR THE 1401 0SING+
♦STACK - STORAGE ON TAPE TO ABRIDGE CAED+
♦STANDARD NABE ALTERATION PROGRAM.

♦STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES FOE IBH+
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS. #METHOD OF RECOEDING+
♦STERLING SUBROUTINES.

STERLING MACRO. #1440

STERLING REPORT PROGRAH DEVELOPMENT.

STEELING BASIC REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR.
STORAGE ON TAPE TO ABRIDGE CARD KEEPING.
STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL PROGRAM. #INFOEHATION
STRUCTURE FILE ADDRESS REOEGANIZATION+
STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM. tSOCEATES

SUB-ROUTINE. #1401/1460 SIHULTANEOUS+
SUBROUTINE-DTCALC. #CALC0LATE NUBBER OF+

SUBROUTINES. #CARD SYSTEM

SUBROUTINES. #STERLING

SUPPORTS 1450 BANK DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM.
SDTOMATIC REPORT GENERATING OPERATION.
♦SYMBOLIC BLOCK DIAGRAMMING SYSTEM.

♦SYMBOLIC CORE DUMP.

♦SYMBOLIC PROGRAMMING SYSTEM 1 (SPS-2) .

♦ SYMBOLIC PROGRAMMING SYSTEM 2 (SPS-2) .
SYHONITOR FORE FOE PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC
SYMONITOR FORE FOE PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC
TAB-BACK PROGRAM. #GENERAL PURPOSE

TABLES. #PEINT DECISION

TABULATE AND/OR SEQUENCE CHECKING PROGRAM.
TABULATE »ITH OR HITHOUT CONTROL FIELDS.
♦TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND
TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING.
TAPE AUTOCODER ASSEMBLY FOR THE 1401.#THO -
♦TAPE SYSTEM LOADER.

TAPE SORT PROGRAM. #THREE

TAPE SORT. #TTSRT - TNO

TAPE SORT MERGE. #8K THREE

♦TAPE UPDATE UTILITY PROGRAM.

TAPE. ♦MONITOR SYSTEM FOR

♦TAPE SEARCH PROGRAM.

TAPE TO ABRIDGE CARD KEEPING. #STACK -+

♦TAPE DUPLICATION.

♦TAPE COMPARE EEEOB PHINT/DUFLICATS .

TAPE DUMP. #GENEEAL PURPOSE

TAPE SYSTEM. #STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES+
TAPE THEN TAPE TO 360/2311 IN COMPATIBILITY+
TAPE THEN UTILIZATION ANC PRIC
TAPE. #1401/60 FORTRAN IV

TAPE 1401. #GENEEAL DISTRIBUTION PEOGRAH+
♦TAPE READING WRITING.

♦TAPE PUNCH ROUTINES FOR THE 1401-1012-
TAPE SOET/MERGE PROGRAM. #IBM 1401/60+

TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS TAPE SORT/HERGE+

TAPE SOET/MERGE PROGEAM+

TAPE SORT/MEEGE PROGRAM (FOR THE 2415).

TAPE UTILITY PROGRAM- #HULTIPLE

TAPE UTILITY PROGRAMS WITH 120 CHAHACTER+
TAPE SYSTEM. #MOLTIPLE UTILITY PROGRAM FCB+
♦TAPE UTILITY SYSTEM FOE THE 7710.

♦TAPE UTILITY PROGRAMS.

♦TAPE-TO-CARD UTILITY PROGRAM.
♦TAPE-TO-PRINTER UTILITY PROGRAM.

♦TARS - TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND+

TAX BILL SYSTEM FOB THIRD CLASS+

TAXES FOR IBM 1401 TAPE SYSTEM. #STATE AND+
rEACKEE-MABE TESTS. #TSS0 - SCORE AND+
♦TEACHER-MADE-TEST PACKAGE.

TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PROGRAM PACKAGE. #FAST -+
TELLER SIMULATION USING NABAC MODEL.

TERMINAL SYSTEM. #ADHINISTRATIVE

TERMINAL SYSTEM. #ADMINISTRATIVE

TEST. #ONE OF ONE - 80X80 REPRODUCE HITH+
TESTING, AND CONDENSING OPERATION. #APTCO -+
TESTING AIDS FOR COBOL THROUGH A LOGIC+
TESTS. #TS80 - SCORE AND ANALYZE+

THBRAILLE - TRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISASIC
THEN TAPE TO 360/2311 IN COMPATIBILITY+

THEN UTILIZATION ANC PRIC

1440-

1460-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1440 -

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1401 -

1440-

1450-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1 l}() 1 .

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440 -

1460-

1401-

1401 -

1401-

SM-034

SM-035

SM-036

SM-037

SM-068

SM-069

SH-029

LM-010

LM-011

LH-012

LH-078

LM-079

LH-080

01.1.039
01.4.189
01.4.220

02.0. 035

03.3.002
01.1.036
01.1.052
01.4.131
01.4.160
01.4.165
01.4.195
01.4.205
01.1.036

01.3.022
03-0.010

03.0. 014

03.0. 015

03.0. 019
01-4.107

14.0. 019

14.0. 012

06.0. 011
HI-701
HI-702
RG-720
RG-721
01.4.107
10.3,047

12.3.001
10.3.065

03.0. 041

03.0. 011
LM-007
MI-701
FB-20X
RG-045
01.4.097
01.4.141
SP-021
SP-030
01.1.018
01.1.051

01.3.003
01.4.126
01.4.056
01.4.226

14.0. 025

11.3.001
01.1.018
01.1.035

01.2.003

01.2.012

01 . 2.022

01.4.022

01.4.039
01.4.058

01.4.107

01.4.108
01,4.123
01.4. 158

14.0. 012

14.0. 024

14.0. 025
FO-052
IF-03X
10-040
10-074
LM-010
LM-012
LH-078
LM-080
UT-019
UT-025
UT-039
UT-069
UT-043
UT-028
UT-026
11.3.001

14.0. 026

14.0. 012
10.3.070
10.3.067
10.3.063
10 . 2.010
CX-07X
CX-08X
01.4.188
01.4.094
01.4.223
10.3.070

02.0. 024

14.0. 024

14.0. 025

036 THIRTEEN VARIABLE SIMPLE CORRELATION.

037 TIME SERIES. #SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT OF MONTHLY
037 #TIME SERIES ANALYSIS AND DATA REDUCTIOH+

037 TIMING PROGRAM FOR IBM 1401. #REACTION

043 TIMING PROGRAM FOE DOS/360 AND TOS/360 TAPE+
043 TIMING PROGRAM FOE IBM BASIC OPERATIHG+

019 TIMING PROGRAM FOB SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE+
013 TIMING program FOR 1401/1460. #SOET 7

013 TIMING PROGRAM. #1401/1460 SORT 5 AND 6

014 TIMING PROGRAM FOR 1401/1460. #SOET 13 AND+

015 TIMING PROGRAM FOE S/360 BASIC PROGRAHMING+
015 TIMING PROGRAM FOB BPS S/360 SOET/MERGE+

015 TIMING PROGRAM FOR S/360 BASIC PHOGRAMMING+
046 TOS/360 TAPE SOET/MERGE PROGRAM. #IBM+

058 TRACE PROGRAM. #EELOCATABLE

060 #TEACE THAT NEEDS NO SPECIAL FEATURES.

065 TRACE. #EAPID SELECTIVE

088 TRACE AND DATA-NAME CROSS REFERENCE LIST.

046 TRACE. ♦RAPID SELECTIVE

047 TRADE ANALYSIS FOE A BANK. #BOND

055 #TRADING-DAY ADJUSTMENT FOR 1401 VERSIONS+

057 TRAINING ON THE 1401. #OPTRAIN - OPERATING

057 TRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISH TO GRADE 2 BRAILLE+

059 TRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISASIC PRIC

059 TRANSFER - PROGRAM FOR CENSUS METHOD II.

046 TRANSLATE ENGLISH TO GRADE 2 BRAILLE AND+

049 TRANSLATE ENGLISASIC PRIC

066 TRANSLATOR. #IBM 1U00 RPG TO SYSTEM/360

066 TRANSLATOR PROGRAM. #DECISION LOGIC

066 TRANSPORTATION PROBLEM. #1401/1311

066 TRAVELING SALESMAN. #THE

053 #TS80 - SCORE AND ANALYZE TEACHER-MADE+

083 #TTSRT - TWO TAPE SORT,

082 #TYPEHEITER MACHOS FOE 1401/1440/1460+

069 UNIONS. #INDIVIDUAL LEDGER EXTRACT PROGRAM+
033 ONIONS. ♦INDIVIDUAL LEDGER UPDATE PROGRAM+
033 ♦UNIVERSAL MEMORY PRINT.

035 #0NPACK CONDENSED CARDS-

035 UPDATE UTILITY PROGRAM. #TAPE

053 UPDATE PROGRAM FOE CREDIT UNIONS.

077 USINGCH ELIMINATES THE MNGLISASIC PRIC
090 UTILITIES. #FILE

079 UTILITY PROGRAH. #TAPE UPDATE

067 UTILITY PROGRAM. #1401/407 SIMULATION

066 UTILITY. #1401/1311 DISK ADDRESS

013 #DTILITY PRINT PROGRAM.

033 UTILITY PROGRAM. #GENERAL PROCESSING

042 UTILITY. #1440/1311 DISK ADDRESS

017 UTILITY PROGRAM. #MULTIPLE TAPE

053 UTILITY PROGRAMS WITH 120 CHARACTER LABEL+

056 UTILITY PROGRAM. *TAPE-TO-PRINTEB

021 UTILITY PROGRAM. #TAPE-TO-CAED

021 UTILITY PROGRAM FOR IBM 1401 TAPE SYSTEM.

045 #UTILITY PROGRAMS FOE THE 1401-1311 DISK.

046 #UTILITT PROGRAMS FOR THE 1401-1009.

048 UTILITY PROGRAMS. #HYPERTAPE

054 UTILITY SYSTEM FOE THE 7710. #TAPE

051 UTILITY PROGRAH - IBM 1009. #DATA+

061 UTILITY PROGRAM. #7040/7044 - 1401+

083 UTILITY PROGRAMS. #DISK

089 UTILITY PROGRAMS. #TAPE

045 UTILITY PROGRAM. *CARD-TO-TAPE

046 UTILITY PROGRAMS. #CARD SYSTEM

047 VALIDITY, #EDIT - EDITING DATA INPUT FOR

047 VALUATION PROGRAM. tCONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS+

048 VARIABLE SIMPLE CORRELATION. #COEL-I+

050 #VARIABLE CARD REPRODUCER FOE 1440/1311.

050 VARIABLES OF IMPORTANCE DETERMINED VOID.

051 VARIANCE, 2 TO THE N POWER FACTOEIAL+

053 VARIANCE- #ONE-WAY ANALYSIS OF

054 #VAEILIST.

054 VOID. #MULTIPLE CORRELATION - VARIABLES OF+

056 WHOLESALE IMPACT. #1311

082 WHOLESALE BILLING. #CHAIN AND

083 WHOLESALE IMPACT- #1311

083 WORDS. #SUBRODTINE TO CONVERT DOLLARS AND+

008 WRITING. *1240/1440 PROOF OF DEPOSIT AND+

010 WRITING. #TAPE BEADING

012 X-9 VERSION, 4K, LONG PROGRAM. #SEASONAL+

012 X-9 VERSION, 4K, SHORT PROGRAM. #SEASONAL+

013 10. #SELF CHECKING NUMBER CALCULATION -+

014 1026 OPERATING SYSTEM COMPUTER ASSISTED+

015 1026 (DDC) FOE THE 1440. #COMMUNICATIONS+

015 1080 ANALYTICAL DATA ACQUISITION PROGRAM.

022 #1240/1440 PROOF OF DEPOSIT AND CASH+

022 1285 OPTICAL READER, #IBM INPOT/ODTPUT+

023 13, #IBM 1440 SORT

025 13. #IBM 1440 SORT

042 1311 DISK LOAD. #1401 SORT 7 -

023 *1311 DISK RECORD FINDER.

022 *1311 WHOLESALE IMPACT.

089 #1311 WHOLESALE IMPACT.

083 1311/1301 INPUT-OUTPUT SYSTEM FOE THE+

082 14. #IBM 1460 SORT

080 14. #IBM 1460 SORT

080 1400 RPG TO SYSTEH/360 TRANSLATOR. *IBM

079 #1400-1311 LINEAR PROGRAMMING.

073 1401. *TWO - TAPE AUTOCODER ASSEMBLY FOR THE

028 1401. K PROGRAMMING SYMONITOR FORE FOE

042 1401-AO-008 SYSTEMS PACK TO TAPE THEN TAPE+

058 1401-AU-008 SYSTEMS PACK TO TAPE THEN

052 1401-1009. #UTILITY PROGRAMS FOR THE

061 1401-1012. #TAPE PUNCH ROUTINES FOR THE

080 1401-1026. #EXTENDED PERFORMANCE COMPUTEF+

064 #1401-1311 DISK PRINT PROGRAM.

083 1401-1311 DISK. #UTILITY PROGRAMS FOR THE

083 #1401/1311 CAHD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD+

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1440-

1401-

1460-

1401-

06.0.006

06.0.001

06.0. 015

11.0. 005
LM-010
LM-011
LH-012
LM-060
LH-062
LM-077
LH-078
LM-079
LH-080
LM-010
01.4.103
01.4.133
01.4.207
01.4.223

01.4.002
FB-09X

06.0. 018

13.4.002
01.4.230

02.0. 024

06.0. 013
01.4.230

02.0. 024
HG-700
SE-05X
10.3.050
10.3.039
10.3.070
01 . 2.012

02.0. 040

10.3.055

10. 3.056
01.4.096
01.4.067
01.4.022
10. 3.056

06.0. 001
UT-051
01.4.022
01.4. 150

01.4. 176
01. 4.225
01.4.232

02 . 1.002
UT-019
UT-025
UT-026
UT-028
UT-039
UT-053
UT-066
UT-067
UT-069
UT-076
UT-157
UT-041
UT-043
UT-027
UT-001
01 . 1.020
IL-03X
06.0.006

02.3.001

06.0. 005

06.0. 012

06.0. 014
01.4.227

06.0. 005
DW-03X
DW-01X
DW-04X

14.0. 008

10.2.002
10-040
06. 0.009

06. 0. 010

01.4. 121
OS- 09 2
10-012
11.5.003
10.2.002
10-077
SM-036
SM-037
01.2.025
01.4.187
DW-03X
DW-04X
01.5.002
SM-068
SM-069
EG-700
C0-13X
01. 1,018
01.1.018

14.0. 024

14.0. 025
UT-066
10-074

14.0. 027
01.4. 211
UT-053
01.4.159

PAGE

068

067

070

081

013

014
014
014

014

015
015
015
013

053

055
060
061
085
007
070
082
062
064
070
062

064

017

018
078
076
080

047

065
078
078
052
052
050
078

067
023
050

056

057
061
062

085
022
022
022
023

023

024
024

024

025
025
025

041

042
022
022
045

011

068

086
068
070
070
061
068
005
029
029
082
088

012
069
069

054
015
032
089
088
013
037
037

048

058
005
029
062

043
043
017
004
045
045
083
083
024
012
083
060
024
057

XVlll

1401/1311

80X80

TITLE

*1401/1311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY.

#1401/1311 MONITOR FOR PROGRAMS ON DISK+
#1401/1311 TRANSPORTATION PROBLEM.

#1401/1311 AUTO-TEST 8K.

#1401/1311 AUTO-TEST 16K.

#1401/1311 REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOH+
*1401/1311 DISK FILE ORGANIZATION+

♦1401/1410 AUTOCODER PROGRAM LOGIA+
1401/1440/1460/1311 DISK SORT. #IBM

#1401/1460-1311 DISK PROGRAM LOADER.
#1401/1620 MODULAR INVENTORY MANAGEMENT+
#1401/40/60 FORTRAN IV DISK.

1401/40/60 AUTOCODER ON DISK. #1440-1470+
#1401/407 SIMULATION UTILITY PROGRAM.
*1401/60 FORTRAN IV TAPE,

1401/60 TIMING PROGRAM FOR DOS/360 AND+
*1401/7740 ASSEMBLY PROGRAM USING THE IBM+
1403 PRINTER. #1401/1460 BRAILLE - TRAN -+
14043. #RAPID ASSEMBLY PROGRAM NO.

#1440-1026 OPERATING SYSTEM COMPUTEE+
#1440-1070 PROCESS COMMUNICATION MONITOR+
#1440-1311 DISK SORT PACKAGE.

1440-1448. #EXTENDED PERFORMANCE COHPUTER+
#1440-1470 PROCESS COMMUNICATION HONITOR+
*1440/1311 CARD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD+
*1440/1311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY.

1440/1311. #VARIABLE CARD REPRODUCER FOR
#1440/1311 80-80 REPRODUCE PROGRAM.
#1440/1311 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR.
#1440/1311 REPORT PROGRAM.

#1440/1311 STEELING REPORT PEOGRAH+
1440/1401/1460- *COBOL FOE IBM

1450 BANK DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM. #MICR+
*1460-1070 PROCESS COMMUNICATION MONITOR+
*1460-1070 PROCESS COMMUNICATION HONITOR+
#1460/1401 COMMUNICATIONS IOCS (1448-DDC) .

2K.

♦BASIC AUTOCODER
♦REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR
♦BASIC AUTOCODER

2K. #1460-1070 PROCESS COHHDNICATION+

2K. . #REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR

360/2311 IN COMPATIBILITY MODE. #COPY+

4K, LONG PROGRAM. #SEASOHAL ADJUSTMENT -+
4K, SHORT PROGRAM. #SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT, +
4K. #LESS PROGRAM

4K. *1401/1460 BASIC REPORT PR06EAM+

51. #SORT

52. *SORT

53. #SORT

54. #SOET

61. #SOBT

62. #SORT

64. #SORT

#7040/44-1401 INPUT/OOTPUT CONTROL PROGRAM.
*7040/44-1401 AUXILIARY PROGRAMS.

*7040/7044 - 1401 PERIPHERAL 0TILITY+
7090/7094 SUPPORT PACKAGES FOB IBH+

*7090/94 1401 PERIPHERAL.

7710. #TAPE UTILITY SYSTEM FOR THE

7750 USING THE IBM 1401. *ASSEMBLY PROGRAM+
8K, 12K, and 16K. *LESS - LEAST-COST+

8K. #1401/1311 AUTO-TEST

8K. #AOTO-TEST

80-80 LIST. #ONE CARD

80-80 REPRODUCING. #MDLTI-PDRPOSE

80-80 CARD TO PRINTER PROGRAM HITH BRANCH+
80-80 REPRODUCE PROGRAM. #1440/1311

80X80 REPRODUCE KITH LAST CARD TEST. #ONE+

PROGRAM NO,

PAGE

1401-01.4.176

057

1401-02.0.021

063

1401-10.3.050

078

1401-AT-081

001

1401-AT-082

002

1401-RG-032

016

1401-UT-052

023

1401-01.4.128

055

1401-01.2.023

048

1401-01.4.186

058

1401-CS-03X

005

1401-FO-051

008

1440-SV-09Q

037

1401-01.4.150

056

1401-FO-052

008

1401-LM-010

013

1401-SP-156

021

1401-01.4.230

062

1401-01. 1.017

045

1440-OS-091

034

1440-SV-091

038

1440-02.1.003

086

1440-15.0.001

091

1440-SV-090

037

1440-02.1.001

085

1440-02.1.002

085

1440-02.3.001

086

1440-02.3.003

086

1440-ME-02X

032

1440-RG-020

034

1440-RG-720

035

1440-CB-073

027

1450-FB-20X

042

1460-SV-090

044

1460-SV-091

044

1460-10-011

043

1401-AU-005

002

1401-BG-033

017

1440-AU-006

027

1460-SV-091

044

1440-RG-024

035

1401-14.0.024

083

1401-06.0.009

069

1401-06.0.010

069

1401-10.3.017

075

1401-RG-022

016

1440-SH-035

037

1440-SM-032

036

1440-SM-033

036

1440-SM-034

036

1401-SH-067

021

1401-SH-064

020

1401-SH-066

020

1401-10-152

013

1401-UT-153

025

1401-UT-157

025

1401-DT-938

026

1401-OT-158

025

1401-UT-069

025

1401-SP-133

021

1401-10.3.002

073

1401-AT-081

001

1440-AT-061

027

1401-01,3.011

049

1401-01.4.190

059

1440-02.3.002

086

1440-02.3.003

086

1401-01.4.188

058

XIX

1240

IBM PROGRAMS

1401

PAGE 001

1240-PB-12X

DEMAHD DEPOSIT COHVERSIOH PROGRAM

OESCRIPTIOH - The IBM 1240 Denand Deposit Conversion Progran
designed to convert HICR Paper documents to disk pack
records in the format required by the 1440 Demand Deposit
Application Program. The program is used in conjunction
with the 1440 Demand Deposit Program to do the complete
demand Deposit Application on the 1240 System.

FEATURES- It allows sorting of paper documents based on
an account number limits table prepared by the, user. Other
functions are identical to the 1440 Demand Deposit
Conversion run.

USE - This program is used in place of the 1440 Demand
Deposit Conversion run on the 1240 System. It may be used
without modification or may be easily modified if user
requirements dictate. Two programs are furnished which
allow the use of a buffered or an unbuffered 1443 Printer.

PROGRAM REQUIREMENT - Demand Deposit Accounting for the
IBM Data Processing Sustem (1440-FB-03X) .

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A 1241 Processing Unit Model
A4. 1442 Card Read Punch Model 1. 1443 Printer with
additional print positions. 1447 Console with sense
switches. Two 1311 Disk Storage Drives, models 1 and 2.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up... Reference Manual
including program listings.

MACBIHE READABLE - Source and program cards.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1240FB12X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1240-SH-030

BANK DOCUMENT SORT PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1240 Bank Document Sort Program,
provides a complete general purpose sorting program for
fine sorting of documents, which is an intergral part of
demand deposit accounting procedures. The program is
specifically designed for this purpose. Documents can
be sorted over any valid MICH field of from one to ten
digits. The user specifies the field and the digits in
the field to be sorted in a control card. The program
can sequence check columns previously sorted. The user
may specify in the control card modulus 10 or modulus
11 checking when desired. To handle special applications,
up to threee user routines may be included - (1) A
specialized sort routine, (2) A checksum routine to handle
check digits derived by a method other than modulus 10
or 11, (3) A reject routine. The user routines are
specified by including actual addresses of the routines
in the control card.

MIHIHOM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1240 System with ..one
1442 Card Head Punch or 1442 Card Reader. The program
utilitzes the Dash Transmission Features where they ar
•re installed. Note-for Autocoder assembly of user
routines, a 1443 Printer and Card Punching Facility (1442
or 1444) are required.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up. Specifications and
Operating Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Card decks. Bank Document Sort
Program Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts and Program Listing.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1240SM030

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-AT-017

CARD SYSTEM ERROR-DETECTION AIDS

DESCRIPTION - To provide a simple 1401 System for checking
out programs. Equipment specifications - Ho special
features required. The programs will provide a control
card method for (patching) a 1401 program with instructions
that will either; (1) Halt the program at selected times
(2) Print selected areas of storage at selected times.

Means for conveniently removing the patches are also

CONTINUED PROM PRIOR COLUMN
provided.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up... Listings...

Flowcharts... Operating procudures.

MACHINE READABLE - Condensed program deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401AT017

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-AT-072

AUTO-TEST

DESCRIPTION - Auto test is a testing program for the IBM
1401 Data processing System. It effectively uses the power
of the 1402 System to aid in the testing of Autocoder,

Sps, and FARGO programs. Auto-test provides the ability
to stack programs and produces, with a minimum of operator
intervention, the necessary documentation to evaluate the
testing programs.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1 1401 Processing Unit (any
model with 4000 or more storage positions) . Advance
programming Feature, High Low Equal Compare Feature, sense
switches, 1 1402 Card Readpunch, 1 1403 Printer (Model
2), 1 tape unit (2 tape units if the RA9AC File Trace
and/or snapshot features are utilized.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE -

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up, Flowcharts, Operating
Instructions, General Information Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - One tape containing the Auto-test
System Deck and Autocoder listing with select loading
program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401AT072

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

HT 7/556

MT 7/800

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-AT-081

1401/1311 AUTO-TEST 8K

DESCRIPTION - An integrated set of utility programs...
Auto-Test is designed to provide documentation for program
evaluation during a program testing run. It can be used
on an IBM 1401/1311 or 1460/1311 system to test programs
assembled by the IBM 1401/1311 Autocoder Program. Because
test runs can be planned to proceed with a minimum of
operator intervention. Auto-test is a useful tool for
remove testing. Auto-test 16K permits testing of larger
programs than does its companion 8K system.

Functions can be selectively specified... The Auto-test
system resides in disk storage during testing. It controls
program tests is which the fcllcving functions can be
selectively specified.

- Clear selected areas of disk storage.

- Load program data from cards into disk storage.

- Print selected areas of disk storage. ^

- Create tape files prior to the test of each individual
program.

- Print fixed or variable-length, blocked or unblocked
tape records.

- Create and maintain IBM standard tape labels (120-
character) .

- Maintain disk labels on the label track of a disk pack.

- Load the program to be tested from cards.

- Print data read from or written in disk storage during
program execution.

- Print data from selected areas of core storage at
specific times during program execution.

- Print core storage when program execution terminates.

- List punched card input before test and output following
test.

Several programs nay be stacked for testing in a single
run. A convenience card format for patching program decks
being tested is provided to facilitate retesting of any
program.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 system with...
one 1311 Disk Storage Drive... 1402 Card Read Punch...

PAGE 002

1401

IBfl PHOGRAHS

1401

COMTINOED FEOH PRIOR PAGE

1403 Printer Model 2 or 1404 Printer... Advanced Prograaming
and High- Low-Equal Coapare or an 8K 1460 system with...

one 1311 Disk Storage Drive IBB 1402 Card Read Punch...

One IBB 1403 Printer... Indexing and Store Address Register.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOBENTATION - Program write-up. System Listings,
Specifications and Operating Procedures.

MACHIHE READABLE - Card Decks - built Auto-Test
System.

Disk Pack: DECKA - initiate program testing.

DECKB - restart.

DECKC - sample test deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATIOH - System Flowcharts,

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401AT081

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-AT-082

1401/1311 AUTO-TEST 16K

DESCRIPTION - An integrated set of utility programs...
Auto-test is designed to provide documentation for program
evaluation during a program testing run. It can be used
on an IBM 1401/1311 or 1460/1311 system to test programs
assembled by the IBM 1401/1311 Autocoder Program. Because
test runs can be planned to proceed with a minimum of
operator intervention. Auto- test is a useful tool for
remote testing. Auto-test 16K permits testing of larger
programs than does its companion 8K system. Functions
can be selectively specified. . .

The Auto-test System resides in disk storage during testing.
It controls program tests in which the following functions
can be selectively specified.

- Clear selected areas of disk storage.

- Load program data from cards into disk storage-

- Print selected areas of disk storage.

- Create tape files prior to the test of each individual
program,

- Print fixed or variable-length, blocked or unblocked
tape records.

- Create and maintain IBM standard tape labels (120-
character) .

- Maintain disk labels on the label track of a disk pack.

- Load the program to be tested from cards.

- Print data read from or written in disk storage during
program execution.

- Print data from selected areas of core storage at
specific times during program execution.

- Print core storage when program execution terminates.

- List punched card input before test and output
following test.

Several programs may be stacked for testing in a single
run. A convenient card format for patching program decks
being tested is provided to facilitate restesting of any
program.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 16K 1401 system with...
one 1311 Disk Storage Drive... 1402 Card Read Punch...

1403 Printer Model 2 or 1404 Printer... Advanced Programming
and High-Low-Equal Compare or a 16K 1460 system with...
one 1311 Disk Storage Drive... IBM 1402 Card Read Punch...
one IBB 1403 Printer... Indexing and Store Address Register.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-up, System Listing,
Specifications and OperatingProcedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Build Auto-test
System.

Disk Pack: DECKA - initiate program testing.

DECKB - restart.

DECKC - sample program test deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - System Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401AT082

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-AU-005

BASIC AUTOCODER 2K

DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Basic Autocoder 2K Processor accepts
source statements written in Basic Autocoder 2K language
and produces machine language object programs. Basic
Autocoder 2K is a 2-pass system. The source program is
processed and the resulting object program is converted
by one of two special condensing routines from one-
instruction-per-card to condensed card format.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 2K 1401 system with...

1402 Card Read Punch... 1403 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-up, Operating Procedures.
MACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Processor Deck. Pre-
List Routine Deck. Post-List Routine Deck.

Condensing Routines Decki and Deck2. Sample
Problem Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts, program Listing.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401AD005

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-AU-008

1401/1440/1460 AUTOCODER (ON DISK)

DESCRIPTION - The 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk), 1401-
AU-008, system... (1) enables a program written in
1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) Language to be assembled
on a 1401, 1440 or 1460 System — (2) Output is used to
execute the program... (3) Offers assembly speeds up to
two-and-one half times faster than existing 1401-1440/1311
Autocoders on systems with more than 4K storage.

The source program is punched in cards or as card images
on disk storage, is assembled on a 1401/1440, or 1460
System. Input in 1440 Basic Autocoder format can be used.
The output object program is the 1401, 1440, or 1460 Machine
Language Equivalent. The object program may be in condensed
cards, or if "load-and-go" is desired, the object program
may be directly loaded from disk storage for immediate
execution. Program documentation and diagnostic output
are printed by the 1403 or 1443 Printer. A stack of several
source programs may be assembled at one time-

In addition to the assembly function there are four other
separate options -

- A library option to add, delete, or modify library
routines.

- A listing option to obtain a listing of specified
library routines, or of the entire library routines,
or of the entire library, or a list of the library
routine names.

- A System option to create or modify the Autocoder
program on the System Disk Pack.

- A library option to relocate the library.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder Language.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS -

(1) An IBM 1401 System with 4K storage, a 1311 Disk
Storage Drive, a 1402 Card Read Punch, a 1403
Printer, High-Low-Egual Compare Feature or...

(2) An IBM 1440 System 4K storage, a 1301 Disk
Storage Drive, Model 11, 12, 21 or 22 or a 1311
Disk Storage Drive, a 1442 Model I or II Card
Read Punch or a 1442 IV Reader and a 1444 Card
Punch, a 1443 Printer or...

(3) An IBM 1460 System with 8K storage, a 1301 Disk
Storage, Model 11, 12, 21 or 22, or a 1311 Disk
Storage Drive, a 1402 Card Read Punch, a 1403
Printer.

Note - One of the following programs should be obtained
to prepare disk storage to store autocoder system.

(1) 1401/1460 Disk Utility Program 1401-UT-053.

(2) 1440 Disk Utility Program 1440-UT-041.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-up, Autocoder Language
Specifications. Listings of Sample Source Program.
Operating procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Autocoder System
Deck. IBM-supplied Macros. Sample Program Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts, Listing.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401AU008

1401

IBH PB06BAHS

1401

PAGE 003

COHTIHDED FBOH PBIOB PAGE

PBOGHAM HOMBEB DISTBIBDTION BEDIOH USER VOLOHE

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

AO-037

AUTOCODER

PROGRAM

DESCBIPTIOH - Provides more powerful tools for prograaaers
to enable thea to concentrate their efforts on the problems
of program logic rather than coding. In addition, to
provide an extremely fast assembly system.

PEOGRAMHIHG SYSTEMS - Britten in Autocoder Language.

HINIHOH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4000 core-storage positions,

4 (four) 729 II or IV Tape Units 1403 Printer Model 3 1402
Card Read-Punch Advanced Programming features High-Lov-
Equal Compare.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Brite-up, Operating Procedure.
MACHINE READABLE - System tape and listings.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401AU037

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

■CA-04X

DATA ANALYSIS AND REDUCTION

DESCRIPTION - DABS is a set of programs under its own
monitor control which can be used to - selectively extract
records from a file base on a variety of conditions, produce
statistical analysis and single and mutti-column (matrix)
tabular reports, rearrange records to any desired format
and make conditional or unconditional insertions into
records. All of these functions are obtainable in any
sequence by using simple control cards.

FEATURES -

- Accepts card or magnetic tape input.

- One or more statistical analyses of tabular reports nay
be produced from the sane input data.

- Reports are produced immediately on the 1403 Printer.

- The system is user-expandable and may be tailored to
meet specific needs by program changes, additions,
and deletions.

The user selects the programs to be run and specifies the
action to be taken by each through the use of control
cards.

PHOGBAHMING SYSTEMS - Britten in 1401 Autocoder Language.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 system with, three
magnetic tape units, 1402 Card Read Punch, 1403 Printer,
Model 2, and High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming,
Multiply-Divide and sense switches to use variable input
control program. A fourth Tape Unit is needed if sorting
is necessary.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Application Directory, Sample Problem
Output Listing- Application Description H20-0207.
Programmers and Operators Manual H20-0214.

MACHINE READABLE - Object program and sample
problem.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - System Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code, and the nixed
Autocoder output consisting of the assembly
listings and object code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401CA04X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC none

DTS

7/556

none

DTR

7/800

none

OPTIONAL none

7/556

7/80 0

1401-CB-070

1401 COBOL

DESCRIPTION - 1401 COBOL is a compiler System for the IBM
1401 Data Processing Systems. 1401 COBOL is used in
conjunction with 1401 Autocoder. Therefore, a current

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

version of Autocoder containing a library updated with
COBOL subroutines is required to obtain a valid assembly
after the COBOL run has been completed. IOCS one-for-one
instructions normally will be generated by the COBOL
processor (which requires less time for the generation) .
However, the user does have the option of the COBOL
Processor outputting IOCS macros. A pre-scan diagnostic
run is available for the purpose of diagnosing name-
associated errors and for analyzing the sentence structure
of the source program. These diagnostics are far superior
to those contained in the system itself and use of the
pre-scan run is strongly recommended.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K storage is required if
this option is used. 1401 with 4K storage... 4 magnetic
tapes... 1402 Card-Read Punch... 1403 Hod. 2 or 1443
Printer... Advanced Programming feature. .. Sense switches.
The 1401 system used as the object machine must have at
least - 4,000 positions of core storage. Input-output
units as required by the source program. Advanced
Programming feature. High-Low-Equal compare feature, and
any features clearly implied by the source program.

Multiply-Divide feature if either the multiply or divide
verb is used in the source program, or if the operator
*or/or** is used in an arithmetic expression.

Note - The need to use these verbs or operators may be
eliminated by the use of the enter Autocoder statement,
with the user supplying the appropriate subroutine.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up. Specifications,
Operating Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Object time subroutine flow diagram.
MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401CB070

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TIPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLOHE
EEQUIREHENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-CB-701

COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION

DESCRIPTION - It aids in the transition to System/360 by
converting acceptable current COBOL Languages to either
System/360 level E COBOL or level F COBOL.

Acceptable Languages — The COBOL LCP will accept as input -

1401/1440/1460 COBOL 7070/7074 COBOL

1410 COBOL 7070/7074 FOS COBOL

1410/7010 COBOL 704/7080 COBOL

7040/7044 COBOL 7090/7094 COBOL

FEATURES -

- Card or tape input — both the LCP and the COBOL source
programs can be read from either cards or tape.

- Single or stacked program conversion — a single source
program can be processed from one of the three tape units
needed in a minimum configuration. Stacked programs can
be processed if more than three tape units are used.

- Replacing the environment division — a control card
option allows the user to replace the original environ-
ment division with a new customer-written System/360
environment division.

- Card-code conversion for dual BCD characters — a control
card option provides automatic conversion from BCD input
code to EBCDIC output code, or vice versa. In this way,
the LCP can convert the dual BCD characters, for example,
two characters with the same card code, into the proper
System/360 card codes.

- Documented listing — the LCP provides a listing of the
source and converted programs. This listing contains
numeric codes that document conversion actions and
facilitate analysis of the converted program.

- Optional card output — when specified, the LCP produces
a punched-card deck that contains the converted program.

- Optional output on tape — the user can specify that
printed and/or punched output are to be recorded on tape.

Conversion savings - The COBOL LCP will reduce the amount
of reprogramming necessary to convert current COBL programs
into System/360 COBOL programs. Use of the LCP will reduce
time and money spent on recoding, clerical activities,
and program debugging. Although the savings to be realized
will vary for the individual source programs, the hypical
savings will be 50 per cent of the total COBOL program
conversion effort consisting of statement conversion,
compilation, and debugging.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 system with...
a 1402 Card Read Punch... a 1403 Printer Model 2... three
Tape Units... the Advanced Programming feature... the High-
Low-Equal Compare feature, or an IBM System/360 with 1401
compatibility and corresponding features and I/O devices.

PAGE 004

1401

IBS PROGBAHS

1401

COHTIHUED EBOH PRIOR PAGE
BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCD BENT ATI08 - Program Write-up, Program material
list, COBOL Transition Aids Hanual.

HACHIHE READABLE - LCP Object deck.

OPTIOHAL PROGEAB PACKAGE
DOCDBEHTATIOH - Hone.

HACHIHE READABLE - COBOL Language conversion Source
code.

ORDERIHG IHFORHATIOH; PROGEAB HOHBEE 1401CB701

PROGEAB HDHBER DISTRIBDTIOH HEDIDH DSER 70LDHE

EXTEHSIOH

TYPE

CODE

REQDIREHEHT

BASIC

none

DTE

7/556

none

DTE

7/800

none

OPTIOHAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-CH-03X

ADTOPEOPS

II HDHEBICAL

COHTROL

PROGEAB

DESCEIPTIOH - ADTOPHOPS II is a 1401 computer program for
X-Y axis H/c machine tools to compute points and point
arrays used in drilling, boring, tapping, stamping,
riveting, etc. ADTOPEOPS II is expanded to give four
decimal output accuracy for machine tools such as jig
grinders and jig borers. Anyone having two axes point-
to-point H/C machine tools should be interested in the
ADTOPROPS II modification resulting from engineering design
changes. Ho new language is necessary to program a part
with ADTOPEOPS II because the source statements reguire
only simple arithmetical descriptions familiar to everyone.
As many as 999 positions in a pattern, such as a bolt
circle or matrix, can be programmed with a single input
statement. Small parts often loaded in a multiple station
loading fixture can be programmed as a matrix and
programming time is reduced in many cases over hand methods.
A test program and a plot program give the programmer an
opportunity to verify his results before machining a part,
thereby reducing time and errors to a minimum.

HIHIHDH SYSTEH REQDIEEHEHTS - A 1401 with 4K storage. Card
Read Punch and 1403 Printer Bdl 2.

BASIC PROGEAB PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATIOH - Program Write-up, Reference Banual
Listings.

HACHIHE READABLE - Object Program Deck, Sample
problem deck.

OPTIOHAL PROGEAB PACKAGE
DOCDBEHTATIOH - Hone.

HACHIHE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERIHG IHFORHATIOH; PROGRAH HDHBER 1401CH03X

PROGEAB HDHBER
EXTEHSIOH

DISTRIBDTIOH

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

USER VOLDHE
REQDIREHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-CC-13X

1400-1311 LIHEAE PEOGEAHHIHG

DESCEIPTIOH - Linear Programming is a mathematical
programming technique for determining the optimum solution
to a system of linear inequalities. This solution nay
be an optimum allocation of resources (capital, raw
materials, manpower, etc.) to specified activities
(investments, products, jobs) in order to obtain a
particular objective (minimum expense, maximum profit)
when there are alternate uses for these resources. Linear
programming plays an important role in material allocation,
ingredient blending (feed, flour, gasoline, etc.),
production scheduling, and distribution and shipping.

The system is composed of a number of programs stored on
disk. The programs are called by procedure control cards
known as A6EHDDB cards. The sequence of AGEHDDH cards
defines the solution procedure by calling the processing
agenda for an application.

FEATURES - Data originates from cards in SHARE standard
format. Alternate objective functions and right-hand sides
are specified by name for optimization. A modified simplex
algorithm with bounded variables is used to maximize or
minimize the objective function. Full economic analysis
of the price-activity-cost relationships for structural
variables and of the activity-cost relationship for row
constraints is provided. Solution can be interrupted t
o process higher priority jobs, and continued from the
point of interruption. Storing programs on disk enables
the system to provide comprehensive solution procedures
and post-optimal analysis. Optional features can be used
to increase solution speed.

The bounded variables algorithm reduces the matrix size
of many LP problems. Upper and lower bounds on variables
are handled explicitly so that no "bound rows" are needed.

COHTIHUED FROH PRIOR COLOHH

ROWS may have both high and low limits, further reducing
the number of rows required to specify the problem. The
problem matrix size may have up to 47 rows and 900 columns
on a 4K system and up to 97 rows and 900 columns on an
8K or larger system. The number of rows and columns
includes objective functions and right-hand sides.

PEOGEAHHIHG SYSTEHS - Source language is IBB 1401/1440/1460
Autocoder on disk.

HIHIHUH SYSTEH REQOIREHEHTS -

1401 — 4K, High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming,

1402 Card Read Punch, 1403 Printer, one 1311 Disk Storage
Drive,

1440 — 4K, Indexing and Store Address Registers, 1442
Card Read Punch, 1443 Printer, one 1311 Disk Storage Drive,

1460 — 8K, Indexing and Store Address Registers, 1402
Card Read Punch, 1403 Printer, one 1311 Disk Storage Drive.

Optional features - additional 4K of core storage increases
problem capacity to 97 rows. Hultiply-divide and direct
seek features can be used, if available, to reduce solution
time. Sense switches allow the use of the solution
interrupt feature and provide a means of in-line correction
of input data.

BASIC PROGEAB PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATIOH - Program Write-Up, Application
Description, Dsers Banual, Operators Banual.

HACHIHE READABLE - Sample Problem - Option 1 -
Object code for 8K or large 1401, 1440 or 1460
and is specified by using Program Humber Exten-
sion 0PT1. Option 2 - Object code for 4K 1401
or 1440 and is specified by using Program Humber
Extension OPT 2.

OPTIOHAL PROGEAB PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATIOH - System Hanual-

HACHIHE READABLE - Source code for 4K-8K,

ORDERIHG IHFORHATIOH: PROGEAB HUBBEE 1401C013X

PROGEAB HDHBER
EXTEHSIOH

DISTRIBDTIOH

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSER VOLDHE
RBQDIEEHEHT

BASIC

0PT1

CARDS

none

OPT2

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

HT 7/556

HT 7/800

1401-CR-01X

SELECTIVE DISSEHIHATIOH OF IHFORHATIOH SYSTEH

DESCEIPTIOH - The IBB 1401 Selective Dissemination Of
Information system acts as an electronic screening and
distribution agency for information. From the flood of
reports, articles, and books received by an organization,
the new system selects and routes information to people
according to their specific interests and needs.

The 1401 SDI consists of a series of programs and a
comprehensive system description to permit a customer to
operate a current- a ware ness program, users express their
interests by lists of keywords called profiles. Abstracts
of material to be disseminated (including the author,
title, and source and comments) are typed on the IBB 826
Typewriter Card punch. The Auto-Indexing Program develops
index keywords from the abstract text. The profiles are
compared with the keywords of the abstracts. When a
sufficient number of words match between a profile and
an abstract, the abstract is printed on the 1403 and
addressed to the user.

FEATURES _

- Allows the SDI user full control over his interest
profile.

- Allows a wide combination of logical comparisons,
including "weighted" words and multiple profiles for
each user. 1-1 Hakes available many statistical control
reports for operating control and for improving the
user's interest profile.

- A new match and print program (SDI 8) which is similar

to run 3 except that it will take advantage of 16K memory
and Print Storage, if available, to overlap print buffer
time with processing to produce far greater throughput.

- The ability to use four line addresses for abstract
notices when subscribers are at remote locations.

- The ability to index abstracts on multiple word entries
without the need for manual indexing.

- Lends itself to daily processing with minimum effort.

- A facility for creating input to KWIC (KeyWord-ln-
Context indexing.

- The modification of SDI 6 to permit more user control
of the abstract merge.

- SDI 5 now allows processing of cards that are blank in
columns 1 through 60.

- Programs SDI 8 and 23 through 29 have been added.

1401

IBB PBOGBiBS

1401

PAGE 005

COHTIHOED FBOB PBIOB PAGE

The prograB vill accept abstracts punched in accordance
with the fpraat outlined in the GI Manual, "KeyHord-In-
Context" (KHIC) Indexing, E20-8091. The abstracts are
placed on an abstract history tape which nay be used for
retrospective searching. Any selected group of abstracts
up to a liiit of 100 aay be selected from the history tape
for the SDI notice printing run. Soae SDI application
areas are:

- Current-awareness progran for research, engineering,
aanageaient, and marketing personnel in industry, govern-
ment banking, universities, publishing, brokerage, trade
associations, professional societies, etc.

- Selective updating service for encyclopedias, journals,
law books, etc.

- Selective communication system to bind the central office
of a large chain with local managers.

- Police modus operandi files - to match details of the
crime with the modus operandi file.

- Employment agencies to match skills available with
employment requests.

HIHIBOa SISTEH BEQOIBEHESTS - An 8K 1401 system with...
High-Low-Egual Compare, Advanced Programming, and Sense
Switches... 1402 Card Bead Punch... 1403 Printer, flodel
2... 4 magnetic tape units. Osers of this program should
obtain the IBB Sort 7, 1401-SB-060.

BASIC PEOGBAB PACKAGE

OOCDBEHTATIOM - Program Brite-up. Application Banual
User's Banual. Operators Banual. Systems Banual.
BACBINE BEADABLE - Program listing. Source Program
Cards. Object Program Cards. Sample Problem Card,
all in card image on magnetic tape.

OPTIOHAL PBOGBAB PACKAGE - None

OBDEBIHG INFOBBATION: PBOGBAB NUBBEB 1401CB01X

PBOGHAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

BEDIUB

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREBENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

CB-02X

KEYBORD-

IH-CONTEXT (KHIC)

KEYHOBD-OUT-OF

-CONTEXT

(KHOC)

DESCRIPTION - This program will produce two basic KBIC
or permuted title indexes. The conventional format is
illistrated by the index to the Catalog of Programs. The
E80C format provides full title printout with no
fragmentation. Each new keyword is printed in the left
hand margin, followed by titles containing that keyword.
Keywords may be bold-faced, in both heading and title,
utilizing the 1403 over- printing capability. The user
enjoys the option of having the program automatically
select keywords on the basis of a compare or a no-compare
with a pre-assigned list of words. Indexing may be enriched
with the addition of manually inserted descriptors and
see also references. A statistical count is maintained
on all keywords indexed and all words prevented from being
indexed. A new type of wrap-around is employed in the
keywork entries which saves the maximum amount of context
adjacent to the keyword and eliminates undesirable word
fragments for increased ease in reading. This program
can be used to prepare indexes of published articles,
internal reports, special collections (e.g., photographs,
paintings, parts lists) , procedure manuals, bibliographies,
correspondence files. KWIC indexes have been used on
foreign language material to prepare indexes and
concordances. All that is involved in the preparation
of input to the program is the keypunching of cards
containing the title to the index. If the user desires,
the authors mname and source of publication may also be
keypunched and would be automatically indexed. These cards
can be punched at the rate of 900-1200 per day. The program
also provides for tape input of 80 characters card format
records. This program can be used to produce KBIc indexes
from information placed on tapes from the SDI program,
1401-CB-01X.

BIHIBOB SISTEfl BEQDIBEBENTS - Are a 4K 1401 System with...

4 magnetic tape units if sorting is done on the 1401, if
not, 2 units are required for the basic package. . . and
Advanced Programming, High- Low-Equal Compare, Sense
Switches, and Bead Release feature. The 2-tape
configuration will be of particular interest at
installations where the 1401 is used as a peripheral
equipment for a larger machine on which sorting can be
done. If only 2 tapes are attached to the 1401, and a
larger machine is not available, sorting can be done at
any other available installation.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATIOH - Program Brite-up. Reference Banual

BACHIHE BEADABLE - A Bagnetic Tape containing six
source programs, six object programs, and the sample
problem.

CONTINUED FBOB PBIOB COLUBH

OBDEBIHG INFORMATION: PEOGBAH NUBBEB 1401CR02X

PROGRAB HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUBE
REQUIREMENT

BASIC none

7/556

none

7/800

none

OPTIONAL none

none

1401-CS-02X

BANAGEBEHT DECISION-BAKING LABOBATOBX

DESCBIPTIOH - The Management Decision-Making Laboratory,
often referred to as the management game, is a simulation
of a general business economy requireing competitive
decisions on the part of the participants. It is designed
to provide, in a short period of time, planning and
decision-making similar to that normally experienced over
a period of several years in actual business practice.

The Mathematical Hodel is incorporated in a program executed
on a 1401 Data Processing System. The administrator of
the laboratory briefs the participants on features of the
model. The participants decisions are then processed by
the 1401 system, period by period, producing output on
the 1403 printer (or on magnetic tape) to be used in the
next decision period.

BIHIMUB SYSTEM BEQDIBEBENTS - A 4K 1401 system with, 1402
Card Head Punch, 1403 Printer BDL 2, Three Magnetic Tape
Units (four if Bagnetic Tape output is desired) , Card
Punch, preferably 26 Printing Card Punch, Advanced
Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare and Hultiply-Divide
Special features.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATIOH - Program Baterial List... Operation,
Reference and Participants Manuals.

MACHINE READABLE - Bagnetic tape containing object
code program, sample data which may be used to
generate equal starting reports. Autocoder assembly
listing and output.

OPTIOHAL PBOGBAB PACKAGE
DOCUBENTATION - None

BACHINE BEADABLE - Source program on magnetic
tape, 80 character records, unblocked.

OBDEBIHG INFOBBATION: PBOGHAH NUMBER 1401CS02I

PBOGBAB NUBBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

BEDIUH

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIOHAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-CS-03X

1401/1620 MODDLAB INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SIBULATOH 12K
1401 VERSION

DESCBIPTIOH - A modular Inventory Banagement simulator
to provide pre-testing of inventory control system.

Designed for use of understanding, use of modification.
Simulator includes first, and third order exponential
smoothing.

PEOGRABHIHG SYSTEMS - Britten in FORTRAN

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Approximately 9,500 positions
on 12K-16K 1401 12K or 16K Card 1401. That will accept
FOBTBAH. Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, Multiply-Divide-Advanced
Programming. Running time - 2 seconds per demand
transaction.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Brite-up... Listings-
Flowcharts.

BACHINE READABLE - Condensed Deck.

OPTIOHAL PEOGBAH PACKAGE - None

OBDEBIHG INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401CS03X

PROGRAM HUBBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREBENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-DB-03X

1311 WHOLESALE IMPACT

DESCRIPTION - The IBM IMPACT (Inventory Management Program
And Control Techniques) system of scientific inventory
management provides the warehouse distributor (or any
organization with the same inventory control
characteristics) with the information of "when" and "how
much" to buy for each inventory item controlled by the

OPTIONAL PBOGBAB PACKAGE - None

PAGE 006

1401

IBH PROGEAHS

1401

COHTIHDED FROM PRIOR PAGE

systea. It does this through the means of probability
science in conjunction with the many factors influencing
the distributors inventory control decisions. Factors
considered include- lead time, lead time variability,
forecast demand, forecast error, service desired, inventory,
carrying costs, purchasin ^receiving costs, discount
structures, minimums, mazimums, shelf life, and pack sizes.
The "when and "how much” answers are designed to find the
most efficient balance between the cost of carrying
inventory, cost of purchasing and receiving, discounts
realized, and customer service requirements. The 1311
impact computer program library is designed to provide
the distributor who has an IBH 1401/14601311 system with
the means to sucessfully implement an IMPACT Inventory
Management System with a minimum of effort and exprense.
Programs are included that perform in the following
functional areas- editing, file initialization, estimating,
and the control of independent and joint replenishment
ordering.

FEATDEES The 1311 Program Library performs in the same
functional areas as the existing 1401-1405 IMPACT Computer
Program Library.

- Edit all input for format.

- Determine the forcase model (horizontal, trend,
horizontal-seasonal, or trend-seasonal) .

- Determine the ordering strategy to be used and
calculate order quantity or order frequency as
appropriate for strategy selected.

- Calculate the safety factor required for a prescribed
level of customer service.

- Calculate initializing values required for forecast and
order models selected.

- Estimate results to be expected from applying the rules
and values developed,

- Determine when to order item groups to meet service
objectives after the system is operational.

- Calculate the product mix to be ordered within an item
group that will neet both service objectives and
limitations on total size of order.

In addition, the 1311 programs incorporate improvements over
existing programs including -

- Work flow and record formats streamlined.

- Historical demands screened for promotions.

- Base index technique used for forecasting seasonal items.

- Item discounts considered, in addition to vendor dis-
counts, in determining ordering strategies and order
quantities.

- Different lead time may be specified for each vendor
breakpoint.

- service may be specified by item for both independent and
joint vendors.

- Seasonality considered in ordering both independent and
joint vendors.

- A service point and allocation program (SVA) that will
take advantage of 8K memory to produce greater
throughput.

- An option to force a predetermined order quantity for any
item through the SVA program.

- The facility for expressing a conversion factor of 1.0
to the SVA program.

- Printing of the slope and intercept of the least squares
lines has been included in the MADF program.

- Punching of the cost strategy records in the OGCL program
has been eliminated.

- Provides safety factor (K) based on a lead time plus
review time for items in a point vendor. When the peak
point option is not satisfied.

The program library includes both initializing programs
and operating programs. Initializing programs are designed
to be used once to set up an IMPACT system, then
periodically (at least once a year) or as required to meet
changing conditions. A complete set of programs is provided
to perform necessary initializing functions. Operating
programs are used in the day-to-day control of the IMPACT
system (forecasting and ordering) . Library programs are
provided to control the ordering of both independent and
joint vendors. Instruction and block diagrams are available
to help the user in programming the remaining operating
programs with a cminimura of effort (Implementation Reference
Manual) .

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Programs in the IMPACT computer
program library are written in 1311 Autocoder and 1311
IOCS,

MINIM0M SYSTEM REQDIEEMSNTS - 1401--4K 1401 System with
1402 Card Read Punch Model 1... 1403 Printer Model 2...
two 1311 Disk Storage Drives... Advanced Programming, High-
Low-Equal Compare. Two 1316 Disk Packs must be fully
available during the operation of 1311 Library programs.

1460--8K 1460 System with 1447 Console Model 1... 1402
Card Read Punch Model 3... 1403 Printer Model 2... Two
1311 Disk Storage Drives... Indexing and Store Address
Register, Two 1316 Disk Packs must be fully available
during the operation of 1311 Library programs.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Program Write-up. Users Manual.
Operation Manual.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

MACHINE READABLE - Object deck. Sample problem deck.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Systems manual which contains the
assembly listings of all the 1401/1460 - 1311 IMPACT
programs.

MACHINE READABLE - None

ORDERING

INFORMATION:

PROGRAM NUMBER

1401DW03X

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REOUIPEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-EX-01X

ENGINEERING SCHEDULING SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION - The system contains a series of fourteen

1401 programs to automatically perform the dating, loading,
and performance evaluation functions of scheduling. It

is developed primarily for high volume, short-cycle
operations as found in a custom engineering environment;
techniques will also be applicable to many other types
of project planning and control. The system emphasizes
simplified input requirements and presents work-load
information in formats designed to be most useful to
individual supervisors. Major outputs, under selective
control of the user, includ - - Facility load by time
period. - Order status listings (full, or by exception) .

- Order listing in customer name sequence. - Performance
evaluation by facility- - Order history report.

Prepunched turn-around documents for work reporting

FEATURES

- Skeleton file for retrieval of common work routines.

- Automatic calendar allows user communication using
Gregorian dates.

- Automatic start-date calcuation allows use of external
constraint dates.

- Data entry logs and errata listings.

- System handles up to 1,000 events per project, up to 260
common routings.

- Flexibility in organization of work force.

- Monitor control and a special three-tape scrt minimize
operator intervention.

Common routings are defined and used to prepare a skeleton
file. A new order can then be entered into the work-in-
process file with only one card. During the system run,
all work is rescheduled to reflect developments since the
preceding run. Output reports then present the work load
to facility supervisors in clear, concise form for decisions
in work dispatching.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder/IOCS

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 16K 1401 System with
Advanced Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, Mpltiply-
Divide, Sense Switches, and Additional Print Control...

1402 Card Read Punch 1403 Printer MDL 2... and four

magnetic tape units.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Application
Directory. Application Description. Frograaraer
Manual. Operator Manual. Sample Problem Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Source deck, object deck, sample
problem, and assembly listings.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - System Manual
MACHINE READABLE - Magnetic tape containing
Autochart Block Diagrams.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401EX01X

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-FB-02X

BANK MANAGEMENT SIMULATOR

DESCRIPTION - The Bank Management Simulator is an exercise
which simulates the effects of management decisions in
a $50 million commercial bank. Each teams objective is
to make decisions in the most profitable use of its assets.
In one day, the players make decisions similar to those
which would be made over a period of several years. This
exercise was designed because of the difficulty of exposing
officers to asset management decisions in any other way.

The computer applies the decisions against a mathematical
model of the bank, calculates their effect based on the
state of the economy at the time, and calculates changes
in the economy that might take place during the particular

1401

IBH PBOGRAHS

1401

PAGE 007

CONTINOED FROM PRIOR PAGE

quarter of play. The results are presented to the
participants so they may see the interaction of their
various decisions. One to nine teams may participate at
one time. Teams do not compete against each other, but
rather against the economic climate established in the
game.

HINIflUH SYSTEM REQDIfiEHENTS - A 4K 1401 System with, thre
e tape drives. Card Read, Punch, High-Low-Equal, Advanced
Programming and (iultiply-Divide Special features.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-Dp. Operators Guide.

Players and Examiner Instructions
MACHINE READABLE - Card Decks - Initializer phase
object program deck. Initializer data deck.

Sample problem deck. On tape - Calculation
phase object program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None

MACHINE READABLE - Assembly Listings
ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401FB02X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

Cards

none

HT 7/556

HT 7/800

OPTIONAL

none

MT 7/556

MT 7/800

1401-FB-09X

BOND TRADE ANALYSIS FOR A BANK

DESCRIPTION - The Bond Trade Analysis is a management tool
designed especially for banks. The Analysis computes the
net effect, after tax, of a proposed bond trade in the
banks own portfolio. The Analysis program computes tine
factors, coupon interest income, premium amortizations,
capital gains, ordinary and capital gain taxes or tax
savings, and sale proceeds applicable to the bonds being
considered. Various logical decisions are also made in
the program which are related to such items as the type
of tax year being experienced by the bank, the type of
bonds being considered, and whether or not a call date
is involved. The result of these computations and decisions
is set forth in terms of dollar return which may be easily
interpreted by the banker. This program is designed to
provide a comprehensive variety of results which will
permit the banker to see the effect of alternate courses
of action, and enable the banker to avoid common errors
in bond investment planning and execution. The speed and
precision of computation, the depth of analysis, and the
number of alternatives provided by the program are not
available to the banker today. This omission restricts
his trading and thereby his profits.

The Bond Trade Analysis is designed to help the banker
in the following areas -

- Improving the overall yield of the security portfolio.

- Utilizing tax provisions designed especially for banks.

- Reinvesting funds of near maturities.

- Converting present coupon income to future capital
gains.

- Converting future capital gains to present coupon
income.

- Comparing alternate trade possibilities.

- Realigning the maturities of the security portfolio.

- Avoiding capital gain and capital loss off-sets.

- Preventing inadvertent short-term sales.

- Accounting for security trades.

The input to effect a single analysis is two cards
containing data relevant to a bond presently owned by the
bank, which the bank anticipates selling, and one card
containing the pertinent data concerning the bond the bank
contemplates purchasing. Multiple presently owned bonds
may be .analyzed against from one to ten contemplated
purchases in a single uninterrupted processing. Each
individual analysis requires from 2 to 3 seconds of machine
processing and printing time. At the end of a sequence
of analyses, a recap of the various analyses may be printed
if desired. It is significant to note that the cards
representing bonds presently owned by the bank would
ordinarily be available in the form of the banks security
inventory and control program. Therefore, only the card
representing the contemplated purchase may have to be
prepared. In addition to using the bond trade analysis
program on the banks own portfolio, application may be
found in the management of large bank trading accounts
and as a sales device for additional and new services to
correspondent banks,

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 wit h. .. Advance
Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, Multiply-Divide. , . 1402
Card Read/Punch. . . 1403 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up, Operating Instructions,

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

Reference Manual, Listing.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Deck, Source Program Deck,
Sample Program Deck,

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401FB09X

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-FI-04X

PORTFOLIO

SELECTION

PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Portfolio Selection Program (1401-
FI-04X) is valuable to banks, mutual funds, trust and
insurance companies, estates, and investment department
of institutions both public and private.

The program determines optimally diversified portfolios
from a given group of securities. These optimal portfolios
minimize risk for given levels of return. The program
uses a mathematical technique called quadratic programming
to minimize the risk for any level of return associated
with a security portfolio. It selects optimally diversified
portfolios from groups of up to 750 securities, including
cash investments. Constraints, such as a maximum holding
or a fixed holding, may be applied to any or all of the
securities being considered. Output consists of - 1. A
set of portfolios — each with minimum risk for its level
of return -for as many levels of return as the user
requests. 2. The individual security parameters — such
as return and risk — that were used in the computation.

3. The expected return and associated risk for a portfolio
•consisting of current holdings.

FEATURES -

- Uses the Index or Linear Model, which assumes a linear
relationship between return and some single economic
indicator.

- Eliminates the need for the user to provide estimates of
covariance or correlation between pairs of securities.
Using the Index Model, these correlations are derived
implicitly by the program from the given input data and
are used by the program to minimize risk through the
principle of diversification.

- Includes a special subprogram called Data Transformation
program, which allows the user to specify any linear
function relating security return to the chosen index.

- Includes a standard least-squares technique for fitting
a linear function through nine price estimates for each
security.

- Furnishes all of the individual security parameters
necessary for the quadratic programming portion of the
program.

A self-loading program tape is provided. The user provides
the data on punched cards in the specified formats, and
all reports are automatically produced.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - The source language used is 1401
Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 with Advanced
Programming, Sense Switches, Multiply-Divide (optional)...

1402 Card Read/Punch MDL 1... 1403 Printer MDL 1 four

Magnetic Tape units. The use of the Multiply-Divide feature
will reduce considerably processing time.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-up, Application
Directory. Reference Manual. System Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Self-Loading Object Program.

Source Program. Assembly Listings. The Source and
Object Code for the auxiliary program DTP maintenance
procedure. Sample problem.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401FI04X

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

HT 7/556

HT 7/800

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-FI-05X

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - The Financial Analysis program consists of
a series of programs which give the professional financial
analyst easily accessible, detailed, and analytical
information about industrial corporations. The program
utilizes the information handling and computational ability
of the IBM 1401 to provide the professional financial
analyst with tools to help him in screening and appraising

PAGE 008

1401

I6H PBOGBAHS

1401

COHTIHDED FBOH PBIOB PAGE

industrial conaon stocks. The main input for the program
is a magnetic tape containing historical balance sheet,
income statement, and market data for a large number of
industrial companies. This tape may be prepared by the
user or obtained from the organization which makes it
commercially available (Standard 8 Poors Corporation).

By using the program, the analyst nay obtain reports
providing him with -

1. A list of companies meeting certain standards specified
by the analyst.

2. Past financial data and ratios.

3. Comparisons between a company's sales and earnings and
GHP FBB index of industrial production,

4. Compound growth rates and stability measures.

5. Comparisons between individual companies and industry
performance.

6. Financial and market information for up to five
companies on a single report.

FEATUBES -

- Provides the analyst with timely information that has
previously been impractical to obtain consistently.

- Frees the analyst for more creative tasks by eliminating
much of the clerical work he must now perform.

- Allows an analyst to follow closely more companies than
is now practical.

- Selects companies which are worthy of further study based
on the specified criteria.

- Separate programs allow the analyst to examine only
those reports which interest him.

The financial analysis program consists of seven separate
1401 Autocoder programs, six of which may be run
independently and are under the control of one executive
program. Control cards indicate the program requested
and the companies and industries to be analyzed. As many
companies as desired may be processed in a single run.

PBOGEAHMING SYSTEMS - 1401 Autocoder.

MIHIHDH SYSTEM EEQUIEEMEHTS - An 8K 1401 with four Magnetic
Tape units... 1403 Printer HDL 2... 1402 Card Bead Punch...
Advanced programming, High-Low-Equal compare, Multiply-
Divide, Sense, Switches, Additional Print Control.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCOMENTATION - Program irite-up. Application
Description Manual. Operation Manual,
machine EEADABLE - Object Decks, Source Deck, and
Assembly Listings.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBIHG IHDOEHATION; PBOGBAM NDMBEE 1401FI05X

PBOGBAM NUMBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEB VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-FO-050

FOBTBAN

DESCBIPTION - 1401 FOBTBAN makes available to 1401 DPS
installations the established FOBTBAN programming language,
the principal use of which is to describe solutions to
scientific and engineering problems. The FOBTBAN compiler
translates such descriptions, or source programs, into
1401 machine language. Ose of the FOBTBAN system will
produce higher program writing efficiency, i.e., more
reliable programs produced more quickly. In addition,
because of the machine- independence of the FOBTBAN language,
programs written in FOBTHAH and tested on the 1401 can
be applied directly and quickly to any other machine for
which a FOBTBAN system is available. 1401 FQBTRAH features
are 1- Fast compiling speed. 2. Operability on a 1401
Card System (no tape required) . 3. (LOAD-and-GO) System

organization. 4. Variable precision arithmetic. 5.
Extensive diagnostic ability.

The users FOBTBAN program statements, punched on cards,
are entered into the 1401 DPS, followed by the FOBTBAN
compiler, which may be on cards or tape. The source program
is translated by the compiler into the equivalent 1401
machine language program in core storage, ready for
execution. The program may be punched out in condensed
form prior to execution. A listing is provided during
the compilation which includes the source program
statements, diagnostic information relating to the
intelligibility and consistency of the source program,
and other useful information comprising a record of the
compilation.

MINIBOM SYSTEM BEQDIEEMEHTS - For compilation of source
programs 1 8000 or more Core storage positions advanced
programming feature High-Low-Equal Compare feature Multiply-
Divide feature 1 1402 Card Read/Punch 1 1403 Printer (Model
1 or 2) one Tape unit nay be used if installed to store
and load the 1401 FORTRAN compiler. For a 1403 listing

CONTINUED FROM PBIOB COLUMN

of the object program during various stages of the
compilation Sense Switches may be used, if installed.

For execution of compiled programs 1 8000 Core storage
positions Advanced Programming feature High-Low-Equal
Compare feature Multi ply- Divide feature 1 1402 Card
Bead/Punch 1 403 Printer (Model 1 or 2 )*, Tape units only
as required for Input and Output data Sense Switches -
nay be used if installed.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Srite-up. Documentation of
1401 FOBTBAN. Operating Instructions. Program Flow-
charts.

MACHINE READABLE - Compiler and sample problem.

Utility 1 - for preparing a compiler tape. Utility 2
- for adding library functions to the system where
Autocoder is required. FORTRAN system symbolic
listings.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Contains everything available (on
tape mentioned above) in card form.

OBDEBIHG INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBEB 1401F0050

PBOGBAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

HT 7/556

HT 7/800

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-FO-051

1401/40/60 FORTRAN IT DISK

DESCRIPTION - FORTRAN IV for IBM 1401, 1440 and 1460,
broadens IBM's FORTRAN language. It provides a FORTRAN
IT level language for the 1401/1460 and the first FOBTBAN
system for the 1440 user. With the powerful FOBTBAN IT,
1401, 1440 and 1460 users can easily combine both business
and scientific data processing in one low-cost system.
Available as a separate program is a tape resident system
(NO. 1401-FO-051) for 1401/60 System.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 12K 1401... one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive... one 1402 Card Read/Punch. . , one 1403
Printer Model 2... Advanced Programming feature.

A 12K 1440... one 1301 Disk Storage, or one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive... one 1442 Card Reader... one 1443 Printer...
Indexing and Store Address Register feature.

A 12K 1460... one 1301 Disk Storage, or one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive... one 1402 Card Bead/Punch... one 1403
Printer Model 2... Indexing and Store Address Register
feature.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Language Specifica-
tions. Program Specifications, Operating Procedures
Manual.

MACHINE BEADABLE - The System Control Program, FORTRAN
Compiler, the Relocatable Loader, FORTRAN Subroutine
Library, Card Bootstraps, Sample source program and
various system generation utilities needed to build
and operate a disk-resident system.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Source listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Hone.

OBDEBIHG INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401F0051

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIBEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-FO-052

1401/60 FORTRAN IV TAPE

DESCBIPTION - FORTRAH IT for IBS 1401, 1440 and 1460,
broadens IBM's FORTRAN language. It provides a FORTRAN
IV level language for the 1401/1460 and the first FORTRAH
system for the 1440 user. With the powerful FORTRAN IT,
1401, 1440 and 1460 users can easily combine both business
and scientific data processing in one low-cost system.
Available as a separate program is a Disk Resident system
(HO. 1401-FO-051) for 1401/40/60 Systems.

MIHIHDH SYSTEM HEQDIREHENTS - A 12K 1401 or 1460 System
with... 1402 Card Read/Punch- . . 1403 Printer Model 2...

Four 7330 or 729 Magnetic Tape units. On the 1401 - Bigh-
Low-Equal and Advanced Programming... On the 1460 - Indexing
and Store Address Register.

1401

IBM PBOGBAMS

1401

PAGE 009

COMTIMUED FROM PBIOB PAGE

BASIC PROGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATIOH - Prograi Brite-up. Language
Specifications. Prograa Specifications, and Operating
Procedures Manual.

MACHIHE READABLE - A tape loader prograi which will
punch the saaple progran deck. The card boot deck,
the systea control, FOBTBAff coapiler, the FORTRAN
loader decks and the FORTRAN subroutine library decks.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATION - Source Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM SOMBER 1401F0052

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

DTH

7/556

none

DTR

7/800

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-FO-702

FORTRAN II LANG0A6E CONVERSION PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION *- The FORTRAN II Language Conversion prograa
aids in the transition to systea/360 by converting
acceptable current FORTRAN II source prograas into FORTRAN
If source prograas for the Systea/360, The FORTRAN II
LCP accepts as input-

1401 FORTRAN,

1410 FORTRAN II,

1620 FORTRAN,

1620 FORTRAN II,

1620 FORTRAN With foraat,

1620 Monitor I FOBTEAI II-D,

1620 Monitor II FORTRAN II-D,

1620 FORTRAN II for autoaatic floating point,

7070 Series FORTRAN (basic and full) ,

7070 FOS FORTRAN,

0705 FORTRAN,

7080 Processor FORTRAN and
7090/7094 FORTRAN II.

The source prograas can be converted to any of the following
levels of Systea/360 FORTRAN —

- Operating Systea/360 FORTRAN If (level H) .

- operating Systea/360 FORTRAN If (E level subset) .

- Systea/360 Basic Prograaaing Support FORTRAN If (tape) .

- Systea 360 Basic Prograaaing Support FORTRAN If (card).

- Basic Operating Systea/360 with DOS/360.

- Basic Operating Systea/360 with TOS/360.

FEAjTORES - The FORTRAN LCP has -

- Card or tape input — both the LCP and the FORTRAN II
source prograas can be read froa either cards or tape.

- Single or stacked prograa conversion — a single source
prograa can be processed froa one of the three tape
units needed in a ainiaua configuration. Stacked
programs can be processed if aore than three tape units
are used.

- Card- code conversion for dual BCD characters — a control
card option provides automatic conversion froa BCD input
code to EBCDIC output code, or vice versa. In this way,
the LCP can convert the dual BCD characters, i.e., two
characters with the sane card code, into the proper
Systea/360 card codes. The dual characters are - plus
and aapersand... egual sign and pound sign... apostrophe
and the coaaercial at sign... left parenthesis and
percent sign... right parenthesis and the lozenge.

- Docuaented listing — the LCP provides a listing of the
converted program. This listing contains aessage codes
and tables that docuaent conversion actions and
facilitate analysis of the converted prograa. A listing
of the source prograa is optional.

- Optional card output — when specified, the LCP produces
a punched-card deck that contains the converted prograa.

- Optional output on tape — the user can specify that
printed and, or punched output are to be recorded on
tape.

- Replacement of tape refer. — The user can specify that
tape constants in I/O statements aro to be replaced by a
variable naae or another tape constant.

- Resolution of coaaon-equivalence interaction — the user
can specify that variables in coaaon stateaents are to
be reordered so that a Systea/360 Compiler will allocate
coaaon storage and estabiish equivalencies in the same
manner as the current FORTRAN II coapiler.

The FORTRAN II LCP will reduce the amount of reprogramaing
necessary to convert current FORTRAN II prograas into
Systea/360 FORTRAN If programs. Ose of the LCP will reduce
time and money spent on recoding, clerical activities,
and prograa debugging. Although the savings to be realized
for a single progran nay be as great as 65 per cent, the
overall savings to a custoner aust be deterained on an
individual basis.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1 1401 Processing Unit (any
model with 8000 or aore storage positions). Advance
Prograaaing Feature, High Low Equal Compare Feature, sense
switches, 1 1402 Card Beadpunch, 1 1403 Printer (Model
2) t 3 tape unit^.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Systea Manual.

MACHINE readable - Source code*

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401FO702

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

DTR

7/556

none

DTE

7/800

none

OPTIONAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-IF-01X

AUTO EATING FOR FIRE AND CASUALTY COMPANIES

DESCRIPTION - The Auto Eating prograa is a series of
subroutines designed to perform the rating calculations
involved in issuing a policy covering ^ivate passenger
automobiles and pickup trucks. Provision is aade for
calculating such coverages with the limits of liability
and deductibles asare published by the national rating
organizations. By using a nodular prograaaing technique,
it is easily adapted to individual requireaents. Base
rates and factors are utilized, which reduces core storage
requirements. Use of tables and a special table lookup
technique makes maintenance, caused by rate changes, much
siaplier. The user selects the routines for the desired
coverages, discounts, deviations, etc., coabines these
with his own I/O routines - adds the desired base rate
tables - and processes, using either SPS or Autocoder,
to produce an object deck. Noraally, a separate progran
Is produced for each state, although usually the only
change is the base rate tables. Routines are supplied
for the states that vary from standard foraulas.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1401 Systea with Advanced
Prograaaing and High-Low-Equal Compare features - 1402
and 1403 MDL 1. Storage requireaents vary with systeas
considerations such as coverages, size of state tables,
users deviations, and I/O requireaents. The normal
requirement for rating, policy issue, and statistical
coding is 8000 positions of core storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Preliminary Reference Manual, Prograa
Brite-up. Program Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - SPS Source Prograa Deck. Object
Prograa Deck. Saaple Prograa Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401IF01X

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-IF-02X

GENERAL DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM

description - The General Distribution Program for a Card
1401 Data Processing System accomplishes summary reporting
without resequencing an input card file. The 1401 General
Distribution Prograa fulfills its purpose by building a
table of extracted control fields and respective
algebraically added aaounts. Specified fields on specified
cards can be summarized for selective report writing.

When an input file has been exhausted, output cards are
punched reflecting the data amassed in the table. Output
cards are then used for summary report writing either in
the sequence produced or any other sorted sequence desired.
If table space is exhausted before the end of input file,
an extracted item table is punched out. Overflow items
are processed upon completion of the initial run.

In addition to property and casualty insurance for which
the prograa was developed, there are numerous iaaginative
uses for the General Distribution Program including multiple
summarization and selective file searching. A significant
flexibility is built into this prograa giving the user
multiple control field designation with a range froa 1
to 72 accumulators for each control field in the table.
Report writing becomes a relatively simple use of sorted
output with no alteration to input file sequence.

PAGE 010

1401

I6H PBOGBAHS

1401

CONTIHDED FROM PBIOE PAGE

HIHIHOH SYSTEH EEQOIBEHEHTS - A 4K, 8K, or 16K 1401 with
High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming, a 1402 Card
Head Punch, and a 1403 Printer.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATIOH - Program irite-up, Reference Hanual,
including program listings.

HACHINE READABLE - Program Deck, Sample Problem Deck.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OEDEEIRG INFORMATION: PBOGBAH NOHBER 1401IF02X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUM

CODE

DSEE VOLDHE
BEQDIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-IF-03X

GEHEEAL DISTBIBOTION PBOGBAH FOE A TAPE 1401

DESCRIPTION - The General Distribution Program for a Tape
1401 Data Processing System (1401-IF-03Z) provides file
search or summary ability from a tape file without pre-
sorting. It is a "LOAD and GO" type program which is
activated by simple control cards. For most jobs only
four control cards need to be punched. Thus, from random
tape records, either blocked or single, it will extract
control fields and amount fields, summarize, sequence,
and write out these extracted summarized records. The
program was developed especially for the property and
casualty industry, but it will have wide application in
all industries.

The program employs the techniques of building tables in
core storage, doing an internal sort, and a 3 tape merge.

Detailed instructions for punching the control cards are
given in the reference manual. These cards are placed
behind the program deck, the input reel mounted on a tape
drive, and the job is ready to run.

HINIHDH SYSTEH EEQDIREHENTS - 4K, 8K, or 16K 1401 With
Higfa-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming, and Sense
Switches. A 1402 Card Read Punch, 1403 Printer, and 3
Tape Drives.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Program Brite-up. Reference Material,
Flowcharts, Program Listings.

HACHIHE READABLE - Magnetic tape containing - Sample
Problem Input... Source Deck in Card Image... Object
Deck in Core Image.

OPTIONAL PBOGEAH PACKAGE
DOCDHENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING

INFORMATION; PBOGRAM

NUMBER

1401IF03X

PROGBAH NOHBER

DISTBIBOTION HEDIOH

DSER VOLDHE

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

none

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-IF-05X

HOMEOBNEBS BATING PBOGBAH

DESCBIPTION - The IBM 1401 Homeowners Eating Program is
a series of subroutines which provides a valuable tool
to insurance companies that desire to rate new or renewal
policies. It requires as input those factors from which
an underwriter would rate the policy. The program has
provision for allowing credit for existing insurance -
increased or decreased limits, non-standard coverage amounts
(interpolation) , and rating of many standard endorsements.

Features -

- Reduces clerical effort in the rating, coding, and policy
typing areas.

- Flexible, modular program allowing modifications and ease
of adaption.

- Provides an important step in the implementation of an
insurance information system.

MINIHOM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 (some states
require 12K) with Advanced Programming and High- Low-Equal
Compare features. Input/Output devices are determined
by users requirements. Dse of random access (1405 or 1311)
can reduce storage requirements to 4K. Rating in form
sequence can also appreciably reduce core storage
requirements.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Program Hrite-up, . . Reference Manual
(including tables and program listings) .

CONTIHDED FROM PRIOR COLDHN

MACHINE READABLE - Cards - Source Deck, Object Deck,
Sample Problem Deck.

OPTIONAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING IBFOEHATION: PROGRAM NDHBER 1401IF05X

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTEIBDTION MEDIUM

DSER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-IL-01X

THE 62 CFO PROGRAM (CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY)

DESCRIPTION - This series of fourteen programs is designed
to compute net premiums and terminal reserves for most
plans of insurance. Compute adjusted premiums and minimum
cash values for those plans requiring such values. Store
computed results on master rate tapes for use in the
computation of legal reserves or non-forfeiture benefits.
Print the computed results in report form for visual
reference and other purposes. Minimum input is required
for most plans of insurance. (A whole life plan requires
twenty-six columns of data.) 62 CFO terminal reserve,
net premiums, and minimum cash value programs provide
extreme flexibility in the calculation of terminal reserves
and minimum cash values. They have been used to duplicate
correctly the values for hundreds of plans or insurance
using a wide variety of benefits, mortality tables, interest
rates, and methods of valuation. Dse of these programs
will provide an economic means of preparing consolidated
files for conversion to 62 CFO daily cycle which will be
available in the third quarter of 1963. Each plan of
insurance must be described using standard forms. The
input data is punched from these forms and processed through
the appropriate CFO programs. Initial output is in the
form of magnetic tape containing the structure of the plan,
the premiums, and related policy values. A print program
is provided which generates descriptive information and
prepares a complete report on each plan of insurance.

PBOGBAHMING SYSTEMS - This series of programs was written
and assembled using 1401 SPS.

HINIHDH SYSTEH REQOIEEMENTS - 12K 1401 Tape System with,

1402 Card Read Punch MDL 1, 1403 Printer HDL 2, four Tape
Drives, Advanced Programming, Expanded Print Edit, High-
Low-Equal Compare, Multiply- Divide, Print Control
Additional, and Sense Switches special features.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Program irite-up. 62 CFO Volumes I
and II.

MACHINE READABLE - Magnetic Tape containing program
cards... Mortality tables... Selected twenty-pay life
premiums, , . Selected adjusted life premiums. Card
Decks - Tape-to-Card Program Deck... Sample Problem
Deck.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGBAH NUMBER 1401IL01X

PROGBAH NUHBER

DISTEIBDTION

MEDIUM

DSEB VOLDHE

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

HT 7/556

MT 7/800

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-IL-02X

CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY DAILY CYCLE PROGRAMS

DESCRIPTION - The 62 Daily Cycle Programs, 1401-IL-02X,
are 31 programs with accompanying actuarial tables designed
to meet data processing requirements for ordinary life
insurance companies in the following areas - (1) Input
preparation to the daily cycle (balance, sort, edit)...

(2) Daily cycle processing for all policies contained in
the master file (file maintenance, accounting, commission,
billing, loan or nonforfeiture calculations and
terminations) — (3) Preparation of daily accounting
journals... (4) periodic file updating runs (dividends,
cash values, and renewable term premiums) . The total
system provides for automatic processing of ail scheduled
transactions and for requested processing of all non-
scheduled transactions involving ordinary life contracts.
Exceptions will occur only when the policy is issued under
extremely unusual arrangements. The system is based upon
consolidation of all policy information into a single
magnetic tape record and integrates all processing functions
within a single computer system. Processing commences
with the first premium payment and continues through
maturity, expiry, or any other form of termination.
Accounting and commission records as well as policy exhibit
transactions are generated automatically and brought forward
under program control for month-end processing or for
valuation purposes.

1401

IBH PBOGBAMS

1401

PAGE Oil

COKTIHOED FBOa PBIOB PAGE

FEATOBES- /62 CPO Daily Cycle programs will provide life
insuraoce companies using this systei with exceptional
operational efficiency. The major features of this system
are - (1) Daily analysis of all policy records for any
form of activity... (2) continuous control of the policy
master file... (3) Policy information for accounting
journals, commission statements, notification, policyholder
service and valuation reports from a single source — (4)

Organization of output from the system into meaningful
printed reports.

USE - /62 CFO Daily Cycle assumes the development of a
complete policy master file by each user. To help in the
data gathering necessary for a consolidated file, programs
are available (1401-IL-01X) to generate reserve, net premium
and minimum cash value rate tapes. Rate tape philosophy
has been incorporated into the overall system to facilitate
the handling of any type of updating required and in many
cases eliminate the necessity for data gathering.

Oser Besponsibility includes the following major areas
- (1) Gathering all data necessary to establish a policy
master record... (2) Preparation of conversion programs
which will convert gathered data into an acceptable
format... (3) Preparation of new business programs which
will convert new issue data into an acceptable format...

(4) Preparation of a print program for premium and
anniversary notices. . . (5) Preparation of cash value and
dividend rate tapes, renewable term premium rate cards,
agents control records, and commission tables.

Daily Cycle Programs may be used as they are or with slight
modification to facilitate auditing newly converted policy
records. Dividend, cash value and renewable term updating
programs can also be used as conversion programs. Daily
Cycle Programs will operate upon any properly converted
block of policies on either a daily or periodic schedule.

HIHIHOH SYSTEH EEQOIHEHEHTS - 12K 1401 System with 1402
card Bead Punch HDL 1... 1403 Printer HDL 2... five Tape
Drives... Advanced Programming, Expanded Print Edit, High-
Low-Equal Compare, Hultiply-Divide, Print Control
additional, and Sense Switches special features.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCDMEHTATION - Program irite-up... /62 CFO Policy
Easter Record Code Book (Volume 0) and Volumes 3
through 11.

BACHIHE READABLE - Card Decks - Object deck designed to
add or alter programs on the /62 COF program tape.
Bagnetic tape - one reel containing all decks in source
program card form... and mortality tables.

OPTIONAL PROGBAE PACKAGE - None.

ORDEBIHG IBFOREATIOH: PROGBAE NOEBEH 1401IL02X

PROGRAH NOHBEB

DISTRIBOTION HEDIOH

USER VOLOHE

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

BEQOIBEEENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

IL-03X

CONSOLIDATED FONCTIONS ORDINARY

VALDATION

PROGBAE

DESCRIPTION - The 62 CFO (consolidated functions ordinary)
valuation programs, 1401~IL-03X, are a series of 15 programs
designed to operate exclusively in the area of valuation
and in the preparation of the policy exhibit for ordinary
life insurance companies. All of the programs in this
series assume a standard 62 CFO record format. Processing
may be performed on a standard annual basis or at any more
frequently desired cycle such as semiannually, quarterly,
or monthly. All information furnished by these programs
cones exclusively from paid for business in the file on
the valuation date and does not pertain in any way to
supplementary files. Policy exhibit and reserves released
are based on activity to the policy master file during
the reporting period.

FEATOBES - The valuation procedures were designed to conform
to standard valuation practices and to furnish the maximum
amount of information available from a current consolidated
policy master file. All reserves and net premiums are
stored on machine-generated rate tapes and are associated
with each policy record only at the time of valuation,
thus eliminating the need to store excessive valuation
information as a part of each policy record. The major
features of the overall approach are -

(1) Using the daily cycle programs (1401-IL-02X) , control
of the policy master file is maintained on a current
daily basis for the number of policies, impairments,
all forms of deposits, and suspense items, thus
eliminating the need for preparatory work prior to the
beginning of a valuation.

(2) All elements other than legal reserves are carried as
ledger items. Each detail item needed for a valuation
is extracted from the policy master file on an in-
dividual basis for reporting purposes, allowing com-

CONTIHOED FBOfl PBIOB GOLDEN

plete flexibility in reporting technique.

(3) Reserves are computed for premium paying policies, all
forms of paid-up policies, and for each of the various
types of supplemental benefits and extra life premiums.

(4) Deferred and uncollected premiums are computed on both
a gross and net basis. In addition, gross advance
premiums are calculated.

(5) In-force amounts of the entire master policy file are
computed, maintained, and reported as a part of the
valuation procedure.

(6) Reports are available as a detail listing of each item,
by valuation cell, by plan, and by method of valuation,
mortality table, and interest rate-

DSE - Each valuation may be taken on either a partial basis
or a complete basis as of any month end. Sinimum results
will involve - (1) Loan balances with either accrued or
unearned interest adjustments... (2) Amounts on deposit
with accrued interest... (3) Suspense totals of unapplied
cash or returned items... (4) Life reserves and
corresponding premium adjustments... (5) Policy exhibit
changes within the reporting period. . . (6) Summary reports
of each of the above items.

Additional results from a full valuation will include all
of the above as well as - (1) Deficient reserves... (2)
Totals for annual statement page 15 and state policy
exhibits, and a detail listing of changes... (3) Reserves
released and tabular net premium adjustments... (4) Either
summary or detail reports of all valuation items.

BINIROE SYSTEB EEQUIEEBENTS - 12K 1401 System with... 1402

Card Bead Punch BDL 1 1403 Printer BDL 2... five Tape

Drives... Advanced Programming, Expanded Print Edit, High-
Low-Equal Compare, Bultiply, Divide, Print Control
Additional, and Sense Switches special features.

BASIC PROGBAE PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATION - Program Hrite-up... /62 CFO Volumes 12
through 16.

BACHIHE READABLE - Card Decks - Object deck designed to
add or alter programs on the /62 CFO Program Tape.
Bagnetic Tape - one reel containing source program
cards for the 15 component programs.

OPTIONAL PROGBAE PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFOBEATIOH: PROGBAE HDEBEE 1401IL03X

PROGBAE NOHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTBIBOTIOH

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSEF VOLOHE
EEQDIPEHEHT

BASIC

none

HT 7/556

HT 7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10-012

COEBDNICATIONS IOCS (1026/DDC) FOB THE 1401/1460

DESCRIPTION - This IOCS facilitates the generation of
programs to control 1026 communication with 1030, 1050,
and 1060. It is compatible with the 1401/1460-1440
communications IOCS for the 1448, thus requiring a minimum
of re- programming for growth from 1026 transmission control
units to a 1448. Applications can range from single
inquiries to sophisticated real-time data operations.

Its functions are -

- Control of the 1447 console

- User control of polling, addressing and receiving

- Error detection

- Operation with existing IBH programs for DDC

- Time of day recording with the 1032 digital time unit

The 1401/1460 communications lOCSS (1026/DDC) will operate
with point-to-point or multi-point common carrier leased
or customer-owned communication lines. In addition, the
programs will support the automatic answering feature and
the automatic calling feature.

PROGRABEING SISTEHS - Communications IOCS (1026/DDC) consist
of a set of library routines which, when called for in
an Autocoder source program by macro instructions, are
selected, tailored, and included in the object program.

The routines perform the functions necessary to handle
basic input/output files, to transmit information to and
receive information from remote locations and remote
processors, and to provide linkage to users programs.

The specific routines generated at assembly time depend
largely on the particular specifications contained in the
user's source programs.

The library routines for this IOCS is to be placed in the
Autocoder System through a library run, using Autocoder
(on disk) for 1401, 1440, and 1460, No. 1401-AD-008.

HINIBDH SYSTEH EEQOIHEHENTS - For program assembly - same
as those for the assembly of any program using
1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) program. The Autocoder

PAGE 012

1401

IBM PROGRAMS

1401

COHTIHDED FROM PRIOR PAGE

(on disk) program should be ordered concurrently unless
otherwise available.

For object programs - a 4K 1401 with... Advanced Programming
and High-Low-Egual Compare features... 1409 Console
Auxiliary MDL 2... 1026 Transmission Control Unit attachment
feature... 1026 Transmission Control Dnits (one for each
communication line) . . , I/O units (as required) .

An 8K 1460 with... Indexing and store address register
feature... 1447 Console MDL 1... 1026 Transmission Control

Unit attachment feature... 1026 Transmission Control units
(one for each communication line)... I/O units (as
required) .

In addition - direct Data Channel feature... Interrupt...
1447 Console MDL 2 for 1440 and 1460, MDL 3 for 1401...

1032 Digital Time unit may be present, as desired.

NOTE - Dse of DDC with 1026 should specify the interrupt
feature (available on 1401 only as RPG) for optimum
performance.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATION - Write-up. Operations Instructions.
MACHIHE READABLE - Card Deck - Library deck of macros.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 140110012

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

#»

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10-040

TAPE READING WRITING

DESCRIPTION - Purpose to provide 1401 user's with closed
subroutines which are consistent with the applied
programming tape standards for tape reading and writing.

The subroutines consist of a tape read/write routine, a
read routine and a write routine. Included are (1) Error
checking procedures (2) Noise record procedures (3) Dumping
of unreadable records (4) Statistics concerning retries.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Are 4K Tape System (Advanced
Programming features) necessary only with 1401 Read/Write
Tape routine.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Listings... Flowcharts... Program
Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Card Deck - Condensed Deck.

OPTIONAL

ORDERING

PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER

1401IO040

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10-065

IBPuT/OOTPOT CONTROL SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION - Purpose the 1401 IOCS consists of a set of
library routines which, when called for in a 1401 Autocoder
source program by MACRO instructions, are selected and
tailored and included in the object program. These routines
perform I/O functions and provide linkage to the users
object program. The specific statements generated at
assembly time depend completely on the particular
specifications contained in the user's source program.

Use of program the 1401 IOCS library routines are to be
placed in the 1401 Autocoder System (version 3 or later
version) through a librarian run.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - The 1401 IOCS will perform
the I/O functions and associated housekeeping for Tape,

Card Reader, Card Punch and Printer. The object machine
must have, in addition to any of the above I/O units.
Advanced Programming features and the High-Low-Equal Compare
feature. The amount of core storage required varies widely
from program to program and must be determined at assembly
time.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up... Documentation of
the 1401 IOCS system including language specifica-
tions... Flowcharts... Sample problem.

MACHINE READABLE - Magnetic tape - 1401 Model
statements in card image form.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 140110065

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none MT 7/556 22 01

MT 7/800 24 01

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-10-068

IBM 1401/1460 IOCS (ON DISK)

DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1401/1460 IOCS, (on disk). Version
2, NO. 1401-10-068, (previously named 1401/1311 IOCS) is
available to be used on 1401 and 1460 Systems with
1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk). Ho. 1401-AU-008.

The new version consists of a set of library routines
which, when called by by MACRO instructions are selected,
tailored and included in the object program. For 1401
and 1460 Systems, these routines perform I/O functions
and housekeeping associated with 1311 Disk Storage, 1301
Disk Storage, Magnetic Tape, Card Reader, Card Punch, and
Printer. They also provide linkage to the user's object
program. The specific statments generated at assembly
time depend completely on the particular specifications
contained in the user's source program. The 1401/1460
IOCS library routines are to be placed in the 1401/1440/1460
Autocoder (on disk) System through a library run.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For assembly — programs
incorporating I/O MACRO instructions for 1401 and 1460
Systems may be assembled on - a 4K 1401 System with...
one 1311 Disk Storage Drive... 1402 Card Read Punch...

1403 Printer Mdl 2 or 1404 Printer... High-Low-Equal
Compare,

An 8K 1460 System with... one 1311 Disk storage Drive or
one Disk Storage Array... 1402 Card Read Punch... one
1403 Printer

A 4K 1440 System with... one 1311 Disk Storage Drive or
one 1301 Disk Storage Array... 1442 Card Read Punch Mdl
1 or 2 or 1442 card Reader Mdl 4 and 1444 Card Punch...

1443 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up, Library listings...
operating Procedures.

machine readable - Cards - Library Card Deck...

Sample Source Program for test purposes.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

documentation - Flowcharts.

MACHINE readable - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 140110068

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10-074 ,

TAPE PUNCH ROUTINES FOE THE 1401-1012

DESCRIPTION - The proper use of these routines will relieve
the user of the responsibility of coding the necessary
instructions to control 1401-1012 tape punching, error
checking, and error correction. The routines are designed
to be used as a part of the 1401 Autocoder library. Once
part of this library, they may be included in any object
program through the use of the appropriate macro-
instructions-

HINIMUH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For assembly of source
programs'- 1401 processing unit (any model with 4000 or
more core storage positions) four IBM 729 II, 729 IV, or
7330 magnetic tape units 1403 printer, model 2 1402 Card
Read-Punch Advanced Programming feature High-Low-Equal
Compare feature Sense Switches. For execution of object
programs'- IBB 1401 Processing Unit, IBM 1012 Tape Punch,
tape units-only as required for other input or output data,
IBM 1402 Card Read-Punch-only as required for other input
or output data.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. 1401-1012 tape punch
routines. DP processing system bulletin.

MACHINE READABLE - Tape punch routines deck (condensed) .

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 140110074

1401

IBH PBOGBAHS

1401

PAGE 013

CONTIHOED FBOM PBIOB PAGE

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
BEQDIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10-077

IBH IHPDT/OOTPOT COHTEOL PEOGEAH (lOCP) FOE IBH
1401/1440/1460 WITH THE IBH 1285 OPTICAL BEADEE

DESCBIPTION - Provides support for source docuuent entry
applications that use one 1285 Optical Header attached
to a 1401, 1440, or 1460. These subroutines are designed
to eliuinate the user's need to program logical details
associated with 1285 journal roll processing. Becord nark
and work mark definition of the records in core allows
the user to easily transfer them to an output device.
lOCP performs these functions — Heads header information
entered from the keyboard. . . Beads lines of data from a
journal roll into a specific area of core... Tests for
party errors in reading into core storage... Tests for
valid data line length... Makes the necessary branches
to the users routines for processing and providing output.

The 1401/1440/1460 - 1285 lOCP consists of the following
components - Autocoder symbolic deck... Basic Autocoder
symbolic deck. The user decides which of these two decks
he desires to use. The deck which is chosen and the user
provided problem program, once assembled, are loaded into
main storage from cards. This combined deck (1285 lOCP
and the user's problem program) alows the processing of
data read in from the fournal roll and effects the reading
and writing of other I/O devices which the user nay require
in his 1285 applications. In a 1285 Optical Header
configuration, throughput will vary with user processing
time requirements and other I/O operations. However, the
lOCP is designed to make possible the maximum 1285 Optical
Header Throughput. Storage considerations by the user
should include 1.2K positions for the lOCP.

MIHIMOH SISTEM BEQOIBEMEHTS - For each System (1401, 1440,
and 1460) the requirements for assembling an Autocoder
or basic Autocoder program that uses lOCP may be found
in the appropriate Autocoder or Basic Autocoder
specification publication. For execution — A 4K 1401,

1440, or an 8K 1460 with one 1402 or 1442 Card Bead Punch...
One 1285 Optical Beader... Serial I/O Adapter... Output
devices specified by the user.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUHENTATIOH - Program material list... Listings of
Autocoder and Basic Autocoder symbolic decks...
Flowcharts... I/O Control Program Specifications
and Operating Procedures... IBH 1401/1440/1460 with
IBB 1285 Optical Beader Beference Publication.

MACHINE BEAOABLE - Autocoder symbolic code... Basic
Autocoder symbolic code.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEEIHG IHFOBMATIOH: PBOGBAM NOBBEB 140110077

PBOGBAM NUMBEB
EXTENSION

DISTBIBOTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10-152

7040/44-1401 INPOT/OOTPOT CCNTBOI PBOGBAM

DESCBIPTION - This 1401 program permits the I/O devices
on a 1401 on channel a of a 7040/7044 to be used as if
they were on the 7040/7044. This program accepts control
information and data from the 7040/7044 8K or 16/32K.
Operating systems and performs on-line tape, basic card
read-punch, and printer functions. This program is read
into the 1401 by its 1402 Card Header and operates in
conjunction with the 7040/7044 8K or 16/32K IOCS.

HINIMDM SYSTEM BEQDIBEBEHTS - A 1401 Data Processing System
used with the 7040/7044-1401 I/O control program must be
equipped with the serial I/O adapter (feature code No.

7080) and the 7040/7044 must likewise have a 1401 adapter
Ho. 1034. The 1401 must have at least 4000 positions of
core storage, the column binary feature No. 1990, a 1402
card Bead-punch, and the Advanced Programming feature.

Mote; Distribution of this program is restricted to users
of the 7040/7044 Operating System, Program Number 7040-
PB-150.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up... Listings...
Flowcharts.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Object Program Deck... Symbolic Input
Deck.

CONTINUED FBOM PBIOB COLUMN

OBDEBING INPOBHATION; PBOGBAM NUHBEB 140110152

PBOGBAM NUMBEB DISTBIBOTION MEDIUM USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE HEQUIHEMEHT

BASIC none CAHDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-LH-007

CAHD SYSTEM SUBBOUTINES

DESCBIPTION - To provide a few frequently used arithmetic
subroutines. This 1401 program provides multiply I (for
storage space economy) multiply II (for speed economy)
divide dozens-to-units conversion units-to-dozens conversion
note closed subroutine linkage instructions provided.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up —

Listings . . . Flowcharts
MACHINE BEADABLE - Condensed deck

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING IHFOBHATION: PBOGBAM NUMBEB 1401LM007

PBOGBAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USE? VOLUME
EEQUIPEMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-LM-010

IBM 1401/60 TIMING PBOGBAM FOB DOS/360 AND TOS/360 TAPE
SOBT/MEBGE PBOGBAM

DESCBIPTION - This program provides timing estimates for
DOS and TOS tape sort/merge program when operating on a
System/360 Model 2030 or Model 2040 with a maximum of 25 6K
bytes of main storage, a channel configuration of either
one multiplexor channel, one selector channel, or two
selector channels, connected to a 2404 Magnetic Tape Unit
and Control, a 2804 Tape Control, or a 2816 Switching Unit,
and using 2401, 2402, 2403, or 2404 Tape Drives. Timing
estimates for the Model 2030 assume a 1.5 microsecond cycle
time. The program will provide one multiplexor, one
selector or two selector channel sort timing estimates
for sorting fixed length records with a single control
field. Timings can be obtained for specific record volumes
designated by the user, or for a spread of record volumes
predetermined by the timing program. In addition, main
storage utilizatipn and maximum file size are included
in the program output. Control cards are used to supply
a description of the system and record/file configuration
for which estimates are required. Multiple record/file
cards nay be used with one system card to extimate times
for many file configurations on the sane system. Or, many
systems cards nay be used with one record/file card to
estimate the tine for sorting one file on several different
systems. Multiple control card sets can be stacked to
provide multiple estimates at the sane time.

MINIMUM SYSTEM BEQUIBEHENTS - A 16K 1401 System with...
one 1402 Card Bead Punch Model 1... one 1403 Model 2 or
1404 Printer — High/Low/Equal Compare feature...
Multiply/Divide feature... Sense Switches... Advanced
Programming feature.

A 16K 1460 system with... one 1402 Card Bead Punch Model
3... one 1403 Printer Model 2 — Multiply-Divide feature...
Indexing and Store Address Hegister feature... Sense
Switches.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Material List... 1401/60 Timing
Program for Basic Operating System/360 tape Sort/Herge
program (16K) Manual, C24-3439... Tape Sort/Merge (16K)
Specifications Manual, C24-3438.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Object code.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NUMBEB 1401LM010

PBOGBAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
BEQUIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-LH-011

1401/1460 TIMING PBOGBAM FOB IBM BASIC OPEHATING
SYSTEM/360 DISK SOBT/MEBGE PBOGBAM (16K)

DESCRIPTION - The IBH 1401/1460 Timing Program provides
timing estimates for the Disk Operating System/360 Disk
Sort/Merge program (16K disk) when operating on a System/360
Model 2030 or Model 2040 with a maximum of 256 K bytes

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

PAGE 014

1401

IBM PBOGBiHS

1401

COHIIHUED FBOH PBIOB PAGE

COHTIHOED PROM PBIOB COLOHH

Of Bain storage, a channel configuration of one multiplexor
or selector channel and up to 8 IBH 2311 Disk Storage
Drives. Timing estimates for the Hodel 2030 assume a 1.5
microsecond cycle time. This program will provide sort
timing estimates for sorting fixed length records with
a single control field. Timings can be obtained for
specific record volumes designated by the user, or for
a spread of record volumes predetermined by the timing
program. In addition, main storage utilization and maximum
file size are included in the program output. Control
cards are used to supply a description of the computing
system, file configuration and record definition for which
estimates are required. Hultiple record/file cards may
be used with one system definer card to estimate times
for many file configurations on the same system. Also,
many system definer cards may be used with one record/file
card to estimate the time for sorting one file on several
different systems. Hultiple control card sets can be
stacked to provide multiple estimates at the same time.

MIHIHDH SISTEH EEQDIREBENTS - A 16K 1401 system with...
a 1402 Card Bead Punch Hodel 1... a 1403 Hodel 2, or 1404
Printer... High-Low-Egual Compare feature... Advanced
Programming feature... Hultiply-Divide feature... Sense
Switches. , .

A 16K 1460 system with... a 1402 Card Bead Punch Hodel
3... A 1403 Hodel 2 Printer... Hultiply-Divide feature...
Indexing and Store Address Register features... Sense
Switches.

BASIC PB06BAH PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATIOH - Program Haterial List... Timing Program
Manual, C24-3445... Disk Operating System Sort/Herge
Manual, C24-3444.

HACHIBE READABLE - Object code.

OPTIONAL PROGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OEDERISG IHFORHATION: PROGBAH NDBBER 1401LH011

PROGEAH NOHBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBDTION

TYPE

HEDIDM

CODE

DSEE VOLUME
REQDIEEMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-LH-012

1401/1460 TIHING PROGBAH FOB SYSTEH/360 DISK AND TAPE

OPERATING STSTEHS TAPE SORT/HERGE

PEOGRAHS

DESCRIPTION - 1401/1460 Timing Program for System/360 Disk
and Tape Operating Systems tape sort/merge programs provides
timing estimates for DOS/360 and TOS/360 sort/merge programs
using 2415 Tape Drives with either 800 or 1600 bytes per
inch density on System/360 Models 30 and 40 withaa maximum
of 256K main storage, the multiplexer channel, and either
one or two selector channels. This program provides times
for sorting fixed-length records with a single ten character
control field in fixed-length blocks. Timings can be
obtained for specific record volumes designated by the
user or for a spread of record volumes. Control cards
supply a description of the system and of the files to
be sorted. Timing estimates are within 15 per cent of
actual sorting times.

HINIHDM SYSTEM EEQOIBEHEHTS - A 16K 1401 system with one
1402 Card Read Punch Hodel 1, one 1403 Hodel 2 or 1404
Printer, High-Low-Equal Compare feature, Hultiply-Divide
feature. Sense Switches, and Advanced Programming feature...

A 16K 1460 System with one 1402 Card Read Punch Hodel 3,
one 1403 Printer Hodel 2, Hultiply-Divide feature. Indexing
and Store Address Register feature, and Sense Switches.

BASIC PROGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATIOH - Program Hrite-Dp... Timing Program
Manual, C24-3439.

HACHIHE READABLE - Object Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFOBHATIOH: PROGEAH NOHBER 1401LH012

Sh- 060) on 1401 or 1460 systems. The timing program runs
on a 16K 1401 or 1460.

FEATDRES - This program will give timing estimates for
fixed length records with one control field. Timings can
be obtained either for particular record volumes specified
by the user, or for a spread of record volumes predetermined
in the timing program. Control cards supply the Sort 7
Timing Program with a description of the file (s) for which
estimates are required. Hore than one set of control cards
can be placed in the program deck if additional estimates
are desired.

HINIHDH SYSTEM EEQOIBEHEHTS - A 16K 1401 system with...

1402 Card Read Punch... 1403 Printer Hdl 2 or 1404
Printer... High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming,
and Hultiply-Divide features.

A 16K 1460 system with 1402 Card Bead Punch... one 1403

Printer... Hultiply-Divide and Indexing and Store Address
Register features.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATIOH - Program Hrite-Dp. . . 80x80 Listing of
the Sort 7 Card Deck... Specifications... Operating
Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Program Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING IHFOBHATION: PROGEAH NOHBER 1401LH060

PROGBAH NOHBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBDTION

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSEE VOLOME
REQDIEEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-LH-062

1401/1460 SORT 5 AND 6 TIHING PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - The sort 5 and 6 timing program, 1401-LH-
062, is an object program for use on an IBH 1401/1460 with
16K core storage. This program gives timing estimated
for fixed length records with up to ten control data fields
to be sorted by the sort 5 and 6 programs.

Timings can either be required for a specific record volume,
or can be calculated for a predetermined set of record
volumes. Control cards supply the Sort 5 and 6 Timing
program with a description of the file (s) to be sorted.

HINIHDM SYSTEH REQDIREHENTS - A 16K 1401 System With...

1402 Card Read Punch... 1403 Printer HDL 2 or 1404
Printer... High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming,
and Hultiply-Divide features.

A 16K 1460 System with... 1402 Card Bead Punch... 1403
Printer HDL 2... Index and Store Address Register and
Hultiply-Divide features.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATIOH - Program Hrite-Dp... 80x80 Listings of
the Sort 5 and 6 Timing Program.

HACEXNB READABLE — Program Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGBAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGEAH NDMBEE 1401LH062

PROGBAH NOHBER

DISTRIBDTION HEDIDH

DSEE VOLDHE

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQDIREHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-LH-077

SORT 13 AND 14 TIHING PROGBAH FOE 1401/1460

DESCRIPTION - The 1401/1460 Sort 13 and 14 Timing Program
{No. 1401-LH-077) gives timing estimates for sorting fixed
length records with up to ten control data fields using
the sort 13 or sort 14 programs. The timing program runs
on a 16K 1401 or 1460.

PROGRAM NOHBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBDTION

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSEE VOLDHE
REQDIEEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

FEATDRES - Timing can be obtained either for a specific
record volume, or for a predetermined set of record volumes.
Control cards supply the Sort 13 and 14 Timing Program
with a description of the file(s) for which estimates are
required. The timing program can be loaded through the
card reader or a magnetic tape unit.

1401-LM-060

SORT 7 TIHING PROGEAH FOR 1401/1460

DESCRIPTION - The Sort 7 Timing Program (No. 1401-LH-060)
is a generalized program used to obtain timing estimates
for record files to be sorted using 1401 Sort 7 (Ho. 1401-

HINIHDH SYSTEM REQDIREHENTS - A 16K 1401 system with...
1402 Card Read Punch... 1403 Printer HDL 2 or 1404
Printer... High-Low-Dqual Compare, Advanced Programming,
Hultiply-Divide, and Sense Switches features,

1401

IBH PHOGRAHS

1401

PAGE 015

CONTIHUED FBOtt PRIOR PAGE

A 16K 1460 systei with... 1402 Card Head Punch.,. One 1403
Printer Mdl 2... Indexing and Store Address Register,
HultiplyDivide, and Sense Switches features.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATION - Progran Write-up... 80x80 Listings of
Sort 13 and Sort 14... Specifications... Operating
Procedures.

HACHINE READABLE - Sort 13 and 14 Progran Decks.

OPTIOHAL FROGRAa PACKAGE
DOCOHENTATION - Hone.

HACHIHE READABLE - Program in card image.

OBDEBIHG INFORHATIOW: PROGRAH NOHBER 1401LH077

PROGRAH HDHBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBDTION

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSER VOLDHE
BEQDIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

HT 7/556

none

HT 7/800

1401-LH-078

1401/1460 TIHIHG PROGRAH FOB S/360 BASIC PROGRAHHING SOPPORT
TAPE SOBT/HEBGE PROGRAH (2401 TBBOOGH 2404}

DESCBIPTIOH - This program provides tining information
for one and two channel System/360 Rodel 30 (1.5
microsecond) and 40 configurations. This program is used
with 2401, 2402, 2403 or 2404 Hagnetic Tape Units.

These programs provide multiplex, one selector or two
selector channel sort timing estimates for System/360 Hodel
30 and 40 configurations for sorting fixed length records
with a single control filed of ten characters. Timings
can be obtained for specific record volumes designated
by the user, or for a spread of record volumes predetermined
by the timing program. In addition, main storage
utilization and maximum file size are included in the
progran output. Control cards ate used to supply a
description of the machine and record file configuration
for which estimates are required. Separate machine and
configuration cards are used to enable multiple record
file configuration cards to be combined with a single
machine configuration card or vice versa. Hultiple control
card sets can be run at the same tine or provide additional
estimates as desired.

HIHIHDH SISTEH REQDIREHEHTS - A 16K, 1401 System with...

1402 Card Bead/Punch... 1403 Printer Hodel 2 or 1404
Printer... High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming,
Hultiply-Divide, and Sense Switch features,

A 16K, 1460 system with... 1402 Card Read/Punch. . . 1403
Printer Hodel 2... Hultiply Divide, Indexing and Store
Address Register, and Sense Switch features.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Program Write-up. Specifications and
Operating Instructions.

HACHIHE READABLE - Object Code.

OPTIOHAL PROGRAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEBIHG IHFORHATION: PROGRAH HOHBER 1401LH078

PROGRAH HDHBER

DISTRIBOTIOH HEDIDH

DSER VOLDHE

EXTEHSIOH

TYPE CODE

REQUIREHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-LH-079

1401/1460 TIHIHG PROGRAH FOB BPS S/360 SORT/HERGE PROGRAH
8K DISK

DESCBIPTIOH - The program provides timing estimates for
the IBH BOS 360 Sort/flerge (8K disk) when operating on
a System/360 Hodel 2030 or on a Hodel 2040 with a maximum
of 65536 bytes of main storage, a channel configuration
of one multiplexor or selector channel with up to 8 2311
Disk Storage Drives.

The program provides Sort Timing estimates for sorting
fixed length records with a single control field. Timings
can be obtained for specific record volumes designated
by the user, or for a spread of record volumes predetermined
by the timing progran. In addition, main storage
utilization and maximum file size are included in the
progran output, control cards are used to supply a
description of the computing system, file configuration
and record definition for which estimates are required.
Hultiple record/file cards nay be used with one system
definer card to estimate times for many file configurations
on the sane system. Or, many system definer cards may
be used with one record/file card to estimate the time
for sorting one file on several different systems. Hultiple

COBTINDED FBOH PRIOR COLOHH

control cards sets can be stacked to provide multiple
estimates at the same tine.

HIHIHDH SYSTEH REQDIREHEHTS - A 16K 1401 System with...
one 1402 Card Read/Punch... one 1403 Hodel 2, or 1404
Printer... High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming,
Hultiply-Divide, and Sense Switches features...

A 16K 1460 with one 1402 Card Read/Punch... one 1403 Printer
Hodel 2... Hultiply-Divide, Indexing and Store Address
Register and Sense Switches features.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Program Hater ial List. Program
Write-up. Specifications Hanual. Operating
Specifications Hanual.

HACHIHE READABLE - Object Code.

OPTIOHAL

PROGRAH PACKAGE

- Hone.

ORDERIHG

IHFORHATION: PROGRAH HDHBER

1401LH079

PROGRAH HDHBER

DISTRIBDTIOH HEDIDH

DSER VOLDHE

EXTEHSIOH

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-LH-080

1401/1460 TIHIHG PROGRAH FOE S/360 BASIC PROGRAHHING SDPPORT
TAPE SORT/HERGE PROGRAH (FOR THE 2415)

DESCBIPTIOH - This program provides Tinimg information
for one and two channel system/360 Hodel 30 (1.5
microsecond) and 40 configurations. This program is used
with 2415 Hagnetic Tape Units.

These programs provide multiplex, one selector or two
selector channel sort tining estimates for System/360 Rodel
30 and 50 configurations for sorting fixed length records
with a single control field of ten characters. Timings
can be obtained for specific record volumes designated
by the user, or for a spread of record volumes predetermined
by the timing program. In addition, main storage
utilization and maximum file size are included in the
progran output. Control cards are used to supply a
description of the machine and record file configuration
for which estimates are required. Separate machine and
configurations cards are used to enable multiple record
file configuration cards to be conbined with a single
machine configuration card or vice versa. Hultiple control
card sets can be run at the same time to provide additional
estimates as desired.

HIHIHDH SYSTEH REQDIREHEHTS - A 16K, 1401 System with...

1402 Card Read/Punch... 1403 Printer Hodel 2 or 1404
Printer... High-Low-Equal compare. Advanced Programming,
Hultiply-Divide, and Sense Switch features,

A 16K, 1460 System... 1402 Card Read/Punch... 1403 Printer
Hod. 2... Hultiply Divide, Indexing and Store Address
Register, and Sense Switch features.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Program Write-up. Specifications and
Operating Instructions.

HACHIHE READABLE - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING IHFORHATION: PROGRAH HDHBER 1401LH080

PROGRAH HDHBER
EXTEHSIOH

DISTRIBDTIOH

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSER VOLDHE
REQUIREHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-OS-092

1401/1460 - 1026 OPERATING SYSTEH COHPOTER ASSISTED
IHSTRDCTION

DESCRIPTION - The Coursewriter Language is a special user
language with which a teacher (i.e., "Author") can prepare
his course material to accommodate the range of student
abilities.

The Operating System consists of -

- A Honitor to supervise writing and instructing
simultaneously. An Assembler which enables the course
author to communicate with the computer when writing and
revising courses.

- Dtilities for preparing student and course reports.

It provides the ability -

PAGE 016

1401

IBH PEOGRAHS

1401

CONTIHDED FROM PBIOE PAGE

For authors to write and correct course naterial while
students are taking courses,

- For a "proctor" who operates the system, to undertake
essential administrative routines.

To collect data on student responses for later analysis.
For authors or programmers to add new functional
capability to the coursewriter.

- To operate simultaneously up to five courses per 1316
Disk Pack.

To service up to twelve 1050 point-to-point lines with a
1448 or up to four lines with four 1026 Transmission
Control Units.

The word assisted in the term computer assisted instruction
is important. This new methodology is not intended to
replace the important role of the teacher in the educational
process. Instead, it is a new science for assisting the
teacher in administering course material and taking fullest
advantage of the benefits of CAI.

flIHIMOfl SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For 1401/1026 configuration

- A 12K 1401 Models B, C, or E with disk Storage Adapter,

High-Low- Equal compare. Advanced Programming, Bit Test,
Console Auxiliary Adapter, Sense Switches... 1402 Card
Bead/Punch Model 1... 1403 Printer Model 1... 1406 Storage

Model 2... 1409 Console Auxiliary Model 2... 1311 Disk
Storage Drive Models 2 and 4 with Direct Seek... 1026
Sansmissicn Control Unit — Op to Model 1 maximum. The
first 1026 must have the expanded line feature and as many
as three additional 1026 Model 1, each with the additional
line feature. One must specify test time-out suppression
to disable the timer from operating at the normal 9-18
second disconnect. This feature is to be used with the
text time-out suppression of the 1051 Control Unit — 1050
Data Communication System — as many as four system maximum,
each consisting of a 1051 control Unit Model 2 and a 1052
Printer-Keyboard with the 1st Printer feature. (when the
text time-out suppression is specified on the 1026
Components, it must be ordered on the 1051) .

For 1460/1026 CONFIGURATION - 1441 Processing Unit Model
B5 with Disk Storage Control, direct Seek, Indexing and
Store Address Register, Bit Test, Transmission Control
Unit attachment... 1447 Model 1 with Sense Switches...

1461 Model 1... 1402 Model 3... 1403 Model 2... 1311 Models
1 and 2 with direct Seek... 1026 — as many as four Model
1. The first 1026 Transmission Control Unit must have
the expanded line feature and as many as three additional
1026 Model 1 each with the additional line feature. One
must specify text time-out suppression to disable the timer
from operating at the normal 9-18 second disconnect. This
feature is to be used with the text time-out suppression
on the 1051 Control Unit — 1050 Data communication System

- as many as four systems each consisting of a 1051 Control
Unit Model 2 and a 1052 Printer-keyboard with the 1st
Printer feature. When the text time-out suppression is
specified on the 1026 Components, it must also be ordered

on the 1051.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Author and Proctor
Manual. Coursewriter Description Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - System Control Program. Instruction
Function, Initial Load, Utility Program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts. Program Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 14010S092

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-PE-925

PERIPHERAL INTEGRATED PROCESSING SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION - This system is primarily intended for the
processing of l-Language output on a 1401. Two Peripheral
Processors are subject to a Monitor which controls the
operation. The system may be modified by the librarian
segment, which can add and delete sections from the system
tape,

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 with 4, 8, 12, or 16K
Storage... 1403 Printer... 1402 Card Eead/Punch. . . 3 Tape

Units Advanced Programming... Expanded Print Edit...

High-Low-Egual Compare... and Print Storage. It is also
necessary that the user indicate the storage capacity of
the 1401, either 4, 8, 12, or 16K. System Tape, listing
of Peripheral Monitor and librarian listing of print only
D-program, Isiting of Print/Punch D-program, specifications
and operating procedure,

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Specifications and
Operating Procedure.

MACHINE READABLE - Listings of Peripheral Monitor
Librarian, Listings of Print only D-Program,

Listings of Print/Punch D-program, and a

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN
System tape-

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFOBMATION; PROGRAM HUMBER 1401PR925

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

HT 7/556

MT 7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-RG-022

1401/1460 BASIC REPORT PROGRAM .GENERATOR 4K

DESCRIPTION - IBH 1401 Basic Report Program Generator 4K
enables a program written in 1401/1460 Basic RPG Language
to be compiled on either a 1401 or 1460 System. The output
is used to execute the application on a 1401 or 1460 System.
The source program in the 1401/1460 Basic RPG Language,
punched in cards, is compiled on either a 1401 or 1460
System. The output object program is in the 1401/1460
Machine Language. The source program may be compiled
directly to condensed card output, and/or if load-and-go
is desired, it may be directly executed. Additional
features included in this program are Automatic Decimal
Alignment and Extensive Diagnostics. The program listing,
documentation and diagnostic output are recorded by the
printer.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1401 or 8K 1460 System
with... 1402 Card Read/Punch one 1403 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Specifications.
Operating Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Program Deck. Sample Problem Source
Program and Data.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts. Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401RG022

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

RG-032

1401/1311

REPORT PROGRAM

GENERATOR (ON

DISK) 1401/1460

DESCRIPTION - IBB 1401/1460 Report Program Generator (on
disk), 1401-RG-032, enables the RPG processor to have 1301
Disk Storage system residence at compile time and provides
for input, output, or for files on a 1301 Disk Storage
Module at object tine. Version 1, called "1401/1311 RPG"
will not be available since its functions are included
in the new version. Version 2 increases the power of the
RPG Language through the implementation of disk update
function. Included with 1401/1460 RPG (on disk) is a 1401
RPG Translator program enabling a program written for the

1401 RPG Program to be punched in a form that can be
compiled on a 1401/1311 System, a 1401/1311 System, or

a 1460/1301 System. This system enables a program written
in 1401/1440/1460 RPG Language to be compiled and assembled
on a 1401/1311, 1460/1311 or 1460/1301 System. The output
is used to execute the application on a 1401 or 1460 System.

Object program input is a card file, magnetic tape file,
or disk storage file. The output report can be printer
and/or punched into cards and/or written on either mangetic
tape of disk storage. The source program in the
1401/1440/1460 RPG Language punched in cards is compiled
and assembled on a 1401 or 1460 System. The output object
program is either the machine language equivalent program
or the Autocoder (on disk) language equivalent program.

The machine language equivalent object program can be in
the form of condensed cards, or it "load-and-go" is desired,
the object program can be directly loaded from the system
pack or module. The program listing, documentation, and
diagnostic output are recorded on the Printer.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1401 System with...

1402 Card Sead/Punch. . . 1403 Printer Model 2... one 1311
Disk Storage Drive... High-Low-Equal Compare feature.

An 8K 1460 System with... 1402 Card Eead/Punch... 1403
Printer... one 1311 Disk Storage Drive or one 1301 Disk
Storage Module.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up. Operating Procedures.
MACHINE READABLE - System Deck, Sample Deck. 1401 RPG
Translator Program.

1401

IBM PHOGHAHS

1401

PAGE 017

COHTINOED FROM PRIOR PAGE

CONTINDED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts, Listings.
MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401EG032

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none

CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none

none

1401-RG-033

REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR 2K

DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Report Program Generator 2K System
enables a program written in 1401 RPG 2K Language to be
compiled on a 1401. The output is used to execute the
application on a 1401 System. The source program in the
1401 RPG 2K Language, punched in cards, is compiled on
a 1401 System. The output object program is on condensed
cards in 1401 machine language. The program listing,
documentation, and diagnostic output are recorded by the
printer.

source data contained in either a card file, magnetic tape
file or disk storage file. The language facilitiates
specifying the classic report writing functions of heading
and detail lines, total lines controlled by control field
breaks, offset total printing, summary punching, cross-
footing and calcualtion, page and serial numbering, etc.

The output report can be obtained at the printer, on cards,
on tape, or on any combination of the three. Use of program
report specifications, punched on cards, are entered into
the 1401 DPS together with the RPG system deck. The output
is a punched deck containing the generated report program
in symbolic (1401 SPS) Langauge. This deck is further
processed by one of the 1401 Assembly Systems (SPS-1, SPS-
2, or Autocoder) to obtain the machine language report
writing program ready for loading.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For Report Program Generation
1 4000 core storage positions - 1 1402 Card Read/Punch
1 1403 Printer. For Report Program execution 1 1403
Processing Unit (any Model-core storage size required
depends upon complexity of report) 1 1402 Card Read/Punch
Tape Units (Model 729 II, 729 IV, 729 V, 729VI, or 7330).
1403 Printer *Model 1 or 2, 1405 Disk Storage Unit - Only
as required for input data file and output report media.
Multiply-Divide special feature - may be used if installed.
Sense Switches special feature - may be used if installed.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 2K 1401 System with...

1402 Card Read/Punch... 1403 Printer. Although the High-
Low-Equal Compare feature is not needed, RPG 2K can use
it to advantage if it is installed. The 1401 2K System
will take advantage of an additional 2K core storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Operating Procedures.
MACHINE READABLE - Program Deck. Sample Problem Source
Program, Sample Problem Data.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts, Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Listings, Flowcharts.
MACHINE READABLE - Condensed program Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401RG048

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

ORDERING

INFORMATION;

PROGRAM NUMBER 1401RG033

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-RG-045

FARGO - FOURTEEN-O-ONE SUTOMATIC REPORT GENERATING OPERATION

1401-RG-700

IBM 1400 RPG TO SYSTEM/360 TRANSLATOR

DESCRIPTION - This program operates on a 1401 or 1460 Data
Processing System. The Translator converts source programs
written for any of the processors listed below to similar
source programs acceptable to System/360 Model 20 RPG,
System/360 Basic Programming Support RPG, Basic Operating
System/360 RPG, or Operating System/360 TPG.

1400 RPG Processors to be translated include:

DESCRIPTION - Purpose to provide a simple-to- learn, easy-
to-use method of converting accounting reports from unit
record equipment (602A - 402 - 514 - 604 - 407 - 519 tyeps)
to an IBM 1401 Data Processing System. Programming Language
1401 Symbolic Programming System method load 7 go, which
means there is no intermediate symbolic assembly operations.

This means that the FARGO condensed program decks with
the inserted control cards containing the report
specifications are read into the 1401 followed by the
report data cards, and the report is begun when the first
detail card is read. (1) List or tabulate with or without
summary punching. (2) Pring one full line of report heading
on the 1st line of each page of the report. (3) Print
1 or 2 full lines of columnar or filed headings on each
page. (4) Control on a maximum of four fields of any
length. (5) Group indicate a maximum of four fields on
the first line of each minor control group. (6) Recognize
up to 10 types of detail cards by any single column
character. If more than one card column must be tested
to identify a given type of a card, a patch is required.

Note each of the 10 types nay be in separate card columns.

(7) add, subtract, multiply*, divide* operations may be
perforned on detail or total lines. These operations
require Hultiply/Divide feature. (8) Print Multiple lines
from one card (MLP) .

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Condensed System Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401RG045

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

•RG-048

REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR

DESCRIPTION - Purpose 1401 RPG is a programming system
which generates report writing programs which are specified
by the user in the RPG Language established for IBM 1400-
Series Machines. The generated report program will accept

(1) 1401 RPG (2K)

(2) 1401 Basic RPG (4K)

(3) 1401 RPG

(4) 1401/1460 RPG (on disk)

(5) 1440 RPG (2K)

(6) 1440 Basic RPG (4K)

(7) 1440 RPG (on disk)

(8) 1440 Sterling Basic RPG (4K)

(9) 1440 Sterling RPG (1311)

The 1401 RPG processor will be handled after the program
has first been translated to 1401/1460 RPG (on disk) using
the 1401 RPG Translator program. Program input is 1400
series RPG source program cards; output is System/360 RPG
source program cards for input, calculation, and output
specifications. Non-translatable conditions will be flagged
as they are detected by the translator.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 or 1460 with 1402
Card Read Punch... 1403 Printer, Model 2 or Model 3 (on
1460)... three 7330 or 729 Tape Units or one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive or one 1301 Disk Storage Unit (on 1460)...
Advanced Programming and High-Low- Equal Compare Register
feature (on 1460).

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up- . . Program Material

List. . . Sample Program translation listing

System/360 RPG Translator Manual. ,. Logic Manual.

MACHINE READLABE - Card decks for Translator object
program. Sample program System/360 RPG source.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Translator source program.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401RG700

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

MT 7/556

MT 7/800

PAGE. 018

1401

IBH PROGRAMS

1401

1401-SE-05X

DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION “ The Decision Logic Translator program is
valuable in the iaplenentation of automated design
engineering systems, as well as other areas in which program
logic can be effectively expressed in tabular form. The
tabluar approach to solution of complicated logical problems
facilitates the breakup of a program into small, discrete,
readily understood units of conditions and actions. This
approach fosters modularity of program design which will
be of increasing importance with the more widespread use
of direct-access storage. Situations not yet anticipated
can be introduced into existing programs with a minimum
of effort through construction of additional tables.

Existing condition-action tables can be easily altered,
either as operations! procedures change or to study the
effect such changes would have on a business environment.

Areas of application of decision tables and 1401 Decision
Logic Translator include:

- All types manufacturing operations which produce a wide
variety of products from a relatively small pool of
components including - electrical parts, motors,
turbines, assemblies and sub-assemblies.

- Inventory control programs

- Financial analysis and control applications

- Special purpose simulation models

- Quality control planning

- Cost determination

- Production control and planning

- Real-time applications of information retrival and
decision making.

The 1401 Decision Logic Translator accepts as input decision
tables written in a FORTRAH-oriented language. The
Translator program sorts the rules to produce as output
an efficient FORTRAN II source program. The use of this
program can result in savings of up to 50 percent in
implementation time and substantial reduction in cost in
installation of applications that exhibit complex condition-
action relationships.

programming systems - Written in FORTRAN.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 16K 1401 System with High-
Low-Equal Compare, Multiply-Divide, and Advanced
Programming... a 1402 Card Read/Punch — 1403 Printer...

2 tape units.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up... Reference Manual.
MACHINE READABLE - Sample problem... Program cards.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Systems Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Translator source tape.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401SE05X

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

MT 7/556

MT 7/800

1401-SE-12X

IBM DOCUHEHTATIOH AIDS SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION - The DA system provides machine-generated
documentation aids to users who program in the IBM supported
assembly-languages listed below. It provides an accurate,
efficient, and inexpensive computer process for producing
and maintaining up-tp-date program documentation. The
DA System consists of four programs and a system controller.
They are highly modular and are integrated into a total
system so that each program performs certain functions
which may be required by other programs operating within
the system.

The DA System processes programs written in System/360
Assembler Language, Symbolic Programming System (SPS) ,
Autocoder, Macro Assembly Program (HAP) , FORTRAN Assembly
Program (FAP) , or Symbolic Flowchart Language (SFL) for
the System/360, 1401/1440/1460, 1620, 1410/7010, 7040/7044,
7070/7072/7074, 705/7080/and 7090/7094.

The Source Language used in the implementation of all DA
System programs is 1401 Autocoder. The DA System objectives
are to assist an installation in converting existing
programs to System/360: to encourage the user to reprogram

in higher level language, e.g., FORTRAN, COBOL, and PL/I.

To allow the computer to assume many clerical and routine
functions associated with documentation and conversion.

To improve and update the documentation of existing
programs, thereby reducing maintenance efforts. To improve
programming efficiency by the standardization of
documentation techniques.

FEATURES -

- The DA System operates directly upon Assembly Language

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

source statements. Mo modification is required by the
user before using DA System programs.

- Through scanning, the numerous Symbolic Languages are
converted to a standard DA System record format.
Processing of the DA formatted tape is thus largely
language-independent.

- Each program within the DA System has its own control
cards and is processed in sequence from the DA System
tape, providing advantages normally found in a monitor
system.

- The systems concept enables the user to submit a source
program deck to the DA System and receive any or all of
the source outputs of the system in one processing run.

- Source programs can be sequence checked, resequence
numbered and updated. Corresponding listings can be
produced.

- Cross-referencing listings, both in program and in label
table sequence, as well as analysis of operation type,
indexing and operation code usage, are provided by the
system.

- A storage map of an object program useful in detecting
differences between the source and object programs is
available. Overlay patches are identified and listed
immediately after the instruction that they modify.

- The flowchart produced is a detailed logic flow of the
source program. Flowchart symbols conform to the IBM
Corporate Standard and the proposed American Standart
Association Standards on flowchart symbols for
information processing.

The Symbolic Flowchart Language provides a machine
independent, easy-to-use language which may be used in
application design and documentation of new and existing
programs.

Implementation of the DA System on the 1401 gives the user
the opportunity to document assembly programs for any
current large-scale system without tying-up that system.

The function of the system controller is to start and end
all DA runs as well as provide maintenance capability for
the DA System programs. After identifying the machine
type and language to be processed, the controller calls
in the following programs in the sequence listed:

- An update program which allows insertion, deletion, and
replacement of Assembly Language Statements to bring the
Source Program up to date.

- An analysis program which scans Assembly Language
programs and produces pertinent information about the
program scanned. Including cross references.

- A flowchart program which scans Assembly Language
programs and produces flowcharts of program logic of
designated areas.

- A verification program which produces a storage map of
an object deck, noting overlay patch areas. Each
program in turn proceeds as requested by DA System
Control Cards, transferring control through the system
and processing the data until all DA System Control
Cards have been processed.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - All DA System programs are written in
1401 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401 or 1460 System
with four 729 or 7330 Magnetic Tape Units (see Sales Manual
for tape intermix)... Advanced Programming... High-Low-
Equal Compare... 1402 Card Read/Punch Model 1... 1403
Printer Model 2 or 3 with 132 Print positions. A 1410,
7010, or System/360 Model 30 or 40 can be used when
operating in 1401 Compatibility Mode.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Application Directory... Program
Reference Manual, H20-0177.

MACHINE READABLE - Systems Tape.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401SE12X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-SE-13X

SYSTEM/360 COBOL EDIT

DESCRIPTION - COBOL Edit operates on a 1401 and will
diagnose System/360 COBOL statements for syntactical errors.
This will reduce System/360 test time by allowing debugging
on the current system.

The System/360 COBOL Edit will accept as input S/360 COBOL
D or E source programs in EBCDIC on card or on 7-track
tape in card image. It prints a listing of the source
program and identifies sequence errors, group marks and
record marks. It also flags input characters punched in
codes having dual representation in current systems. A
dictionary of names is prepared and printed. It will

laoi

IBH PBOGBiHS

moi

PiGE 019

COHTIHOED EBOH PBIOB PAGE

indicate an; names that are nultipdef ined, any COBOL
reserved words incorrectly used as names and any undefined
names. The program will sccan the statements for syntax
errors and print diagnostic messages if any sentence
structure errors are found. Editing is for syntax only;
the data attributes are not checked.

FEATOBES -

- Gives the user the ability to pre-edit System/360 COBOL
Source Programs on the IBH 1401 at his own installation.
Thus providing him with better utilization of his S/360
test time .

- Input programs can be stacked by the addition of an end
card between programs.

- Hay be used in conjunction with the IBH S/360 COBOL
Language Conversion program (1401-CB-701) , The output of
LCP will be accepted as input.

PEOGEAHflIHG STSTBHS - To obtain listings or cards from
the tape, the following utilities will be required -IBH
1401 Tape-To-Printer Otility (1401-0T-026) . . . IBH 1401
flultiple Utility (1401-0T-039) .

fllHIHDH STSTEH EEQOIEEHEBTS - 8K 1401, 3 tape units, 1402
Card Bead/Punch, 1403 Printer with 132 print positions,
High-Low-Egual Compare, Sense Switches and Advanced
Programming. Additional core will be utilized by the
program. If a fourth tape drive is available, input can
be on tape.

BASIC PBOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCDHESTATIOB - Application Directory. . . Program
Reference Hanual, H2Q-0217.

HACHINE BEADABLE - Object Decks and Sample program.

OPTIOHAL PHOGHAH PACKAGE
DOCDHESTATIOB - Bone.

HACHIBE BEADABLE - Source Decks and Program listings.
OBDEBIHG IHFOEHATIOB: PBOGEAH BOHBEB 1410SE13X

PROGBAH BOMBER
EY TENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIOH

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQOIREHEHT

BASIC

none

DTR

7/556

none

DTR

7/800

none

OPTIOHAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-SH-029
SORT I

DESCBIPTIOB - Purpose to provide a generalized 2-way SOBT
program for 1401 users. The program internally sort input
records and merges the sorted blocks into sequenced Output
Records. Sort 1 may also be used as a merge program if
input tapes are already ordered.

HIBIHDH SYSTEH BEQDIBEHENTS - 4000 positions of Storage
Bigh-Low-Equal Compare. Minimum of four (♦4*) Tape Drives.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOMEBTATIOH - Program write-up... Listings...
Flowcharts.

HACHIBE BEADABLE - Object code.

OPTIOHAL PBOGEAH PACKAGE
DOCOMEBTATIOH - None.

HACHIBE BEADABLE - Symbolic card decks.

OBDEBIHG IBFOBHATIOH: PBOGBAH HDMBEB 1401SH029

PROGRAM BOMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBOTION

TYPE

MEDIOH

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-SH-046

SORT 3 PBOGBAH

DESCBIPTIOB - Sort 3 is a generalized sort program which
provides the facility to sort records on 1401-1405 System
without the use of magnetic tape units. The input file
may be on magnetic tape or in disk storage. The user may
specify sorting into either ascending or descending
sequence, and may specify either magnetic tape 10 Control
Data Fields containing a total of up to 193 characters
of control information. Program Interruption and Checkpoint
Restart features are available under sense switch control.

MlNIflOM SYSTEH REQUIBEMEHTS - 4K 1401 System with 1405
Disk Storage, 1402 Card Head/Punch, 1403 Printer Hodel
2, High-Low-Egual Compare and Sense Switches special
features. At least one Magnetic Tape Unit (729 II, 17,
or 7, or 7330) is required if tape input or output is
desired.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEBTATIOH - Program write-up... Flowcharts...

Program Listings... Operating Procedures.

COHTIBOED FROM PBIOB COLOMB

MACHINE BEADABLE - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PBOGEAH PACKAGE
DOCOMEBTATIOH - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source deck.

ORDERING IBFOBHATIOH; PBOGBAH NOHBEB 1401SM046

PROGRAM HOHBER
EXTBHSIOB

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIOH

CODE

USER 70L0HE
EEQOIEEHEBT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

HT 7/556

MT 7/800

1401-SH-047
SORT 4

DESCRIPTION - SOBT 4 is a Two- or Three-way Balanced Herge
Tape Sorting Program using the Processing Overlap special
features. The program will sort fixed or variable length
data records written or magnetic tape into either ascending
or descending sequence. The program sorts either fixed
length or variable length, blocked or unblocked records
having up to ten Control Data Fields containing a total
of up to 999 characters of control information. The ability
to perform full IOCS type tape label handling procedures
for 80-character labels is incorporated. Padding records
may or may not contain record marks, as specified by the
user, and full blocks of padding will be deleted from the
final output. Full checkpoint and restart capability in
all passes of Phase 2 is included, as are program exits
to allow user modification.

MIHIMDH SYSTEM BEQDIBEHEHTS - An 8K 1401 System with...
four IBM Magnetic Tape Units (729 II, 17, or 7330)...

1402 Card Read/Punch... 1403 Printer Hodel 2 (or 1404
Printer)... Advance Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare,
Processing Overlap, and Sense switches.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOMEBTATIOH - Program write-up. . . Preliminary
Specifications. . . Flowcharts... Operating Procedures.
HACHIBE READABLE - Symbolic Listings and System Card
Deck.

OPTIOHAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Bone.

OBDEBIHG IBFOBHATIOH; PROGBAH BOMBER 1401SH047

PBOGBAH HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBOTION

TYPE

HEDIOH

CODE

DSER 7OL0ME
REQOIREHEHT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-SH-060
SOBT 7

DESCRIPTION - SOBT 7 is a Generalized Tape Sorting Program
designed for use on an IBH 1401 Tape System with at least
8,000 positions of core storage. This program provides
Label Processing capabilities for the IBH Standard Tape
Label (120 character) . A Tape-Loadable option is available
and when used 100 positions of storage are used. This
program sorts fixed length or variable length, blocked
or unblocked records into either ascending or descending
sequence. Sorting can be controlled by as many as ten
Control Data Fields containing a total of up to 999
characters. For four-tape systems on which fixed length
records are being sorted, SORT 7 provides an additional
capability in the form of a Multiphase Procedure, 15 to
25 percent overall time saving may be realized as compared
with the balance merging technique. Interrupt and Restart
capabilities are provided in the program.

HIHIMDM SYSTEM EEQDIREHEBTS - An 8K 1401 or 1460 Tape

System At least four IBM Magnetic Tape Onits (729 II,

17, or 7, or 7330)... 1402 Card Punch... 1403 Printer Mdl.

2 (or 1404 Printer - 1401 only) High-Low-Equal Compare,
Advanced Programming and Sense Switches. An additional
tape unit is needed if the Tape-Loadable option is used.

The 1460 requires, indexing and Store Address Register
and the Sense Swtich feature. SORT 7 can also use, if
available, five or six tape units and or 16K Core Storage
Capacity.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up... SPECS... and
Operating Procedures... Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - Object decks and Assembly listing for
both Tape Load and Sort Programs.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUHEHTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Symbolic program decks.

OBDEBIHG IHFOEHATIOB; PROGRAM BOMBER 1401SH060

PROGBAH BOBBER DISTRIBOTION HEDIOH USER VOLUME

P&GE 020

1401

IBH PBOGEAHS

1401

COHTIHOED FROM PHIOB PAGE

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-SB-061
HEBGE 7

DESCEIPTIOH - HEBGE 7 is a Generalized Tape Herge Prograa
designed for use on IBH 1401 Tape Systems with at least
8,000 positions of core storage. The user may specify
merging input files in either ascending or descending order
to an output file of the ame order. The program provides
label processing capabilities for the IBH Standard Tape
Label (120 character) .

The program will merge fixed length and variable length
blocked or unblocked records. Herging can be controlled
by up to ten Control Data Fields of total length as large
as 999 characters. HEBGE 7 also provides the additional
features of reblocking single files and performing a
sequence check on a single file or on the output file of
normal merge operation. The program provides a wrong
length record check for unblocked fixed length, blocked
fixed length, and blocked variable length records.

HINIHOH SYSTEM BEQDIBEHENTS - An 8K 1401 or 1460 Tape
System... 1402 Card Bead/Punch. . . 1403 Printer Hdl.2 (or

1404 Printer - 1401 only). Plus for 1401 - High-Low-Equal
compare and Advanced Programming. For 1460 - Indexing
and Store Address Begist^r.

HEBGE 7 requires from three to six tape units and will
use 12K or 16K core storage capacity, if available.

BASIC PBOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Program write-up... Specs, and operating
Procedures. . . Flowcharts.

HACHIBE BEADABLE - HEBGE 7 Object deck and the HEBGE 7
program listing.

OPTIONAL PBOGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEEING INFOEHATIOH; PBOGEAH HDMBER 1401SH061

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUH

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

DTR

7/556

none

DTR

7/800

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-SH-062
SORT 6

DESCEIPTIOH - SORT 6 is a generative sort program designed
for generation and use on an IBM 1401 or 1460 with at least
one IBM 1311 Disk Storage Drive, and a minimum of 4000
positions of core storage (8000 for 1460). SOET 6 object
programs will sort fixed length, blocked or unblocked,
records in Hove Mode into either ascending or descending
sequence. Sorting can be controlled by as many as ten
control data fields of total length up to a maximum of
194 characters. SORT 6 can generate an object program
through use of the Autocoder Macro-Generator and parameter
cards. It is further classified as a Generalized Program
because it can modify itself at object run time according
to information punched in control cards by the users.

HIHIHDM SYSTEM EEQUIEEMEHTS - Generation and object time
use of the 1401 SOBT 6 are; 4K 1401 or 8K 1460 System...

One 1311 Disk Storage Drive... 1402 Card Eea d/Punch. . .

One 1403 Printer Model 2, or 1404 Printer (1401 only)...
High-Low-Equal compare feature (1401 only). The object
program can use, if available, up to 5 Disk Storage Drives
and 8K, 12K, or 16K core storage capacity. The following
programs are required to impeleraent 1401 SORT 6 -

1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) #1401-AD-008.

1401/1460 IOCS version 2 #1401-10-068.

1401/1311 Disk Dtility Programs, #1401-0T-053,

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATIOH - SOET 6 Specifications... Operating
Procedures... Flowcharts... Listing for library
program... Listing for prephase programs.

HACHINE BEADABLE - Library routine decks... Prephase
decks.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

OEDEBIHG INFORMATION: PROGRAM HOMBEE 1401SH062

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE BEQUIEEHENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-SH-063
HEBGE 6

DESCRIPTION - IBH 1401 MERGE 6, # 1401-SM-063, is a
generative program for 1401/1311 or 1460/1311 systems.

Used with 1401/1311 Autocoder and IOCS, Herge 6 will
generate specific object programs that are fitted to the
users particular merging applications. The object programs
generated by Herge 6 are generalized in that they can be
modified according to information supplied by the user
in control cards. With object programs the user can merge
pre- sorted, fixed lenght, blocked or unblocked records
in the move mode into either ascending or descending
sequence. The input and output can be on either disk or
tape. A one-, two-, three-, or four- way merge can be
performed. If specified by the user at generation time,
options such as label checking, additions from cards,
sequence check and hash total, deletions or selections
by class can be incorporated into the object program.

HINIMUH SYSTEM EEQOIEEHEHTS - Object Program Generation-
same as for 1401/1311 Autocoder on 1401 or 1460 systems.

Object Program execution- a 4K 1401 system or a 8K 1460
system, each with sufficient core storage to utilize the
object program options... a 1402 Card Read/Punch. .. and,
depending upon the object program requirements, a 1403
Printer or 1404 console inquiry Station (1401 only) or
a 1447 Console Hdl 2 (1460) or 3 (1401)... one to five 1311
Disk Storage Drives and /or one to six magnetic tape units
(7330 or 729 II, IV, or V) in combination to provide a
minimum of two input files and one putput file. . . High-low-
Equal Compare (1401 only) .

Basic program package

DOCUMENTATION - Specifications... Operating Procedures..

Flowcharts... Library Listing... Pre phase Assembly

Listing.

MACHINE READABLE - Library Program... Prephase Program.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; Program Number 1401SH063

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION HEDIUM
TYPE CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

-SH-064

SORT 62

DESCEIPTIOH - The IBH 1401 sort 62 (1 401-SM-064) is a
generalized sort program designed for use on an IBH 1401
or 1460.

This program sorts fixed lenght records in the move mode.
The maximum record length that may be sorted varies from
1,200 characters for an 8K system up to 3,000 characters
for a 16K system. The sorting can be accomplished in
either ascending or descending sequence based upon up to
10 control data fields and 189 characters of control data
contained in these fields.

HINIHOH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For use of Sort 62 - 8K 1401
or 1460, one 1311 Disk Storage Drive, 1403 Printer, 1402
Card Read/Punch and High-Low-Egual Compare Special Feature
(1401 only).

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Object Program Listing, Specification
Hanual, Operating Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Program Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAH NUMBER 1401SH064

PROGRAH NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUH

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-SM-066
SORT 64

DESCRIPTION - This program sorts fixed length records in
the HOVE mode. The maximum length record that may be
sorted varies from 1,200 characters for an 8K system up
to 3,000 characters for a 16K system. The sorting can
be accomplished in either ascending or descending sequence
based upon up to 10 control data fields and 189 characters
of control data contained in these fields.

HINIHOH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K IBM 1401 or 1460 equipped

1401

IBH PBOGBAHS

1401

PAGE 021

CONTIBOBD FROM PRIOR PAGE

with one IBH 1311 Disk Storage Drive, an IBH 1403 Printer,
an IBH 1402 Card Eead/Punch, High-Low-Egual Compare special
feature (1401 only) and the direct Seek special feature.

This program has been generated from the 1401 SORT 6
Library, program (1401-SH-062) using the following parameter
cards-

CARD LABEL OPERANDS

IHPOTHEDIA CARD, TAPE, DISK

OOTPTHEDIA TAPE, DISK

SELECTDLET SELDELCLASS, COHTROLDATA

ADDITIONS CARDS

CHECKS SEQHASB

DSKLABLOUT ALL

TAPE ONLOADIN, DNLOADOOT, SCAN

TAPLABLIN STANDARD, ALL, B

TAPLABODT STANDARD, ALL B

SYSTEHSPEC DIRECT

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Program Listing... Specifications
Hanual... Operating Procedures Hanual.

HACHINE READABLE - Object Program Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORHATION: PROGRAH HDHBER 1401SH066

PROGRAH NUHBER DISTRIBUTION HEDIUH USER VOLUHE

EXTENSION TYPE CODE EEQDIREHENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-SH-067
SORT 61

DESCRIPTION - This program sorts fixed length records in
the HOVE mode. The maximum record length that may be
sorted is 400 characters. The sorting can be accomplished
in either ascending or descending sequence based upon up
to 10 control data fields and 189 characters of control
data contained in these fields.

HIHIHOH SYSTEH BEQOIREHENTS - For use of sort 61 are 4K,
1401, one 1311 Disk Storage Drive, 1403 Printer, 1402 Card
Bead/Punch and High-Low-Equal Compare special feature.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Object program listing. . . Specifications
Hanual... Operating Procedures.

HACHINE READABLE - Object program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORHATION: PROGRAH NUHBER 1401SH067

PROGRAH NUHBER DISTRIBUTION HEDIUH USER VOLUHE

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

EEQUIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-SP-021

SYHBOLIC PROGRAHHING SYSTEH 1 (SPS-2)

DESCRIPTION - Purpose to provide a basic symbolic
programming language and processor for the IBH 1401.

HIHIHOH SYSTEH REQOIHEHEHTS - 1400 positions of storage
1402 Reader-Punch 1403 Printer Hodel 1.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Listings... Operating Procedures.
HACHINE READABLE - Condensed program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORHATION: PROGRAH NUHBER 1401SP021

PROGRAH NUHBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USEE VOLUHE
EEQUIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-SP-030

SYHBOLIC PROGRAHHING SYSTEH 2 (SPS-2)

DESCRIPTION- Purpose to provide a Symbolic Language
Processor for machines with greater than 4000 positions
of core storage.

HINIHUH SYSTEH HEQUIREHENTS - 4000 positions of storage
1402 Reader/Punch 1403 Printer, Hodel 1...

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Listings. . . operating Procedures.

CONTINUED FROH PRIOR COLOHN

HACHINE READABLE - Condensed Program.
OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORHATION: PROGRAH HDHBER 1401SP030

PROGRAH NUHBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER VOLUHE
EEQUIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-SP-133

ASSEHBLY PROGRAH FOR 7750 USING THE IBH 1401

DESCRIPTION - This program assembles 7750 source language
statements and produces as output a card deck or a tape
suitable for loading into the 7750 through the IBH 1410
or 7000 series data processing systems. Input to the
assembly program is to be supplied on cards. The user

nay request card output, tape output, or both from the
assembly program.

HIHIHOH SYSTEH HEQUIREHENTS - 1401 system 400 positions
of core storage, three IBH 729 II, 729 IV, or 7330 Hagnetic
Tape Units, Advanced Programming Features, High-Low-Equal
Compare Feature, IBH 1403 Printer, Hodel 2, IBH 1402 Card
Read/Punch.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Programming Hanual.

HACHINE READABLE - 7750 Assembly Program using the
1401.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE
DOCOHENTATION - None.

HACHINE READABLE - Listing Of 7750 Assembly Program
using the 1401.

ORDERING INFORHATION: PROGRAH NUHBER 1401SP133

PROGRAH HDHBER DISTRIBUTION HEDIUH USER VOLUHE

EXTENSION TYPE CODE EEQUIREHENT

BASIC

none

7/556

OPTIONAL

none

7/556

1401-SP-156

1401/7740 ASSEHBLY PROGRAH USING THE IBH 1401

DESCRIPTION - The assembled program, if created on a 1311
Disk Storage Drive, can be loaded directly into the 7740
for execution. If the program is produced on tape or in
cards, it can be loaded into the 7740 from 1410 or any
7000 series system except the 7072.

FEATURES -

- Operates on 1401 or 1410 in 1401 node.

- Converts 7740 Source Programs written in Symbolic
Language.

- Accepts input from either tape or cards.

- Produces the object program as output on an 1311 Disk
Storage.

- Drive, tape, or in cards.

- Provides the user with an assembly listing on the 1402
Printer.

- Provides alternate upper or lower memory disk and host
load programs for use on an 8K or 16K 7740. The upper
memory loaders on an 8K facilitate the use of additional
core storage for object and chain statements.

- Corrects program action in the use of RBC declarative
statement.

The program also -

- Provides notification when to replace the input tape if
the input is tape.

- Assigns an 8K storage limit if the control card is
missing.

- Allows the continuance of the assembly if the 1311 file
is not in a "ready condition".

- Provides upper- memory assembly produced loaders for 16K
systems.

- Provides an improved corrective action for read errors.

HINIHUH SYSTEH HEQUIREHENTS - A 4K 1401 or 1410 system
with... Card Read/Punch. .. 1403 Printer Hodel 2... four 729
or 7330 Hagnetic Tape units. .. Advanced Programming and
High-Low-Equal Compare features. An IBH 1311 Disk Storage
Drive is also required if the object program is to be
loaded directly into a 7740 operating independently of
another IBH computer.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Sample problem Listing... Program
Haterial List... Listings of Load Programs.

HACHINE READABLE - Assembly Program. . . Sample Problem.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - None,

HACHINE READABLE - Flowcharts and Prcaram Listings.

PAGE 022

1401

IBH PBOGBAHS

1401

COHTIBOED FfiOH PBIOB PAGE

OEDERIHG IHFOEHATIOH: PBOGEAB HOHBEE 1401SP156

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

HT 7/556

1401-DT-001

CABD SISTEM UTILITY PBOGBAHS

DESCBIPTIOH - Utility prograBS to load or to output prograas
and data. Programs provided clear storage, card loader,
print storage, punch storage, punch-list-sequence check
equipnent specification.

BASIC PBOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Listings. . . Flowcharts.

HACHIHE READABLE - Condensed PrograB.

OPTIONAL PBOGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFOBHATION; PBOGBAH NDHBEB 1401DT001

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-OT-019

MULTIPLE TAPE UTILITY PBOGEAH

DESCRIPTION - The Multiple Tape Utility Program (120-
character label) for IBH 1401 and 1460 systems. No. 1401-
DT-019, has the facility to have any one, two, or all three
tape utility functions (card-to-tape, tape-to-card, tape-
to-printer) occur concurrently, in a manner similar to
that of the 1401 Multiple Utility Program.

Two functions available with this program that do not exist
in the 1401 Multiple Utility Program are - the ability
to create and/or process the IBM standard tape label (120-
character) , using procedures similar to those available
from IOCS. The facility to accomnodate blocked records
in the card-to-tape and tape-to-card functions.

This is a generalized utility program supplied as a
condensed card object deck. The program is controlled
for appropriate application by the use of sense switches.
Additional information is provided by a control card.

PROGEAHMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM EEQDIEEHENTS - An 8K 1401 or 1460 System
with... 1402 Card Bead Punch... one 1403 Printer Mdl 2
or 3 (1460) or 1404 Printer (1401),.. 729 or 7330 Magnetic
Tape Unit (one tape unit is required for each tape operation
performed concurrently) ... High- Low-Equal Compare and
Advanced Programming (1401) or Indexing and Store Address
Register feature (1460)... Column Binary (1401) or Bit
Test and Binary Transfer features (1460, needed only if
binary files are to be accommodated... Sense Switches
(1401)... Read Punch Release feature.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up — Program Listings...

Multiple Tape Utility Program Specifications.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered,

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program flowcharts.

HACHIHE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401UT019

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-UT-025

1401 AND 1460 TAPE UTILITY PROGRAMS WITH 120 CHARACTER
LABEL CAPABILITY

DESCRIPTION - These three programs, for 1401 and 1460 Tape
Systems, transfer data files from card to tape, from tape
to card, and from tape to printer. Output format
flexibility is provided through field- selection and
exception-record procedures. The programs have the
capability of processing the IBM standard tape label (120),
using procedures similar to the available from IOCS. These
are generalized utility programs, supplied by IBH as
condensed card object decks. The programs modify themselves
to fit a specific application through the use of control
cards.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

PROGEAHMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401 or 8K 1460 System...
1402 Card Read Punch... one 1403 Printer, Model 2 or 3,
or 1404 Printer... One 729 or 7330 Magnetic Tape Unit...
Sense Switches feature (1401 only) . If binary tape records
or column binary cards are to be processed, the Column
Binary Transfer feature (1460) is required.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. . . Listings. . .

Program specifications... Operating procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401UT025

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-UT-026

TAPE-TO-PRINTER UTILITY PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - The purposes of this program are - 1. To
enable the printing of various tape configurations in many
print configurations without the need for specific programs.
2. To simulate the 717, 720 and 730 Off-Line Printers for
tapes prepared on 700-7000 series computers.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS'- 1401 Model C3 1403 Model
2 Printer 1 (one) 729 Model II or IV (1402 Card Read Punch
High-Low-Equal Compare) may run on Model D3 if System Tape
produced on Model c3. Timing varies according to record
types (i.e., fixed length or variable length), and according
to spacing and skipping requirements. Fixed length records
which are single spaced obtain maximum speed (600
lines/minute) , 1. Maximum block size allowable is 1496
characters without editing, 1279 with editing. 2. Multi-
reel files and multi-file reels may be handled. 3. Sequence
checking and exception testing are provided.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up... Listings

Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401UT026

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-UT-027

CARD-TO-TAPE UTILITY PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - The Car d-To- Tape Program provides for writing
information contained in punched cards onto magnetic tape.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 Model C3, High-Low Equal
Compare, 1402 Model I Card Reader-Punch, one 729 Model
II or IV 1403 Model 2 Printer. (Additional Remarks) 1.
Input record in from 1 to 99 cards. 2. Rearrangement of
input prior to output is allowed. 3. Up to 16 fields may
be selected for output. 4. Blocking of 1499 characters
of BCD records and 1599 characters for column binary
records. 5. Sequence checking of cards and records can
be performed. 6. An exception record procedure is provided.
7. Header and trailer labels may be inserted. 8. Column
binary records and intermixed column binary and BCD records
can be written on tape if the 1401 System being used has
the Column Binary device. 9. A count of the number of
data cards read and of the records written, exclusive of
header and trailer cards and records, is printed out at
the end of each file.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up. . . Listings. . .
Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401UT027

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

laoi

IBH PBOGBAHS

1401

PAGE 023

COBTIBUEl) FBOH PBIOB PAGE

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIBEMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-0T-028

TAPE-TO-CAED DTILITY PEOGBAH

DESCBIPTION - Purpose to transfer infornation recorded
on Magnetic Tape into Punched Cards, with a vatiety of
output colUBD designations.

HIHIHOH SYSTEM BEQOIBEMEHTS - 1401 Model C3 1403 Model
2 Printer 729 Model 2 or 4 Tape Drive 1402 Card Beader-
Punch High-Iov-Egual Conpare Additional Benarks tining
varies fron 200 to 250 C.P.M., depending upon the nunber
of options desired by the user. 1. Mazinun block size
allowable 1197 characters. 2. Additional infornation not
contained within the record nay be punched. 3. Field
sequence checking and field selection is pernitted- 4.
Multiple file reels are processed according to the users
specifications. 5. Exception record processing and card
sequence nunbering is allowed. 6. Header and trailer
labels are optionally treated.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATIOB - Progran Brite-Op. . . Listings...
Flowcharts.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE
DOCDHENTATION - None.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Source Code.

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NDMBEB 1401DT028

PBOGBAM NOMBEB DISTBIBOTIOB MEDIOH OSEB VOLOME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

BEQUIBEHEHT

BASIC

none

CABDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-DT-039

MOLTIPLE DTILITY PBOGBAM FOB IBM 1401 TAPE SYSTEM

DESCBIPTION - The purpose of this progran is to sinulate
current off-line processing by 700 Series equipnent, and
allow any conbination of tape-to-card, tape- to- printer
and card-to-tape operations to be perforned at the sane
tine. Timing nazinun speed will be effected when any one
single operation is being perforned. Tape- to- printer 600
1PM, card-to-tape 800 C/PM, ta^-to-card 250 C/PH. Hhen
nore than one operation is desired simultaneously, the
following tine speeds are applicable; Card-to-tape - tape-
to-printer, single space printing 510 CS1/PH. Card-to-
tape tape-to-printer, 1st character forms control 400
C&1/PM. card-to-tape - tape-to-card, 310 Card Bead, 160
Card Punch/PM- Tape-to-printer - tape-to-card, 325 1/PH,

160 C/PH. Card-to-tape - tape-to-printer, tape-to-card
275 1/PM. 275 Card Bead, 140 Card Punch/PH, 1. High and

low densities nay be internized on the several tape drives
while running sinultaneous operations. 2. Binary and BCD
operations nay be processed at the sane tine except that
the sane operation (i.e., tape-to-card BCD as operation
♦1, and tape-to-card binary as operation *2) is not
pernitted. 3- Any conbination of the following nay be
processed at the sane tine considering the restrictions
stated in 2 above tape-to-card BCD, tape-to-card binary,
card-to-tape BCD, card-to-tape binary, card-to-tape
processing files containing both binary and BCD records,
and tape-to-printer. Only tape-to-printer nay be blocked
and a nazinun of 1000 characters. 4. Interrupt (switch
E) allows interruption of processing to delete or activate
additional functions after which the program continues
governed by the new sense switch settings.

HINIHOM SYSTEM BEQOIBEHEBTS - 1401 Model C3 1402 Beader-
Funch 1403 Model 2 Printer 729 Model 2 or 4 Tape Dnit (as
many as user desires for 1, 2, or 3 sinultaneous operations)
High-Low-Equal Conpare, Advanced Progranning features.
Column Binary feature (if user desires) .

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Program Hrite-up. . . Listings...
Flowcharts-

HACHINE BEADABLE - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE
DOCDHENTATION - None.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Source code.

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NOMBEB 1401UT039

PBOGBAM NDMBEB
EXTENSION

DISTEIBDTIOH

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIBEMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-DT-051

PILE UTILITIES

DESCBITION - This is a set of SIC independent programs
to perform nany common tasks associated with the 1405 Disk
Storage. The programs are Clear Disk, Disk to Printer,

Tape to Disk, Disk to Tape, Card to Disk, and Disk to Card.
User control cards are used to specify. the affected portions
of the Disk file. Bestrictions: The Tape to Disk and

Card to Disk are companion programs to the Disk to Tape
and Disk to Card programs, and are designed to load the
data generated by these programs.

MINIMUM SYSTEM BEQDIBEHENTS - Memory requirements are from
2K to 4K, depending upon which progran is used. Equipnent
specifications: 1401 Model F, 1402, 1403, 1405; tape drives
as required for programs.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-up... Listings...
Flowcharts.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NDMBEB 1401DT051

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTBIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-UT-052

1401/1311 DISK FILE OEGANIZATION BODTIHES 1401/1460

DESCBIPTION - 1401-DT-052, supports 1301 and 1311 Disk
Storages and the 1401/1460's Console Printer. The package
incorporates the additional features of 1301 Disk Storage
and Console Printer capabilities, requires 1401/1440/1460
Autocoder (on Disk) for generation of object programs,
and provides two complete sets of routines. One set
generates object programs for a random file; the other,
object programs for a control sequential file - Random
file - The object programs for loading and maintaining
a random file use the chaining method to load records into
disk locations determined by control fields within the
records. Records whose control data convert to the sane
address are linked together by a chain of addresses.

Object programs can be generated by the routines to add
records or delete then. Control sequential files use a
sequence line to add records to the file or delete then,
without destroying the sequence. A distribution index
built by the programs makes possible quick access to any
record. In both techniques, records may be loaded fron
or unloaded to cards, tape, or disk. The user's file
organization routines are generated by 1401/1440/1460
Autocoder (on Disk) from a series of 1401/1460 IOCS (on
disk) Version 2 library routines and the Disk File
Organization Library routines. By control cards, the user
supplies the appropriate parameters for generation.

MINIMDH SYSTEM BEQDIBEMENTS

GENEBATION REQUIREMENTS - Requirements for generation of
the user's file organization object programs are the same
as those for 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk, and
1401/1460 IOCS (on disk). Version 2.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401 System for 1311 usage
or 8K 1460 System for 1311 or 1301 usage with... 1402 Card
Read Punch... 1311 Disk Storage Drive or 1301 Disk Storage
Arpay... 1403 Printer of (1460) 1477 Console Mdl 2 or 4
or (1401) 1407 Console Inquiry Station or 1477 Console
Mdl 3 (if a log is to be kept during file loading,
additions, or deletions, the 1403 Printer is required.,
in that case, a console with printer is not required) . . .
Magnetic Tape Unit (required only if tape I/O is used) .

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Program Write-up, Program Listing, Disk
File Organization Routines and Operating Procedures.
MACHINE READABLE - Option 1 - Common and random, and is
specified by using Program Number Extension OPT1.
Option 2 - Common and control sequential, and is
specified by using Program Number Extension 0PT2.
Option 3 - Common, random and control sequential, and
is specified by using Progran Nunber Extension 0PT3.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

OBDEBING INFORMATION; PBOGBAM NUMBER 1401DT052

PBOGBAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

OPT1

CARDS

none

OPT2

CARDS

none

PAGE 024

1401

IBM PROGRAMS

1401

COHTIHOED FROM PRIOR PAGE

OPT3 CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-DT-053

DTILITY PROGRAMS FOR THE 1401-1311 DISK

DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to perform certain
frequently required operations without programming effort
on the part of the user. The system consists of - Clear-
Disk-Storage Program, Disk-to-Tape Program, Tape-to-Disk
Program, Disk-to-Card Program, Card-to-Disk Program, Copy-
Disk Program, Print-Disk Program, Disk-Becord-Load Program,
and Disk-Label Program.

Each of the programs is generalized, modifying itself to
perform specific operations by information received through
control cards. Each of the programs includes an optional
disk label checking routine. The programs are designed
for use on 4K or larger Systems - 8K or greater is necessary
when processing Disk data for which the track record special
feature is required. These programs perform such functions
as Clear Disk and generate addresses, supply output for
file protection purposes, display Disk Storage on the
Printer, change data or addresses in Disk Storage, Create
the label track or remove the Label track, and enter,
delete, change, display, and punch disk labels.

HINIMOM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1401 System (8K required
if track record format is used) with... 1402 Card
Read/Punch. . . 1403 Printer Model 1 or 2... one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive... and one IBM Magnetic Tape Unit (729 II,

IV, or V, or 7330) required for tape programs only.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Srite-up. .. Operating Pro-
cedures... Preliminary Specifications.
machine readable - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Listings... Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401UT053

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-UT-057

FILE ORGANIZATION ROUTINES

DESCRIPTION - The chaining method of file organization
is an efficient method of handling the problem of duplicate
file addresses, when control data (item number, man number,
etc.) are converted to disk storage addresses. The 1401-
1405 File Organization Program will efficiently load and
maintain a chained disk file so as to minimize the amount
of unused storage, as well as the retrieval time for each
record,

1401 File Organization features are (1) An edit program
which will edit a symbolic version of the program so as
to provide the most efficient program for any size 1401,

(2) Ability to make additions and deletions to a chained
file, (3) Load and add trailer records to a file, (4)

Unload a file onto cards or tape for reorganization, (5)

An audit list consisting of the control data of records
being loaded and their addresses, (6) Input data records
may be on card or tape. The load and additions programs
are used in conjunction with the edit program. The user
provides the specifications of his file and machine in
a control card which is examined by the edit program to
create a symbolic version of the load and additions programs
which meet those specifications. The edited program and
the users conversion routine (routine to convert control
data to disk address) are assembled with either SPS or
Autocoder. The assembled program will then load the users
data file (on card or tape) with a given format onto the
disk file in the desired area. The program will create
the necessary chain linkages. The remaining programs are
not edited, but must be assembled with the users conversion
routine. The control card is examined at object time and
the suers data is operated upon according to the
specifications in the control card. All of the programs
provide for all I/O error checking. The programs utilize
one or two access arms depending upon the number available.
If there are two arms, and one fails, the program will
continue to operate with one arm.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - (1) 4000 Core Storage
positions (2) 1402 Card Read/Punch 1403 Printer (Model
1 or 2) 1405 Disk Storage Unit (Model 1 or 2) 1 or 2 Tape
Units (Model 729 II, 729 IX, 729 V, or 7330) may be used
if data is on tape.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up... Listings...

Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Code.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

OPTIONAL

ORDERING

PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER

1401DT057

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-UT-066

UTILITY PROGRAMS FOE THE 1401-1009

DESCRIPTION - The 1401-1009 Utility transmits data to or
receives data from another terminal on either cards or
magnetic tape. Four uses of the program are: 1. Transmit
data from cards - blocks or unblocked. 2, Transmit data
from magnetic tape. 3. Receive blocks or unblocked data
on cards. 4. Receive data on tape.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4000 Core Storage Positions
Sense Switches, 1402 Card Read/Punch, 1009 Data Transmission
unit Serial I/O adapter 1 tape unit is optional.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. . . Listing...
Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - Condensed program deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401UT066

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-UT-067

HYPEETAPE DTILITY PROGRAMS

DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Hypertape Utility Programs, No.
1401-DT-067, perform certain frequently required operations
on 1401 and 1460 systems without programming effort. The
programs included are Card-to-Hypertape, Hypertape-to-Card,
1/2 inch Tape-to-Hypertape, Hypertape-to-1/2 inch tape,
Hypertape-to- Printer.

USE - Each program is generalized, modifying itself to
perform specific operations through parameters contained
on control cards. Each program also includes tape label
checking options. The programs perform such functions
as preparing tape files for 7074, 7080, and 7090 Hypeirtape
Systems from card files or 729 1/2 inch tape files, creating
card files or 729 (1/2 inch) tape files from a hypertape
file, and the printing of files from a hypertape file.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - a 4K 1401 System with 1402
Card Read/Punch... 1403 Printer MDL 2 or 1404 Printer...
one 7340 Hypertape Drive... Advanced Programming, High-
Low-Equal Compare, Hit Test, and Sense Switches Features...
one 729 or 7330 Magnetic Tape Unit (if 1/2 inch tape is
to be read or written).,. Column Binary Feature (if Column
Binary Cards are to be read or punched) .

An 8K 1460 System with... 1402 Card Read Punch... 1403
Printer... one 7340 Hypertape Drive... Indexing and Store
Address Register, and Bit Test Features... one 729 or 7330
Magnetic Tape Unit (if 1/2 inch tape is to be read or
written) — binary transer feature (if column binary cards
are to be read or punched) .

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. . .Programming
Listings. . .Hypertape Utility Programs
Operating Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Five individual card decks.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401DT067

ptcOGaiH MuHnEn

DiSrHiBuTIOK MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401

XBH PBOGBAHS

1401

PAGE 025

1401-0T-069

TAPE OTILITY SISTEfl FOB THE 7710

DESCBIPTIOM - This systei is designed to control the
■oteient of data between the IBH 1401 with 7710 Data
Coaannication Onit and a Bewote Terainal. The Beaote
Terainal aay be any one of the following- 1401-7710, 1401-
1009, 7701, 7702, 1013. The programs included in the
system are-

- IBM 1401-7710 Tape Transait Utility Program.

- IBM 1401-7710 Tape Beceive Utility Prograa.

- IBM 1401-7710 Transait-Beceiwe Utility Prograa.

Bach of the programs provides for tape data input-output
operations and lor handling cf aized parity tapes.

MINIMUM SYSTEM BBQUIBEMEBTS - A 4K 1401 System with.. .7710
Data CoBBUnicatibn Unit... 1402 Card Bead/Punch ...729 II,
IT, T, or 7330 Magnetic Tape Unit. .. Serial I/O Adapter
feature. For the IBM 1401-7710 Transait-Beceive Utility
Prograa, the 1401 systea most have the above requirements
plus advance prograaaing and sense switch features.

BASIC PB06BAM PACKAGE

DOCUMINTATIOH - Autocoder Listing. .. Flowcharts. . .
Instructions to separate card decks. .. Utility
Prograas for the 1401 aanual.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Object Code.

OPTIONAL PfiOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Autocoder Source Decks...

SPS Source Decks. . .Listings.

MACHINE BEADABLE - None.

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NUMBEB 1401UT069

PROGRAM NOHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
BEQDIREMENT

BASIC

none

CABDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-UT-076

DATA COMMUNICATIONS UTILITY PBOGBAM - IBM 1009

DESCBIPTION - The Data Coaaunications Utility Prograa,

Ho. 1401-UT-076, consisting of seven independent prograas,
brings to 1401, 1440, and 1460 users a aeans to easily
accoaplish line speed data file coanunication with a
buffered 1009 Data Transmission Unit. The package of seven
programs includes -

- Card File Transmission.

- 1311 Disk File Transmission.

- Magnetic Tape File Transaission.

- Card File Deception.

- 1311 Disk File Beception.

- Magnetic Tape File Beception.

- 1403 and 1443 Printer Beception.

Each prograa provides prograaaed control of the direction
of data flow on the coanunication line, end of file
signalling and recognition, perfornance of field selection
and expansion within individual records, processing of
standard header and trailer labels and transaission of
blocks and unblocked data. In tape and disk transait and
receive, data transaission tiaes can be overlapped with
the perfornance of a data processing operation. A tape
to printer routine is provided. However, the user nay
elect to supply a routine of his own choosing subjec to
the tiaing reguireaents published in the prograa
specifications. Automatic answer and automatic disconnect
service is an option provided in all receive prograas.
Processing of single or aulti-reel aagnetic tape file
records can be performed in binary, BCD, or aixed binary/BCD
node.

MINIMUM SYSTEM BEQUIBEHENTS - A 4K 1401 or 8K 1460 systea
with... one 1402 Card Bead Punch... one 1403 Printer Model
2 or 1404 Printer (1401 only)... one 729 II, IT, T, or
7330 Magnetic Tape Onit (tape programs only)... one 1311
Disk Storage Drive (disk programs only)... one 1009 Data
Transmission Unit with Buffer feature... Serial Input/Output
Adapter feature... High-Low-Egual compare feature (1401
only) .

A 4K 1440 System with... one 1442 Card Bead/Punch Model
1 or 2, or a 1442 Card Beader Model 4 with a 1444 Card
Punch... 1443 Printer... one 7335 Magnetic Tape Unit (tape
programs only)... one 1311 Disk Storage Drive (disk programs
only)... one 1009 Data Transmission Onit with Buffer
feature... Serial Input/Output Adapter feature.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE -

DOCUMENTATION - Program irite-up. . .Specifications
Manual. . .Operating Procedures.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Seven decks in object deck
fora... tape to print object deck... 1401 4K
and 8K loader decks.. 1440 4K and 8K Loader

CONTINUED FBOM PBIOB COLUMN
decks.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts... Listings.
MACHINE BEADABLE - None.

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NUMBEB 1401UT076

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-OT-153

7040/44-1401 AOXILIABY PBOGBAMS

DESCBIPTION - The 7040/704 4—1401 Auxiliary Prograa, 1401-
UT-153, support the 7040/7044 Operating System (16/32K) ,
7040-PB-150. Maintenance of the symbolic aaster tapes
with the 7040/7044-1401 map syabolic updating program
requires that a 7040 update run first be made to reduce
the blocking factor from nine to a maxiaua of five.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REOOIBEHENTS - Is restricted to users Of
the 7040/7044 Operating System, Program Humber 7040-PB-
150.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Nrlte-up...

Prograaaers Guide. .. Operators Guide...

Systea prograaaers Guide.

MACHINE READABLE - Symbolic deck. . .Object
Deck. . .Autochart listing.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401UT153

PROGRAM NUMBEB

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

HT 7/556

MT 7/800

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-UT-157

7040/7044 - 1401 PERIPHERAL UTILITY PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Peripheral Utility Prograa, using
information supplied by a single control card and the sense
switches, performs, on an off-line 1401 Data Processing
Systea. The Basic Peripheral Operations associated with
the 7040/7044 8K Operating System, thereby saving 7040/7044
machine tine.

MINIMUM SYSTEM BEQUIBEHENTS - Is restricted to users of
the 7040/7044 8K Operating System, file nuaber 7040-PE-
154.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Prograa Hrite-up. .. Program Listing.
MACHINE READABLE - Object deck. .. Symbolic deck.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NUMBEB 1401UT157

PBOGBAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-UT-158

7090/94 1401 PEBIPHEHAL

DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Peripheral Output Program is a
combined tape-to-printer/punch routine utilizing the IBM
1401 Data Processing System. This prograa reads the system
output tape and produces a listing on the IBM 1403 Printer
or a deck of column-binary cards on the IBH 1402 Card
Head/Punch. If a deck of column-binary cards is punched,
it is not necessary that the control cards have a 7, 9
punch in column 1. Select 3 is used for output from this

This program acts on data of the following types-

(1) Print-line images (on magnetic tape) in even-parity
mode, blocked by a record mark in the last character
position of each print-line, or column-binary card images
in odd-parity mode, blocked with a record mark or unblocked.

(2) Output from the IBJOB processor consisting of either
of the following- (a) Print-lines (with a maximum of 132
characters including the carriage-control character) with
characters translated by the 1401 Data Processing system
into characters accepted by the 1403 printer. (b) Column-

P&6£ 026

1401

IBM PEOGBAHS

1440

COHTIHOED FBOH PBIOB PAGE
binary card iaages.

The distinction between these types of data is concerned
with the presence or absence of the block control word.

If the block control word is present, logical control words
are written, if the block control word is not present,
the node is recorded on tape.

HIHIHDH STSTEH EEQOIEEHEHTS - 4,000 Positions of Core
Storage, one 729 or 7330 Magnetic Tape Onit, Advanced
Prograwwing Feature, High-Low-Equal Cowpare feature. Sense
Switch feature, one IBH 1402 Card Bead/Punch with Column
Binary feature, one IBB 1403 Printer with 132 Print
Positions and the Print Control feature.

The distribution of this prograw is restricted to users
of the 7090/7094 IBSYS Processor, Prograw Huwber, 7090-
PE-130,

BASIC PEOGHAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Program irite-up...

HACHIHE READABLE - Print/punch Object Deck...
Card-to-tape Object Deck. . .Print/punch
Sywbolic Deck... Card-to-tape Sywbolic
Deck.

OPTIOBAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - Bone,

OEDEEIHG IHFORHATIOB: PBOGEAH HDMBEB 14010T158

PBOGEAH MOHBEB
EXTEHSION

DISTBIBOTIOH

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USEE VOLUME
EEQUIEEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-DT-938

IHPOT PEOGEAH FOR 7090/7094 SUPPORT PACKAGES FOB IBH
SYSTEH/360

DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Input Prograw is used to read card
decks in one form and then prepare an input tape for use
by the 7090/7094 Support Package. The tape will consist
of card-image records, some of these will be in Binary
Coded Decimal (BCD) representation, others in binary mode.

HINIHOH SYSTEM BEQUIBEHEHTS - Is restricted to users of
the 7090/7094 support package for the IBM System/360 file
number 7090-SE-162.

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATION - Program Write-up.

MACHIBE READABLE - Input Program Object Deck.

OPTIOBAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - Bone.

OEDEEIHG IHFOEMATIOB: PEOGEAH HDHBEE 14010T938

PBOGEAH NUMBER
EXTEHSIOH

DISTEIBUTIOH

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USEE VOLUHE
EEQUIEEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1420-AD-001

BASIC AUTOCODER

DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to enable a program
written in 1420 Basic Autocoder language to be assembled
on a 1420 system. The output is used to execute the
application on a 1420 system.

USE - The source program in 1420 Basic Autocoder language
punched in cards is assembled on a 1420 system. The output
object program is punched in 1420 machine language. Prograw
documentation and diagnostic output is printed on the 1403
Printer.

HIBIHDH SYSTEM EEQDIEEHEBTS- . . a 4K 1420 system with...
one 1442 card read punch... 1403 printer.

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Program Write-up — Operating
Instructions... Specifications.

HACHIHE READABLE - Basic Autocoder System Deck. . . Sample
Source Deck Test Assembly.

OPTIONAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - System Flow Charts... Listing of system
phases

MACHINE READABLE - Hone.

OEDEEIHG IHFOBHATION: PBOGEAH HUHBEB 1420A0001

PBOGEAH HDHBEE

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USEE VOLUHE

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

EEQUIEEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1420-10-010

lOCP WITHOUT PROCESS OVERLAP

DESCEIPTIOH - The IBH 1420 lOCP without process overlap,
program (1420-10-010) is designed to control the reading
of data from paper documents and to queue the printing
of this data after it has been processed.

OSE-

- Reading of amount and transit/routing fields from paper
documents.

- Placing this data in a queue.

- Oser exit to stacker select decision routines.

- User exit to document printing routine.

HIHIHUH SYSTEH EEQUIEEHEHTS - 4,000 positions of core,

1 IBM 1442 Card Bead-Punch, Model 1 or 2... 1 IBH 1403

Printer, Model 1 or 2 (selective Tape Lister and numeric
chain can be used with the 1403).

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Program Write-up... Program Listing...

specifications... Operating Procedures.

HACHIHE READABLE - Program decks in (1) 1440/1311

Autocoder Format (2) 1420 Basic Autocoder Format...

Sample Problem Deck... Object program execution
output.

OPTIONAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - None.

OEDEEIHG IHFOBHATION: PBOGEAH HDHBEE 142010010

PEOGEAH HDHBEE

DISTEIBUTIOH HEDIUH

USEE VOLUHE

EXTEHSIOH

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1420-10-011

OVEELAP lOCP

DEXCEIPTIOH - The IBH 1420 Overlap lOCP, #1420-10-011,
controls the reading of data from paper documents and
queues the printing of this data after it has been processed

The program has these functions -

Reading of amount and transit/routing fields or all fields
from paper documents.

Oser exit to stacker select decision routine.

User exit to document processing routines.

User exit to document printing routine.

User document error routines.

HIHIHUH SYSTEH EEQUIEEHEHTS - a JK system with... one 1442
Card Read Punch... 1403 Printer (selective tape listing
feature and numeric print chain can be used with the
1403)... Processing Overlap feature.

BASIC PBOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Program Write-up... Program Listings...
Program Flowcharts... Sample Problem Listings.. -
Specifications... Operating Procedures.

HACHIHE READABLE - Overlap lOCP card deck in 1440/1311

Autocoder Format and 1420 Basic Autocoder Format...

Sample Problem Source Decks and. . Object Program
Output.

OPTIONAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OEDEEIHG IBFOEHATIOH: PEOGEAH HDHBEE 142010011

PROGRAM HDHBEE
EXTEHSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
EEQUIEEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1440-AT-060

AUTO-TEST 16K

DESCEIPTIOH - Auto-Test is an integrated set of utility
programs designed to provide documentation for program
evaluation during a program testing run. It can be used
to test programs assembled by the 1440 Autocoder program
for any IBM 1440 System. Because test runs can be planned
to proceed with a minimum of operator intervention, Auto-
Test is a useful tool for remote testing. The Auto-Test
System resides in disk storage during testing. It controls
program tests in which the following functions can be
selectively specified-

1. Clear selected areas of disk storage

2. . Load program data from cards to disk storage

3. Print selected areas of disk storage

4. Load the program to be tested from cards

5. Print data from selected areas of core- storage at

1440

IBH PBOGBAHS

1440

PAGE' 027

COBTIHOED FBOH PBIOB PAGE

specific tiaes daring prograa execution

6. Print data read froa or written on disk storage daring
prograa execution

7. Print core storage when prograa execution terainates
several prograas aay be stacked for testing in a single
run. A convenient card foraat for patching prograa decks
being tested is provided to facilitate retesting of any
prograa.

MIHIHOH SISTEH BEQDIEEBEHTS - 16K 1440 Systea...one 1442
Card Bead/Punch. . . 1443 Printer. . .one 1311 Disk Storage
Drive. . .Indexing and Store Address Register special feature.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Prograa Brite-up. . .Listings. . .
Specifications and Operating Procedures.

BACHINE BEADABLE - (Deck A) build auto- test
systea disk pack... (Deck B) initiate
prograa testing. .. (Deck C) used to
restart. . . saaple problea test deck and
listings.

OPTIOHAL PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCOBENTATIOH - Write-up.

BACEIME READABLE - Bone.

ORDERING INFOBBATION: PBOGBAB NOBBBB 1440AT060

PROGRAH HOHBEB

DISTBIBOTIOH

HEDIOH

OSEB TOLOHE

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

BEQDIREHENT

BASIC none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL none

none

1440-AT-061

AOTO-TEST 8K

DESCRIPTIOH - Auto-Test is an integrated set of utility
prograas designed to provide docuaentation for prograa
evaluation during a prograa testing run. It can be used
to test prograas asseabled by the 1440 Autocoder prograa
for any IBH 1440 systea. Because test runs can be planned
to proceed with a ainiaua of operator intervention, Auto-
Test is a useful tool for reaote testing. The Auto-Test
systea resides in disk storage daring testing. It controls
prograa tests in which the following functions can be
selectively specified-

1. Clear selected areas of disk storage

2. Load prograa data froa cards to disk storage

3. Print selected areas of disk storage

4. Load the prograa to be tested froa cards

5. Print data froa selected areas of core storage at
specific tiaes daring prograa execution

6. Print data read froa or written on disk storage during
prograa execution

HIHIHOH SISTEH EEQDIHEHENTS - 8K 1440 Systea... one 1442
Card Bead Punch. .. 1443 Printer. .. one 1311 Disk Storage
Drive. . .indexing and store address register special feature.

BASIC PROGRAA PACKAGE

DOCUHENTATIOH - Prograa Write-up. .. Listings. . .

Specifications and Operation Procedures.

HACHIHE READABLE - (Deck A) build Auto-Test
Systea Disk Pack. . . (Deck B) Initiate
prograa testing. .. (Deck C) used to restart
prograa. . .sample problea test deck and
listings.

OPTIOHAL PBOGRAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHIHE BEADABLE - Hone.

ORDEBIHG IHFOEHATIOH; PBOGEAB HOHBEB 1440AT061

PBOGBAB HOHBEB DISTBIBOTIOH HEDIOH OSEB TOLOHE

EXTEK3IOH TYPE CODE HEQuIEEbEHt

BASIC none CABDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1440- AD-001

BASIC ADTOCODER

DESCRIPTIOH - This systea is designed to enable a prograa
written in 1440 Basic Autocoder Language to be asseabled
on a 1440 systea. The output is used to execute the prograa

CONTIHDED FBOH PBIOB COLDHH

on a 1440 systea. The source prograa in 1440 Basic
Autocoder Language, punched in cards, is asseabled in a
1440 systea. The output object prograa, in 1440 aachine
language, is punched one instruction per card in the source
prograa deck. A prograa load routine is punched with each
object prograa deck. Prograa docuaentation and diagnostic
output are printed on the 1443 Printer.

HIHIHOH SISTEH BEQDIEEHEHTS - 4K 1440 Systea with... one
1442 Card Bead/Punch. .. 1443 Printer.

BASIC PBOGRAH PACKAGE -

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Prograa write-up. . .Preliminary
Specifications. . .Operating Procedures.

HACHIHE READABLE - Basic Autocoder Systea
Deck. . .sample source program for
reassembly.

OPTIOHAL PROGBAH PACKAGE -

DOCDHEHTATIOH - System Flowcharts and
Systea Listings
HACHIHE READABLE - Hone.

ORDEBIHG INFOBHATIOH: PBOGRAH HOHBEB 1440A0001

PROGBAH HOHBER DISTBIBOTIOH HEDIOH OSER TOLOHE

EXTEHSIOH TYPE CODE BEQOIEEHEHT

BASIC none CABDS 15 none

OPTIOHAL none none none

1440-AO-006

BASIC ADTOCODER 2K

DESCRIPTIOH - The IBH 1440 Basic Autocoder 2K program
accepts source statements written in Basic Autocoder 2K
language and produces machine language object prograas.

Basic Autocoder 2K is a 2-pass systea. The source prograa
is processed and the resulting object program is converted
by one of two special condensing routines froa one-
instruction-per-card to condensed card foraat.

HIHIHOH SISTEH BEQDIBEHEHTS - A 2K 1440 System with...

1442 Card Reader Hodel 4 (Note- a 1442 Hodel 1 or 2 aay
be used as the reader in lien of the 1442 Hodel 4)... 1444
Card Punch... 1443 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE -

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Program Write-Dp. ..Operating
Procedures.

HACHIHE READABLE - Processor deck ... Pre- list
routine deck... post-list routine deck...
condensing routines decks 1 and 2. . . saaple
problea deck.

OPTIOHAL PBOGRAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Flowcharts. . . Prograa
listings.

HACHIHE BEADABLE - Hone.

ORDEBIHG IHFOBHATIOH: PROGRAH HOHBEB 1440AD006

PROGRAH HOHBER DISTBIBOTIOH HEDIOH USER VOLDHE

EXTEHSIOH TYPE CODE REQOIREHEHT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIOHAL none none none

1440-CB-073

COBOL FOR IBH 1440/1401/1460

DESCRIPTIOH The Disk Resident COBOL for IBH 1440, 1401
and 1460 compiles COBOL (common business oriented language)
prograas for 1440, 1401 and 1460 Card, Tape, and Disk
Systems.

OSE - Symbolic prograas are automatically compiled froa
source prograas written in the COBOL Language, which uses
English words and special standard notations. These
symbolic prograas are then translated to aachine language
object programs by an autocoder processor. This prograa
operates under the direction of a general systea control
prograa which allows the use of available I/O devices
assigned by the user. The user specifies the configuration
of the processing aachine with control cards. The systea
control prograa interprets the information, and selects
the appropriate I/O routine to handle the input and output
during compilation.

HIHIHOH SISTEH BEQOIREHEHTS - For compiling the COBOL
prograas are- a 4K 1401 systea with... one 1311 Disk Storage
Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack... 1402 Card Bead/Punch...

1403 Printer Hodel 2... Advanced Programming feature...
High-Low-Equal Compare feature, or a 4K 1440 Systea with...
one IBH 1311 Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack...
one 1442 Card Bead/Punch... 1443 Printer... Indexing and
Storage Address Register feature, or an 8K 1460 System
with... one 1311 Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack...
1402 Card Bead/Punch... one 1403 Printer... Indexing and
Store Address Register. (a 1301 Disk Storage array aay
be used in lieu of the 1311-1316)... or an 8K 1440 System

PIGE 028

1440

IBH PBOGBiKS

1440

COHTIMUED EROH P6IOB PAGE

with... one 1301 Disk Storage array... one 1442 Card

Bead/Pnnch. . . 1443 Printer. .. indexing and Store Address

Begister feature.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Prograa Hrite-ap...

Specifications Banaal. . .Operating
Procedures.

HACBINE READABLE - COBOL progran deck which
includes marketing programming deck,
macros deck, write file-protect address
deck, system control card modifications
deck, update deck and sample programs.

OPTIOHAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUHSETATIOH - Systems Listings. .. Flowcharts
HACEXHE READABLE - None.

OBDEBING INFORMATION: PBOGBAB NDHBEB 1440CB073

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-CX-07X

ADBINISTBATI7E TERMINAL SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION - The primary concept of this system is to
support a typewriter-like terminal for text processing.
Information is entered from the terminals in either free
or fixed fora. It can be corrected, modified, or
rearranged. Output formats are flexible and nay be
specified from the terminal.

Output nay be transmitted to any terminal, stored on disk
or tape, printed by an on-line printer, written as card
images on tape, or punched. Stored information nay be
recalled for further processing.

FEATURES - Data correction, modification, and rearrangement
by backspacing and retyping during entry... Retyping
beginning with a particular word... Replacing a word or
phrase... Adding to a line or test unit... Deleting a line
or other text unit... Mowing of groups of lines or text
units... Gathering of stored data in any sequence...

Copying of information by transmission to the originating
terminal.

Storage and retrieval of data from disk files or tape.
Transmission of data to any terminal.

Output format controlled from the terminal by- limiting
free-form text line length... Justification of right-hand
margin... Intermix of free-form text with fixed format
information... Placing specified heading and footing lines
on all pages of a document... Automatic Page numbering...
Controlled vertical spacing... Halting to allow operator
intervention for text insertion or change of print elements.

Desk calculator functions - addition... subtraction...
multiplication. . . division. . . roots. . . powers. . .
factorials... evaluation of simple algebraic expressions.

Isers may add programs to do simultaneous peripheral
operations such as simple tape— to— printer and card- to— tape
functions.

An improved disk storage organisation scheme will give
improved terminal response on requests involving permanent
disk storage.

1301 Disk file implementation significantly increases
permanent storage capacity.

Improved storage reporting facilities.

Principal application areas of the administrative terminal
system are technical manual preparation, proposal writing,
test report preparation, financial credit reporting,
statistical typing, and similar areas. The system may
also be used for source data entry, capturing data directly
from a typewriter keyboard. This has particular
significance in the computer programming area where program
deck control cards and test decks may be selected, modified,
combined and made available for running directly from a
terminal.

The system, when properly instructed, can save every
keystroke made by the operator. To alter the text, the
operator directs the system to locate the characters to
be changed and instructs it in what manner these are to
be altered.

If a copy of a document is requested, the system will
produce and transmit it to the terminal.

PBOGBAMMIHG SYSTEMS - The source progran language is
1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk).

HINIMDM 1440 SYSTEM BEQOIBEMENTS - A 16K 1440 with- bit
test, console attachment. Direct Seek, Disk Storage Control,
Indexing and Store Address Register, Transmission

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

ControllUnit attachment on the 1441 Processing Unit Model
A6... One 1311 Disk Storage Drive Model 1 with Direct
Seek... 1447 Console Model 1 with Sense Switches... 1447
Console Model 4... 1448 Transmission Control Unit with
1050/1060 attachment and RPQ E38485 and, as required,
common carrier adapter sets or line adapter sets... either
a 1442 Card Read/Punch Model 1 or 2 or a 1442 Card Reader
Model 4 is required unless another 1401/1440/1460 system
is available to load the program on a 1316 Disk Pack.

OPTIONAL 1440 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Translate feature on
the 1441 Processing Unit... one to four 1311 Disk Storage
Drives Model 2 with direct seek and seek overlap features
(at least one 1311 Model 2 is strongly recommended)...
one to five nodules of 1301 Disk Storage (one 1311 Model
2 is required)... either a 1442 Card Read/Punch Model 1
or 2 or a 1442 Card Reader Model 4 and/or a 1444 Card Punch
No^el 1... either a 1443 Printer Model 1 or 2 with 24
adntional Print Positions, Printer control, and Print
Storage or a 1403 Printer Models 2, 3, or 5 with a 1446
Printer Control... 7335 Magnetic Tape Unit Model 1 or 2...
line group features and RPQ 811390, as required, to attach
more than 10 lines to the 1448 Transmission Control Unit.

If uppercase and lowercase printing with 120 characters
of courier type (matching the courier 72 printing element
on the terminals) is desired using a 1403 Printer Model
2, ADD-BPQ'S 813146 and 818029 on the 1446 Printer
control... RPQ>S 812033, 812034, 698058, 33 each of RPQ
E33255, and part 623380 (the chain) on the 1403 Model 2...
RPQ 818019 on the 1441 Processing unit.

TERMINAL REQUIREMENTS - 2741 communication terminals (up
to 40) , with courier 72 standard selectric printing
elements, and line adapters if required. ATS supports
only the correspondence code 2741 terminals without the
interrupt feature.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE -

DOCUMENTATION - Application Directory... Application
Description, H20-0129... Terminal Operators Manual,
H20-0185... Programmers Manual, H20-0228... Console
Operators Manual, H20-0227.

MACHINE READABLE - Object code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE -

DOCUMENTATION - Systems Manual (program
flowcharts) .

MACHINE READABLE - 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder
(on disk) output file on two 1316 Disk Packs
from which source decks and program listings
can be created using 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder
(on disk) (1401-AU-008) .

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1440CX07X

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1316

1440-DR-02X

RETAIL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

DESCRIPTION - This program is a system of sixteen 1440
runs designed to automatically perform receivables
maintenance and billing in medium-sized department or
specialty stores. The progran has been designed as a
series of routines which perform specific functions. By
selecting and combining these routines, specialized programs
for a particular store are developed. Modifications and
refinements to parameters of these routines can be made
to have then apply to a specific store. The system is
designed to accommodate four types of charge accounts.

These are— (1) 30— day charge account... (2) flexible
revolving account — a monthly payment based on a percentage
of the balance (includes option accounts) ... (3) fixed
revolving account--a fixed monthly payment based on the
credit limit of the account., , (4) contract account, or

deferred payment account — a one time purchase with fixed
monthly payments. Any given store will probably not have
all four types of accounts. However, runs can be modified
to delete those types of accounts which are not needed.
Transactions are entered into the system in the form of
punched cards. Edit and accounting control functions are
performed, and the following major outputs are produced
by the system. Adjustments listing, service charge
adjustments listing, charge-offs listing, credits listing,
cash batch balance listing, transaction register, signal
messages, customer statements, delinquent account listing,
aged trial balance (ath) , and control balance listing.

FEATURES -

- Diagnostic aged trial balance designed specifically for
authorization purposes.

- Delinquent listing to automatically select for review
and follow-up those accounts requiring credit action.

- Up to 20,000 master accounts can be stored on each
disk pack.

- Signal messages prepared as a by-product of file
maintenance when special action is required on an
account.

- Automatic aging of customer accounts to 150 days.

^liHO

IBH PSOGfiAHS

1440

PAGE 029

COHTINOED FROM PRIOR PAGE

COMTINUED FROM PRIOR COLOHM

- Autonatic posting of transactions.

- Operable vith either internal or external account
nuabers.

- IBM punched card customer statements printed two up.

- Automatic re-entry of cash payments through prepunching
of the customer statement stub.

- Preparation of labels for promotional mailings on a
selective basis.

- Complete and automatic controls.

MIHIMOM SYSTEM REQDIREHENTS - A 4K 1440 System with...

1442 Card Read/Punch... 1443 Printer... 1311 Disk Storage
Drive... Indexing and Store Address Register, selective
stacker, 24 additional print positions, selective character
set, 39 character set.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATIOH - Program Brite-Dp. . . Reference Manual
including listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Object and sample problem.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATIOH - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440DB02X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBOTIOH

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-DB-01I

CHAIM AND HHOLESALE BILLING

DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Chain and Hholesale Billing program
uses either the IBM card order plan or the permanent item
code plan for placing orders. Three phases of the billing
program result in a customer invoice. Phase 1 sets up
order quantities, warehouse numbers, and disk pack
addresses, phase 2 sorts items into warehouse location
sequence. Phase 3 prints customers name and address,
analyzes and updates stock availability, prices items
according to price zones, etc., prints item lines, and
stores desired analysis data for subsequent use.

Intermediate totals are printed where necessary. Sales
analysis and back-up records are provided as a by-product
of the billing routine. Although this program was developed
for the grocery distributor, it is ^ually applicable (in
total or in segments — purposely designed this way) for
other distributors, i.e. , drug, hardware, rack jobber,
liquor, auto parts, etc.

The chain and Wholesale Billing program is designed to
help install 1440 systems by providing concepts on which
a system may be designed and by providing certain programs
which may be modified and used in that system in whole
or in part. This program provides a main line billing
routine plus 6 supporting routines for each type of input
(page and line or permanent item code) . The billing portion
of the program is broken into three phases.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1440 system with... 1447
Console Model 2... 1442 Card Read/Punch. . . 1443 Printer. . .two
1311 Disk Storage Drives. ,. indexing and Store Address
Registers, Selective Character Set and Sense Switches
features. (Card image and bit test features are optional
with card order plan input) .

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-Up. .. Reference Manual.
MACHINE READABLE - Source program deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440DH01I

program number

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

BASIC

none

CARDS

OPTIONAL

none

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

none

1440-DH-04X

1311 HHOLESALE IMPACT

DESCRIPTION - The IBM IMPACT (Inventory Management Program
and Control Techniques) system of scientific inventory
management provides the warehouse distributor (or any
organization with the sane inventory control
characteristics) with the information of "when" and "how
much" to buy for each inventory item controlled by the
system. It does this through the means of probability
science in conjunction with the many factors influencing
the distributors inventory control decisions.

Factors considered include- lead tine, lead time
variability, forecast demand, forecast error, service
desired, inventory carrying costs, purchasing/receiving
costs, discount structures, ninimums, maxinuns, shelf life.

and pack sizes. The "when" and "how much" answers are
designed to find the most efficient balance between the
cost of carrying inventory, cost of purchasing and
receiving, discounts realized, and customer service
requirements.

The 1311 Impact Computer Program library is designed to
provide the distributor who has an IBM 1440-1311 Data
Processing System with the means to successfully implement
an impact inventory management system with a minimum of
effort and expense. Programs are included that perform
in the following functional areasediting, file
initialization, estimating, and the control of independent
and joint replenishment ordering.

FEATURES - The 1311 program library performs in the same
functional areas as the existing 1401-1405 Impact Computer
Program Library-

- Edit all input for format.

- Determine the forecast model/horizontal, trend,
horizontal-seasonal, or trend-seasonal/.

- Determine the ordering strategy to be used and
calculate order quantity or order frequency as
appropriate for strategy selected.

- Calculate the safety factory required for a
prescribed level of customer service.

- Calculate initializing values required for forecast
and order models selected.

- Estimate results to be expected from applying the
rules and values developed.

- Determine when to order item groups to meet service
objectives after the system is operational.

- Calculate the product mix to be ordered within an
item group that will meet both service objectives
and limitations on total size of order.

In addition, the 1311 programs incorporate improvements over
existing programs including-

- Work flow and record formats streamlined.

- Historical demands screened for promotions.

- Base index technique used for forecasting seasonal
items.

- Item discounts considered, in addition to vendor
discounts, in determining ordering strategies and
order quantities.

- Different lead time may be specified for each vendor
breakpoint.

- Service may be specified by item for both independent
joint vendors.

- Seasonality considered in ordering both independent
and joint vendors.

- A service point and allocation program (S?A) that will
take advantage of 8K memory to produce greater
throughput.

- An option to force a predetermined order quantity for
any item through the SVA program.

- The facility for expressing a conversion factor of 2.0
to the S?A program.

- Printing of the slope and intercept of the least squares
lines has been included in the MADF program.

- Punching of the cost strategy records in the OGCL
program has been eliminated.

- Provides safety factor (K) based on a lead time plus
review time for items in a joint vendor. When the peak
point option is not satisfied.

USE - The program library includes both initializing
programs and operating programs. Initializing programs
are designed to be used once to set up an impact system,
then periodically (at least once a year) or as required
to meet changing conditions. A complete set of programs
is provided to perform necessary initializing functions.
Operating programs are used in the day-to-day control of
the impact system (forecasting and ordering. Library
programs are provided to control the ordering of both
independent and joint vendors. Instruction and block
diagrams are available to help the user in programming
the remaining operating programs with a minimum of effort
(implementation reference manual) .

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Programs in the Impact Computer
Program Library are written in 1311 Autocoder and 1311
IOCS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1440-4K 1440 system With
1447 Console Model 1... 1442 Card Head/Punch... 1443
Printer... two 1311 Disk Storage Drives... Indexing and
Store Address Register. Two 1316 Disk Packs must be fully
available during the operation of library programs.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up... Users Manual...
Operators Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Object deck and Sample problem.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Systems manual which contains the
assembly listings of all the 1440-1311 Impact
programs.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440DW04X

PAGE 030

1440

IBH PHOGRA9S

1440

COHTIHOED FBOH PBIOB PAGE

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-FB-03X

DEHABD DEPOSIT ACCODHT

DESCBIPTIOH - This application prograa is deisigned to
acconplish the deaand deposit accoonting function in a
conaercial banX. The application is divided into the
following prograa runs- conversions, IBH 1440 SOBT 5, stop
pay and hold edit, short list and ledger control,
transaction journal, posting, stateaents, exception
stateaents and exception reports.

FEATOBES - The user has the option of producing a separate
trial balance non-sufficient fund notices are prepared
autoaatically input can be aagnetically enoded checks and
deposit slips and/or punched cards.

Suaaary as well as detailed stateaents can be provided
detail stateaents aay be printed either singly or two-up
HICR checks and deposit slips and/or punched cards are
transaction input to the systea- Master records, 1000
characters in length, are posted daily with all iteas
affecting account balances froa a transaction file which
is under ledger control. A punched card file is aaintained
to satisfy stop-pay orders and hold requests. Stateaent
writing aay be cycled. All accounts within any sequential
range of ledger nuabers are printed. Users will write
the following for insertion to the appropriate run; service
charge routines for the posting run; a ledger control table
for the conversion run; a utility prograa to create the
aaster file (an IBH card to disk utility prograa can be
used) . Prograa requireaents users of this prograa should
obtain the IBH 1440 SOBT 5 prograa (1440-SH-030) which
constitutes run 03 of subject prograa.

HIHIHOB HACHIHE EEQDIBEHEHTS - 8K 1440 system with...
Indexing and Store Address. . .two 1311 Storage Drives... a
1442 Card Bead/Punch. . .a 1443 Printer with 24 additional
print positions. .. a 1447 Console with Sense Switches.

If aagnetically encoded checks and or deposit slips are
used, a 1412 magnetic character reader with serial i/o
adapter 7080 for HICB conversion is required. Print storage

and selective character set features, although not required,
will improve data throughput.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Program Brite-0 p. . . Listings. . .

Saaple problem listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Program Deck... Saaple
problea deck.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

OBDEBING INFORMATION; PBOGBAH NUMBER 1440FB03X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

HT 7/556

MT 7/800

1440-FB-04X

MORTGAGE LOAN ACCOUNTING
DESCRIPTION -

1. Daily processing- File Maintenance processes and lists
new loans, changes and deletions. Proof listing is produced
from debit and credit transaction cards created froa payment
coupons, journals and advices. Posting of transaction cards
to the Master Account Balance File is performed and special
conditions are recorded on a report file. Be ports of
transaction and ledger recap, unprocessed iteas, payoffs
(Final Payments) , exceptions and excess iteas are produced.

2. Delinquency processing- Late notices, delinquency
notices and delinquency reports are produced monthly or as
desired.

3. Periodic reporting- Trial balance reflecting indicative
information, date of last transaction, paid- thro ugh date,
total payment amount, principal, escrow, late charge, and
mortgage life balance for each mortgage is made. Statements
are produced semi-annually from the old balance file and
excess item cards produced by the daily report run. Coupon
books are produced from pay sent changes, new account cards,
and the master balance file. Investor reporting produces
collection, past due, prepaid, variation, and paid-off loan
reports on those investors specified by the user.

4. Escrow processing- Encompasses periodic escrow file
maintenance, escrow analysis and customer advice notifying
customer of any monthly payment change resulting from

CONTINUED FROM PBIOB COLUMN
escrow analysis.

The prograa provides the user with- Effective control...
Delinquent account information... Efficient daily
processing... Escrow analysis... Complete detail on daily
activity... Loan servicing reports.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1441 Processing Unit,
Model A3 with Indexing and Store address Register, Printer
Attachaent, Disk Storage Control... 1442 Card Read/Punch,
Model 1, Card Read/Punch Adapter... 1443 Printer, Model
1, Printer Control, Selective Character Set, 13-Character
Print Bar, 52-Character Print Bar... 1447 Console, Model
1, Sense Switches... 1311 Disk Storage Drive, Model 1...
1311 Disk Storage Drive, Model 2.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION- Program write-up... Reference Manual

Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Object code and sample problem.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440FB04X

PROGRAM BOMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

MT 7/556

MT 7/800

1440-FB-05X

SAVINGS accounting

DESCRIPTION - IBH now offers financial institutions a
comprehensive 1440 Savings Accounting Program. Savings
Accounting functions are accomplished through the use of
twelve 1440 processing runs. Master Account balance records
on all Savings Accounts are stored and maintained daily
in disk packs. Master records contain balance data,
dividend data, and other significant data on each savings
account. Daily transactions — deposits, withdrawals, and
share loans (passbook Loans) — are posted to the balance
record, and a daily transaction register is produced.

Reports on zero balance accounts, passbook differences,
and unprocessed transactions are prepared daily. A trial
balance is also prepared daily. At the end of a dividend
period, dividends are calculated, a dividend period activity
report is prepared, mail dividend checks are prepared for
selected accounts, and statements are printed. At the
end of the year, dividend reporting is accomplished. In
addition to the master account balance file, a name and
address aaster file is maintained. This file is used in
the preparation of mail dividend checks, statements, and
annual dividend reporting.

FEATURES -

- Preparation of transaction cards by conversion of paper
tape from window machines or by key-punching from source.
Ability to condense master account information and store
up to 75,000 accounts per disk pack,

- Verification of account balances to ledger control totals

- Provision for printing uncollected funds, thus presenting
an available funds balance for reference.

- Detailed savings journal including previous and new
account balances and anticipated dividend.

- Exception report indicating activity on dormant accounts,
passbook differences, zero balance accounts, etc.

- Print four accounts to a line on daily trial balnace.

- Period- by- period itemization of unre^rted interest on
dividends for teller window postiM^fo passbooks.

- Comprehensive dividend period activity report.

- Automatic preparation of readT^O“®ail dividend checks.

- Customer statement of activity economically prepared,
which details as well as summarizes activity of the
period .

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1441 Processing Unit,
Model a 3 with... Indexing and Store Address Register
feature. Printer Attachment feature. Disk Storage Control
feature... 1442 Card Read/Punch, Model 1, Card Bead/Punch
Adapter feature... 1443 printer, model 1, printer control
feature, selective character Set feature, 13-Character
Print Bar, 52-Character Print Bar... 1447 Console, Model
1, Sense Switches... 1311 Disk Storage Drive, Model 1...

1311 Disk Storage Drive, Model 2.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Nrite-up — Reference Manual...

Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code
ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1440FB05X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

HT 7/556

1440

I6H PBOGRAHS

1440

PAGE 031

COHTIHOED FROH PBIOfi PAGE

»T 7/800 24 01

1440-PB-07X

OH-LINE SAYINGS ACCOUNTING

DESCBIPTION - The prograa offers to Sarings banks,

COHserclal banks, and Savings and Loan Associations a real-
tine system for use with the 1062 Teller Terninal.

The program provides the user with an On-Line teller system.
It has a capacity, with minor modification, for thirty-
four 1062 terminals on seventeen lines, one 1052 System
Terminal per line, or combinations of both; and the maximum
machine capability of five 1311 Disk drives. Five drives
will typically store more than 400,000 Account Records.

The program, as currently assembled, provides for seven
lines and fourteen terminals. Some features are a unique
programming technique which develops an 80 per cent increase
in rated Disk File capacity...! design which permits one
or two 1062 terminals or one 1050 System Terminal per
line... Haximua file packing from the use of a variable
length format (or unposted and memorandum records)... An
efficient model and machine-oriented file organization
which keeps 1311 activity and 1441 processing at a
minimum... A Disk Record structure and file arrangement
which usually allows more than 1000,000 account records
to a 1311 pack... A completely programmed analysis of disk
drive usage relieving the customer of the need to give
attention to either the quantity of drives or the placement
of a pack on a specific drive... The option of continuing
to operate on line at reduced efficeincy without the
immediate access pack (degraded service) .

To facilitate understanding, it is possible to divide the
program into these parts —

Line Control (multiplexing) for terminal service... Lines
and terninals demand core... Users who require fewer than
the maximum number of terminals have a proportionate share
of core released for additional programming or storage.

File Control... This service supplies the usual I/O
instructions plus the features of flexibility noted above.

Record Processing... Data from transactions affect account
records... in addition, they are the sources for messages
to the terminals.

As a supplement to the On-Line routines, the package
includes programs to help the user in his original
conversion and in subsequent reorganizations.

flIBIHDH SISTEH HEQDIREHEHTS - A 16K 1440 System
Configuration as follows: 1441 Processing Unit Hodel A6
with Disk Storage Control, Expanded Print Edit, Indexing
and Store Address Register, Console Attachment, Transmission
Control Unit Attachment, Direct Seek, Bit Test 1447 Console
Hodel 4. 1311 Disk Storage Drive Hodel 1 for First Drive,

Hodel 2 for Second Drive (additional Hodel 2S as required) .
1448 Transmission Control Unit Hodel 1 with attachment
feature. Fixed Time-Out, and as required. Line Group, Line
Adapter Set, Common Carrier Adapter Set. 1061 Control
Units, Hodel 1 or 2 with Line Adapter, Off-line feature.

1062 Teller Terminal, Hodel 1 or 2. 1442 Card Read/Punch

Hodel 1 with Card Eead/Punch Adapter.

Recommendations for potential printing needs; Printer
Attachment on 1441 Processing Unit. 1443 Printer Hodel
1 or 2 with Print Storage and Printer Control. To improve
the time requirements for the Off-line Runs — Print
Positions (24 Additional) and Selective Character Set (13
Character Set, 39 Character Set) . 1446 Printer Control

Unit with the appropriate attachment feature Number 1325,
1326, 1327, or 1328. 1403 Printer Hodel 2,3,5, or 6.

If a ±$) # Hodel 3 is selected, a 1416 Interchangeable Train
Cartridge is an additional requirement.

BASIC PBOGRAH PACKAGE

DOCUHENTATION - Brite-up.

HACBINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGBAfl PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING IHFORHATION; PROGRAH NUHBER 1440FB07X

PROGRAH NUHBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER yOLDHE
REQDIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-10-010

IHPOT/OUTPDT CONTROL SYSTEH

DESCBIPTION - The IBH 1440 ICS, 1440-IO-010 (previously
named 1440/1311 ICS) is to be used on 1440 systems with
the new 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk), 1401-AO-008.

1440 ICS consists of a set of Libreiry routines which, when
called for by macro instructions in a 1401/1440/1460
Autocoder (on disk) source program, are selected, tailored
and included in the object program. For 1440 systems.

CONTINUED FROH PRIOR COLUHN

these routines perform I/O functions and housekeeping
associated with 1311 Disk Storage, 1301 Disk Storage, 7335
Hagnetic Tape, 1442 Card Read/Punch, 1442 Card Reader,

1444 Card Punch, and 1443 Printer. They also provide
linkage to the user/s object program. The specific
statements generated at assembly time depend completely
on the particular specifications contained in the user/s
Source Program.

The previously announced 1440-1301 ICS (p63-129) will not
be made available since its functions are included in this
1440 ICS.

The 1440 ICS library routines are to be placed in the
1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) system through a library
run.

HINIHUH SYSTEH REQOIBEHEHTS - For assembly - programs
incorporating I/O macro instructions for 1440 systems may
be assembled on- a 4K 1440 System with... one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive or one 1301 Disk Storage array... 1442 Card
Read Punch HDL 1 or 2 or 1442 Card Reader Hodel 4 and 1444
Card/Punch... 1443 printer, or a 4K 1401 System with...
one 1311 Disk storage Drive... 1402 Card/Read Punch...

1403 Printer Hodel 2 or 1404 Printer... High-Low-Equal
Compare feature, or An 8K 1460 System with... one 1311
Disk Storage Drive or one 1301 Disk Storage Array... 1402
Card Bead/Punch... one 1403 Printer. For execution - The
1440 object machine must have any I/O Units required by
the User's program. The amount of core storage required
varies widely from program to program, and must be
determined when it is assembled.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCUHENTATION - Program Rrite-Up. . . Library Listings...
Operating Procedures.

HACBINE READABLE - Object Code and Sample Problem.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCUHENTATION - Flowcharts.

HACBINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFOBHATION: PBOGRAH NUHBEB 144010010

PROGRAH NUHBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER TOLDBE
BEQUIREBENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

-10-011

COHHUNICATIONS IOCS

DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Communications IOCS /1448/7740/ddc/
consists of a set of library routines which, when called
for in an Autocoder (on disk) Source Program by Hacro
Instructions, are selected, tailored, and included in the
object program. These routines perform the functions
necessary to handle 1442, 1443, and 1311 Input/Output
Files, to transmit information to and receive information
from remote locations and remote processors, and to provide
linkage to the user's programs. The specific routines
generated at assembly time depend largely on the particular
specifications contained in the user's source program.

The new version facilitates the generation of programs
to control 1448 Communications with 1050 data communications
systems over common carrier leased communication lines
using automatic dialing and automatic answering features,
and over customer- owned communication lines, with the 1030
data collection system, the 1032 Digital Time Unit, the
357 Data Collection System (via the 1408 Transmission Unit)
the 1060 Data Communication System, and AT6T type 83B2
and -WESTERN UNION type 115A Telegraph Terninals (utilizing
the telegraph attachment feature) .

Using the Early Warning program option, the user can
transmit large messages without assigning equally large
blocks of core storage to hold these messages during
transmission. The user can also generate programs to
control the transfer of information from a 1440 to another
1440, to a 1401 or 1460 Via the direct Data Channel, or
from a 1440 to either a 1410 or 7010 via the Expanded
serial Input/Output Adapter Channel. Two utility programs
(ESIOA Loader and ESIOA Dump) are available to load and
dump 1440 Core storage via the 1410 or a 7010.

The Library routines for this IOCS are placed in the
Autocoder system through a library run, using Autocoder

(on disk) for 1401, 1440, and 1460, version 1, no. 1401-
AU-OOS.

HINIHUH SYSTEH REQUIREHENTS - For program assembly are
the same as those for the assembly of any program using
the IBH 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) program.

For Object Program execution the machine configuration
depends upon processing requirements. For communication
between remote locations, IOCS requires- an 8K 1440 System
with... Indexing and Store Address register feature...

1448 Transmission Control unit... 1447 console Hodel 4...
1442 Card Read/Punch... other I/O units as required.

PAGE 032

1440

IBM PROGRAMS

1440

COHTINDED FROM PRIOR PAGE

For comaunication between a 1440 and another 1440, a 1401
or a 1460, IOCS requires- a 4K 1440 system with... Indexing
and Store Address Register feature... Serial Input/Output
Adapter feature... Direct Data Channel feature... 1442
Card/Read Punch... other I/O Units as required.

For coamunication between remote locations and between
a 1440 and either a 1410 or 7010, IOCS requires- an 8K
1440 system with... Indexing and Store Address Register
feature... Bit Test feature... 1448 Transaission Control
Onit... Expanded Serial Input/Output Adapter Feature...

1442 Card/Read Punch (optional if the expanded serial
Input/Output Adapter feature is used due to the availability
of the Esioa Loader Otility Program)... other I/O units
as required.

Total core storage requirements depend on the specified
functions to be served by the program. To handle basic
Input/Output files, IOCS requires only those I/O units
which are specified for program handling. Although programs
can be assembled to handle 1311, 1442, 1443 files only,
this IOCS should not be used exclusively for that purpose.
Note that for communication between processors, there are
two processing systems, each having separate requirements.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATION - Program Hrite-up — Library Listings.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate Material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATION - Flowcharts and card deck listings.
MACHINE READABLE - ESIOA Leader and ESIOA Dump Program
Decks.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOHBER 144010011

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-10-012

COMMUNICATIONS IOCS 1026 (DDC) FOE THE 1440

DESCRIPTION - This IOCS facilitates the generation of
programs to control 1026 communication with 1030, 1050,
and 1060. It is compatible with the 1401/1460-1440
Coamunications IOCS for the 1448, thus requiring a minimum
of re- prog ramming for growth from 1026 Transmission Control
Units to a 1448. Applications can range from single
inquiries to sophisticated real-time data operations.

Its functions are -

- Control of the 1447 Console

- User control of polling, addressing and receiving

- Error detection

- Operation with existing IBM programs for DDC

- Tine of day recording with the 1032 Digital Time Unit.

The 1440 Coamunications IOCS /1026 (DDC) will operate with
point-to-point or multi-point common carrier leased or
customer-owned communication lines. In addition, the
programs will support the Automatic Answering Feature and
the Automatic Calling feature.

Communications IOCS (1026/DDC) consist of a set of library
routines which, when called for in an Autocoder source
program by macro instructions, are selected, tailored,
and included in the object program. The routines perform
the functions necessary to handle basic input/output files,
to transmit information to and receive information from
remote locations and remote processors, and to provide
linkage to user's programs.

The specific routines generated at assembly time depend
largely on the particular specifications contained in the
user's source programs.

The library routines for this IOCS is to be placed in the
Autocoder system through a library run, using Autocoder
(on disk) for 1401, 1440, and 1460, No. 1401-AD-008.

System requirements for program assembly - Same as those
for the assembly of any program using 1401/1440/1460
Autocoder (on disk) program. The Autocoder (on disk)
program should be ordered concurrently unless otherwise
available.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - iritten in A 4K 1440 with...
Indexing and Store Register feature... 1026 Transmission
Control Unit Attachment feature... 1447 Console Mdl 1...
1026 Transmission Control Units (one for each communication
line)... I/O Units (as required). In addition - Direct
Data Channel feature... Interrupt... 1447 Console Mdl 2
for 1440 and 1460, Mdl 3 for 1401... 1032 Digital Tine
□nit may be present, as desired.

Note - Use of DDC with 1026 should specify the Interrupt
feature (available on 1401 only as RPG) for optimum
performance.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE -

DOCDMENTATION - Write-Up... Operating Instructions.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE -

DOCDMENTATION - Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING

INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 144010012

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-ME-02X

1440/1311 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR

DESCRIPTION - Most fabrication and assembly manufacturing
organizations are required to maintain large volumes of
records that describe the structure or makeup of their
products. Product structure records are referenced by
various nomenclature, such as bills of material, parts
lists, and where-used lists, depending upon individual
organization preferences and the arrangement of the data.

The requirements for maintaining product structure records
are sufficiently similar to allow development of Standard
Systems approaches.

The 1440/1311 Bill of Material Processor Package includes-
(1) Generalized programs that organize and maintain product
structure data on 1311 Disk files and (2) Logic diagrams
explaining the use or retrieval of the product structure
information in fundamental applications.

FEATURES -

- This package can be used in a wide range of manufacturing
industries where product structure records are maintained

- Product structure records are linked with part number
master inventory type records on disk storage.

- Disk chaining is used to organize product structure data
in two inherent sequences -

(1) Assembly or Bill of Material Sequence (i.e., linking
the components of an assembly) . The user determines
maintained sequence of components within the
assembly. Typical sequences might be component
part number or engineering drawing item number.

(2) Where-used sequence (i.e., linking the usages of a
part number on higher level assemblies) . This
cross-referenced sequence eliminates the need to
(a) maintain a duplicate file in where-used
sequence for listing purposes.

- Raw material can be included in the product structure
file, providing complete where-used cross reference of
each raw material number.

- User designs his own disk record layouts by incorporating
his own information plus certain required data into part
number master master inventory and product structure
records.

- Low level coding is automatically maintained.

- Assembly to sub-assembly continuity is verified. This
feature guarantees that the product structure records can
be "exploded."

- User builds his own engineering change procedure into
the file organization and maintenance programs.

This is a disk-oriented concept that requires a part number
master inventory type file (i.e., one record per unique
part number) and the product structure file to be on-line
simultaneously. The part number master inventory records
and an associated part number index file are loaded, added,
and deleted using the IBM 1440 Disk-File Organization
Routines. The product structure data (recorded as a series
of single level assemblies) are loaded, added, deleted,
or changed using a single comprehensive file organization
and maintenance program. This program simultaneously
updates the assembly and where-used sequence chains, ill
programs are user modified at source level and then
assembled, providing an object program tailored to the
user’s requirements.

The package includes logic diagrams for six fundamental
classifications of retrieval programs. They are - (1)

One level bill of material or parts list, (2) Next assembly
where- used listing, (3) Indented parts list, (4) Idented
where-used list, (5) Summarized explosion and (6) summarized
implosion. The package is designed so that the logic
diagrams can be used by any customer as a guide in the
preparation of his own set of programs.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS -

1. 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk), 1401-AD-008
Version 1)

2. 1440 IOCS, 1440-10-010 (Version 2)

3. 1440 Disk Pile Organization Routines, 1440-UT-040,

Group C - Common Random and Control Sequential
(Version 2)

4. 1440 Disk Utility Programs, 1440-UT-041.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1440 with Indexing

1440

IBH PROGBAHS

1440

Pic'S 033

COKTIMOED PROM PBIOR PAGE

and Store Register, 1447 Console Hodel 2, 1442 Card
Read/Punch Model 1, 1443 Printer Model 1, and enough 1311
Disk Storage Drive to contain the part number master
inventory records and product structure records on line.

The 1440 Disk-File Organization Routines (Group C - Common-
Random and Control Sequential) must be ordered independently
of the Bill of Material Processor.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMEHTATION - Program Write-Op. ., Application
Directory. . .Programmer Manual. . .Operator Manual...
System Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Deck for product structure
file organization and maintenance program. . . sample
problem source, data and object decks.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM BOMBER 1440ME02X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-HI-701

STERLING SUBROOTIHES

DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Sterling Subroutines, #1440-HI-701 ,
operate on data fields containing representations of
Sterling Monetary Values (Pounds, Shillings, Pence, and
Decimals of Pence) in any of three formats - (1) Operations
for translation, (2) Arithmetic, and (3) Preparation for
printing. In addition to being immediately useful for
operations on Sterling Fields of the sizes and formats
for which they have been programmed, the Subroutines are
useful as guides and models for programming by the user
of altered, extended, and related subroutines.

The 1440 Sterling Subroutines are provided as 1440 Autocoder
symbolic statements in punched cards. Those subroutines
desired by the user for a 1440 program may be incorporated
in the program and assembled by any version of 1440
Autocoder. If 1440 Basic Autocoder is to be used, the
punched cards must be reproduced with columns offset in
accordance with Basic Autocoder Input Specif ication.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Basic Autocoder for 1440.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Any 1440 System with Indexing
and Store Address Register feature. This feature is used
for subroutine entry and exit purposes. It is not required
if different coding for subroutine linkage is used. An
Alternative Version of one of the subroutines makes use
of the Multi ply-Divide Feature.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE -

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up, .. Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Symbolic Statements,

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440HI701

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARD

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440- MI-702

1440 STERLING MACRO

DESCRIPTION - This set of Macro-Instructions, for inclusion
in the user's 1440 Autocoder Library on disk, provides
for operations on data fields containing representations
of Sterling Monetary Values (Pounds, Shillings, pence and
decimals of pence) in any of three formats. Operations
for translation and arithmetic are provided.

FEATURES - Flexibility in the size of Sterling Fields
handled is provided, with variation in the number of pounds
positions and the number of decimals of pence. Work-areas
are shared as far as possible and the generated code is
further reduced by a facility of parameter omission.

Use - The programmer includes the appropriate macro-
instruction code at the point in the program when execution
of the Sterling operation is required. The subsequent
inclusion of a definite macro- instruction, also provided,
causes the generation of code to carry out the necessary
sterling processing.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Basic Autocoder for 1440.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1440 System with...

1311 Disk Storage Drive, Hdl 1... 1442 Card Read/Punch. . .
1443 Printer. Indexing and Store Address Register feature
is necessary in addition to the Assembly Requirements.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

Advantage can be taken of the Multiply-Divide feature.
BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up... Specifications
Manual... Operating Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Object code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEBTATION - Systems Flowcharts and Listings.
MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440HI702

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-MX-02X

PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Project Control System, 1440-HX-
02X, is oriented to the specific needs of a construction
company and will provide the backbone for a sales program
that can result in net 1440 sales. The Project Control
System provides a basic capability related to the planning,
scheduling, and control of a project rhough the use of
the critical path method. In the Basic System, the user
can initially plan aproject, update and modify the project
schedule, monitor progress, and investigate alternate
approaches.

The Basic System can be expanded by the user to include
such related project functions as Estimating and Cost
Control.

FEATURES -

- A basic system framework is provided that includes 1440
programs for planning, scheduling, and control of
construction projects.

- All programs, including those added by the user, operate
under the control of a systems monitor.

- Planning accomplished through conventional arrow
diagramming or the new, highly efficient and easier
to use precedence diagramming.

- Each project can contain up to 2,000 activities.

- Output in terms of project or calendar days can be
displayed as bar charts, exception reports, and
progress listings in terms of quantities set, percent
complete, or remaining duration.

USE - The system, written in Autocoder and IOCS, operates
under its own monitor. The master systems pack, containing
the thirty-system programs and any customer programs,
resides on one disk drive., the project master file pack
resides on a second disk drive. The user specifies
processing sequence and output desired through control
cards allowing batched processing of a number of projects
without operator intervention.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Basic Autocoder for 1440.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1440 System... two
1311 Disk Storage Drives... 1442 Card Read/Punch... 1443
Printer... Indexing and Store Address Register., Direct
Seek, Additional Print Positions... 1447 Console with Sense
Switches.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up... Application
Program Bulletin... Users Manual... Operators
Manual... Systems Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Program Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1440MX02X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL none

CARDS

none

MT 7/556

HT 7/800

1440-OS-090

OPERATING SYSTEM COMPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION COURSEWRITER
LANGUAGE

DESCRIPTION - For many years "Programmed Instruction" has
been used to accelerate the learning processes, augment
the conventional teaching methods, and provide remedial
teaching measures. This technique has taken the physical
form of Programmed Instruction Text or teaching machines.

In both cases, the objective is to permit the student to
progress through course material as fast as his individual

PAGE 034

1440

IBH PEOGRAHS

1440

COHTIMDED PBOH PRIOR PAGE

COMTINDED FROH PRIOR COLDHH

capabilities will allow. A prograwned instruction course
presents text waterial, questions, and answers to a student
in a carefully planned sequence. As he participates in
the course, the student is continuously aware of his
progress. Hhenever be responds incorrectly to a question,
he is told iwoediately that he wade a nistake, which he
is often required to correct. As a consequence, the more
capable student moves faster because ha makes fever errors.
The slower student receives the practice and reinforcing
text he needs to aid him in learning. As each student
masters each segment of the entire subject, he progresses
through the course in an orderly, disciplined fashion.

The Coursewriter Language is a special user language with
which a teacher (i.e., "Author") can prepare his course
materials to accommodate the range of student abilities.

The Operating System consists of-

1. A monitor to supervise writing and instructing
simultaneously.

2. An assembler which enables the course author to
communicate with the computer when writing and revising
courses.

3. Utilities for preparing student and course reports.

It provides the ability -

1. For authors to write and correct course material while
students are taking courses.

2. For a "proctor", who operates the system, to undertake
essential administrative routines.

3. To collect data on student responses for later analysis.

4. For authors or programmers to add new functional
capability to the coursewriter.

5. To operate simultaneously up to five courses per 1316
Disk Pack.

6. To service up to twelve 1050 point-to-point lines with
a 1448 or up to four lines with four 1026 Transmission
Control Onits.

The word "assisted" in the tern "computer assisted
instructions" is important. This new methodology is not
intended to replace the important role of the teacher in
the educational process. Instead, it is a new science
for assisting the teacher in administering course material
and taking fullest advantage of the benefits of CAI.

PEOGEAMHIHG STSTEHS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

HIHIBDH SISTEM EEQDIREMESTS - 1440/1448 configuration is
1441 Processing Dnit Hodel A6 with Console Attachment,

Direct Seek, Disk Storage Control, Indexing and Store
Address Register, Bit Test, Transmission Control Unit
Attachment, and Printer Attachment... 1442 Card Bead/Punch
Model 1 with Card Bead/Punch Adapter... 1443 Printer Hodel
1 with Selective Character Set and Printer Control... 1447
Console Models 1 and 4 with Sense Switches... 1311 Storage
Drive, one Model 1 and one Model 2 with Direct Seek...

1448 Transmission Control Dnit Hodel 1 with 1050 Attachment
Feature, Fixed Time-Out -

Features - (new line and line feed) Horizonteil Tab; and,
as required. Line Group, Line Adapter Set, Common Carrier
Adapter Set — one can also optionally specify Text Time-
Out Suppression to disable the timer from operating at
the normal 9-18 second disconnect when operating with
point-to-point systems. This optional feature is to be
used with the text Time-Out Suppression on the 1051 Control
Dnit... 1050 Data Communication System - up to 12 Systems
maximum, each consisting of a 1051 Control Dnit Model 2
with an "A" terminal identification letter and a 1052
Printer-Keyboard with the 1st Printer feature. (If desired,
the Text Time-Out Suppression feature can be ordered on
the 1051 as a required companion to the one specified on
the 1448.)

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMEHTATIOB - Program Write-Dp. .. Instruction
Manual... Author and Proctor Manual. .. Student
Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Code. .. System Control
Program. . .Computer Assisted Instruction Program...
Utility Programs Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATIOH - Flowcharts. .. Program Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 14400S090

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL none

none

1440-OS-091

1440-1026 OPERATING SYSTEM COMPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION

DESCRIPTION - The Coursewriter Language is a special user
language with which the teacher can prepare his coarse
materials to accommodate the range of student abilities.
The Operating System consists of -

- A Monitor to supervise writing and instructing
simultaneously.

- An assembler which enables the course author to
communicate with the computer when writing and revising
courses.

- Utilities for preparing student and course reports.

It provides the ability -

- For authors to write and correct course material
while students are taking courses.

- For a "proctor", who operates the system, to undertake
essential administrative routines.

- To collect data on student responses for later
analysis.

- For authors or programmers to add new functional
capability to the coursewriter.

- To operate simultaneously up to five courses per 1316
Disk Pack.

- To service up to twelve 1050 Point- to- Point Lines with
a 1448 or up to four lines with four 1026 Transmission
Control Units.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1441 Processing Unit Model
A5 with Direct Seek, Disk Storage Control, Indexing and
Store Address Register, Bit Test, Transmission Control
Dnit Attachment, Printer Attachment, and Interrupt...

1442 Card Read/Punch Model 1 with Card Read/Punch Adapter...

1443 Printer Model 1 with Selective Character Set and
Printer Control... 1447 Console Model 1 with Sense
Switches... 1311 Disk Storage Drive Models 1 and 2 with
Direct Seek... 1026 Transmission Control Unit... up to

4 Model 1 Maximum. The first 1026 must have the Expanded
Line feature and as many as three additional 1026 Hodel
1, each with the additional line feature. One must specify
Text Time-Out Suppression to disable the timer from
operating at the normal 9-18 second disconnect. This
feature is to be used with the Text TimerOut Suppression
on the 1051 Control Dnit — 1050 Data Communication System
— as many as four Systems each consisting of a 1051 Control
Unit Hodel 2 and a 1052 Printer-Keyboard with the 1st
Printer feature. (When the Text Time-Out Suppression
feiature is specified on the 1026 components, it must also
be ordered on the 1051.)

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up. .. Author and Proctor
Manual - Student Manual. . .Coursewriter Description
Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Code. .. System Control
Program. . .Instruction Function Deck... Initial
Load Deck... Utility Programs Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts Program Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440OS091

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-BG-020

1440/1311

REPORT PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - 1440/1311 RPG enables a program written in
1401/1440/1460 RPG Language to be compiled and assembled
on a 1440/1311 system. Instead of writing a specific
program for a report, the user states his problem on fixed
form specifications sheets in 1401/1440/1460 RPG Language.
The RPG Processor operates on the punched specifications,
generating a program to do the specific job. By relieving
the user of the machine coding and program testing, RPG
permits him to concentrate his efforts on the solution
to his particular problem. RPG will generate programs
to produce reports of a variety of formats from source
data contained in a card file or disk storage file. The
output report can be obtained at the printer, on cards,
on disk storage, or any combination of the three.

With the RPG and Autocoder (with IOCS Library Routines)
in Disk Storage, the problem specification cards are loaded
at the card reader. The compilation and assembly are
completely automatic. The output object program is either
the Machine Language Equivalent Program or the 1440/1311
Autocoder Equivalent Program. The Machine Language
Equivalent Object Program may be in the form of condensed
cards, or if (load-and-go) is desired, the object program
may be directly loaded from the system pack for immediate
execution. The program listing, documentation and
diagnostic output are recorded on the printer.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For Report Program Generation-
4K 1440 System with... one 1442 Card Read/Punch. . . 1443
Printer. . .one 1311 Disk Storage Drive. For Report Program

IBM PR06BAHS

1440

COKTINDED FEOH PBIOE PAGE

ExecutioD-1440 System with core storage capacity depending
on complexity of report... one 1442 Card Bead/Punch. .. 1443
Printer and/or 1311 Disk Storage as required by report.
Beference material - 1440/1311 Autocoder, #1440-AD-
002; 1440/1311 IOCS, #1440-10-010; 1440/1311 Disk Utility
programs, #1440-UT-041 .

BASIC PROGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOB - Program ¥rite-0p ... Listings. . ,
Specifications and Operation Procedures.

HACHIHE READABLE - Object Code...BPG System Card Deck..
Sample Source Program for test purposes.

OPTIONAL PROGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEBTATION - Listings and flowcharts
HACHIHE READABLE - Hone,

ORDERING INFORMATION: PBOGRAH HDHBER 1440RG020

PBOGRAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-EG-021

BASIC REPORT PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to enable a program
written in 1440 basic RPG Language to be compiled on the
1440 system. The output is used to execute the application
on a 1440 system. The RPG Program has the ability to punch
object decks on a 1444 card Punch as well as to generate
object punch routines for it. The space-after-print logic
has a delayed space rather than an immediate space
instruction. This yields a faster running object program.
The source program in the 1440 basic BPG Language, punched
in cards, is compiled on a 1440 System. The output object
program is in the 1440 machine language. The object program
may be in the form of condensed cards, or if load/go is
desired, it may be directly executed. The program listing,
documentation, and diagnostic output is recorded on the
printer.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 BPG Language.

MIHIMDM SYSTEM REQOIREHENTS - The minimum 1440 System
Requirements for Generation and Execution are the following
4K 1440 system with... one 1442 Card Head/Punch. .. 1443
Printer.

BASIC PBOGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Write-OP. .. Specif ications and
Procedures. . .

MACHINE READABLE - Object Code - Program Decks...

Sample problem source with data decks. . .

Option 1 - Prpgram for 4K Systems and is specified by
using Program Humber Extension 0PT1.

Option 2 - Program for 8, 12 or 16K Systems and is
specified by using Program Humber of Extension OPT2.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Flowcharts and Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HOMBER 1440RG021

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

OPT1

CARDS

none

OPT2

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-BG-024

REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR 2K

DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Report Program Generator 2K will
enable a program written in 1440 FPG 2K Language to be
compiled on the system. The output is used to execute
the application on a 1440 System. The course program in
the 1440 RPG 2K Language, punched in cards, is compiled
on a 1440 System. The output object program is on condensed
cards in 1440 Machine Language, or if "load and go" is
desired, the object program may be directly executed.

The program listing, documentation, and diagnostic output
are recorded by the printer.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 BPG Language.

HINIHDM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 2K 1440 System with...

1443 Printer... one 1442 Card Read/Punch, Model 1 or 2
or one 1442 Card Reader, Model 4, and one 1444 Card Punch.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up Operating

Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Code.

1440 PAGE 035

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

DOCUMENTATION - Flowcharts... Program Listings...
MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440EG024

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-RG-720

1440/1311 STERLING REPORT PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

DESCRIPTION - A development from 1440/1311 Report Program
Generator that has the added facility of processing Sterling
fields.

USE - as with 1440/1311 RPG, the object program is either
the machine language equivalent program or the 1440/1311
Autocoder equivalent program. Extra diagnostic meassages
are provided appropriate to the Sterling processing. When
Sterling fields are not specified. Sterling BPG performs
the same functions as 1440/1311 RPG.

HIHIHUH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1440 system with...

1442 Card Read/Punch... 1443 Printer... one 1311 Disk
Storage Drive, Hdl 1. Sterling processing is improved by
the presence of Hultiply-Divide and the indexing and Store
Address Register features on the object machine.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Program write-up... Sterling RPG
Specifications and Operating Procedures. . . Basic
RPG Specifications Manual... Basic RPG Operating
Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - System Card deck... sample problem
and data cards.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Systems flow charts and listings.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440RG720

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-HG-721

1440 STERLING BASIC REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR

DESCRIPTION - A development from 1440 basic BPG that has
the added facility of processing Sterling data fields.

FEATURES - The handling of Sterling on output. Considerable
flexibility is allowed in lengths of Sterling fields and
their formats, column 75 is used to indicate Sterling
on data and format specif icaticms; therefore, edit words
and constants have one less character available than with
1440 basic RPG.

USE - As with 1440 basic RPG, an object program may be
punched in condensed format or the "load and go" option
may be used. Extra information appropriate to Sterling
is included as part of the print-out. When Sterling fields
are not specified. Sterling basic RPG performs the same
main function as 1440 basic RPG with the following
restrictions - (a) Monthly conversion from single digit
input is not available. (b) Ho printing of sequence error
checks in the edit listing takes place.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A4K 1440 system with... 1442
Card Read Punch — 1443 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up. . . Specifications
Manual... Operating Procedures... Basic Report
Program Generator Specifications and Operating
Procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - 4K System Card Deck... Sample
Problem and is specified by using Program Number
Extension OPT1. 8,12,16K System Card Deck...

Sample Problem (Specifications cards and data) ,
and is specified by using Program Number
Extension OPT2.

OPTIONAL PROGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Systems flowcharts and listings.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440RG721

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC 0PT1 CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

OPT2

CARDS

none

PAGE 036

1440

IBM PROGRAMS

1440

COHTIHOED FROM PRIOR PAGE

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

OPTIONAL none none none

1440-SM-030
SORT 5

DESCRIPTION - Sort 5 is a generative sort prograi designed
for generation and use on an IBM 1440 with at least one
IBM 1311 Disk Storage Drive, and a minimum of 4000 positions
of core storage. The program now has the ability to use
7335 Magnetic Tape for input/output files and the option
to relocate phase four output to the beginning of the work
area. It is a generative sort program (also needs 1440-
10 - 010 ) .

FEATURES - Sort 5 object program will sort fixed length,
blocked or unblocked, records in move mode into either
ascending or descending sequence. Sorting can be controlled
by as many as ten control data fields of total length up
to a maximum of 189 characters. Sort 5 can generate an
object program through use of the Autocoder macro-generator
and parameter cards. It is further classified as a
generalized program because it can modify itself at object
run time according to information punched in control cards.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - The program requires 1401/1440/1460
Autocoder on disk.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1440 System... one 1311
Disk Storage Drive... 1442 Card Read/Punch. . . 1443 Printer.

The object program can use, if available, up to 5 disk
storage drives and 8K, 12K, or 16K core storage capacity.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up. . . Specs, and Operating
Procedures, . , Library Deck Listing... Pre phase
Program Listing,

MACHINE READABLE - Prephase Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440SM030

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-SM-031
MERGE 5

DESCRIPTION - IBM 1440 Merge 5, 1440-SM-031, is a generative
program for an IBM 1440/1311 system. Merge 5 will generate
specific object programs that are fitted to the users
particular merging applications. The object programs
generated by Merge 5 are generalized in that they can be
modified according to information supplied by the user
in control cards. With object programs the user can merge
pre-sorted, fixed length, blocked or unblocked, disk records
in the move mode into either ascending or descending
sequence. A one-, two-, three-, or four-way merge can
be performed. If specified by the user at generation time,
options such as label checking, additions from cards,
sequence check and hash total, deletions or selections
by class can be incorporated into the object program.

program sorts fixed length records in the move mode. The
maximum record length that may be sorted varies from 1.200
characters for an 8K system up to 3,000 characters for
a 16K system. The sorting can be accomplished in either
ascending or descending sequence based upon up to 10 control
data fields and 189 characters of control data contained
in these fields.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K 1440, one 1311 Disk Storage
Drive, 1443 Printer, 1442 Card/Eead Punch.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-up... Object program
listing... Specifications manual... Operating
procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440SM032

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-SM-033
SORT 53

DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1440 Sort 53, ( 1 440-SH-033) is a
generalized sort program designed for use on an IBM 1440
equipped with at least one IBM 1311 Disk Storage Drive,
a minimum of 4,000 positions of core storage, and the
Direct Seek feature. This program sorts fixed length
records in the move mode. The maximum record length that
may be sorted is 400 characters. The sorting can be
accomplished in either ascending or descending sequence
based upon up to 10 control data fields and 189 characters
of control data contained in these fields.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1440, one 1311 Disk Storage
Drive, 1443 Printer, 1442 Card/Read Punch, and the Direct
Seek feature.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up. , . Object Program
Listing... Specifications Manual... Operating
procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Program,

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440SH033

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

. MT 7/556

HT 7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1440-SM-034
SORT 54

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - The program requires 1440/1311
Autocoder and IOCS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1440 System with
sufficient core storage to utilize the object program
options... One 1442 Card/Read Punch... And, depending upon
the object program requirements, a 1442 Printer or 1447
Console Mdl 2, and one to five 1311 Disk Storage Drives.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up... Specifications...
Operating procedures... Flow charts... Library
listing... Assembly listing.

MACHINE READABLE - Library program deck... Prephase
deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440SH031

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-SM-032
SORT 52

DESCRIPTION - This program sorts fixed length records in
the move mode. The maximum length record that may be
sorted varies from 1,200 characters for an 8K system up
to 3,000 characters for a 16K system. The sorting can
be accomplished in either ascending or descending sequence
based upon up to 10 control data fields and 189 characters
of control data contained in these fields.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K IBM 1440 equipped with
one IBM 1311 Disk Storage Drive, an IBM 1443 Printer, an
IBM 1442 Card Read Punch, and the Direct Seek Feature.

This program has been generated from 1440 Sort 5 library,
program (#1440-SM-030) , using the following parameter
cards.

CARD LABEL
INPUTMEDIA
OUTPTMEDIA
SELECTDLET
ADDITIONS
CHECKS
DSKLABLOUT
SYSTEMSPEC

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up... Program Listing...

Specifications Manual... Operating procedures.

MACHINE READABLE - Object code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

OPERANDS
CARD, DISK
DISK

SELDELCLASS, CONTRODATA

CARD

SEQHASH

AIL

DIRECT

DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1440 Sort 52, ( 1440-SM-032) is a
generalized sort program designed for use on an IBM 1440
equipped with at least one IBM 1311 Disk Storage Drive
and a minimum of 8,000 positions of core storage. This

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440SH034

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

1440

IBH PROGBAHS

1440

PAGE 037

COSTIHDED FROH PRIOR PAGE

BASIC none CAROS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1440-SH-035
SORT 51

DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1440 Sort 51, ( 1440-SM-035) is a
generalized sort progran designed for use on an IBH 1440
equipped with at least one IBH 1311 Disk Storage Drive
and a oinimuD of 4,000 positions of core storage. This
program sorts fixed length records in the move mode. The
aaximuB record length that may be sorted is 400 characters.
The sorting can be accomplished in either ascending or
descending sequence based upon up to 10 control data fields
and 189 characters of control data contained in these
fields.

HINIHDH SYSTEH REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1440, one 1311 Disk Storage
Drive, 1443 Printer, 1442 Card/Read Punch.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATION - Program write-up... Object program
listing... Specifications Manual... Operating
procedures.

HACHINE READABLE - Object program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOHBER 1440SH035

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-SH-036

IBH 1440 SORT 13

DESCRIPTION - Sort 13 programs are generalized object sort
programs capable of sotting fixed length, blocked or
unblocked, records in move mode in either ascending or
descending sequence. They will accpet input from cards,
1301 Disk Storage, or magnetic tape, and will write the
final output on 1301 Disk Storage or tape. Sorting can
be controlled by as many as ten data fields of total length
up to a maximam of 189 characters.

There are two separate programs available. The functions
of each one are identical except for label processing.
Program number (1440-SH-036) will process tapes with no
loabels or with IOCS Type B 80 character IBM labels (a
tape mark cannot follow labels) ; Program number 1440-SH-
037 will process tapes with no labels or with 120 character
IOCS Type A IBH standard labels (a tape mark must follow
labels) . There is no provision in either program for
handling non-standard tape labels.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1440 System with one
1301 Disk Storage Module, either one 1442 Card/Read Punch
Mdl 1 or 2 or one 1442 Card Reader Mdl 4, and a 1443

Printer. The program can use, if available, up to five
1301 Disk Storage Modules, one or two 7335 Tape Drives
for input/output, and 12K or 13K storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up... Operating

procedures Specifications manual... Timing

manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Object program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - System listings. . . Flow charts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1440SH036

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-SM-037

IBM 1440 SORT 13

DESCRIPTION - Sort 13 programs are generalized object sort
programs capable of sorting fixed length, blocked or
unblocked, records in move mode in either ascending or
descending sequence. They will accept input from cards,
1301 Disk Storage, or magnetic tape, and will write the
final output on 1301 Disk Storage or tape. Sorting can
be controlled by as many as ten data fields of total length
up to a maximum of 189 characters.

There are two separate programs available. The functions
of each one are identical except for label processing.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

Program number 1440-SH-036 will process tapes with no
labels or with IOCS Type B 80 character IBM labels (a tape
mark cannot follow labels) ; Program number 1440-SH-037
will process tapes with no labels or with 120 character
IOCS Type A IBH standard labels (a tape nark must follow
labels) . There is no provision in either program for
handling non-standard tape labels.

MINIMUM SYSTEH REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1440 system with one
1301 Disk Storage Module, either one 1442 Card/Read Punch
Mdl 1 or 2 or one 1442 Card/Reader Mdl 4, and a 1443
Printer. The program can use, if available, up to five
1301 Disk Storage Modules, one or two 7335 Tape Drives
for input/output, and 12K or 13K storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up... Operating
procedures... specifications manual... Timing
manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Object program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - System listings... Flow charts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440SM037

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-ST-02X

MOTOR FREIGHT REVENUE ACCOUNTING

DESCRIPTION - Accounting and control of motor freight
revenue is one of the largest clerical problems in the
motor freight industry. Ever since the industry began
extending credit, interlining shipments, and expanding
to larger networks serving more and more points, revenue
accounting has grown more dificult, more time-consuming,
and more costly- Faster, more efficient revenue accounting
and control is vitally needed. To meet this need IBH has
developed the Motor Freight Industry Revenue Accounting
Program, which performs the following functions-

- Editing of daily transaction data.

- Preparation of daily transaction register
with simultaneous posting of revenue by
freight bill number.

- Preparation of customer statements with
simultaneous posting to customer accounts
receivable balance.

- Editing of cash remittance source data.

- Application of cash by statement, freight
bill number, and customer account number.

This program is adaptable by motor freight carriers who
use either centralized statement and collection methods
or decentralized terminal level methods. Effective control
of freight bills is provided regardless of billing method.

PEOGRAMHING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEH REQUIREMENTS - Users of this program should
obtain IBM 1440 Sort 5 (1440-SM-030) . A 4K 1440 System
with two 1311 Disk Storage Drives... 1442 Card Read Punch...
1443 Printer... Indexing and Store Register, Print Control,
and Scan Disk.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up... Application
Description Manual... Program Information Manual...
Operators Manual — Detailed program documentation.
MACHINE READABLE - Object Program Decks. . • Sample
problem.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None
MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1440ST02X

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-SV-090

1440-1470 PROCESS COMMUNICATION MONITOR FOE 1401/40/60
AUTOCODER ON DISK

DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1440-1070 PCM, consists of a set
of 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk) library routines,
used to generate process communication programs oriented

to meet the requirements of the 1070 Process Communication
System.

PAGE 038

1440

IBH PEOGRAHS

1440

CONTIHOED FROM PRIOR PAGE
The roatines are-

- Honitor Roatine - Controls the handling of
interrupts and scheduling of line operations
on a priority basis. It simulates a real-time
clock and up to nine interval timers.

In addition r it informs of errors detected
and records the status of the lines and of
the remote systems.

- Conversion Subroutine - Calibrates the ADC of
1070 systems and converts ADC readings to a
standard range.

- Delta/Limit Check Subroutine - Performs limit
and/or delta checks on converted ADC readings.

- Contact Sense Subroutine - Compares current
contact sense readings with a master mask or
previous readings.

- Thermocouple Subroutine - Generates temperature
values frcm converted thermocouple readings.

- Error Locating Routine - Performs output checks
on transmission lines and remote systems.

The program is used in conjunction with 1401/1440/1460
Autocoder (On Disk) . The PCH is inserted in the Autocoder
Library during a library run and called by macroinstructions
in the users program. The PCH can be used in conjunction
with the 1440 IOCS or 1401/1460 IOCS (on disk).

PROGBAHHING SYSTEMS - 1440 Autocoder on disk.

HIHIBOH SYSTEM REQDIEEMEHTS - Only those features required
by 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk) are needed when
assembling a program using the 1440-1070 PCM. For the
execution of an object program using the PCM, the following
is required- an 8K 1440 or 1460 system with... 1447 Console,
Model 2. -.Indexing and Store Address Register — Multiply-
Divide (for Conversion and Thermocouple Subroutines) . . .
one 1026 Transmission Control Unit.. .Interrupt. . .Time
Emitter.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMEHTATIOH - Program Write-Op. .. Specif ication
Manual.. .Operating Procedures Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Library Routines Card Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATIOH - Program Listings. .. Program
Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440SV090

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-SV-091

1440-1070 PROCESS COHMOHICATION MONITOR FOR 1440 BASIC
AOTOCODER

DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1440-1070 PCM, consists of a set
of 1440 basic Autocoder routines, used to generate process
communication programs oriented to meet the requirements
of the 1070 Process Communication System.

The routines are-

- Honitor Routine - Controls the handling of
interrupts and scheduling of line operations
on a priority basis. It simulates a real-time
clock and up to nine interval timers.

In addition, it informs of errors detected,
and records the status of the lines and of
the remote systems.

- Conversion Subroutine - Calibrates the ADC of
1070 systems and converts ADC readings to a
standard range.

- Delta/limit Check Subroutine - Performs limit
and/or delta checks on converted ADC readings.

- Contact Sense Subroutine - Compares current
contact sense readings with a master mask or
with previous readings.

- Thermocouple Subroutine - Generates temperature
values from converted thermocouple readings.

- Error Locating Routine - Performs output checks
on transmission lines and remote systems.

The program is used in conjunction with 1440 Basic
Autocoder. A pre-assembly run is required to tailor the
PCM to the users installation and requirements before
assembly with the users program.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEM - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

HIHIHDM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Only those features required
by 1440 Basic Autocoder are needed when assembling a program
using the 1440-1070 PCM. For a pre-assembly run and for
the execution of an object program using the PCM, the
following is required- an 8K 1440 System with... 1447

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

Hultiply-Divide (for Conversion and Thermocouple
Subroutines) ... one 1026 Transmission Control
Unit .. .Interrupt. . .Time Emitter.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up. .. Specif icat ions
Manual. . .Operating Procedures Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - 1440 basic Autocoder Routines
and a Pre-Assembly Object Program Deck.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Listings. -- Program
Flowcharts,

MACHINE READABLE - None

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440SV091

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-UH-01X

HOSPITAL PATIENT BILLING

DESCRIPTION - The Application Program for Patient Billing
consists of fourteen IBM 1440 processing runs to provide
for the accounting and control of services rendered to
patients of a hospital. Processing is done under a monitor
which allows for program interrupt to satisfy interim
reports such as discharge/demand bills or patient balances.

FEATURES - Processing programs are kept in disk storage
and are called in, as needed, by a unique call card.
Processed data is punched into input cards, thus preserving
basic and resultant data. Running programs can be
interrupted from the console to obtain the status of an
account.

USE - at the time a patient is admitted, a master record
is created and entered to disk storage. Through-out the
patients stay in the hospital, all charges, credits, etc.
are accrued to the master file. Interim reports such as
census and in-house bills are created. Upon discharge
bills can be issued. Final and insurance bills are prepared
following the customary three day allowance for late changes
to be received at the data processing center. Revenue
distribution is available from data retained in disk
storage.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 4K 1441 Processing Unit, Model
A3 with:

- Indexing and Store Address Register feature

- 1443 Printer Attachment feature

- Disk Storage Control feature
— Console (1447 Model 2) Attachment feature

- 1442 Card Read Punch

- 1443 Printer, with Printer Control feature

- 1447 Console, Model 2, with Sense Switches

- 1311 Disk Storage Drive, Model 1

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-Up... Program
Manual. . • Lrstrngs.

MACHINE READABLE - Card decks - Routine Decks
for Heassemblies

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440DH01I

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRiBOTrON

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USE? vOLuHjs
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-UH-02X

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FOR HOSPITALS

DESCRIPTION - The program accomplishes all functions
normally required by hospitals to maintain a well controlled
accounts receivable operation. It includes establishment
of new accounts, cash posting of receipts, aged trail
balance reports, inquiry into account status, statement
writing and file maintenance to close accounts. Processing
programs are kept in disk storage and are called in, as
needed, by a call card. They can be interrupted for inquiry
and exception reports. Information necessary to construct
the accounts receivable record in disk storage is
automatically created by the Patient Billing Procedures
(1440-UH-01X) when a patient is discharged, or by key-
punched data obtained from out-patient accounting
procedures. Cash receipts are posted as received.

Statements are written at the discretion of the user.

This is accomplished by spcifying to the system what portion
of the accounts receivable file statements are to be written
from. Aged trial balance can be written at any desired

Console, Model 2... Indexing and Store Address Register...

1440

IBH PBOGRAHS

1440

PAGE Q39

CONTIHDED PROH PRIOR PAGE

interval to provide uniforn load distribution. Accounts
■ay be sequenced to provide selective aging analysis.

Hote - This program runs under the monitor contained in
the IBH 1440 Hospital Patient Billing (No. 1440-0H-01X)
Application Program.

HINIMOH STSTEH EEQOIREHEHTS - 4K 1441 Processing Unit,
Hodel A3, with:

- Indexing and Store Address Register feature
“ 1443 Printer Attachment feature

- Disk Storage Control feature

^ Console (1447 Hodel 2) Attachment feature

- 1442 Card Read Punch

- 1447 Console, Model 2, with Sense Switches

- 1311 Disk Storage Drive, Hodel 1

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Program Write-Op... Program
Hanual... Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440DH02X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-DH-03X

HOSPITAL ACCCONTS PAYABLE

DESCRIPTION - Hospital Accounts Payable consists of nine
1440 processing programs to provide for accounting and
control of the accounts payable of a hospital. A 1311
Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack is the medium
used for storage of all account payable and distribution
records and is organized to record an unlimited number
of entries for each payable account. When a payable invoice
is received, it is posted to the master payable file until
managements decision to pay the invoice. At this time,
a check run is made against the master payable file and
the invoice is flagged as paid. At a later time, the paid
invoice record is removed from the master payable file,
and the amount of discount taken on the invoice is punched
into the initial invoice card which has been keypunched
from the original invoice.

Included in Hospital Accounts Payable are the following
programs: - create new accounts payable records create
new account records - create vendor index table - edit
invoice and distribution records - post vendor invoices
- print cash requirement report - print trial balance -
print check and admittance advice - close vendor invoices.

Note - These programs run under the monitor contained in
the IBM 1440 Hospital Patient Billing (1440-OH-01X)
Application Program.

PROGRAHMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder

HIHIMDM SYSTEM BEQDIBEHEHTS - A 4K 1441 Processing Onit,
Model A3, with- Indexing and Store Address Register, Printer
Attachment, Disk Storage Control, Console Attachment {1447,
Model 2)... 1442 Card Read Punch... 1443 Printer, with
Printer Control... 1447 console. Model 1, with Sense
Switches and a 1447, Hodel 2... 1311 Disk Storage Drive,
Model 1.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Wrire-Up... Program
manual including listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAH NUMBER 1440UH03X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-0H-04X

HOSPITAL INVEHTORY PROGRAM

DESCRIPTION - A perpetual inventory provides for a
continuous record of supply receipts, issues, and stock
on hand. Items requiring management attention are listed
on exception reports. On a periodic basis, transactions
posted to the inventory records are transferred to general
ledger accounts which reflect the aggregate of receipts
and issues posted to individual inventory ledger records.

A 1311 Disk Storage Drive with a 1316 Disk Pack is used
for storage of all inventory item and open purchase order
records. The file is organized and controlled sequentially,
and because disk packs are interchangeable, there is

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

virtually no limit to the number of items it can handle.
FEATURES -

- Comprehensive external and internal control
with audit trail.

- Sequential inventory file organization with
5280 items in 40 cylinders.

- Programs on disk under the control of a monitor.

- Automatic flagging of items below minimum
inventory levels or out of stock.

- Meaningful reports for stock status, purchase
order, transaction register, general stores
invoice, item distribution, and control units.

- Inquiry to inventory item and purchase
order records.

Note - These programs run under the Monitor contained in
the IBH 1440 Hospital Patient Billing (1440-UH-01X)
Application Programs.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1441 Processing Unit
Hodel A3 with - Indexing and Store Address Register, 1443
Printer Attachment, Disk Storage Control, 1447 Console
Attachment Hodel 2... 1442 Card Read Punch... 1443 Printer
with Printer control... 1447 console Model 2 with Sense
Switches... 1311 Disk Storage Drive Model 1.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up... Reference
Manual including Program listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Program Decks.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440UH04X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-UH-05X

HOSPITAL GENERAL LEDGER

DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Hospital General Ledger Program
(1440-OH-05X) package reduces the time and effort required
by hospitals to program and install a general ledger
application. Seven programs are provided which result
in three major reports and a uniform chart of accounts.

The programs are; Load Master Ledger Accounts, Add and
Delete Master Records, General Ledger Posting, Trial glance
Run, Income and Expense Report, General Ledger Inquiry
and Cost Analysis Program. Processing Programs are retained
in disk storage and called in, as needed, by unique call
cards. General ledger account masters are kept and
maintained in disk storage with the provision, through
the inquiry program, to be displayed on the console
typewriter.

Hote - The programs in this package run under the Monitor
contained in the IBM 1440 Hospital Patient Billing
Application Program (1440-UH-01X) .

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder

MINIMUS SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1441 Processing Onit MDL
A3 With Indexing and Store Address Register, 1443 Printer
Attachment, Disk Storage Control, Console (1447 MDL 2)
Attachment... 1442 Card Read Punch... 1443 Printer with
Printer Control... 1447 Console MDL 2 with Sense Switches...
1311 Disk Storage Drive MDL 1.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Program Write-up... Reference
Manual including Program Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Object code and Sample Problem.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440UH05X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

Cards

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-UH-06X

HOSPITAL PAYROLL

DESCRIPTION - Hospital Payroll is designed to accomplish
basic payroll functions of a hospital. Recognizing that
there are substantial variations in payroll policies among
hospitals, the system can be easily modified to specific
requirements. Two file data load programs- Employee Load
Program and Department Load Program- are used to initialize
the payroll disk pack and to set up two-sector employee
records for each employee. Three programs are included
which perform payroll calculations and printed output.

The Payroll Register Program calculates pay for salaried

PAGE 040

1440

IBM PBOGRAHS

1440

COHTINDED FEOH PBIOR PAGE

enployees, paid bi-»onthly, and hourly employees, paid
weekly. This program prints the payroll register showing
the number of hours worked, gross pay, extra earnings,

FICA, FIT, total deductions, and new pay. Departmental
totals are printed and punched as desired. The Check and
Statement Program prints checks and statements while
calculating and checking control totals held in disk storage
from the payroll register run. The third program prints
a deduction register reflecting employee name and number,
current gross, current net, and all deductions taken for
the payroll period.

Note - These programs run under the monitor contained in
the IBH 1440 Hospital Patient Billing (1440-DH-01X)
Application Program-

PEOGEAflHIHG SISTEHS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MIHIHOH SYSTEM EEQDIBEliENTS - A 4K 1441 Processing Dnit,
Model A3, with- Indexing and Store Address Register, Printer
Attachment, Disk Storage Control, Console Attachment (1447,
Model 2)... 1442 Card Read Punch... 1443 Printer, With
Printer Control... 1447 Console, Model 1, with Sense
Switches and a 1447, MODEL 2... 1311 Disk Storage Drive,
Model 1.

BASIC PBOGBAR PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATION - Program Srite-Dp... Program
Manual including Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Program Decks.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None

OBDEBING INFORMATION: PEOGBAM NOMBEB 1440DH06X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-DS-01X

SECONDABT SCHOOL PEOGBAMS (STODENT SCHEDOLIHG)

DESCRIPTION - Student Scheduling consists of five programs-
Course Bequest Tally, Conflict Matrix, Scheduling, Schedule
Printing, and Otility. The Course Request Tally and
Conflict Matrix Programs are an aid to the school
administrator in building his master schedule. The Tally
program counts the student requests and computes the number
of sections based on one fixed factor. Only one factor
is used for all courses. The Conflict Matrix Program
determines the number of potential conflicts for a maximum
of 100 single and double section courses. A Matrix is
printed showing this information.

The Student Scheduling Program is divided into two phases.

Phase 1 processes the student request cards against the
master schedule stored in the disk file to determine
conflicts. Student conflicts are printed showing student
information, the course causing the conflict and all courses
requested by the student. Scheduled information for
students is written into the disk file. At this point,
depending on the number of conflicts, the program may go
to phase 2 or be terminated.

Phase 2 writes the detail course information for each
scheduled student into the student master record area.

It schedules lunch for the fourth or fifth period and study
halls. The Schedule Printing Program prints the student
and course information from the disk file onto the schedule.
It will print and total course fees where applicable.

FEATDEES -

- Hill handle 799 courses, 4 sections per
period or 3200 sections maximum. (Expandable
with more disk storage)

- Dses eight period day and seven student
requests 3000 students per disk pack

- Prints schedules and punches grade cards at
eight to ten students per minute — can
schedule lunch and study halls balances the
classes and fills classes to specified seat
capacity

- Prints a complete conflict message to provide
analysis of the reason for a student conflict.

PROGEAHMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MIHIMDM SYSTEM EEQDIBEMENST - A 4K 1440 system with Indexing
and Store Address. .. 1442 Card Read Punch... 1443 Printer
with Print Control- .. 1447 Console with Sense Switches. .. 131 1
Disk Storage Drive.

BASIC PEOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATION - Program Hrite-Dp... Reference
Manual Including Program Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Program Decks... Sample
Problem Decks.

CONTINOED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PEOGEAH NUMBER 1440US01X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-DS-02X

SECONDARY SCHOOL PROGRAMS (GRADE REPORTING)

DESCRIPTION - Grade Reporting consists of four programs
to aid school personnel in preparing grade reports and
in compilation of statistics from the grades received by
students. Grade cards are used to prepare the grade
reports, update student grade records on disk pack and
print ah honor list. Grade distribution reports are printed
reflecting totals of letter grades given by a teacher as
received in a course. Failure lists indicating student
and course are printed using those grade cards with failing
grades.

FEATURES -

- Will handle up to seven course per student.

- Honor list is automatically available after grade report
run.

- 6600 students per disk pack.

- Can print parents name and address on the grade report.

- Prints grade reports at 10 to 15 students per minute.

- Grade distributions speed at 300 cards per minute.

- Failure list printing at up to 150 lines per minute.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1440 System with Indexing
and Store Address... 1442 Card Read Punch... 1443 Printer

with Print Control 1447 Console with Sense Switches...

1311 Disk Storage Drive.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-up. . . Reference Manual
including Program Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Program... Sample Problem.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440DS02X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-US-03X

SECONDARY SCHOOL PROGRAMS (PAYROLL AND PERSONNEL)

DESCRIPTION - Payroll and Personnel Programs are an aid
to school personnel in preparing the monthly salaried
payroll, writing payroll checks, printing deduction register
and check reconciliation. The teacher contract program
prints pertinent teacher data on contract forms. The
teacher list program provides school principals with a
list of teachers in the school.

FEATURES -

- Will handle up to 10,000 personnel payroll records per
disk pack.

- Print payroll register and deduction register at speeds
of 50 to 60 employees per minute.

- Print payroll checks at the rate of 35 to 40 per
minute.

- Prepare reconciliation report at the rate of
approximately 300 checks per minute.

- Prepare teacher contracts at the rate of 30 to 35 per
minute.

- Prepare teacher lists at the rate of 150 teachers per
minute.

- Sense switch control determines if a pre-payroll or
payroll register is desired,

- If a person resigns, his finder card can be held out of
the payroll runs to delete him from the payroll. The
record will remain on the disk for end of year report
writing and can be accessed by replacing the finder card.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder-

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1440 System with Indexing
and Store Address-. . 1442 Card Read Punch... 1443 Printer
with Print Control... 1447 Console with Sense Switches...
1311 Disk Storage Drive.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program write-up. . . Reference Manual
including Program Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Object Program... Sample Problem

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCDMENTATION - None

1440

IBH PEOGRAHS

1440

PAGE 041

COHTIHDED FBOH PRIOR PAGE

OPTIOHAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCDMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440US03X

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-0S-04X

ATTENDANCE RECORDING FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS

DESCRIPTION - Attendance Recording consists of an Attendance
Register Hriting Program which will aid school personnel
in the preparation of attendance registers and in
compilation of sttendance statistics for state and federal
agency report requirements. The Attendance Recording
Program uses attendance cards, which are marked by the
teacher or attendance clerk and then mark sense punched,
to prepare an attendance register and calculate attendance
totals and percentages. It will also update the student
master record on the disk pack-

FEATDEES -

- Hill handle up to 25-day attendance period.

- Hill handle either half day or whole day attendance
recording.

- Hill update student master record on the disk pack with
year-to-date absences and tardies.

- Cards are not marked when students are present.

- Hill handle up to 95 attendance cards per minute.

- Automatically calculates - aggregate attendance,
aggregate membership, average daily attendance, average
membership, percent of attendance. These calculations
are performed for male students, female students, and
overall student population.

- Calculates attendance figures for each school and for
the entire school district.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1440 System with Indexing
and Store Address... 1442 Card Head Punch... 1443 Printer
with Print Control... 1447 Console with Sense Switches...
1311 Disk Storage Drive.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up... Reference Manual...
Program Listings.

MACHINE READABLE - Sample Problem Program Decks.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440US04X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-UT-040

DISK FILE 0BGAKI2ATI0K EOGTISES

DESCRIPTION - These routines will load and maintain 1301
or 1311 Disk Storage Files on a 1440 system. The new
version incorporates the additional features of magnetic
tape input/output, 1301 Disk Storage and 1444 Card Punch
Output capabilities. There are two complete sets of
routines one set generates object programs for a random
file; the other set generates object programs for a control
sequential file.

The User's File Organization Object Programs are generated
by the 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk) Macro-Generator
from a series of 1440 IOCS, Version 2, Library Routines
and the Disk File Organization Librarary routines. The
user supplies the appropriate parameters for generation
by means of control cards. The object programs for loading
and maintaining a random file use the chaining method.

By this technique, records are loaded into a disk location
determined by a control field within the record. Records
whose control data convert to the same disk address are
linked together with a chain of addresses. The routines
can generate object programs to add records to and delete
records from a file. Records may be loaded or unloaded
from or to cards, tape, or disk storage. The object
programs for loading and maintaining a control sequential
file add records to and delete records from the file without
destroying the sequence. A sequence- link is used for this
purpose. A distribution index is built by the programs.

This index makes possible quick access to any given record
in the file. Records may be loaded or unloaded from or
to cards, tape, or disk storage.

The requirements for generation of the User's File
Organization object programs are the same as those for
1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk), No. 1401-AU-008, and

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

1440 IOCS, Version 2, No. 2440-10-010.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - a 4K 1440 system for 1311
usage of 8K 1440 system for 1301 usage with... one 1442
Card Read Punch HDL 1 or 2 or 1442 Card Reader MDL 4...

One 1311 Disk Storage Drive or 1301 Disk Storage Array...
1403 Printer MDL 2, 3, 5, 6, 1443 Printer or 1447 Console
HDL 2 or 4 (if a log is to be kept during file loading,
additions, or deletions, the 1443 Printer is required;
in that case, a 1447 Console MDL 1 may be used)... one
1444 Card Punch (required only if punched output is used
on a system with 1442 Card Reader MDL 4)... one 7335
Magnetic Tape Unit (required only if tape input or output
is used) .

Note: The following programs are required - 1401-AU-008;

1440-10-010; 1440-UT-041.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Write-up... Listings...

Operating Procedures, C24-3134.

MACHINE READABLE - OPTION 1 - Common and random, and is
specified by using Program Extension Number OPT1.
OPTION 2 - Common and control sequential, and is
specified by using Program Extension Number OPT2.
OPTION 3 - Common, random and control sequential,
and is specified by using Program Extension Number
OPT3.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

documentation - Program Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440UT040

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

0PT1

CARDS

none

0PT2

CARDS

none

0PT3

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

■UT-041

DISK UTILITY PROGRAMS

DESCRIPTION - This system is designed to perform certain
frequently required operations on 1440 systems with 1311
or 1301 Disk Storage, without programming effort on the
part of the user. The programs provided are -

Clear-Disk-Storage Disk-to-Card

Print-Disk Disk-to-Tape

Card-to-Disk Disk-Eecord-Load

Tape-to-Disk Copy-Disk

Disk-Label

Each program is generalized, modifying itself to perform
specific operations by information received through control
cards. Each program includes an optional disk label
checking routine for use with 1311 Disk Storage. They
are designed for use on 4K or larger systems; 8K or greater
is necessary when processing disk data for which the Track
Record special feature is required. These programs perform
such functions as clear disk and generate addresses, supply
output for file protection purposes, display disk storage
on the printer, change data or addresses in disk storage,
and on 1311 Disk Storage create the label track or remove
the label track, and enter, delete, change, display, and
punch disk labels.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1440 System (8K required
if Track Record Format is used) with... 1442 Card Read
Punch Model 1 or 2 or a 1442 Card Reader HDL 4 and a 1444
Card Punch... 1443 Printer... one 1311 Disk Storage Drive
or one 1301 Disk Storage Array... and one 7335 Magnetic
Tape Unit (tape programs only) .

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up... Specifications...

Operating Instructions.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Listings and Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440DT041

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

PAGE 042

1440

IBK PBOGBAHS

1460

COHTINOED FEOH PfilOB COLDHH

1440-OT-043

TAPE OTILITY PBOGBAHS

DESCBIPTIOH - The 1440 Tape Utility PEograiis includes three
programs to transfer data files between cards and tape
and fron tape to printer.

PEATOBES -

Card-to-Tape Tape-to-Card Tape-to-Printer

- Field Selection - allows selection of up to 16 fields in
the input record and arrangesent of these fields in any
order in the output record.

- Exception Becords - bypasses records identified by the
presence or absence of up to 72 constant exception
characters,

- Sequence Checking and Sunbering - checks sequence of card
input files, generates and punches sequence nunbers in
card output files.

- Selective File Processing - searches tape files for the
file identified by a particular header label.

- Options for Off-Line Processing - facilitates off-line
tape processing for/fron large systens. They are -

(1) Group-Hark Conversion - the Card-to-Tape program can
convert 1440 group narks in cards to 7080 group marks
on tape. The Tape-tc-Card Program can convert 7080
group narks on tape to 1440 group narks in cards.

(2) Binary Becords - the Card-tb-Tape and Tape-to-Card
programs can process column-binary card files and
binary tape files.

(3) Even or Odd Parity - tapes can be processed in even
or odd parity.

(4) First Character Forms Control - the Tape-to-Printer
program can print files in which space suppression
or spacing/skipping between records is determined by
the first character of the record.

(5) Tape Labels - files with either no tape labels or
with the IBB standard 120-character tape labels can
be accommodated by these programs.

(6) If tape labels are to be checked by the Tape-to-Card
or Tape-to-pr inter Program, they must be the IBB
standard 120-character labels. However, a non-
standard header label can be bypassed and printed (up
to 120 characters printed) . In this case, trailer
labels most be present but are used only to indicate
EOB or EOF.

(7) Header labels other than the standard 120-character
label can be, but need not be, followed by a tape
mark. Trailer labels must be preceded and followed
by tape marks.

These are Generalized Utility Programs, supplied by IBM
as condensed card object decks. The programs modify
themselves to fit a specific application through the use
of a control card.

HIHIHOH STSTEH BEQOIEEHEHTS - A 4K 1440 system with...

7335 Magnetic Tape Unit... 1443 Printer... one 1442 Card
Bead Punch BdL 1 or 2 or a 1442 Card Header BDL 4 and a
1444 Card Punch. If binary tape records or column binary
cards are to be processed, the 1442 must be equipped with
the Card Image feature.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUHEHTATIOH - Program Write-up... Program Listings —
Specifications... Operating Procedures.

BACBIHE BEADABLE - Program Decks.

OPTIOBAL PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCUHEHTATIOH - Flowcharts.

MACHINE BEADABLE - None.

OBDEBIHG INFOBMATION: PBOGBAB NOMBEB 14400T043

PBOGBAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1450-FB-20X

MICE ENTEY PBOGBAH SUPPOBTS 1450 BANK DATA PHOCESSIHG
SYSTEM

DESCBIPTIOH - This program supports the 1450 Bank Data
Processing System, which is a product entry for the Small
Bank Industry. The 1450 uses the 1259 Eleven Pocket
Beader/Sorter. The 1440 Mortgage Loan Accounting (1440-
FB-04X), 1440 Savings Accounting (1440-FB-05X) , and 1440
Demand Deposit Accounting (1440-FB-03X) , Financial
Application Programs, are available for use on the 1450
Bank Data Processing System. H 450-FB-02X) . The program
is to be used in conjunction with the 1440 Demand Deposit
Program (1440-FB-03I) to convert MICE paper documents to
disk records in the format required to accomplish the
complete Demand Deposit Application on the 1450 system.

FEATOEES -

- Establishes and maintains control over all items
that enter the processing operation.

- Proves each batch of items with its batch control
slip.

- Sorts good MICE items into predetermined pockets.

- Segregates rejected items for subsequent correction
and re-entry.

- Segregates (no on-us) items.

- Verifies account numbers.

- Verifies transaction codes.

- Captures valid MICH item information on disk packs.

- Prepares batch proof listings.

USE - The program is to be used in place of the 1440 Demand
Deposit Conversion run when using the 1450 Bank Data
Processing System.

PEOGBAMMIHG SYSTEMS - IBM 1440 Sort 5 (1440-SM-030) .

MINIMUM SYSTEM HEQOIBEMEHTS - 1441 Processing Unit Model
C4 with cable connected 1259 Beader/Sorter... 1442 Card
Read Punch Model 1... 1443 Printer Model 3 or 4 with
additional print positions... 1447 Console Model 1 or 2
with sense switches... two 1311 Disk Storage Drives, one
Model 6 and one Model 7.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Application Directory... Program
Description Manual (H20-0551) . . . Operations
Manual (H20-0552) .

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAB PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PBOGBAH HUMBER 1450FB20X

PROGRAM HUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1460-CX-08X

ADMINISTBATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM

DESCBIPTIOH - The primary concept of this system is to
support a typewriter-like terminal for text processing.
Information is entered from the terminals in either free
or fixed form. It can be corrected, modified, or
rearranged. Output formats are flexible and may be
specified from the terminal. Output may be transmitted
to any terminal, stored on disk or tape, printed by an
on-line printer, written as card images on tape, or punched.
Stored information may be recalled for further processing.

FEATURES -

- Data correction, modification, and rearrangement by -
backspacing and retyping during entry... retyping
beginning with a particular work... replacing a word
or phrase... adding to a line or text unit... deleting
a line or other text unit... moving of groups of lines
or text units... gathering of stored data in any
sequence... copying of information by transmission

to the originating terminal.

- Storage and retrieval of data from disk files or tape.

- Transmission of data to any terminal.

- Output format controlled from the terminal by - limiting
free-form text line length... justification of right-
hand margin... intermix of free-form text with fixed
format information... placing specified heading and
footing lines on all pages of a document... automatic
page numbering... controlled vertical spacing...

- halting to allow operator intervention for text in-
sertion or change of print elements.

- Desk calculator functions - addition, subtraction,
multiplication, division, roots, powers, factorials,
evaluation of simple algebraic expressions.

- Users may add programs to do simultaneous peripheral
operations such as simple tape-to-printer and card-to-
tape functions.

- An improved disk storage organization scheme will give
improved terminal response on requests involving
permanent disk storage.

- 1301 Disk File implementation significantly increases
permanent storage capacity.

- Improved storage reporting facilities.

Principal application areas of the Administrative Terminal
System are technical manual preparation, proposal writing,
test report preparation, financial credit reporting,
statistical typing, and similar areas. The system may
also be used for source data entry, capturing data directly
from a typewriter keyboard. This has particular
significance in the computer programming area where program
deck control cards and test decks may be selected, modified,
combined and made available for running directly from a
terminal. The system, when properly instructed, can save
every keystroke made by the operator. To alter the text,
the operator directs the system to locate the characters
to be changed and instructs it in what manner these are
to be altered. If a copy of a document is requested, the
system will produce and transmit it to the terminal.

PEOGBAMMIHG SYSTEMS - The source program language is
1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on disk).

HIHIHOH SYSTEM BEQUIEEHENTS _ 16K 1460 with - Bit Test,
Console Attachment, Direct Seek, Disk Storage Control,

1460

IBH PfiOGBAHS

1460

PAGE 043

CONTINDED FBOH PBIOE PAGE CONTINOED FROM PEIOB COLOMH

Indexing and Store Address Register, Transiiission Control
Unit Adapter on the 1441 Processing Onit Hcdel B6 and an
appropriate Model 1461 Input/Output Control... One 1311
Disk Storage Drive Model 1 Direct Seek... 1447 Console
Model 1 with Sense Switches... 1447 Console Model 4...

1448 Transmission Control Onit with the 1050/1060 Attachment
Feature and EPQ E38485 and, as required. Common Carrier
Adapter Sets or Line Adapter Sets... a 1402 Card Read Punch
Model 3 is required unless another 1401/1440/1460 system
is available to load the program on a 1316 Disk Pack.

OPTIONAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Translate feature on the
1441 Processing Unit... one to four 1311 Disk Storage
Drives Model 2 with Direct Seek and Seek Overlap (at least
one 1311 Model 2 is strongly recommended)... one to five
modules of 1301 Disk Storage (one 1311 Model 2 is
required)... one to six 729 Magnetic Tape Dnits Model 2,

4, 5, 6 or 7330 Magnetic Tape Units... 1402 Card Read Punch
Model 3... 1403 Printer Model 2 or 3 with the print storage
feature on the 1461 Input/Output Control and RPQ M13490...
line group features and RPQ 811390, as required to attach
more than 10 lines to the 1448 Transmission Control Unit.

If uppercase and lowercase printing with 120 characters
of courier type (matching the courier 72 printing element
on the terminals) is desired using a 1403 Printer Model
2, EPQ/S 813148 and 818029 on the 1461 Input/Cutput
Control... RPQ/S 812033, 812034, 898059, 33 each of RPQ
E33255, and part 823380 (the chain) on the 1403 Model 2...
EPQ 818019 on the 1441 Processing Unit.

TERMINAL REQUIREMENTS - 2741 Communication Terminals (up
to 40) , with Courier 72 Standard Selectric Printing
Elements, and line adapters if required. ATS supports
only the correspondence code 2741 Terminals without the
Interrupt feature.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Application Directory... Application
Description, E20-0129... Terminal Operators Manual,
H20-0185... Programmers Manual, H20-0228... Console
Operators Manual, H20-0227.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered,

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Systems Manual (Program Flowcharts) .
MACHINE READABLE - 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk)
output file.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1460CI08X

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1316

1460-10-011

1460/1401 COMMUNICATIONS IOCS (1448-DDC)

DESCRIPTION - The 1401/1460 Communications IOCS
(1448/7740/DDC) consists of a set library routines which,
when called for in an Autocoder (on Disk) source program
by macro instructions, are selected, tailored, and included
in the object program. These routines perform the functions
necessary to handle 1402, 1403, 1404, 1311, 729, and 7330
input/output files, to transmit information to and receive
information from remote locations, and remote processors,
and to provide linkage to the user's programs. The specific
routines generated at assembly time depend largely on the
particular specifications contained in the user's source
program.

NOTE - The 1448 is not applicable to the 1401.

The new version facilitates the generation of programs
to control 1448 Communications with 1050 Data Communications
Systems over common carrier leased communication lines
using Automatic Dialing and Automatic Answering features,
and over customer-owned communication lines, with the 1030
Data Collection System, the 1032 Digital Time Unit, the
357 Data Collection System (via the 1408 Transmission
Unit) , the 1060 Data Communication System, and AT&T Type
83B2 and Hestern Union Type 115A Telegraph Terminals
(utilizing the Telegraph Attachment feature) . Using the
early warning program option, the user can transmit large
messages without assigning equally large blocks of core
storage to hold these messages during transmission. The
user can also generate programs to control the transfer
of information from 1401 or 1460 to either a 1401, 1440,
or 1460 via the Direct Data Channel.

The library routines for this IOCS are placed in the
Autocoder system through a library run, using Autocoder
(on Disk) for 1401, 1440, and 1460 No. 1401-AU-008.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Requirements for program
assembly are the same as those for the assembly of any
program using the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Autocoder (on Disk)
program.

For object program execution the machine configuration
depends upon processing requirements. For communication
between remote locations, IOCS required - an 8K 1460 system

with... Indexing and Store Address Register Feature...

1448 Transmission Control Unit... 1447 Console HDL 4...

1402 Card Read Punch... other I/O units as required.

For communication between a 1401 or 1460 and either a 1401,
1440, or 1460, IOCS requires - a 4K 1401 or 8K 2460 with...
Indexing and Store Address Register (1460) or Advanced
Programming (1401) feature... High-Low-Equal Compare feature
(1401)... Serial Input/Output Adapter feature... direct
Data Channel feature... 1402 Card Read Punch... other I/O
units as required.

Total core storage requirements depend upon the specified
functions to be served by the program. To handle basic
input/output files, IOCS requires only those I/O units
which are specified for program handling. Although user
programs can be assembled to handle IBM 1311, 1402, 1403
and tape files only, this IOCS should not be used
exclusively for that purpose.

NOTE - For communication between processors, there are
two processing systems, each having separage requirements.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - irite-up. . . Operating Instructions

Library Listing.

MACHINE READABLE - Library Deck of Macros.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - System Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 146010011

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1460-SH-068

IBM 1460 SORT 14

DESCRIPTION - SORT 14 Programs are generalized object sort
programs capable of sorting fixed length, blocked or
unblocked, records in move mode in either ascending or
descending sequence. They will accept input from cards,
1301 Disk Storage, or magnetic tape, and will write the
final output on 1301 Disk Storage or tape. Sorting can
be controlled by as many as ten control data fields of
total length up to a maximum of 189 characters.

Program No. 1460-SM-068 will process tapes with no labels
or with IOCS type B 80 character IBM labels (a tape mark
cannot follow labels) . There is no provision for handling
non-standard tape labels.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1460 system with...
one 1301 Disk Storage Module... 1402 Card Read Punch...

one 1403 Printer. The program can use, if available, up
to five 1301 Disk Storage Modules, one or two magnetic
tape units for input/output, and 12K or 16K Core Storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Program Hrite-up- . - Operating Pro-
cedures... Program Specif ications . . . Timings Manual.
MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - System Listings... Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1460SH068

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

460-SM-069

IBM 1460 SORT 14

DESCRIPTION - SORT 14 programs are generalized object sort
programs capable of sorting fixed length, blocked or
unblocked, records in move mode in either ascending or
descending sequence. They will accept input from cards,
1301 Disk Storage, or magnetic tape, and will write the
final output on 1301 Disk Storage or tape. Sorting can
be controlled by as many as ten control data fields of
total length up to a maximum of 189 characters.

Program No. 1460-SH-069 will process tapes with no labels
or with 120 character IOCS Type A IBM standard labels (a
tape nark must follow labels) . There is no provision for
handling non-standard tape labels.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1460 system with...
one 1301 Disk Storage Module... 1402 Card Read Punch...
one 1403 Printer. The program can use, if available, up

PAGE 044

1460

IBH PROGHAHS

1460

COHTIMDED FBOfl PRIOR PAGE

to five 1301 Disk Storage Modules, one or two Magnetic
tape units for input/output, and 12K or 16K core storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMERTATIQH ~ Progtai Write-up — Operating Pro-
cedures... Progran Specifications... Tiling Manual.
HACHIME READABLE - Object code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMENTATION - System Listings. . . Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NDHBER 1460SH069

PROGRAM HUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

CPTIONAL

none

1460-S7-090

1460-1070 PROCESS COMMDNICATION MONITOR FOB 1401 AOTOCODEH
(ON TAPE)

DESCRIPTION - The IBH 1460-1070 PCM, consists of a set
of 1401 Autocoder (On Tape) library routines, used to
generate Process Coiiunication Programs oriented to meet
the requirements of the 1070 Process Communication System.

The routines are -

- MONITOR ROOTINE - Controls the handling of interrupts
and scheduling of line operations on a priority basis.

It simulates a real-time clock and up to nine interval
timers. In addition, it informs of errors detected,
and records the status of the lines and of the remote
systems.

- CONVERSION SOBROOTINE - Calibrates the ADC of 1070
systems and converts ADC readings to a standard range.

- DELTA/LIMIT CHECK SOBROOTINE - Performs limit and/or
delta checks on converted ADC readings.

- CONTACT SENSE SOBROOTINE - Compares current contact
sense readings with a master mask or with previous
readings.

- THERMOCOPLE SOBROOTINE - Generates temperature values
from converted thermocouple readings.

- ERROR LOCATING ROOTINE - Performs output checks on
transmission lines and remote systems.

PROGEAHHING SYSTEMS - 1401 Autocoder (On Tape). The PCM is
inserted in the library during a library run and called by
macro-instructions in the users progran. The PCM can be
used in conjunction with the 1401 IOCS. A pre-assembly run
is required to tailor the PCM to the users installation
and requirements before assembly with users program.

HIHIMOM SYSTEM REQOIREMENTS - Only those features required
by 1401 Autocoder (On Tape) are needed when assembling a
progran using the 1460-1070 PCM. For a pre-assembly run and
for the execution of an object program using the PCM, the
following is required- an 8K 1460 system with... 1447 Consol
Model 2... Indexing and Store Address Register... Multiply
Model 2... Indexing and Store Address Register... Multiply-
divide (for conversion and thermocouple subroutines) .. .one
1026 Transmission Control Onit. . -Interrupt. . .Time emitter.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Library Routines and pre-assembly
object code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMENTATION - Listings, Flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - Hone

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1460SV090

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

CPTIONAL

1460-SV-091

none

1460-1070 PROCESS COMMUNICATION flCNITCB FOE 1401 BASIC
AUTOCODER 2K

DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1460-1070 PCM, consists of a set
of 1401 Basic Autocoder 2R routines, used to generate
Process Communication programs oriented to meet the
requirements of the 1070 Process Communication System.

The routines are-

- MONITOR ROOTINE - Controls the handling of interrups and
scheduling of line operations on a priority basis. It
simulates a real-time clock and up to nine interval timers.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

In addition, it informs of errors detected, and records
the status of the lines and of the remote systems.

- CONVERSION SUBROUTINE - Calibrates the ADC of 1070
systems and converts ADC readings to a standard range.

- DELTA/LIMIT CHECK SUBROUTINE - Performs limit and/or
delta checks on converted ADC readings.

- CONTACT SENSE SUBROUTINE - Compares current contact
sense readings with a master mask or with previous
readings.

- THERMOCOUPLE SUBROUTINE - Generates temperature values
from converted thermocouple readings.

- ERROR LOCATING ROOTINE - Performs output checks on
transmission lines and remote systems.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - 1401 Basic Autocoder 2K. A pre-
assembly run is required to tailor the PCM to the
users installation and requirements before assembly
with the users program.

HIHIMOM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Only those features required
by 1401 Basic Autocoder 2K are needed when assembling
a program using the 1460-1-7- PCM. For a pre-
assembly run and for the execution of an object progran
using the PCM, the following is required- an 8K 1460
System with ...1447 Console, Model 2... Indexing and
Store Address Register ... Hultiply-Divide (for conversion
and thermocouple subroutines) .. .one 1026 Transmission
Control Onit. . .Interrupt. . .Time emitter.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up, specifications Manual.

Operating Procedures Manual.

MACHINE READABLE - Basic Autocoder 2K Routines and a
pre-assembly object program.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Listings, flowcharts.

MACHINE READABLE - None

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1460SV091

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401

CONTBIBDTED PHOGBAHS

1401

PAG« 045

1401-01. 1.014

AOTOEDIT - 1401 EDIT FOB 1410 AOTOCODEE PBOGRAHS

ADTHOB A. E. Hills

DIBECT TECHNICAL INQDIBIES TO...

A. D. Hills

Associate Systems Engineer
IBH Corporation
110 H. 21st Street
Norfolk 17, Virginia

DESCBIPTIOH - Program to edit 1410 programs. Checks
validity of OP codes and macros. Spreads the operands
of instructions. Counts core used by instructions.

Performs several more editing functions.

PBOGBAHHING SYSTEMS - Britten in Autocoder.

HINIHDH SYSTEH BEQDIBEHENTS - 4K 1401 with Advanced
Programming package, Hi-Low-Equal Compare, with 132 printing
positions.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOHENTATION - Hrite-up.

HACnIHE READABLE - 1. AOTOEDIT condensed

2. Sample Problem No Errors

3. Sample Problem Hith Errors

4. AOTOEDIT Source

OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

CEDEBING INFORHATION: PBOGBAH NDHBEB 1401011014

PBOGBAH NDHBEB
EITENSION

DISTHIBOTIOH

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

USER VOLDHE
BEQDIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.1.016

ACCELEBATOB PACK-SYflBOLIC 4K PEOGEABHING SYSTEH ASSEMBLY

AOTHOB J . Net tenst ron

DIBECT TECHNICAL INQDIBIES TO...

J. Nettenstrom
IBH Corporation
6252 East Telegraph Boad
Los Angeles 22, California

DESCRIPTION - The 4K Accelerator Pack is a program for
assembling SPS programs for 1.4-4K 1401 's on 4K card 1401 's.
It was developed to eliminate the partially processed cards
that are punched out during the first pass of SPS 1 and

2 .

PBOGBAHMING SYSTEMS - Source language 1401 Symbolic
programming system.

HINIHOM SYSTEM BEQDIBEHENTS - 4K any model - no special
features required.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

EOCDHENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING INFORMATION: PBOGBAH NDHBEB 1401011016

PBOGBAH NDHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTHIBOTION MEDIDH
TYPE CODE

USER VOLDHE
BEQDIBEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.1.017

SAPID ASSEMBLY PROGRAM NO. 14043
ADTHOB C. L. Borstad

DIBECT TECHNICAL INQDIBIES TO, , .

C. H. Hilliams

D. S. Bureau of Public Roads
610 East Fifth Street
Vancouver, Hashington

DESCRIPTION - RAP was written primarily to eliminate the
intermediate punching of cards when assembling SPS II
programs on a card input-output 1401 system. Provision
was made to obtain an object listing, with or without an
object one-per-card deck and with or without a condensed
deck, at the time the program is being assembled. Duplicate
labels are detected and printed during the first pass and
at conclusion of the second pass a dump of labels and
addresses and unreferenced labels is made. The one-per-
card object deck may be assembled as a source deck and
may be listed without assembly. A mnemonic of EQD has
been added to equate a label to a label previously defined.

CONTINOED FROH PRIOR COLDMN

HINIHDH SYSTEH BEQDIBEHENTS - 1401 card system with Advance
Programming Package, Print Control Additional, High-Low-
Equal Compare and Sense Switches.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered-
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PBOGBAH NDHBEB 1401011017

PBOGBAH NDHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

OSER VOLDHE
BEQDIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.1.018

THO - TAPE ADTOCODEB ASSEMBLY FOE THE 1401

ADTHOB.... B. B. Bosenberger

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIBIES TO...

R. B. Bosenberger
IBH Corporation
520 Boylston Street
Boston 16, Hass.

DESCRIPTION - This program will assemble source programs
with restrictions outlined below, on 1401 systems with
only two tape units. It provides for unlimited
reiterations, and produces an assembly listing and a program
deck in the autocoder condensed format.

PBOGBAHMING SYSTEMS - Hritten in 1401 Autocoder.

MINIHOM SYSTEM BEQDIBEMENTS 1. 1401 with 4K or larger
storage. 2. 1402. 3. 1403 with 132 print positions.

4. Two tape units (729 or 7330). 5. High/Low/Equal Compare

feature. 6. Advanced Programming feature.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCDHENTATION - None.

Machine Readable - Source Deck.

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAH NDHBEB 1401011018

PBOGBAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIDH

CODE

DSER VOLDHE
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

HT 7/556

HT 7/800

1401-01.1.020

EDIT - EDITING DATA INPOT FOB VALIDITY

ADTHOB B. M. Jewell

DIBECT TECHNICAL INQDIBIES TO...

B. M. Jewell

San Francisco Financial

DP Div., No. 393

420 Hontgomery Street

San Francisco 4, Calif.

DESCRIPTION - A program for sceinning cards at 800 per
minute for validity errors- i.e., invalid multiple punches.
Dseful for checking data files converted at tine of
installation of a system, or for checking transaction input
cards. Prevents interruptions during job processing due
to presence of invalid punching that may exist in cards-
the edit program identifies such error cards in a prior
run, rather than having the cards cause a machine halt
during job processing. Invalid cards can be identified
in various ways under sense switch control. Can be used
for card counting if no other means is available. Card
read error latch is tested for each card read and desired
action taken on error cards according to sense switch
settings.

PBOGBAHMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 SPS.

HINIHDH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401, with Hodel 2 Printer
and sense switches. Core positions 001 thru 1184 used.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Hrite-up.

HACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None,

OBDEBING IHFOBHATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401011020

PROGRAM NDHBEB DISTRIBUTION MEDIDH DSBR VOLDHE

EITENSION TYPE CODE BEQDIBEHENT

PAGE 046

1401

COHTEIBUTED PROGHAMS

1401

COHTIHDED FBOH PRIOR PAGE

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIORAL none none none

1401-01.1.026

AUTOCODER PRE-LIST DIAGNOSTIC

AUTHOR.... C. B. Carsten

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

C. B. Carsten
IBM Corporation
1307 South Boulder
Tulsa 19, OXlahoaa

DESCRIPTION - A prograu for Baking stacked pre-lists of

1401 Autocoder source prograa decks. The purpose is to
provide a aeno of preliainary checking where a 1401 tape
systea aay not be available for prelisting as a aeans of
checking prior to asseably to atteapt liaiting source deck
errors. An edit of operation codes and a ainor edit of
operands is taken and errors are noted. IOCS cards are
accepted. Disk, binary, call, incld and actual instructions
are not handled.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in SPS, 678 Source Cards,
is priaarily card to printer with foraatting of output
and has been tested successfully innuaerable tiaes.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401 with Hi-Lo-Egual
coapare and sense swithces - 1403 Model 2 printer - and

1402 Model 1 Card Read/Punch.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401011026

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.1.035

TAPE SYSTEM LOADER

AUTHOR.... R. A. Pescevich

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R. A. Pescevich
IBM Corporation
240 Broadway
Paterson, New Jersey

DESCRIPTION - The Tape Systea Loader peraits the 1401 user
to place several prograas on one systea tape. The systea
loader can-select a prograa for loading, add a new prograa
to the systea froa condensed cards or froa Autocoder
loadable tape, delete a prograa froa the systea, list all
the header control records of the prograas on the the
" systea, place itself on the systea tape, and duplicate
the systea onto another tape.

PEOGEAMMIHG SYSTEMS - Britten in 1401 Tape Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K systea with the features
and eguipaent for tape Autocoder. However, it can be
easily aodified for a 4k 1401 by changing several modify
address instructions.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.

OPTIONAL ElOGEAM PACKAGE -
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401011035

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-01.1.036
SPSS - AN

IMPROVED SPS -

ASSEMBLER

AUTHOR H. J. Koekkoek

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...
H. J. Koekkoek
IBM 1401 Users Club
Systems Dept.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN
P.O. BOX 9999

Aasterdaa, The Netherlands

DESCRIPTION - Two pass asseably of source programs directly
into condensed cards. Pre-and postlist included. No
restrictions, extended error checks. Undefined, etc.
labels printed after pass 1.

PEOGEAMMIHG SYSTEMS - Britten in SPS Language.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K affords possibility for
usage of over 250 labels per iteration, 8K of over 800.

No special features needed. 4K8K-12K-16K, 1402, 1403.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401011036

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.1.039

PRE-LIST FOE AUTOCODER SOURCE DECK

Robert Stern

Robert Stern
IBM Corporation
40 Saw Bill River Road
Hawthorne, New York 10532

1401-01.1.043

AUTOCODER PRE-LIST

AUTHOR.... H. A. Hiller, Jr.

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. A. Hiller, Jr.

IBM Corporation

1120 Connecticut Avenue, H. B,

Washington, D. C.

DESCRIPTION - Audits basic Autocoder statements for page-
line sequence, identification, valid aneaonic or actual
operation including standard Autocoder /IOCS aacros, valid
syabolic or actual operands including valid D-aodifier
to aneaonic relationship, logical instruction length,
blanks in card columns 73 - 75, and duplicate or undefined
labels within the limits of storage.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Requires 4K 1401, 1402, 1403
Mod. 1 or 2, High-Low-Equal Coapare, and Advanced
Programming. Label capacity is 666 for 8K, 1333 for 12K
and 2000 for 16K. Prograa has 887 Autocoder source
statements occupying 3976 positions of storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered,

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401011043

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-01.1.051

1401/1460 PACE PRE-ASSEMBLY CHECK AND EDIT

AUTHOR.... B. N. Awerkaap

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

B. H. Awerkaap
IBM Corporation
23 Hitchcock Hay

Santa Barbara, California 93105

DESCRIPTION - PACE brings to the 1401/1460 user an efficient
and meaningful diagnostic program. It will check and edit
1401 Autocoder and Autocoder/IOC S source programs by
detecting undefined labels, foraat and parameter errors,
coding errors and key punch errors. The printed output
provides a label table in alphabetical order followed by
a listing of the source prograa with errors underlined
by significant special characters. An edit is also
performed on DIOCS and DTF entries for acceptability and

1401

COHTHIBOTED PROGEAHS

1401

PAGE 047

COHTIBDED PP.OM PRIOR PAGE

COHTIHUED FROH PRIOR COLDHH

Spelling. There are three checks of Autocoder stateaents
pertaining to labels, operation codes and operands. The
checking results are equal to an Autocoder assembly.
Printed output options are available with sense switches.
PACE will allow programaers to become more productive by
minimizing program testing. Since it averages between
195 and 265 cards per minute depending upon the machine
configuration, it will also eliminate a substantial amount
of machine time previously used for assembly and program
testing.

PEOGRAHHIHG STSTEHS - Written in Autocoder.

HIBIHOM STSTEH REQDIREflEHTS - 1401/1460 system with a
minimum storage of 4,000 positions, 1-1311, High-Lo- Equal
Compare and Advanced Programming.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCaUEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACRIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PROGRAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OEDEEIHG IHFORHATIOB; PROGRAH HURBER 1401011056

PROGRAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEBTATION - Write-up.

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAH PACKAGE
DOCDHEBTATION - Bone.

HACHINE READABLE - Source code.

OEDEEIHG IHFOEHATIOH; PROGRAH NOHBEE 1401011051

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-01.2.003

THREE TAPE SORT PROGRAH

AUTHOR R. Zuidhof

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

E. Zuidhof

Bataafse Inter. Petrol. Haatschappij
Data Processing Center
The Hague
Netherlands

DESCRIPTION - To provide a sort program for 1401 Systems
using 3 magnetic tape units. The program consists of four
phases and may also be used for merging two tape files
which are already in ascending order.

1401-01.1.052

SPS SINGLE PASS ASSEHBLER

AUTHOR. .. .Robert E. Harden

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Robert E. Harden

The Putnam Management Co.

60 Congress Street
Boston, Hassachusetts 02101

DESCRIPTION - This program was designed specifically for
4K card systems, and completely eliminates the card for
card punching normally associated with card assemblers.

Bo special features are required to use this program.

The source deck being assembled is read twice = The first
reading sets up an internal label table, the second tine
through a condensed deck is punched and the listing printed.
A label table is also printed with unreferenced and
duplicate labels indicated as such. HA, SAR, SBR, HIZ,

HCH, BBE, and indexing cannot be assembled with this
program. Tape, disk, and drum instructions of any type
cannot be assembled. There is a maximum number of labels
that can be processed and this varies from 224-252. DSA,

DS, DC and DCW cards are placed in memory where they appear
in the source deck.

PROGEAHMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1401 (any model), 1402,
and 1403 with no special features is required.

MINIMUH SYSTEM REQUIREHENTS - 4000 positions of core
storage. Advanced Programming feature, High-Low-Equal
Compare feature. Sense Switches feature, three (3) tape
units (7330 or 729 II or IV).

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCDMEHTATIOH - Write-Up.

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Bone.

ORDERING INFOEHATION: PROGRAH HUHBER 1401012003

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.2.012

TTSRT - TWO TAPE SORT

AUTHOR .A. c. Forlenza

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...
A. C. Forlenza
IBH Corporation
220 Church Street
Hew York 13, Hew York

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401011052

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.1.056

1401/1440 EDIT SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE

AUTHOR.... W. B. Barbee

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...

W. H. Barbee
IBM Corporation
P. 0. Box 9266

Raleigh, North Carolina 27603

DESCRIPTION - This program edits System/360 Basic Assembly
Language on 1401/1440. It produces a program listing,
literal listing, and label listing. The program processes
BAL statements; it lists BOS and DOS IOCS macros and job
control statements as comments. Error messages are
interspersed in the program listing.

PROGRAHHING SYSTEMS - Written in Basic Assembly Language.

MIHIHOH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1401/1440 with indexing
and Store Address registers, 1402/1442 Card Reader,
1403/1443 Printer, and one (1) 1311 Disk Drive.

DESCRIPTION - This program will sort fixed length, fiked
block records on a two-tape 1401 provided the control
fields are numeric only. Input and output are on tape.

User specifies his record size, control fields, etc., on
a single control card, portion of documentation of program
is built into listing using comments and comments cards.

Up to 5 numeric control fields are allowed. Maximum input
volume is one reel of tape, therefore, actual number of
records which can be sorted will vary with block size and
record length. Maximum input block size is 1200 characters.

PEOGRAMHIHG SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

HINIHUH SYSTEM REQUIREHENTS - 4K memory Size is needed
and sense switches are desireable for use of an operating
option in the read error routine. Bo other special features
required.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING IHFOEHATIOH; PROGRAH NUMBER 1401012012

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.2.018

CARD HERGE

AUTHOR P. B. Hayo

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO,

PAGE 048

1401

COHTBIBDTED PHOGHAMS

1401

COHTINOED PBOH PBIOB PAGE

P. B. fiayo

5622 7th Boad South

Arlington, Virginia

OESCBIPTIOH - This is a card collating program designed
to sequence check, sequence check with selection, merge,
merge with selection, natch, and natch with selection-
A naxinua of 16 parameter controlled fields may be utilized.

PBOGBAHMIHG STSTBHS - Written in Autocoder.

HIHIHOH SYSTEM EEQOIBEMENTS “ A 1401 with 4K, Hi-Lo-Eq
Compare and Advanced Programming features, a 1402 with
Punch Feed Bead and Bead Feed Stacker Delay features and
any Model 1403.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATIOH - Write-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None,

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NOMBEB 1401012018

PBOGBAM NOMBEB DISTBIBOTION HEDIDM DSEE VOLDME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE BEQOIEEMENT

BASIC none CABDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-01.2.022

8K THBEE TAPE SOBT MEBGE

AOTHOB F. Oberembt

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIBIES TO...

F. Oberembt

St. Joseph Indian School
Chamberlain, S.D.

DESCRIPTION - The purpose is to provide an alphanumeric
sort program for 1401 system using three magnetic tape
units. It is a modification of 1401-01.2.003. Input is
fixed length blocked unblocked records. Output is ascending
sequence only.

PBOGEAHHIHG SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMOM SYSTEM BBQDIBEMEHTS - Advanced Programming, High-
Low- Equal Compare sense switches, three tape units (7330
or 729 II or IV.) and 8000 positions of core.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATIOH - Write-up,

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NOMBEB 1401012022

PBOGBAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
BEQUIBEMENT

BASIC

none

CABDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.2.023

IBM 1401/1440/1460/1311 DISK SOBT

AOTHOB A.E, Seymour

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIBIES TO...

A. E. Seymour
IBM Corporation
2000 S.W. First
Portland, Ore. 97201

DESCRIPTION - This program is a generalized disk sort and
will run on 1440/1460/1401, Darts-2 will sort fixed length
blocked or unblocked records in sector node and fixed
length records in track mode. Darts-2 will sort ascending
or decending alpha or numeric. Darts-2 will provide exits
for job to job linkage, monitor linkage, inquiry linkage,
can reside on disk or tape, and uses a very small work
area. Input and output areas nay be physically the same
or addressed the sane.

PBOGBAMMIHG SYSTEMS - Written in 1401-1440 Autocoder and
consists of 2 Programs.

MINIMOM SYSTEM BEQOIBEHENTS- 8K, Advanced Programming,
Hi-Lo-Eqaul, 1311, 1442-1402.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATIOH - Write-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

COHTINOED FROM PRIOR COLDHH

PBOGBAM NOMBEB DISTBIBOTION MEDIOM OSER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQOIHEHENT

BASIC none CABDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-01.2.024

ALPHABETIC NAME FILE SEABCHIHG BASED OH PHONETICS

AOTHOB B. A. Root

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIBIES TO...

B. A. Boot

IBM Corporation

3424 Wilshire Blvd.

LOS Angeles, Calif.

DESCRIPTION - This is a demonstration program for searching
alphabetic-keyed name files on disks using phonetic
techniques. The package is equipped with a sample name
file. It also contains programs which allow the user to
generate the specified file format from his own name file.
Inquiries can be made from the console, remote 1050, or
in batch form from the card reader, contains file
organization and search techniques based on sound of name
not spelling. Retrieves direct hits plus near misses.
Catches transcription errors and sound-alike-but spelled-
different situations. Ho operator coding. Applicable
for insurance, banking, airline, state and local government.
Proven results.

PEOGBAMMIHG SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder with lOCS.

MINIMOM SYSTEM BEQUIBEMENTS - 1401, 1440, or 1460
(interchangeable). 12K, 1402, 1403, 1407-1447, up to five
1311, one tape drive, ADV PGM, SS, and MPY-DIV. (1448-1050
optional) .

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOMBEB 1401012024

PBOGBAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIOM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.2.025

1401 SORT 7 - 1311 DISK LOAD

AOTHOB.... F. P. Belch

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

University of California
Group AO-7

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory

P. 0. Box 1663

Los Alamos, N.M. 87544

DESCRIPTION - Sort 7 may be loaded from disk as well as
from tape or cards. In this way, a disk drive can be used
in place of a fifth tape unit, and Sort 7 may reside on
the same disk pack with other programs.

MINIMOM SYSTEM REQOIREMENTS - Same as for Sort 7, except
an IBM 1311 Disk storage drive is used instead of fifth
tape unit.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

POCOMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401012025

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTBIBOTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
BEQOIBEMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.3.003

GENERAL PDRPOSE TAB-BACK PBOGBAM

AOTHOB B. T. Smith

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

B. T. Smith

The Warner Brothers Company
325 Lafayette Street
Bridgeport 1, Conn.

OBDEBING INFORMATION: PBOGBAM NOMBEB 1401012023

1401

CONTBIBOTED PBOGBAHS

1401

PAGE '049

COHTINOED FBOH PBIOB PAGE

DESCEIPTIOH - To provide tabulations or listings of summary
cards or initial data cards for control and verification
purposes. This program may have the following 1. Card
A up to ten* eights column add field descriptions. 2.

Card B A/up to ten positive* ten column add fields, or
up to ten negative, eight column add fields, B/ up to three
classes of comparing of not more than ten columns for each
class of comparing, C/ up to four classes of totals. 3479
core positions are required for this program.

BINIHOH S7STEH EEQUIBEHEMTS - 4K, 1401 card system, with
the advanced programming package, and 1403 Printer.

BASIC PROGBAM PACKAGE

BOCOHESTATION - Brite-up.

HACHIKE READABLE * Appropriate material delivered.
OFTIOBAL PSOGfiAH PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING IHPOBHATIOH: PBOGBAN NOHBEB 1401013003

PROGRAM NUMBER
SITENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

01.3.005

REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR

PRE-EDIT

A0TH0ES...J. Melnick C. E. Byman

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. Helnick
IBM Coprporation
215 B. State Street
Trenton 8, N. J.

DESCRIPTION - An IBM 1401 program to edit Report Program
Generator control, input specifications, data
specifications, calculation specifications, and format
specification cards for possible clerical and logical
errors. The program supplies a card image listing and
specific error messages.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in RPG.

aiNIMIM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ' 4K, core, IBM 1401, IBM 1402
and IBM 1403, Model 1 or 2.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL

OBDEBING

BASIC

OPTIONAL

PROGBAM PACKAGE - None.

IHFQBMATION: PROGRAM HUMBEB 1401013005

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

none

CARDS

none

1401-01.3.011

ONE CARD 80-80 LIST

AUTH0B....H. Bardin

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. Bardin

New York University
Engineering Research Division
Data Processing 8 computation Lab
233 Fordham Landing Road
Bronx 68, Hew York

DESCRIPTION - To provide a compact card listing program
for use on a 100 or 132 position printer, with the carriage
being restored at the start of the job and on forms
overflow. Operating procedures place deck to be listed
behind program card in read hopper. Load program. To
bring last card, press start,

MINIMUM SYSTEM BEQUIEEHENTS - Any 1401 Model with 3 index
registers.

BASIC PECGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401013011

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.3.018

SELF CENTERING QUICK REPORT (QUICKIE)

AUTHOR....N, T. Redfern

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

N. T. Redfern

Package Machinery Company

330 Chestnut Street

East Longmeadow, Mass. 01028

DESCRIPTION - Produce quick geometrically spaced printed
report without designing a specific layout, as a listing
or tabulation, with or without summary punching, onto one
of three specified sizes of paper widths (8 1/2 in., 10
5/8 in., 14 7/8 in.) according to field definition and
field control established by preparation of simple control
cards.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 1401 With 4K storage.

No special features required, however, equipment with less
than 132 print positions cannot specify use of 14 7/8 in.
width paper.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE • Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401013018

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.3.022

SOMR - SPUR OF THE MOMENT REPORTING

AUTHOR.... G. B. Junkin

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

G. B. Junkin
IBM Corporation
6900 Fannin Street
Houston, Texas 77025

DESCRIPTION - provides an easy and quick means of producing
a printed report from card input. This permits a short
response time for one-time requests and provides a stop-
gap program to allow additional time for programming a
specific job. Saves program storage space for it is only
necessary to retain a maximum of eight setup cards for
each job instead of an entire program. This program can
take the place of many programs for listings and
tabulations. Listing, tabulating, and group indicating
fields cannot be greater than fourteen fields. Maximum
counter size is ten digits in all cases. Minor,
intermediate and major breaks are each controlled by one
field of thirty columns maximum.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 1401 with 4,000 positions
of storage and Hi-Low-Equal Compare, 1402 and 1403 Model
1 or 2. Uses 3,988 positions of storage. 275 lines per
minute output during a listing job and 400 cards per minute
during a tabulate job on a 1401 System without print
storage.

BASIC PROGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGBAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401013022

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.3.024

1401/1460 PRINT LARGE CONSECUTIVE NUMBERS ON LABELS

AUTHOR. ... Paul K. Duerr

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Paul K. Duerr
IBB Corporation
Dept. 317

Owego, New York 13827

DESCRIPTION - The program was designed specifically to
explode the size of consecutive numbers to be printed on

PAGE 050

1401

COHTBIBOTBD PHOGHIHS

1401

COHTIHDED PBOM PBIOB PAGE

inch high labels, bat any nuibers of iron one to nine
digits nay be printed. The nonbers printed are all slightly
less than 7/8 inch in height. Only digits "0*» through
■*9" and blanks nay be printed. A control card is needed
for each application. User routines nay be easily included.

HINIHOH STSTEH BEQDIBEHENTS - The progran nay be run on
any 1401 or 1460. Core size is 1329 locations and no
special features are required.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDMEBTATIOH - Write-Up.

flACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate naterial delivered.
OPTIOHAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Bone.

OBOEBIHG IHFOBHATIOH: PBOGBAH HOHBEB 1401013024

PBOGBAH HOHBEB
EXTEHSIOH

DISTBIBOTIOH

TYPE

HEDIOH

CODE

OSEB VOLOHE
BEQOIBEHEHT

BASIC

none

CABDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.010

ESCAPE - EFFORTLESS SYSTEH OF CALCOLATIHG AHD PBINTIHG
E7EBYTHING

A0TBOB....W. J. Teagarden

DIBECT TECH8ICAL IBQDIEIES TO...

W. J. Teagarden
Southern Peraanente Services
143 South Alvarado Street
Los Angeles 57, California

DBSCBIPTIOH - A Utility progran which provides rapid
conversion of 604, 602, and 528 jobs to the 1401. This
load and go progran also nay be used to reproduce cards
as well as gang punching, selective reproducing, sequence
nunbering, listing or conbinations of these operations.

Two card routines and end-of-file routine nay be developed.
The effective working storage of the object progran is
coaprised of 20 counters and 20 Storage Dnits of ten
positions each. Hultiplication and division can be executed
only fron counters. Approxinately 1800 positions of core
are available to build the three routines of 1,000
positions, 500 positions and 300 positions.

HIHIHDH SYSTEH REQOIREHEBTS - 4K 1401. Punch Feed Read,
Hultiply-Divide and High-Low-Equal Conpare features are
required if progran is conpletely used.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACBIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate naterial delivered.
OPTIOHAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEBIHG IHFOBHATIOH: PBOGBAH HOHBEB 1401014010

PBOGBAH HOHBEB

DISTBIBOTIOH HEDIOH

OSEB VOLOHE

EXTEHSIOH

TYPE CODE

BEQOIBEHEHT

BASIC

none

CABDS 15

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.012

SCOOP I 8 II - SIHPLIFIED COHFESSIOH OF OTHER PDHCHES

ADTHOB. .. .Louis P. Poulin

DIBECT TECHHICAL IHQOIBIES TO...

Louis P. Poulin
California-western State
Life Insurance Co.

2020 1 Street
Sacranento 4, California

DBSCBIPTIOH - To provide a sinple method of converting
90 column cards in descending sequence to 80 column cards
(or Hagnetic Tape) in ascending sequence.

PBOGBAHHIHG SYSTEHS - Written in BPG.

HIHIHDH SYSTEH BEQOIEEHEHTS - 1401 with 4,000 positions
of storage and Column Binary Device. Scoop II requires
the Advanced programming Package. The interchangeable
brush block (SPQ HO^ 899287) is not required when using
SCOOP.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACBIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIOHAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEBIHG IHFOBHATIOH: PBOGBAH HOHBEB 1401014012

PBOGBAH HOHBEB DISTRIBOTIOH HEDIOH USER VOLOHE

EXTEMSIOH TYPE CODE BEQDIBBHEHT

COHTIHDED FBOH PBIOB COLDHN

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIOHAL none none none

1401-01,4.022

TAPE DPDATE OTILITY PBOGBAH

ADTBORS. . .Jerry Kimball Harvin Bader

DIRECT TECHHICAL IHQOIBIES TO...

Jerry Kimball

0. S. Army strategy & Tactics Anal. Group
4815 Rugby Avenue
Bethesda 14, Haryland

DBSCBIPTIOH - To update a BCD tape of H files, whose records
are less than 880 characters. Entire files, or individual
records within a file nay be deleted, changed, or inserted
by the use of control cards and the sense switches.

HIHIHDH SYSTEH BEQDIBEHEHTS - Henory 4K Hodel C 1401 with
two Tape Onits, 1403 Printer, Advanced Programming,
Hultiply-Divide, and High-Low- Equal Conpare.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-Up.

HACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate naterial delivered.
OPTIOHAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEBIHG IHFOBHATIOH: PBOGBAH HOHBEB 1401014022

PBOGBAH HOHBEB DISTRIBOTIOH HEDIOH DSER VOLOHE

EXTEHSIOH TYPE CODE BEQOIBEHEHT

BASIC none CABDS 15 none

OPTIOHAL none none none

1401-01.4.034

GEHEBAL APPROACH TO AOTOHATIC PROGBAHHED ADDRESS COHTEBSIOH

A0TH0B....J. L. Sweeney

DIRECT TECHHICAL IHQOIBIES TO...

J. L. Sweeney
IBH Corporation
618 South Hichigan Avenue
Chicago 5, Illinois

DBSCBIPTIOH - This program will compute a disk address
from a control field, such as a part number, employee
number, etc., using a generalized method, and will evaluate
the efficiency of addressing methods. Haximum size of
the control field 20 positions.

HIHIHDH SYSTEH EEQDIBEHENTS - 1401 1. 4000 positions of

storage. 2. Advanced Programming. 3. High/Low/Equal
Compare. 4. Hultiply/Divide. 5. Sense Switches. 1403
Hodel II 4 Tape Onits.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate naterial delivered.
OPTIOHAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEBIHG IHFOBHATIOH: PBOGBAH HOHBEB 1401014034

PBOGBAH HOHBEB
EXTEHSIOH

DISTBIBOTIOH

TYPE

HEDIOH

CODE

OSEB VOLOHE
BEQOIBEHEHT

BASIC

none

CABDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.039

HOHITOB SYSTEH FOE TAPE

ADTHOB — .Barron A. HcDonald

DIRECT TECHHICAL IHQOIBIES TO...

Barron A. HcDonald
The Service Bureau Corporation
IBH Plant, Building 10, Boon 308
Honterey 6 Cottle Roads
San Jose, California

DESCBIPTIOS “ The Honitor Program is generated as the first
two records of a System Tape. Access to its use is by
the load tape button. The primary functions of the monitor
are to (1) Add any 1401 progran to this tape and, (2) Call
any designated program from this tape into core for
execution. Additional functions performed by the monitor
are (1) To delete any progran on this tape and, (2) System
maintenance. Another Honitor controlled feature allows
for one program on the system tape to call any other progran
on that tape for execution.

HIHIHDH SYSTEH BEQDIBEHEHTS - A 1401 Hodel C. One or two
tape drives. Advanced Programming, High/Low Equal Compare,

1401

C08TEIBDTED PEOGRAHS

1401

PAGE -051

CORTINDED FEOB PBIOE PAGE

and the Coluan Binary feature.

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Hrite-up.

HACHIHE EEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOBAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEBIHG IHFOEHATIOH: PEOGEAH HOHBEE 1401014039

PEOGEAH HOHBEE
EXTEHSIOH

DISTEIBDTIOH

TYPE

HEDIDM

CODE

DSEE VOLDHE
EEQDIEEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.051

SELECTIVE EEPEODOCE - GAHG PD8CH FOR THE 1401

AOTHOE....E. G. Harmon

DIRECT TECHBICAL INQOIEIES TO...

E. G. Harmon

D. C. Government

Finance Division

Municipal Center

3rd & Indiana Avenue N. H.

Washington, D. C.

DESCEIPTIOH - SELEP is a card to card reproduce/gang punch
routine with provisions fcr column splitting. The master
gang punch card must be placed behind the program deck
whether gang punching or not.

MIHIHOH SYSTEM HEQOIRBHEHTS - 1400 Core Storage positions,
no special features required.

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-Up.

HACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OEDEEIHG IHFOEHATIOH: PEOGEAH HOHBEE 1401014051

PEOGEAH HDHBEE
EXTEHSIOH

DISTHIBOTIOH HEDIDH
TYPE CODE

DSEE VOLDHE
EEQDIEEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.054

REPRO-REPBODDCEE SIMOLATOE EOOTIHE FOR THE IBH 1401

ADTHOE E. Weber

DIRECT TECHHICAL IMQOIRIES TO...

E. Weber

IBH Corporation

1933 W. Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee 3, Wisconsin

DESCEIPTIOH - This program simulates the 514 Reproducer
by assembling within core a program to do such operations
as (1) Adding Holerith information to the card; (2)
Reproducing and shifting fields of information; (3) Skipping
over columns; (4) Sequentially numbering cards; (5) Moving
zones from one column to another; and (6) Adding of zones
to the desired columns.

PEOGEAHHIHG SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MIHIHOH SYSTEM EEQUIEEMSHTS - 1401 Model B, with 1402
Reader Punch, no special features.

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
CFTIGHAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE — Hone.

OEDEEIHG IHFOEHATIOH; PEOGEAH HOHBEE 1401014054

PEOGEAH BOMBER
EXTEHSIOH

DISTEIBDTIOH

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLDHE
EEQDIEEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.056

GEHEEALIZED TABOLATE AHD/OE SEQOEHCE CHECKIHG PEOGEAH

ADTHOE L. E. Debuys III

DIRECT TECHBICAL IHQOIRIES TO...

L. E. Debuys ill
IBH Corporation
P. 0. Box 19627
2640 Canal Street

COHTIHDED FROM PRIOR COLOHH

Hew Orleans, Louisiana

DESCEIPTIOH - To eliminate the necessity for many individual
programs required at a 1401 installation to take control
and balance totals. To provide a rapid means of checking
sequence of a file of cards prior to a long 1401 program
run.

PEOGEAHHIHG SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

HIHIMOH SYSTEM REQOIEEHEHTS - 1401-1, 4K, 1402, 1403 Hodel
1 or 2.

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHIHE EEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OEDEEIHG IHFOEHATIOH: PEOGEAH HOHBEE 1401014056

PEOGEAH HDHBEE DISTRIBDTIOH HEDIOH DSEB VOLDHE

EXTEHSIOH TYPE CODE EEQDIREMEHT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIOHAL none none none

1401-01.4.058

TAPE SEARCH PROGRAM

ADTHOE G. Estep

DIRECT TECHHICAL IHQDIEIES TO...

G. Estep

American Airlines M6E Center
Management Research Division
2000 Horth Mingo Eoad
Tulsa, Oklahoma

DESCEIPTIOH - To search tape files for specific records,
and emit via printer, card and/or tape any or all such
data contained within the selected record's in an organized
usable format.

PEOGEAHHIHG SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

HIHIHOM SYSTEH REQOIEEHEHTS - 8-1 6K, 2 Tapes, Hi-Lo-Equal
Compare, Advanced Programming.

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHIHE readable - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OEDEEIHG IHFOEHATIOH; PEOGEAH HDHBEE 1401014058

PROGRAM HDHBEE
EXTEHSIOH

DISTEIBDTIOH

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

USER VOLUME
EEQDIEEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOBAL

none

1401-01.4.063

HEHOEY DOHP IH BAHDS OF 100 POS. 20 CARDS

ADTHOE Ori J. Shafir

DIRECT TECHHICAL IHQDIEIES TO...

Dri J. Shafir
IBH Israel Ltd.

P. 0. Box 2881
Tel-Aviv, Israel

DESCEIPTIOH - This program will print-out the whole memory
in bands of 100 positions, with numbering of locations.

The printout format is easily readable and well suited
for debugging.

PEOGEAHHIHG SYSTEMS - Written in Actual (condensed) .

HIHIMOH SYSTEH BEQOIEEMEHTS - 4K machine only 1402, 1403
Model 1.

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHIHE EEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIOHAL

OEDEEIHG

PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.
IHFOEHATIOH; PROGRAM HUMBER

1401014063

PROGRAM HDHBEE

DISTEIBDTIOH HEDIDH

USEE VOLDHE

EXTEHSIOH

TYPE

CODE

EEQDIEEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

PAGE 052

laoi

COHTfilBOTED PROGRAHS

1401

1401-01.4.067

QHPACK COBOEHSEO CARDS

A0TH0RS...J. J. Harding H. R. PapciaJc

DIRECT TECBMICAI INQOIRIES TO...

J. J. Harding
IBH Corporation
7700 second Boulevard
Detroit 2, Hicbigan

DESCRIPTION - This prograa aa; be used to get a one for
one listing of an SPS or autocoder condensed deck. Prograa
will list sequentially all fields in core vhich possess
a high order nark. Prograa gives location of high order
work aark.

PBOGBAHHIRG SYSTBHS - Nritten in SPS and Autocoder

HINIHOH STSTEH BEQDIBEHENTS - Basic 1401vith no special
features. However, all routines and saaple probleas have
been asseabled with 441 control cards, which produce
prograas suitable only for an 8R or larger systea.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEMTATIOB - Rrite-up.

HACEIBE BEADABIE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAI PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

0BDEBIN6 INPOBHATIOH: PBOGBAH NDHBEB 1401014067

PBOGBAH NUHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER VOLUHE
BEQUIBEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

-01.4.068

BEEB - REPRODUCE,

EMIT,

ELIHINATE, BEPRODUCE

AQTBOB. .. .Evan J. Staudt

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIBIES TO...

Evan J. Staudt

£. I. dtt Pont de Honours & Co.

Fila Departaent
Prograaning Group
Brandywine Bldg.

Hilaington 99, Delaware

DESCRIPTION - This prograa will reproduce cards, eait
characters into output card colunns, eliainate input card
coluans froa output card colunns, and re-arrange input
card coluans to output card coluans.

PBOGBAflflIMG SISTEHS - Source language 1401 SPS.

HINIHOH SISTEH REQOIBEHENTS - High-Low- Equal Conpare,
Advanced Prograaaing Package.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - HritO-up.

HACBINS READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFOBHATION: PBOGBAH NOHBER 1401014068

PBOGBAH NUHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER VOLUHE
REQUIREHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.071

CORE DOHF ROUTINE

AUTHOR. .. .Robert J. Speck

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Robert J. Speck
IBH Corporation
Civil Programs, PSD
1111 Connecticut Avenue
iashington 6, D. C.

DESCRIPTION - This is a subroutine which enables the user
to take core duaps under prograa control while testing
his prograa. Thus, a special program does not have to
be loaded into the machine each tine a core dump is needed,
nor is it necessary to manually dump the read and punch
areas. Test time is thereby more efficiently utilized.

PBOGBAHHING SISTEHS - SPS Source Deck.

HINIHUH SISTEH REQUIREHENTS - 1401 with Advanced Programming
and High-Low-Equal Conpare. It uses positions of core.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUHEHTATION - Write-up.

CONTINUED FROH PRIOR COLUHN

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAA PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFOBHATION: PBOGBAH NURBER 1401014071

PROGRAM NURBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER VOLUHE
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.094

APICO - AUTOHATIC PBOGBAHHING, TESTING, AND CONDENSING
OPERATION

AUTHOR.. ..Frank T. Roy

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Frank T. Hoy
Raytheon Co.

Equipnent Division

Surface Badar and Navigation Operation
Wayland, Hassachusetts

DESCRIPTION - APTCO is a load-and-go prograa designed to
alninize prograaaing, testing* and debugging tine required
for business programs and yet provide the flexibility to
handle a wide variety of probleas for a Card systea 1401,
froa slaple listings, reproductions and gangpunchings to
coaplicated reports requiring extensive use of logic
operations. APTCO will autoaatically handle up to 5 heading
lines, 9 total levels, and 198 symbolic labels. In one
pass, APTCO will print a listing of the control cards with
error indications, print a core dunp if desired, and test
generated program or run actual details. APTCO will
autoaatically generate aultiply/divide subroutine when
required and will handle punch feed read problems.

HINIHUH SISTEH BEQUIBEHENTS - 4K Storage - Additional
storage capacity is entirely available for object prograa.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHBNTATION - Write-up.

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL. PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

OHDEBING INFOBHATION: PBOGBAH NUHBEB 1401014094

PBOGBAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER VOLUHE
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.096

UNIVERSAL HEHOBY PRINT

AUTHOR. ... Louis J. copits

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIRIES TO...

Louis J. Co pits
IBH Corporation
370 W. 1st Street
Dayton, Ohio

DESCRIPTION - This program is designed to provide a legible
(DOT) nemory print. It will automatically modify itself
to run on a 1401 of any nemory size. Only the 00 bank
must be printed froa the console. Core from 081 to the
upper limit of the object machine is then printed.

PROGRAHHING SISTEHS - Written in Absolute and SPS.

HINIHIH SISTEH REQUIREHENTS - 1401, any Hodel, 1402, 1403,
Hodel 2. No 1401 special features are required. Contains
322 SPS instruction and comaent cards in 1 per card format.
The condensed object deck contains 96 cards. Checked out
on 4K, 8K and 16K systems of varying configurations. A
single high order core position (i. e. 3999 on 4K system,
15999 on a 16K system) is destroyed, but a work nark there
is unchanged.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PBOGBAH NUHBEB 1401014096

PROGRAH NUHBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401

CONTRIBUTED PBOGRABS

1401

PAGE 053

1401-01.4.097

STHBOLIC BLOCK DIAGRAMMING SYSTEM

AUTHOR P. J. Baailton

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

P. J. Baailton
IBM Corporation

Scientific Coaputation Laboratory
Monterey & Cottle Roads
San Jose 14, California

DESCRIPTION - The Syabolic Block Diagraaming Systea
asseables and prints block diagraas in a aanner similar
to that in which a syabolic programming system processes
programs. The input to the system is cards punched from
a "block diagram coding form" which is designed to look
much like the finished diagram. The coding specifies the
type (shape) of the block to be drawn for each card and
the narrative to be printed in the block. Each block aay
be assigned a label, and changes to the normal flow of
the diagram are indicated by referencing the labels of
other blocks. Up to three labels can be referenced from
a decision block, and one label can be referenced from
other blocks. A sample of the coding form is provided
with the program writeup. Just as a prograamer need not
specify core locations when using a Symbolic Programming
System, he need not specify the page or position on the
page which a block is to occupy when using the Symbolic
Block Diagramming System. The system assigns all locations
(page and position) in the first phase. In later phases,
it prints the label table, the references to all labels,
and the diagram itself. Obviously, the diagram can be
updated by punching only the cards involved in a change
and reprinting the diagram. Since diagrams to be processed
are coded separately from the program, there is no machine
or language limitation on the diagrams which can be
processed. The number of labels and references is limited
by object core size - 4K, 265 labels and 290 referenced
- 8K, 665 and 690 - 12K, 1065 and 1090 - and 16K, 1465
and 1490. Diagrams of up to 99 pages can be processed,

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder,

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - IBM 1401 with 4, 8, 12 or
16 thousand positions of core storage Hi-Lo-Eq Compare,
Advanced Programming features, a 1403 Model II, a 1402,
and at least two Magnetic Tape Units. Sense switches are
required for punching re-seguenced input decks and for
multiple printings of diagrams.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM HUMBER 1401014097

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.102

CHECKPOINT AND RESTART PROCEDURE

AUTHOR.... R. R. Jordison

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R. R. Jordison
IBM Corporation
2116 Grand Avenue
Des Moines, Iowa

DESCRIPTION - The IBM 1401 Checkpoint and Restart Procedure
provides for the writing of checkpoint records on magnetic
tape and automatic restart at a later time in the event
of program interruption. It is of most value on programs
involving excessive running time and where program
interruption may be required or unavoidable. The procedure
utilizes a 1401 Autocoder Macro to provide the necessary
program instructions to write checkpoint records. A
separate restart deck is provided which re-creates storage
from the checkpoint record, restores all tape drives,
provides for restarting any card file, and enters the users
program to continue processing.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K, 1401 With Advanced
Programming, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, sense switches and one
tape drive (four for assembly) . Checkpoint and restart
routines-310-360 positions of storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFCRMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014102

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none

CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none

none

1401-01.4.103

RELOCATABLE TRACE PROGRAM

AUTHOR. ...J. L. Hannasuith

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. L. Mannasmith
IBM Corporation
100 South Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois

DESCRIPTION - The program traces tape, card RAHAC, binary
and standard 1401 commands. It shows steps, data, adress
registers and index registers. Output is printed on the
1403 with one line per program step executed. This line
contains 1. The location of the step being executed, 2.
The actual step, 3. Up to 15 characters of the B field
before taking the step, 4. The B field after taking the
step, 5. The contents of the A and B address registers
after the step, 6, The contents of index registers 1,

2, and 3 at the tine of execution. The trace program
follows an object program one step at a tine by extracting
your step, placing it in the appropriate trace analysis
routine and actually executing your step within the area
occupied by trace.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in machine language.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1. 8000 positions of core,

2, Advanced Programming, 3. Any features or devices
called for in the object program.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered,
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014103

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.107

STACK - STORAGE ON TAPE TO ABRIDGE CARD KEEPING

AUTHOR I. A. Epp

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

I. A. Epp

IBM Corporation

3424 wilshire Boulevard

Los Angeles 5, California

DESCRIPTION - A set of three programs designed to minimize
punched card storage by stacking card files on magnetic
tape. Size and format of card files are virtually
unlimited. The equivalent of up to ten cases of cards
may be placed on one 2400-foot reel of tape at 556 cpi.

The set consists of-

1. Card to Tape program (CTTAP) .

2. Update program (updat) . In addition to adding,
deleting, or replacing files, this program will
copy the input tape and will furnish a list of
the file-titles with the number of records in the
files.

3. Search program (SEECH) to retrieve files in punched
and/or printed form.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS — Autocoder with IOCS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Update - 1401 8K, 2 tapes.
Search and Card-to-Tape - 4K, 1 tape. All 3 programs
require 1402, 1403, sense switches. Advanced Programming
and High- Low-Equal Compare features.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DGCU HENTATIGN - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL

PROGRAM PACKAGE

- Hone.

ORDERING

INFORMATION; PROGRAM HUMBER

1401014107

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

PAGE 054

1401

COMTEIBDTED PEOGBAMS

1401

1401-01,4.108

TAPE DUPLICATION

AOTBOB. ...B. J. Hoynes

DIBECT TECHNICAL INQOIBIES TO...

B. J. Hoynes

IBH Corporation

205 Whitney Avenue

Hew Haven 10, Connecticut

DESCBIPTION - To duplicate BCD or binary tape records fro*

13 to 2300 characters in length. With the setting of sense
switches it will duplicate single or wultiple files, and
write a trailer label. The tape to be duplicated is nounted
on unit 1 and file protected. The output tape is wounted
on unit 2 with a file protect ring. Sense switches are
set for the options desired. Tape one is read into core,
tested for size, headers, trailers and noise records and
written on tape two. The prog raw will not copy records
greater than 2300 characters or less than 12 characters.

PfiOGBAflHIHG SISTEHS - Britten in 1401 Autocoder.

MIHIMOH SISTEH EEQOIBEHEHTS - A 1401 Hodel C, 4K systew-
with two tape units, 1402, 1403, Advanced Prograwwing and
binary features (cptional) .

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATIOB - Hrite-up.

HACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate Material delivered.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

0BDEBIN6 INFOBHATION: PBOGBAH NDHBEB 1401014108

PBOGBAH NOHBEB DISTBIBDTION HEDIUH USEB TOLOHE

EXTENSION TYPE CODE BEQOIREHEHT

BASIC none CABDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-01.4.121

SELF CHECKING NOHBEB CALCULATION - HODOLOOS 10

AUTHOB... .N.N. Herrill

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

N.N. Herrill
IBH Corporation
1730 Cawbridge street
Cawpbridge, Hassachusetts

DESCRIPTION - Calculates the self-checking nuwber for base
nuwbers of three to twelve positions. A lead card instructs
the prog raw in the size of the base nuwber and desired
input and output. Options for input- 1. Punch base nuwber
and its check digit. 2. Punch and print base nuwber and
its check digit. Please refer to IBH Hanual G22-8502-0,
Account Nuabering and Self-Checking Nuwber Systews- series
1200 character sensing rquipwent for a discussion of the
Modulus 10 forwula and its uses. Forwula for Modulus 10
check digit. Take the base nuwber, double the units
position and alternate position to the left. Add the
digits of the results and the even positions of the base
number. Subtract the result from 110 (a multiple of 10).

The units of answer is the check digit. This program
requires 2717 positions of core storage.

PBOGEAHHING SYSTEHS - Source Language is SPS.

HINIHUH SYSTEH BEQOIEEHEHTS - A 4K, or higher 1401 data
processing system. No special features are required.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUHEHTATION - Hrite-up.

HACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE
DOCUHEHTATION - None.

HACHINE READABLE - Source code.

OBDEEING INFOBHATION: PBOGBAH NOHBEB 1401014121

PBOGBAH NOHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USEB TOLUHE
REQUIREHENT

BASIC

none

CABDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CABDS

none

1401-01.4.123

TAPE COHPARB EBROB PBINT/DOPLICATE

AUTHOR.... G. B. Ohm

DIBECT TECHNICAL INQOIBIES TO...

G. B. Ohm

IBB Corporation

340 Harket Street

San Francisco, California

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUHH

DESCBIPTION - This program will compare or duplicate nixed
BCD and binary tapes. On a tape compare, prior prograns
halted on an error. This program prints out one of the
two tapes. 100 characters per line, double spaced, with
word narks under each digit failing to compare. This
program is useful in development testing, the filing of
many tape files on one tape reel and accessing these files,
and in daily checking of equipment producing magnetic tape.
This program provides for additional programming via program
exits, if desired.

PROGRAHHIHG SYSTEHS - The program is coded in SPS and
assembled in Autocoder condensed format using CARAT V.

HINIHUH SYSTEH PREQUIREHENTS - A 4K or larger 1401 with
two tape drives and Indexing, a 1402 Card Read Punch, and
a 1403 Printer.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUHEHTATION - Write- up.

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered,
OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBIHG INFOBHATION: PBOGBAH NOHBEB 1401014123

PBOGBAH NOHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTBIBDTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USEB VOLUHE
REQUIREHENT

BASIC

none

CABDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.124

HODIFIED DUHP

AUTHOR H. A. Delchawps

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. A. Delchamps
General Electric Co.

Apollo Support Department
P. 0. Box 294
Huntsville, Alabama

DESCRIPTION - This routine is the standard IBH 1401 DUHP
modified to provide the following additional conveniences-

1. Logic indicators included in printout.

2- All group marks are changed to lozenges.

3. Blank blocks of memory (/X00-X99) are not printed.

HINIHUH SYSTEH REQUIBEHENTS - Positions 1-80 initially and
81-399 after contents have been printed.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUHEHTATION - Hrite-up.

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFOBHATION: PBOGBAH HUHBEB 1401014124

PBOGBAH NOHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUH

CODE

USER TOLUHE
HEQUIBEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4. 126

PRINT DECISION TABLES

AUTHOR R. J. Evans

DIBECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

B. J. Evans

Hedical Sercice Association of Pennsylvania
Camp Hill, Pennsylvania 17011

DESCBIPTION - To print decision tables on 1403 printer.

The principle benefits of this method are the ability to
quickly update and produce decision tables which are
suitable for photographic reproduction. The input cards
(one or two per line) identify the line as a title, setup,
condition or action line. The decision table to be printed
may contain any number of lines and allows for 15 rules
and an else rule. If less than 9 entries are all that
are needed, only one card need be prepared per line.
Extended or limited entry may be used.

FBGGBAHHIKG SYSTEHS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

HINIHUH SISTEH HEQUIREHENTS - This program uses 1405
positions of core storage. 4K 1401, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare,
Advance Programming features, 1402 Card Reader Punch, 1403
Printer with 132 positions.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUHEHTATION - Write-up.

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

1401

CONTEIBDTED PEOGEIHS

1401

PiGE 055

COHTIHOED FEOH PEIOE PiGE

OBDERING IHFOEHATIOM; PSOGSiH HDHBEE 1401014126

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIC. AL

none

1401-01.4.128

1401/1410 ADTOCODES PEOGRAH LOGIA DIAGBAHMEE

ADTHOB....T. 0. Hiltabidle

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIEIES TO...

T. 0. Hiltabidle
IBH Corporation
2330 St. Paul Street
Baltimore 18, Maryland

DESCRIPTION - This program mill machine document the logic
of a 1401 or 1410 symbolic program written in the Autocoder
language. The diagrammer consists of two passes. Pass

1 builds up a symbol table from the source cards, pass

2 prints the diagram. The maximum number of labels in
the source program being diagrammed varies according to
object machine size, from a minimum of 125 labels for 1
4K machine to a maximum of 875 labels in a 16K machine.

The program analyzes mneumonic OP codes only. Macro
instruction analysis cannot be guaranteed correct.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - This program may be run on
any 1401 or 1410 card system with a minimum of 4K storage
and one tape drive. Also necessary are the Advanced
Programming, High-Low-Equal compare. Expanded Print special
features. Sense switches are required to process 1410
source cards. The program will use all of the available
memory space in the object machine.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014128

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.130

CARD LIST OVERFLOW

AUTHOR.... B. £. Thompson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. E. Thompson

Beacon Manufacturing Company
Swannanoa, North Carolina

DESCRIPTION - This one card program will list 80 column
cards, test for overflow conditions and skip forms to
carriage channel 1 if a 12 has been sensed in the carriage
tape.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - (This one program, of necessity,
was written in actual language utilizing no present program
procedures or packages.) The user must press HALT key
to stop the 1401.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Any 1401 configuration will
accomplish these results.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014130

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-01.4.131

CONVERT SPS CARD FORMAT TO AUTOCODER CARD FORMAT

AUTHOR. .. .Richard A. Powers

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Richard A. Powers

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

325 Lafayette Street
The Warner Brothers Co.

Bridgeport 1, Conn.

DESCRIPTION - To convert programs previously punched in
SPS to Autocoder. Similar routines. IBM 4 tape Autocoder.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 card Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401 with the Advanced
Programming package, 2,008 positions of storage are
required for this program. Aminimum of 4K 1401 Card System
with the Advanced Prpgramming Package and 1403 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014131

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.133

TRACE THAT HEEDS NO SPECIAL FEATURES

AUTHOR. .. .M.N. David

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

M.N. David
IBM Ireland Ltd.

28 Fitzwilliam Place
Dublin 2, Ireland

DESCRIPTION - This track program is an aid for debugging
programs. It can be used on a basic 1401 system, through
a program using most special features can be traced. It
is specifically meant for systems without advanced
programming, as there is no other trace program for these
systems. It will print out the I address, instruction,
the contents of the a field, and the contents of the B
field both before and after every instruction in the program
to be traced. Procedure description the method involves
placing each working area, and printing out the contents
of the A and B fields for every program involving data
transfer.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS. It can also be used
directly in machine language.

HIHIMDH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Basic 1401 DPS no special
feature required. Requires 700 to 1,300 core locations
depending on refinements.

BASIC PEOGRAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014133

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4. 134

PROGRAM TO LOAD AUTOCODER CONDENSED PROGRAM

AUTHOR. .. .Kenneth E. Branch

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Kenneth E, Branch
IBH Corp.

1130 South Sixth Street
Springfield, 111.

DESCRIPTION - The program will accept condensed program
cards from 1401 Autocoder and load them on tape making
a tape loadable program tape. The significant advantages
of this program are- 1) Minimum usage of storage, 2) Ability
to handle any number of groupmarks in the object program,
and 3) Ability to handle execute type instructions with
paper overlaps. A search program is generated to lookup
the requested program on a five character field. The

program will add or delete programs under sense switch
control.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Autocoder. The load instructions
in the condensed cards are overlaid by a tape instruction
to load the cards from tape. This uses position 40 through
86 of core. These are the only positions occupied by the
load program.

PAGE 056

1401

COHTBIBOTED PBOGKAHS

1401

COHTIIOED PfiOfl PSIOB PAGE

HIHIHOH SYSTEH BEQDIBEHEHTS - 4K or larger Model C3 Advanced
Frograsaing HI-IO-EQ coapare sense switches one or two
7330 or 729 Tape Drives.

BASIC FBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOBEHTATION - Brite-up.

BACHIBE BEADABXE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOBAL PfiOGBAM PACKAGE - Bone.

OBOEBIBG IBPOBaATIOM: PBOGBAM HOBBEB 1401014134

PBOGRAB HUBBEB
EXTEHSIOH

DISTBIBDTIOH

TYPE

BEDIUB

CODE

USER TOLDBE
REQDIREBEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.135

IHPACT SIHDLATOB

AOTHOB. .. .Barbara A. Bobbins

DIBECT TECHHICAL IHQDIBIES TO...

Barbara A. Bobbins
IBB Corp.

1048 Union Street
San Francisco, Calif.

DESCBIPTIOS - A 1401 program which simnlates the results
of an impact Operating System. Accompanying program
description outlines need for program and method of
gathering data required. The simulator calculates initial
values of forecast, BAD and economic order quantity.

Demand data is operated upon as in an Impact system and
for each item simulated the percentage of service rendered

and average total inventory achieved during simulation
is indicated.

PBOGBABBIHG SYSTEfiS - Britten in 1401 SPS.

BIIIHOB SYSTEM BEQOIBEBEHTS - 1401 8K Card System with
Bigh-Low-Equal compare.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCDBESTATIOH - Write-Up.

BACBIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAI PBOGBAB PACKAGE - Bone.

OBDEBIIiG INFOBHATION: PBOGBAB HOBBEB 1401014135

PBOGBAB HUBBEB
EXTEHSIOH

DISTBIBDTIOH

TYPE

BEDIUB

CODE

USER TOLDBE
BEQDIBEBEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.141

SYBBOLIC COBE DO BP

AUT BOBS. . .Laron Jacobsen Michael R. Hekora

DIRECT TECBHICAL IHQDIBIES TO...

Laron Jacobsen
IBB Corp.

ASDD

Dept. 940, Bldg. 078
Bonterey S Cottle Bds.

San Jose, Calif.

DESCBIPTIOH - This program prints the contents of core
storage in either a data or instruction format as determined
by internal context. All possible 64 BCD characters are
printed on conventional equipment. Instructions resemble
Autocoder free form with decimal addresses. Core is
restored after printout.

PBOGBABBIHG SYSTEBS - Written and assembled in Autocoder.

BIHIBOB SYSTEM BEQOIBEBEHTS - 8K or larger memory, one
Tape Drive, and Advanced Programming and BI-LO-EQ compare
features.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATIOH - Write-up.

BACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEBIHG IHFOBMATIOH: PBOGBAB HUMBER 1401014141

PBOGRAB HUBBEB
EXTEHSIOH

DISTRIBDTIOH

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER TOLUMB
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.145

SELECT DATA BETBIEVAL SYSTEH

AUTHORS.. .B. A. Began K.P. Swallow

DIRECT TECHHICAL IHQDIBIES TO...

B.A. Began

Organization 5 Methods Div.

Standard Oil Co. of California
225 Bush St.

San Francisco, Calif. 94120

DESCBIPTIOH - Retrieve information from magnetic tape
files. It will (s)earch, (e) xtract and sort, (1) ist,

(e)dit, (c)ount and (t)otal. Search, extract and sort,
list, edit, count and total. It compiles an extract program
and a report writing program and combines them with sort
to form a complete system. Permits up to nine reports
from one pass of tape file with up to 5,000 characters
in the input record- Features- English language
specification statements, multiple reports per pass,
automatic editing, fast compiler, unlimited levels of
criteria, multi-reel files, single or blocked record, with
or without labels, good diagnostics, automatic security
check, restart procedures, users exits.

BIHIBOB SYSTEM REQUIBEBEHTS - An IBB 1401 with 8K memory,
Adv. Prog., HI-LO-EQ, and 4 tape units.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATIOH - Write-Up.

BACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIOHAI PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCDBEHTATIOH - Hone.

BACHIHE READABLE - Source code.

OBDEBIHG IHFORBATIOH: PROGRAM HDHBER 1401014145

PBOGBAB HDBBER DISTRIBDTIOH BEDIOB OSER TOLDBE

EXTEHSIOH TYPE CODE REQDIREBEHT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIOHAL none DTB 7/556 22 none

1401-01.4.150

1401/407 SIBOLATIOH UTILITY PBOGBAB

AUTHOR. .. .Raymond F. Obrien

DIRECT TECHHICAL IHQDIBIES TO...

Raymond F. Obrien
IBB Corp.

Hew Circle Rd.

Lexington, Ky.

DESCBIPTIOH - This program was written to simulate the
407 accounting machine when it was being replaced by the
1401. This program will accomplish most of the functions
of the 407 and eliminates the need to write many programs
that simply list and total decks of cards. It is especially
useful for one-shot listings or tabulations or jobs that
are seldom run. After the program is read in, the control
cards set word marks, set move and add instructions, compare
instructions, etc. If a sense switch is turned to the
on position, the control card that the switch controls
must be present. A process light will occur if a switch
is on and the corresponding control card is not present.

The program will print up to fifteen (15) different fields
from input cards, four of which will print totals. The
four total fields can be edited only with a minus (-) to
indicate a credit.

PROGRABBIHG SYSTEBS - 1401 Autocoder. Ho special macro
instructions are used and IOCS is not used.

BIHIBUB SYSTEM BEQUIREBEHTS - A 4K 1401 with 1402 Card
Reader, Printer, High-Low-Equal compare, and Sense Switches
B, C, D, are necessary to the operation of it.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATIOH - Write-up.

BACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PBOGRAB PACKAGE - None.

.ORDERING INFORMATION: PBOGRAB NUMBER 1401014150

PBOGRAB NUMBER
EXTEHSIOH

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER TOLDBE
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.158

GENERAL PURPOSE TAPE DUBP

AUTHOR. .. .D.L. Weimer

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...
D.L. Weimer

1401

COHTEIBDTED PROGRiHS

1401

PiGE-057

COHTIHDED FROB PRIOR PAGE

E. S. Preston & Assoc., Ltd.

1620 E. Broad Street
Colnabus, Ohio 43203

DESCRIPTION - This operation will print in a highly legible
foraat the contents of BCD tape records. A mazinaB of
a hundred characters on a line are printed with periods
defining left and right nargins. The core capacity of
the computer is determined at object time and a mazimum
of (memory size) characters can be dumped from each tape
record- The character count of each record is displayed
alongside the printed record and a record count is displayed
upon each end-of-file. Sense switch options permit
arbitrary suppression of printing and halts on end-of-file.
Parity error diagnostics are very complete. When a record
cannot be correctly read after a cleaning procedure has
been utilized, it is printed as it read into core along
with an error warning message.

PBOGEAHHING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

HISIMDM SYSTEM REQOIREMENTS - One magnetic tape drive...

1403 Printer -(132 positions) 1402 Card Reader...

additional Sense Switches... High-Low-Equal Compare...

4K or greater core... Advanced Programming... Hodify-Add
Instruction... 1407 Inquiry Station (optional).

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOMBER 1401014158

PROGRAM NUMBER
El TENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4,159

1401/1311 CARD-TO-DISK CONSECOTIVE LOAD PROGRAM

ADTHOR. . . .D. A. Hauser

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

D.A. Hauser
IBM Corp.

P.O. Boz 567

Riverside, Calif. 92502

DESCRIPTION - A LOAD-and-GO program for converting present
card files to consecutive 1311 Disk files without any
repunching of card files into a prescribed format. The
program will handle up to 6 User Specified Card formats
and build them into a user Specified Disk Record format-
Formats of card input and disk record output are specified
in control card form and supplied to the program on a load-
and-go basis. Op to 10 data fields from each card format
specified can be assembled into single disk records.

Program will assemble files in either blocked or unblocked
form.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - The program will operate
on any 1401-1311 System having at least 4K, modify address.
Store B register and Indez Registers. With a 4K machine
500 character disk records are the longest records that
can be processed. On an 8K machine the mazimum record
length is 4500 positions.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

CRDEBING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014159

PROGRAM NUMBER
EilENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.160

CONVERSION OF SPS TO AUTOCODER

AUTHOR. .. .James W. Harper

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

James W. Harper
IBM corp.

1512 Genesee Street
Utica, N.Y.

DESCRIPTION - A program designed to convert 1401 symbolic
programs to the Autocoder format. Input-output commands
and DSA'S will not be converted. Special attention should

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

be paid to SS and CC commands to see that their format
is acceptable to the Autocoder for a specific machine.
Output may be printed only, or printed and punched. All
special "OP" codes will be converted so that the output
should be ready for an Autocoder assembly once the I VO
commands and DSA's are changed. The program should take
care of about 98 percent of the conversion effort. This
program was designed primarily for 1401 card systems, but
should be helpful in the conversion of tape and RAHAC
Systems if the programs were written in SPS.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401-A3, 1402, 1403 (Model
2 for full printout) , sense switches.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None,

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014160

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.165

SOPHISTICATED SPS TO AUTOCODER CONVERTER

AUTHOR C.F. Wilkes

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

C.F. Wilkes

1550 Elmsford Avenue

La Habra, Calif. 90632

DESCRIPTION - Two programs are included. SPSAC is designed
to convert a program in the SPS Source Language to a program
in the Autocoder Source Language, which is compatable with
the basic Autocoder produced by the IBM Dallas Data Center.
An eztremely sophisticated Autocoder program is produced,
designed to be as close as possible to a program originally
written in Autocoder. CONAC is designed to reproduce an
SPS condensed card format object program into an Autocoder
condensed card format object program, when no Source
Language program is available, and it is desirable to have
all object programs in only one format.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS Source Language.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 4K, card system.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCDMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014165

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-01.4,176

1401/1311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY

ADTHOR R.J. Taylor

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R.J. Taylor
IBM Corp.

1776 John F. Kennedy Blvd.

Philadelphia, Pa. 19103

DESCRIPTION - This program was written to handle 1311 Disk
Maintenance requirements not covered heretofore in any
Library Program, but which occur in most 1311 installations.
With the use of this program, it is now possible to change
the addressing structure of a disk pack to any natural
or unnatural range without altering the data written on
the pack. Unnaturally addressed packs, such as the system
pack for Autocoder, 1401-AD-008 may now be copied; label

tracks may also be copied. The standard disk utility
programs do not provide these operations.

Options elected by control cards are- Change addresses
without disturbing data, - Change addresses and clear
data,- Copy one disk pack to another, and- Compare one
disk to another.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

PAGE 058

1401

CO8TBIB0TED PBOGBAMS

1401

COBTIHOED FBOH PBIOB PAGE

HIHIHOH SYSTEH BEQOIBEHEHTS - 4K systea with High-Low-Egual
compare and Advanced Programing Features and will copy
a full pack in approxinately six minutes.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-Up.

HACHIIIE BEADABIE - Appropriate naterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEEIHG INFOBHATIOH: PHOGBAH HUHBEB 1401014176

PBOGBAH HDHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTHIBOTION

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSEB TOLDHE
BEQUIBEHEHT

BASIC

none

CAEDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.181

BEPAIB DISK BECOBD

ADTHOB Sidney Wald

DIBECT TECHHICAL IHQOIEIES TO...

Sidney Bald

Fischer and Porter Co.

7826 Spring Avenue
Elkins Park, Pa. 19117

DESCBIPTIOH - To alter the contents of a 1311 Disk Sector,
using a control card which contains -a The disk address
of the sector, -b The low order position of the portion
of the sector to be changed, -c The nnnber of characters
to be altered, and -d The replacement data. Any number
of such changes may be made with one loading of the program.
Control cards nay be in any order.

PB0GBAHH1N6 STSTEHS - Written in Fixed/Float Language.

BIHIBOH STSTEB EEQOIBEBEHTS - 1600 position, IBB 1401 with
1403 Printer, 1402 Card Header and 1 - 1311 Disk Drive.

BASIC PBOGHAB PACKAGE

DOCOBEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHIIIE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEBIBG IHFOBBATIOH: PBOGBAB HUHBEB 1401014181

PBOGBAH HDHBEB
EXTEHSIOH

DISTHIBDTION

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSEB VOLDHE
BEQUIBEHEHT

BASIC

none

CAHDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.186

1401/1460-1311 DISK PBOGBAH LOADEH

ADTHOB H.A. Hoore

DIBECT TECHHICAL IHQOIEIES TO...

H.A. Hoore
IBH Corp.

206 Bain St.

Johnstown, Pa.

DESCBIPTIOH - The Disk Loader provides the user with means
of storing his programs on disk and calling them into core
for execution with one card. This card is a one card
program which brings in the Loader from disk, which in
turn brings in users program from disk. The Loader is
almost identical to the Condensed Card Loader except that
the Loader reads disk records in the condensed format
instead of cards, also it is not relocatable. Overlays
are handled the same as with the Condensed Card Loader.
Approximately 9 sectors of disk storage are needed for
every 800 core positions of program. Programs and Loader
need not be on the same pack. Loading is 25 percent faster
than with Card Loader, one call card replaces object deck.
Loader uses Core Locations 1-330 and Head, Punch and Print
Areas can be cleared after program has been loaded. There
is no Group Hark Word mark restriction. Call card is
compatible with job stacking because a seldom used special
character. Card Code 0-6-8, is in column 80.

PBOGEAHHIHG SISTEHS - Written in 1401-1311 Autocoder.

HIHIHOH SYSTEH BEQDIBEHEHTS - 1401 with modify address
instruction - at least one 1311 - Printer - 1402 Header
Punch. If modify address feature is not available program
modification is necessary.

BASIC PBOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATION - Write-Up.

HACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

COHTIHDED FBOH PBIOB COLDHH

PBOGBAH HDHBEB
EXTEHSIOH

DISTBIBDTIOH

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSEB VOLDHE
BEQUIBEHEHT

BASIC

none

CAEDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4. 187

1311 DISK BECOBD FINDEB

ADTHOB S. Wald

DIBECT TECHHICAL IHQDIBIES TO...

S. Wald

7826 Spring Avenue
Elkins Park, Pa, 19117

DESCBIPTIOH - To search an IBH 1311 Disk File for records
whose control field matches a search argument punched in
a control card. Each such record, together with its disk
sector address, is printed in block style. Eecords must
be fixed length, multiples of 5 characters and up to 125
characters long. The control field may range in length
from 1 to 64 consecutive characters.

PBOGEAHHIHG STSTEHS - Written in Fixed/Float Language.

HIHIHOH SYSTEH BEQDIBEHEHTS - approximately 5,000 positions.
An IBH 1401 with 1403 Printer, 132 print positions, one
1311 Disk Drive with Direct Seek Feature.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATION - Write-up.

HACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OEDEBIHG INFOBHATIOH: PBOGBAH HDHBEB 1401014187

PBOGBAH HDHBEB
EXTENSION

DISTBIBDTIOH

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

DSEH VOLDHE
EEQDIBEHEHT

BASIC

none

CAEDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4. 188

OHE OF OHE - 80X80 BEPBODOCE WITH LAST CABD TEST

ADTHOB T. J. Carney

DIBECT TECHNICAL IHQDIBIES TO...

T. J. Carney

9th D.P.P. H 6 S Co.

2nd Serv. Bn.

2nd Har. Div.

Camp LeJeune, North Carolina

DESCBIPTIOH - This one card program reads a card and moves
the data into the punch area before it punches insuring
that the first card out is a valid reproduction of the
first data card in. The program does not have to be
reloaded if more reproducing is desired. This one card
program contains a list card test that will process the
last card and give a program halt, eliminating the continous
cycling of the 1402.

HIHIHOH SYSTEH BEQDIBEHEHTS - Ho special features required
and uses only 400 positions of storage. Speed is 192 cards
per minute.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOBEHTATIOH - Write-Up.

HACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGEAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEEIHG IHFOBHATIOH: PBOGEAH HDHBEB 1401014188

PHOGBAH HDHBEB

DISTEIBDTIOH HEDIDH

DSEE VOLDHE

EXTEHSIOH

TYPE CODE

EEQDIBEHEHT

BASIC

none

CAEDS 15

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.189

1401/1440/1460 BESEQDENCE ADTOCODEB SOOBCE PEOGBAHS - BASP

ADTHOB.... D. Sinclair

DIBECT TECHNICAL IHQDIBIES TO...

0. Sinclair

Programmer-Data Processing Division
Pocket Books, Inc.

One West 39th Street
Hew York, New York 10018

DESCBIPTIOH - At various tines, it becomes necessary for
a resequenced source program deck to be obtained. HASP
was devised to permit resequencing before, and competely

OBDEBIBG IHFOBHATIOH: PBOGBAH NDHBEE 1401014186

1401

CONTRIBOTED PBOGBAHS

1401

PAGE 059

COHTIBDED FEOH PBIOE PAGE

independent of^ valaable assenbl; processing tine. BASP
uses 31 core storage positions for actual prograo operation
as well as the read and punch storage areas.

The resultant output deck contains the original source
card information from column 6 through 72 and the new
sequence numbers in columns 1 through 4, starting with
"0101" in the first, or "job".

HINIMDM SYSTEM REQOIBEMEHTS - 1401/1440 or 1460 with no
special features.

BASIC PEOGEAM PACKAGE

DOCDMEHTATION - Write-up.

HACHI8E READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PEOGRAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014189

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.190

MDLTI-PDBPOSE 80-80 BEPEODOCIHG

AUTHOR.... B. E. Descheneauz

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

E. E. Descheneauz
IBM Company Ltd.

1255 Laird Blvd.

Montreal, P.Q.

Canada

DESCRIPTION - This 80/80 Reproducing Program will reproduce
each input card into one, two, or three output cards and
staker select the output cards. This is an advantage over
single card reproducing programs since the handling time
for getting several copies out of an input card deck is
considerable reduced. Ezecution time is 73 CPM read in
when triple reproducing, 100 CPM read in when double
reproducing and 200 CPM read in when single reproducing.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Language used - Absolute.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Any size 1401 Central
Processing Unit with Sense Switches and a 1402 Card Read
Punch.

BASIC PEOGEAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014190

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.193

PAPER AND PEOGEAM DOCUMENTATION EDITOR

AUTHOR J. S. Dibble

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. S. Dibble
IBM Corporation
447 E. BrOad Street
Columbus, Ohio 43214

DESCRIPTION - This is a program to read punched cards
containing a tezt in free form, pack it to close up gaps
caused by deletions, ezpand it to accommodate insertions,
and print it so as to occupy an 8 1/2 by 11 inch page in
continuous form. New paragraphs, pages, and other functions
are handled automatically or by the use of control codes
within the tezt itself. After the first copy is printed,
revisions may be made by punching additional cards in a
prescribed change format.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 with at least 4K storage.
Advanced Programming, H-L-E Compare, 1402 and any Model
1403 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014193

CONTINUED FEOH PRIOR COLUMN

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.195

1401 SPS TO SYSTEH/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER

AUTHOR W. J. Barry

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...
w. J, Barry
IBM Corporation
Seven Penn Center Plaza
Philadelphia, Pa.

DESCRIPTION - A program designed to assist in the
reprogramming of 1401 SPS symbolic programs into S/360
Basic Assembler Language.

Translation is made of common 1401 statement into their
S/360 equivalent, with flags inserted if generation is
questionable.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 pr 1460... 8000
positions... Advanced Prog... Hi-Lo-Equal. . . Sense
Switches... 1402 Card Read/Punch... 1403 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014195

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-01.4.198

ANTIC A LIST OF CONDENSED CARDS

AUTHOR.... B. Enemark

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

B. Enemark
EDB-Centralen
Gyldenloevesgade 15
Copenhagen K, Denmark

DESCRIPTION - ANTIC translates condensed cards of either
Autocoder or SPS into single- instruction print. Constants
are - to a high degree - separated from instructions.
OP-Codes are translated into Autocoder or SPS mnemonics,
addresses converted to indezed number and - in Autocoder
- some digit modifiers are built into the mnemonics - BCV,
BW, BSS, BPCB, A. S. 0.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401 Model 3, 1402 Reader,
1403.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014198

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.205

CARD SPS TO AUTOCODER FOE 1401/1460

AUTHOR N. E. Patton

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

N. E. Patton
IBM Corporation
1330 Summit Avenue
Fort Worth, Tezas

DESCRIPTION - This program will convert 1401 SPS source
statements to 1401, 1440, or 1460 full Autocoder. SPS

PIGE 060

1401

COHTHIBOTED PBOGRAHS

1401

COUTIHDED FBOH PEIOB PAGE

soucce aust be in standard SPS source foraat. It prints
a source listing of the SPS stateaent and the new Autocoder
stateaent side by side, and punches the Autocoder stateaent
with a new sequence Mo.

PBOGBAHHIHG SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

MIHIMOM SYSTEM BEQOIBEMEHTS - 4K 1401 or 8K 1460, 1402,

1403 with no special features. Prograa occupies 3205
positions. There are 576 source statements.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATIOM - Write-up.

MACHIWE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBIHG INFORMATION; PROGRAM NOMBER 1401014205

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.207

RAPID SELECTIVE TRACE

ADTHOR L. E. Cohen

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

L. E. Cohen

IBM De Mexico, S.A.

Insurgentes Sur 100
Mexico, D.F.

DESCRIPTION - This is a powerful debugging, docuaentation
and teaching aid that accurately simulates the functioning
of the 1401 under control of any object prograa and prints
out coaplete information about what the prograa is doing
in an easy-to-read foraat.

The instruction address, A and B address register contents
at the beginning of the execution phase, the instruction,
index register contents and up to 18 positions of the A-
field and the B-field both before and after instruction
execution are given on a single print line. RST operates
Bore rapidly than other similar programs by calculation
the A-address only when necessary. Minimum restrictions
apply to the traced program. Loaders supplied permit use
of trace object prograa in standard load card or tape
foraats.

PBOGBIMHIHG SYSTEMS - Basic Autocoder 2K. Any Autocoder
processor can be used for asseably.

MIHIHOH SYSTEM BEQDIEEHENTS - 1385 core positions, High-
Low-Egual and Advanced Prograaaing. Can be used with 4K
aachines.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone,

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014207

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIOH

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.211

1401-1311 DISK PRINT PROGRAM

AUTHOR.... J. P. Olson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. P. Olson
IBM Corporation
6900 Fannin
Houston, Texas 77025

DESCRIPTION - This prograa provides the following disk-
print capabilities-print interaixed aove and load aodes
autoaatically, oait printing blank sectors, with options
to suHsarize thea on a single line or ignore thea
completely, option to summarize on a single lines all
contiguous sectors wirtten in same mode and either blank
or non-blank, permit spacing option - single or double
spacing, and either solid block of 90 or 100 characters
or split into blocks of 10 characters.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder, Au-008.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K, 1402, 1403 with 132
positions, 1311, Advanced Prograaaing, and Hi-Low-Equal
Compare.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 141014211

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-01.4.212

CARD COLLATOR SIMULATOR

AUTHOR. ...J. E. Cain

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. E. Cain
IBM Corporation
Box 3467

Santa Barbara, Calif. 93105

DESCRIPTION - This program will perform the collator
functions of sequence check, straight merge, merge selecting
equals, merge replacing equal, merge equals only, match
equals, or pull equals. The control field is designated
by a lead card. It may be broken down into 18 sub-fields
which may contain 80 columns of a card in any order. Both
files are sequenced check, and the control fields may be
alphabetic.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Basic Autocoder 2K.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 3,244 positions of storage,
Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, Punch Peed Read, and the Read Stacker
select Delay Device, RPQ No. W92210.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

documentation - write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014212

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.220

1401/1440/1460 JOB CONTROL MONITOR ON DISK

AUTHOR.... N. E. Patton

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

N, E. Patton
IBM Corporation
P.O. Box 1039
Fort Worth, Texas

DESCRIPTION - JOBCO is a program that resides on 1311 Disk
Storage. JOBCO can monitor user prograa execution by the
use of control cards. JOBCO loads user programs on disk
in core-image form in the area assigned by the user and
can control 1311 Disk Drive on the system and uses file
protected addresses to prevent destruction of user programs
on disk. JOBCO uses the high order 600 positions of core
storage for permanent and transient routines. These
routines have the ability to load programs on disk, call
programs from disk, delete programs on disk, simulate the
load button for execution of card deck programs, and print
a core duap as directed by the user.. Cylinder overflow
is handled by JOBCO. JOBCO allows stacked jobs to be
executed as directed by the user.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401/1440/1460 Systems that
have 8, 12, or 16K with Hi-Lo-Equal, Indexing, Store
Registers with at least 1 card reader, 1 printer, and 1
1311 Disk Drive.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014220

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

laoi

COHTEIBOTED PEOGEAHS

1401

PAGE .061

COHTIHDED PBOH PEIOE PAGE

OPTIOHAL none none none

1401-01.4.221

EEPBODDCE ONLY CEETAIB COLOHNS OH THE IBH 1401

ADTHOB....D. E. Erickson

DIEECT TECHNICAL INQOIEIES TO...

D. E. Erickson
109 Fercliff Lane
Henersonville, North Carolina

DESCEIPTION - To reproduce only certain card columns using
the 1402 as a Versatile Auxiliary Card Eeproducer. There
are no restrictions on this program. Any number of columns
up to and including 80, adjacent or non-ad jacent, can be
reproduced by using a control card. This program is set

up so that you can reproduce a series of decks. Bhen one
deck has been reproduced, place another deck with the
proper header card in the read hopper and press start.

BASIC PEOGEAH PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE EEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PEOGEAM PACKAGE - None.

OEDEEING INFOEMATION; PEOGEAH NDHBEE 1401014221

PEOGEAH NUMBEE

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.4.223

DOCDHENT AND TESTING AIDS FOE COBOL THHODGH A LOGIC TEACE
AND DATA-HAME CSCSS EEFEBENCE LIST

AOTHOE....L. Green

DIEECT TECHNICAL INQOIEIES TO...

L. Green
IBM Corporation
Asylum Aveneue
Hartford, Conn. 06105

DESCEIPTION - A series Of three programs - 1401 Autocoder
Card to Tape Sort on any computer, and 1401 Autocoder Tape
to Print will produce a logic trace and data-name corss
reference listing to aid in the documentation, maintenance,
and testing of COBOL Programs. The first part of the
listing is an alphabetical list of all sections and
paragraphs contained in the procedure division of a COBOL
Program and all directives to then. The directives will
indicate the preceding section or paragraph name, and go
to, go to depending on, perform, perform thru instructions
and their associated paragraph name, that refer to the
section or paragraph name listted. The second part of
the listing is an alphabetical list of all COBOL words
and/or data-names used in the procedure division and, the
paragraph name they were used in. A user option is provided
to eliminate the printing of any COBOL words or data names
not desired on the listing.

PEOGEAMHING SYSTEMS - Written in COBOL.

MINIMUM SYSTEM EEQOIBEHENTS - 4K - 1401, Hi-Lo-Equal,
Indexing, 1402, 1403, 1 tape drive.

BASIC PEOGEAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE EEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PEOGEAH PACKAGE - None.

OEDEEING INFOEMATION; PEOGEAH NDMBEB 1401014223

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.225

UTILITY PBINT PEOGEAM

AOTHOE J. s. Williams

DIEECT TECHNICAL INQOIEIES TO...

J. S. Williams
Memorial Sloan-Kettering
444 E. 68th Street
New York, New York 10021

DESCEIPTION - This program allows the user to detail list
any card file in any desired print format, print edit any
or all card fields, accumulate any or all printed fields

CONTINUED FEOM PEIOE COLUMN

for: (a) Totaling on control break. (b) Overall totals
at end of job, including a card count, sequence check input
file, print headings on page overflow, extra space after
printing, bypass detail list and print minor summary totals
on control break and page overflow on control break. Print
capacity - no more than 99 positions of output per line.
Card field capacity - maximum of eight (8) fields of
printing from card, any number of card columns per field.
Sequence checking requires Hi-Low-Equal compare feature
and control break on one of eight fields.

MINIMUM SYSTEM EEQUIEEHENTS - 4K 1401 with High-Low-Equal
Compare.

BASIC PEOGEAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE EEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PEOGEAM PACKAGE - None.

OEDEEING INFOEMATION; PEOGEAH NUMBEE 1401014225

PEOGEAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
EEQUIEEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.226

GENEEALIZED TABULATE WITH OB WITHOUT COHTBOL FIELDS

AUTHOB....E. Staudt

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

E. Staudt

Avisun Corporation
River Road

New Castle, Del. 19720

DESCRIPTION - The purpose Of the program is to eliminate
the necessity for many individual programs required at
a 1410 installation to tabulate control and balance totals
and to provide for up to three control fields total
indications as well as a final total. A maximum of five
fields per any given card file can be tabbed with or without
control field totals and a final total. The user may
specify up to three control field levies. The user may
also list each card (control fields) with the associated
tab fields.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Basic Autocoder for 4K
1401, compiled with AU-005 with Condense 2.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PEOGEAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PEOGEAM NDHBEE 1401014226 ^

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

■01.4.227

VAEILIST

AUTHOR...

.E. Giegler

DIEECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

G. Kinble

Director of Data Processing
Carleton College
Northfield, Minn.

DESCRIPTION - YARILIST - A load and go processor for
generating fast running listing programs. Uses a single
contol card plus beading cards.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401 with sense switches.
Expanded Print Edit, and 120 print positions.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE EEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PEOGEAM NUMBER 1401014227

PEOGEAH NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

PAGE 062

1401

COHTBIBOTED PEOGKABS

1401

1401-01. 4.228

CPI - CREATE PEIHT IMAGES

AOTHOB....E. A. MacKinnon

DIRECT TECHHICAL IHQOIHIES TO...

B. A. MacKinnon

IBM Corporation

112 E. Post Road

White Plains, Mew York 10601

DESCHIPTIOH - CPI processes 1401/1460 Autocoder source
decks to create new source programs in which all references
to the 1403 are replaced by linkage instructions and
paraneters. Linkage is lade to a subroutine which CPI
inserts into the converted source progran. This subroutine
emulates printer activity by writing 133-character print
images onto a magnetic tape. When a users program is
converted and reassembled, the resultant object deck
performs exactly as the original except a print tape
replaces the 1403. This tape is built with 1401 D-Modifier
forms control characters and can be printed on system/360
in a multi-programming environment. Sample programs are
included to accomplish tape-to-printer processing on a
1401 or a System/360 operating under the Disk Operating
System.

PBOGBAHMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

MINIHOH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K 1401/1460 or System/360
Feature /Emulator is required. Sense switches. Advanced
Programming, Index Registers, and one tape unit are also
needed. If available, an additional tape and 1407/1447/1052
(with proper 1407 Subfeature) can be used. When
reassembled, the converted object program will need one
additional tape unit, SBH Instruction, Modify Add, and
700-1100 additional core positions because of CPI-inserted
linkage and the tape subroutine. If availabe, a
1407/1447/1052 will be used.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014228

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIBEBEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.230

1401/1460 BRAILLE - TRAN - TRANSLATE ENGLISH TO GRADE 2
BRAILLE AMD EMBOSS OH A 1403 PRINTER

ADTBOBS...T. Reifsnyder J. T. Ferro

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

T. Reifsnyder
IBM Corporation
9045 Lincoln Blvd.

Los Angeles, Calif. 90045

DESCRIPTION - Description of a set of two 1401 programs
which require only 4K of core and no special features.

The first program takes input from edited English text
punched into cards and produces an intermediate deck.

The second program uses the intermediate deck as input
and embosses Grade 2 Braille directly on a 1403 which has
had the ribbon removed and the hammers converd with a strip
of soft material. If editing and keypunching are correct,
perfect Grade 2 Braille is produced without post-edit.

Once a translation has been made, any number of copies
can be produced from this one deck. The program is capable
of translating and embossing books of text.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - IBM 1401/1460 with 4,000
positions of core storage, 1402 Card Read/Punch, 1403 with
132 print positions.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIOHAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014230

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.231

MATCH AND MODIFY FILES PROGRAM

AUTHOR.... W- Buffa

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...

W- Buffa

IBM Corporation

112 E- Post Road

White Plains, New York 10601

DESCRIPTION - The Match and Modify Files Program is a self-
modifying program which will process any tape file against
any other tape file (subject to size limitations) comparing
records from one file to records on the other, including
the ability to table-search one of the input files. Based
on the comparisions and/or table search the program can
generate two output files in the same format as the input
or reformatted as the user desires.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401/1460 Autocoder
Language and has been assembled on the 1460 Disk Autocoder
Processor.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 16K 1401 or 1460 with four
729 Tape Drives, a 1402 Card Reader, a 1403 Printer with
132 print positions. Advanced Programming and High-Low-
Equal Compare.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014231

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1401-01.4.232

GENERAL PROCESSING UTILITY PROGRAM

AUTHOR W. Buffa

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

W. Buffa

IBM Corporation

112 E. Post Road

White Plains, Hew York 10601

DESCRIPTION - The General Processing Utility Program
performs many simple utility jobs often called for in a
computer installation and is intended to reduce the number
of individual utility programs that have to be maintained,
each of which performs only one or a few of these jobs.

It does card to card, card to printer, card to tape, tape
to tape, tape to printer, and tape to card operations in
a total of twenty-six options each of which is called for
by a combination of sense switch settings. The program
is card or tape loadable and is self-initializing between
jobs without re-loading.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401/1460 Autocoder
Language and has been assembled on the 1460 Disk Autocoder
Processor.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K, 12K or 16K 1401 or 1460
with at least one, and up to five. Tape Drives, a 1402
Card Reader and Punch, a 1403 Printer with 132 Print
Positions, and High-Equal-Low Compare.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401014232

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-01.5.002

DIOS - 1311/1301 INPUT-OUTPUT SYSTEM FOR THE 1401/1440/1460

AUTHOR. .. .Jerome S. Beach

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Jerome S. Beach
IBB Corporation
7700 Second Boulevard
Detroit 2, Michigan

1401

COHTEIBDTED PROGHAHS

1401

PAGE 063

COSTIHOED FEOH PRIOR PAGE

DESCRIPTION - A complete Autocoder Hacro System for the
IBH 1311 and/or 1301. All disk operations are handled
in both the Hove and Load Hode with the exception of sector
count overlay. Primary considerations are the minimum
use of core storage and ease of programming. One macro
statement established the DIOS mainline in high core.

Core requirements are 204 or 245 with Standard Seek and
383 or 428 with Direct Seek on the 1311 Disk Drives. The
1301 does not require Direct Seek as no Seek Calculations
are required. An error halt list is included in the user's
Autocoder listing. Ten core positions are generated for
each GET, PUT, SEEK or SCAN. An automatic exit between
the Hrite Disk and Write Disk check is provided when desired
by the user.

PEOGEAHHING SISTEHS - Written in 1401-1130 Autocoder.

MINIHDH SYSTEH EEQDIREHENTS - Indexing and Store Registers,
and High-Low-Equal Compare.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION,- Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1401015002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-02.0.017

AOTOBLOCK II

AUTHOR W. C. Milihoff

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

W. C. Milihoff
IBM Corporation
1955 The Alameda
San Jose, California

DESCRIPTION - AOTOBLOCK II automatically produces cross-
reference tables and a documented block diagram, using
new symbols in accordance with ASII standards. It provides
three different tables, one of which is the branch-from
table, and accepts an unlimited number of branch points,
since the program takes full advantage of core size. In
addition to the common instructions, AOTOBLOCK II handles
IOCS, Macros, Overlays, and the execute instruction.
AOTOBLOCK II is an extension and revision of AOTOBLOCK
I.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K Minimum, four-tape.

Advanced Programming, High-Low-Equal-Compare.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020017

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none CARDS 15 none

1401-02,0.018

FARGO ONE-SIXTY-G

AUTHOR.... D. L. Fernandez

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

D. L. Fernandez
IBH Corporation
Wilshire Boulevard
Los Angeles, California

DESCRIPTION - FARGO One-Sixty-G for the 1401, 1460, and
1401G is a greatly expanded new version of a load and go
report generator which gives all the capabilities of Basic
FARGO plus - (a) Up to six header lines which can be
modified at any time within object time. (b) Multiply-
Divide with or without the feature. (c) Multiple and/or
if/not conditions in defining up to ten card types. (d)
Sequence check of input file at any level (if High-Low-
Equal is installed). (e) Up to four split control fields
with or without stripped zones for defining each of four
total level. (f) Total force heading or heading force
total, divorced minor and supress compare of a card type
at any total level. (g) And more the program is fully

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

compatible with the FAHGO-Forty program by C. P. Doolittle,
the latest version of FARGO for the 1440.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Listings,

MACHINE READABLE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020018

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

•02.0.019

AUTOMATIC

FLOWCHART TECHNIQUE

AUTHORS...

,F. D. Lewis

W. N. Moll

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

F- D. Lewis
IBH Corporation
Dept. 867
Neighborhood Hoad
Kingston, New York

DESCRIPTION - A program which produces flowcharts from
a language similar to 1400 Series Autocoder. All
information pertaining to one symbol is contained on one
keypunch form line. Free form coding of text information
is used. The program floats and centers the text within
the symbol, thus relieving the writer of this tedious task.
Page and connector numbers are assigned automatically by
the program. Twelve unique symbols are available, all
of which have been approved by the American Standards
Association. Flow charts produced are machine independent.
By use of special comment cards, line text information
may be produced with options for centering, left, right
a full justification.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

HIHIHUH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 4K, two magnetic tapes
and Advanced Programming feature.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020019

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-02.0.021

1401/1311 MONITOR FOE PROGRAMS ON DISK PACKS

AUTHOR J. C. Sassaman

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. C. Sassaman

698 Delaware Avenue

Buffalo, New York 14209

DESCRIPTION - This program consists of two parts. The
first, SROI, loads user's programs on disk packs and creates
an entry in a program table stored on the first four sectors
of a disk pack. The table is checked before a program
is loaded to prevent overlap with programs already stored
on the disk pack. The second, SR02, provides for standard
dates to be used by the user's programs, inquiries, (both
direct address and scan type) , program pulldown through
use of sentinel card, copying of programs and table to
new pack on disk-to-disk updating jobs, and a log of program
activity on an IBM 1407.

PEOGEAHHING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401/1311 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Advanced Programming, High-
Low-Equal Compare, SCAN Disk SF is optional for SCAN
inquiries. Storage used - approx. 2K.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020021

PAGE 064

1401

COHTEIBOTED PROGBAHS

1401

COHTIliOBD PROM PRIOR PAGE

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTICH

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
EEQUIHEHEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-02.0.022

FLOGEH - IBM 1401 PLOW CHART GENERATOR

AOTBOR....J. R. Buchert, Jr.

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. R. Bachert, Jr.

IBM Corporation

1120 Connecticut Avenue, N. B.

iashington, D. C. 20036

DESCRIPTION - This 1401 progran uill produce a printed
flowchart with block text, consents, block labels, and
decision block connector conditions. The program processes
single card entries for each block and is capable of
producing successive charts of fifty (5 by 10) blocks.

A simplified coding system is employed which produces flow
charts of ASA approved symbols for any programming system
in a form much like 7074 Autochart.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in 1401 Autocoder.

HINIMDH SYSTEM REQDIREHENTS - An 8K with Model 2 Printer
and Advanced Programming feature is required.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMEHTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Bone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020022

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-02.0.024

FLOBCHARTING AND DOCUMENTATION AID PROGRAM

AUTHOR....?. D. Lewis

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

?. D. Lewis
IBM Corporation
Dept. 867

Kingston, New York

DESCRIPTION - This program provides facility for computer
preparation of flowcharts and textual documentation by
means of an easy to learn and use problem oriented Charting
Language. The flowchart matrix is 3 x 10 blocks and all
block connection are computer generated. Symbols conform
to ASA standards and normal flowcharting conventions.

Pages of text contain 57 characters character spacing.

The Flowcharting Language is compatible with the language
used in another program now available from the type III
Library under Catalog Humber 2.0.019.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Source Language is 1401 Autocoder
- not including IOCS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 with 8K Storage, 4
Tapes, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming and Sense
Switches.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up,

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PBOGRAM NUMBER 1401020024

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USSR VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-02.0.025

FORTRAN MODIFICATION BHICH ELIMINATES THE MULTIPLY-DIVIDE
SPECIAL FEATURES REQUIREMENTS

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R. Steffanson, Jr.

Potlatch Forests, Inc.

Lewiston, Idaho

DESCRIPTION - By inserting this change into the 1401 FORTRAN
II Compiler, programs coded in FORTRAN may be compiled
and run on 1401 Machines not having the Multiply-bivide
special feature. The only programming consideration
necessary is that the address in the parameter card should
be approximately 1000 positions less than the machine core
capacity. Operating convenience is not seriously affected.
These advantages of the FORTRAN Compiler are retained -
Rapid compile tine (around 2 minutes)... Diagnostics...
Compile-ang-go capability... Optional punched object deck
(ready to use)... Compiler nay be on cards or tape. Core
required for the subroutine reduces by approximately 1000
positions the core available for compiling the source
program.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in FORTRAN.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - FORTRAN with this change
requires 8K, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming,
Header-Punch, and Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020025

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-02.0.031

AUTOCHART

AUTHORS. . .Josephine Carter William Johnson
Peter Fondis Hedy Stoy

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Josephine S. Carter
IBM Corporation
40 Saw Hill River Road
Hawthorne, Hew York

DESCRIPTION - This program gives 1401 users the ability
to produce flowcharts similar to those which currently
can only be produced on the IBM 7070/74. The program has
ten phases plus a supervisor. It will also accept input
prepared for the IBM 7070/74 Autochart Programs. File
Maintenance of the input has not been included in the
programs. Initial timing runs indicate that the production
of each flowchart takes approximately one-half minute,
including printing. Restart procedures are included so
that the program can be interrupted at the end of any phase
and continued at a later time. System tape creation is
also included. The' program uses the Autochart language
for input. It is an easily learned language and is machine
independent. The output is a printed chart, standardized
for clarity and readability and suitable for reproduction.
This is a tool to help the user maintain better program
documentation by providing flowcharts which conform to
both IBM Corporate Standards and to the proposes American
Standards Association Flowchart Standards. It is also
very useful in producing various types of graphics and
other charts. Assembly output for object deck and listing,
sample problem input data, and source deck are basic program
material.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in Autochart Language

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - It requires an 8K 1401 with
four Tape Drives, 1402, 1403, Advanced Programming Package,
Sense Switches, High-Low -Equal Compare, and Multiply-
Divide Features.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up-

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020031

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIPEMENT

BASIC

none

MT 7/556

MT 7/800

OPTIONAL

none

AUTHOR.... B. Steffanson, Jr.

1401

CONTEIBD^ED PBOGRAHS

1401

PAGE 065

1401-02.0.035

DISASSEHBLEB OF 1401/1460 PHOGBAHS FBOB OBJECT TO AOTOCODER
SOUBCE

AOTHOB. . . .Br . B. Backinson

DIRECT TECHNICAL IHQOIRIES TO...

Br. B. A. Backinnon

IBB Corporation

112 East Post Bead

White Plains, Hew York 10601

DESCRIPTION - This group of 4 programs was written to
assist documentation and conversion efforts where the user
has only an object deck from which to work. It converts
an object program into meaningful Autocoder source
statements, suitable for assembly or flowcharting.

The final output is a listing (a punched deck is optional)
in which the statements are labelled as required in the
form BX-BZZZXI for instructions, referencing the OP Code
location, and CX-CXXXXX for constants, referencing the
units position. The instruction operands reference these
labels.

PROGBAHBING SYSTEBS - Source - written in Autocoder.

BINIBOH SYSTEH BEQOIBEBENTS - Are an 8K 1401/1460 with
4 Tape Drives, Sense Switches, Advanced Programming, High-
Low-Egual Compare, a 1402 Card Bead/Punch, and a 1403
Printer with 132 print positions. If a larger machine
is available, the fourth program (Phase III) can be
reassembled to take advantage of the larger core, thsu
cutting down the processing time. The program will Utilize
a 1407 if one is on line, but does not require it.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCOBENTATION - Write-up.

BACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL

PROGRAM PACKAGE -

None.

OBDEBIHG

INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020035

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

MT 7/556

MT 7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-02.0.036

1401 FARGO TO SYSTEM/360 BPG MODEL 20 CONVERSION PROGRAM

AUTHORS. ..Fred M. Haney Stephen M. Lichter
S. Edmonston

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIRIES TO...

Mr. Gus Conoscente
IBB Corporation
330 Madison Avenue
New York, Hew York

DESCRIPTION - This program converts IBB 1401 Fargo Control
Cards to System/360 Model 20 BPG specification cards.

This program can be of great value when converting from
1401 to IBB System/360. Input may be any Fargo program
which conforms to the specifications in Fargo for IBH 14C1
(C24-1462) . Output consists of System/360 Model 20 BPG
specification cards and a listing of Fargo specifications
which were not converted by the programs.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - The object program requires
16K, Advanced Programming Feature, and 2 tape units.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

BACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020036

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

MT 7/566

MT 7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-02. 0.039

SYSTEMS FLOW CHARTER

AUTHOR. .. .Mr. D. L. Fisher

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIRIES TO...
Mr. D. L. Fisher
IBB Corporation
Monterey & Cottle Roads

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN
Bldg. 051

San Jose, California

DESCRIPTION - The Program is a 16K 1401 Systems Plow
Charter. The machine must have (1) Index Registers, (2)
Hi-Lo-Eq Compare, (3) Advanced Programming (4) 1402, (5)
1403 and (6) 1 Tape (using card program) or 2 tapes using
loadable tape. The program will draw systems flow charts,
create a "Systems table and program-file cross-reference".
The symbols drawn are Clerical Operation, Storage Bin,

Wide Program, Off-Page connector. Adding Machine,
Transmittal Tape, Multiple Card File, Tape, Random File,
Card, Document, Graphic Display, Terminal, Keyboard, Paper
Tape, Comments and Sequence of File. The program has been
successfully emulated on an IBH s/360 Model 30. Basic
1401 Autocoder was used exeept for the TOVLY macro. The
program is tape loaded using the tape generated by the
Autocoder Assembler.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder

MINIMUM SYSTEH REQUIREMENTS - Program requires a 1401 with
16K Memory, Advanced Programming, SBR and Indexing, sense
switches, two tapes, a 1403 Printer and 1402 Card Reader.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401020039

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

MT 7/556

MT 7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-02.0.040

TYPEWRITER MACROS FOE 1401/1440/1460 DISK AUTOCODER

AUTHOR A. P. Deloach

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

A. P. Deloach

IBM Corporation

450 James Robertson Parkway

Nashville, Tenn. 37202

DESCRIPTION - These two Macros were designed with the idea
of making the console typewriter very easy to use. The
MSG Macro allows the user to type out a message by simply
coding MSG in the OP-Code field and the actual message
in the operand field. The EOJ Macro types out "SOJ" on
the typewriter and comes to a dead halt with 999 in the
A and B stars. As an option, the user may type a message
out Instead of "EOJ" by simply writing the actual message
in the operand field. Program material includes macros
to insert in the macro library and a sample program to
assemble to test their operation.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Source language is Disk Autocoder
Macro Language.

MINIMUM SYSTEH REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401/40/60 with one 1311
and Disk Autocoder (140VAD=00S) . A console typewriter
is required for execution.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM HUMBER 1401020040

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-02.0.041

COBOL EXPANDER PROGRAM

AUTHOR.... J. G. Tate

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIRIES TO...

J. G. Tate

IBM Corporation

1013 E. Colonial Drive

Orlando, Florida

DESCRIPTION - The COBOL Expander Program permits the user
to cod^ COBOL Programs in a very abbreviated form. This
program expands the abbreviations used and punches a deck
ready for the COBOL Compiler, current use indicates a
savings of 25 to 60 percent of coding and keypunching
effort, A standard COBOL coding sheet is used.

PAGE 066

1401

CCHTfilBOTED PSOGBAHS

1401

COHTIHOED FBOE PBIOB PAGE

Abbreviations and substitutions may be chosen by the user.
Applicable for COBOL for any aachine. Will convert percent,
lozenge, pound sign, at sign and anpersand to S/360
characters open parenthesis, close parenthesis, equal aark,
quote aark and plus sign if desired. Bill resequence and
identify output decks. Prograas may be stacked. Peraits
exploitation of inherent self documenting facility of COBOL
without voluminous coding and keypunching effort noraally
required.

PBOGBAHfilHG STSTEBS - Britten in SPS.

flIHIBOM SYSTEH REQDIEEBENTS - 4K or above 1401 card system,
using Advanced Programming Feature, Hi-Lo- Equal and sense
switches.

BASIC PBOGRAB PACKAGE

DOCDBENTATIOH - Brite-up.

BACBINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGBAB PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORBATION: PROGBAB NOBBER 1401020041

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-03.0.010

SQUARE ROOT SOBROOTINE

ADTBOB. .. .Richard D. Barker

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Bichard D. Barker
ITEK Corporation
Lexington, Hassachu setts

DESCRIPTION - This program will calculate the square root
of any six-digit number.

BIHIHUH SYSTEH BEQUIREBEHTS - 600 positions are required
to store the program. 403 of these positions are used
to store the divide subroutine. 1401 - Any model.

BASIC PBOGRAB PACKAGE

DOCUHENTATION - Brite-up.

BACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGBAB PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGBAB NUBBEB 1401030010

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-03.0.011

CALCULATE NOBBER OF DAYS BETWEEN TWO DATES SUBROOTINE-DTCALC

AUTHOR. ... William B. Morgan

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

William B. Morgan
IBM corporation
99 Park Avenue
Hew York, Hew York

DESCRIPTION - This subroutine calculates the number of
calendar days between two dates providing accurate
accounting for leap year day. Dates nay be in separate
adjacent centuries, but cannot be more than 199 years and
365 days apart.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Source language SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM BEQUIBEMENT - 395 positions plus 24 positions
for each time a subroutine is used. 1401 - Any model,
no special features are required.

SASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGBAB NUMBER 1401030011

PROGBAB NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-03.0.014

SQUARE HOOT SUBROUTINE USING ODD INTEGER METHOD

AUTHOR.. . -Burr Preston

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Burr Preston
IBM Corporation
520 North Dearborn Street
Chicago 10, Illinois

DESCRIPTION - This generalized, closed subroutine extracts
the square root of any non-negative number. If the argument
is negative, the square root of the absolute value of the
argument is generated, and control transfers to the main
program via an error return. The argument size is variable
and limited only by available core. The root contains
half an many digits as the argument. An extremely general
and easy to use linkage allows the programmer to have no
knowledge of the work areas or symbolic labels used by
the subroutine.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 285 positions are required
for a 10 digit argument. In general, 255 S 31 positions
are required for an argument of length 1. Advanced
Programming (index registers. Move Record, Store A and
B Registers) , High-Low-Equal Compare, and Modify Address.

The latter two features nay be eliminated by minor program
modifications.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401030014

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-03.0.015

SQUARE ROOT ROUTINE

AUTHOR M. 3 . Kenny

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

M. J. Kenny
IBM Corporation
7321 Lake Street
River Forest, Illinois

DESCRIPTION - A closed SPS Square Root Routine using no
Execution time estimated at 20 to 30 milleseconds depending
on the sum of digits in radicand. Method of successive
subtractions based on formula S(N) equals (N. H B N)2.

Fixed point arithmetic giving a sex significant digit
answer. Range, largest number is 99999880000036,
irrespective of where decimal point is located in the
number. Routine has been used on sample problems and a
wide range of customer data.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEH REQUIREMENTS - 262 positions of core.
Operates on any 1401.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1401030015

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-03.0,019

A SQUARE BOOT SUBROUTINE FOR THE 1401 USING NORMAL
EXTRACTION METHOD

AUTHOR ... .George F= Nardin

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Diann C. Hansen

IBM Corporation

340 Market Street

San Francisco, California

DESCRIPTION - The purpose of this writeup is to present
a flexible subroutine for taking the Square Root of any
size number using the normal extraction method. Does not
require Multiply-Divide and can be used with (method I)
or without (method II) Advanced Programming. Method I

1401

CONTBIBOTED PBOGBIHS

1401

PAGE 067

CONTIBOED FBOM PSIOB PAGE

requires 183 positions of core and method II requires 254
positions of core. The sample program included in the
writeup is for a 14 digit radicand with a 7 digit root.
The writeup also includes explanation of terminology used
in the subroutine, comments on how to adjust to any size
radicand, a chart of how the method actually words, flow
charts, SPS source decks, program decks and listings of
test data and results.

HIHIHDH SYSTEH BEQOIBEHEHTS - 1401-Any size, method I-
Advanced Programming-Hethod Il-no additional features.

BASIC PEOGBAM PACKAGE

D0C0HZBTATIO8 - Mtite-Up.

HACBIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PEOGBAH PACKAGE - Hone.

OEDEEIHG IHFOEHATIOH: PBOGBAH HOHBEB 1401030019

program NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

optional

none

1401-03.0.036

AOTOCODEE SEBCH EIHABY SEAECH HACEO

ADTH0B....E. T. Steffanson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R. T. Steffanson
Potlatch Forests, Inc.

Lewiston, Idaho 83501

DESCRIPTION - Binary Search is a highly efficient method
of table look-up and has nothing to do with column binary
or binary arithmetic. Serch Hacro generates an open
subroutine to conduct a binary search of a table, Serch
does not set up the table, it merely searches the table
and exits to the next sequential instruction if the data
record is matched, or exits to an address supplied as a
parameter if the data is not matched. Index register 3
contains the address of the table entry which compared
equal. Emphasis is on ease of use. Serch uses a Hacro-
generated address table to divide the table of entries
into successively smaller halves and does not require the
Hultiply-Divide Special Feature. All entries must be of
same length and in ascending sequence. Size and number
of entries in the table is restricted only by core storage
available.

PBOGBAMHIHG SYSTEMS - iritten in Autocoder.

HINIMUB SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Storage requirements - varies.
Typical requirements are 107 positions for 31 entry table,
149 positions for 4095 entry table. 8 additional positions
if modify address is not available. Equipment
specifications - Advanced Programming, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare.
Assembly requires 1401 Autocoder system.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
optional PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFCEMATIOH: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401030036

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-03.0.041

1401/1460 SIMULTANEOUS MULTIPLY DIVIDE SUB-ROUTINE

AutH 0H....E. D. Spraker

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

£. D. Spraker

IBM Corporation

1439 Peachtree Street, N. E.

Atlanta, Georgia

DESCRIPTION - This programmed sub-routine provides the
ability to multiply and divide simultaneously in one
operation with algebraic sign control and decimal control
up to five additional places. Both the multiplication
and division in any combination is accomplished in
approximately half the time it takes to use two separate
multiply and divide routines. This routine allows use
of either multiplication, or division or the combination
with complete linkage to users program. It provides for
the multiplicand, divisor and multiplier/dividend to be
up to 10 positions each and supplies a 20 position signed
answer and 10 position remainder.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

of any 1401-1460 with Advanced Programming.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401030041

PROGRAM NUHBEB

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-05.0.003

MULTIPLE SIMULTANEOUS EQUATION AND MATRIX INVERSION
PROGRAM

AUTHOR H. J. Myers

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. J. Myers
IBM Corporation
2330 St. Paul Street
Baltimore 18, Maryland

DESCRIPTION - Op to 37 simultaneous, equations are solved.
Matrices up to 38 x 38 may be inverted as will be the
coefficient matrix of the simultaneous equations. All
calculations are carried out in eight-digit precision.

No rounding is performed.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - The program requires the
High-Low-Equal Compare, Multiply-Divide and Advanced
Programming features and 4, 8, 12 or 16K positions of core
storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAH PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM HUMBER 1401050003

PBOGBAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-06.0.001

SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT OF MONTHLY TIME SERIES

AUTHOR .Fabio Tomchinsky

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Fabio Tomchinsky
IBM Corporation
230 s. 15th Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

DESCRIPTION - Computes a preliminary seasonally adjusted
series following the conventional ratio to moving average
technique. Then it utilizes a weighted fifteen-month
moving average as the estimate of the trend cycle curve
used to obtain the final seasonally adjusted series.
Computes the irregular, cyclical and seasonal components.
The program will handle up to 15 years of monthly data
with one data card for each year. Each card must have
information for all 12 months of a calendar year.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEH REQUIREMENTS - Card 1401-4K no special
device SHISKIH method,

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code,

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060001

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

HIHIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Uses less than 260 positions

PAGE 068

1401

CONTBIBDTEO PBOGBAHS

1401

COHTIHOED FROM PRIOR COLDHN

1401-06.0.002

IIREAB REGRESSION ANALYSIS

AOTHOR....M. Turoff

DIRECT TECHNICAL IHQOIRIES TO...

H. Turoff
IBH Corporation
520 Bojlston Street
Boston 16, Massachusetts

DESCRIPTION - A TWO Pass 1401 FORTRAN PrograB that will
accoBodate eight independent variables.

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-06.0.005

MULTIPLE CORRELATION - VARIABLES OP IMPORTANCE DETERMINED
VOID

AUTHOR. .. .Dr. J. R. Johnson

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 8K systeB. Easily
Bodified to increase the nuaber of variables for use on
a larger systea 1401 8K.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate Material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

■06.0.003

MULTIPLE

REGRESSION PROGRAM

AUTHOR. .. .Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Research Departaent
Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City
Federal Reserve P. 0. Station
Kansas City 6, Missouri

DESCRIPTION - A Multiple Regression Analysis designed to
handle up to 10 variables. Coaputes partial regression
and standardized partial regression coefficients, standard
errors, T values, partial and Multiple correlation
coefficients, and the Durbin Watson ratio.

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Dr. J. R. Johnson
Industrial Engineering Dept.

R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Co.

Winston- SaleB, North Carolina

DESCRIPTION - To detemine the order of iaportance of the
independent variables in a Multiple Correlation Problem,
to find the coefficients of Multiple Correlation for the
Variables as they are introduced, to find F-tests of
significance of these coefficients, to find the coefficients
of the regression equation for the variables selected ,
and (if deserved) to calculate predicted values of the
dependent variable. Wherry-Doolittle Method. This prograa
is intended to replace a similar program of identical title
dated June, 1963. Up to 100 variables with 220
observations, where the number of observations must exceed
the variables. By changing the dimension statement in
phase 1, one can add two observations for every variable
not needed.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Storage requirements - 16,000
positions. Modulus is 5 and Mantissa is 8. Equipment
Specifications - IBH 1401, 16K with the following features
- Advanced Prograaming, High- Low-Equal Compare, and
Multiply-Divide, three tape drives, 1402 Card Reader and
Punch, 1403 Printer, and High-Speed Sorter. A card
reproducer is helpful.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060005

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 card system with 8K
memory, Multiply-Divide, Indexing, store Address Register,
Hl-Lo-Equal Compare, Expanded Print Edit.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060003

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-06.0.004

MULTIPLE LINEAR REGRESSION ANALYSIS

AUTHOR. .. .Mary Ann Fisher

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Charles Yurasek
IBM Corporation
570 Broad Street
Newark, New Jersey

DESCRIPTION - This prograa is designed to accoaplish a
regression analysis of up to 14 independent variables on
the saallest 1401 with FORTRAN capabilities. It sacrifices
speed and elegance to accoamodate larger probleas than
any other such program now available. Easily modified
by user with FORTRAN knowledge. The method used is Least
Squares and statistics are calculated for the evaluation
of overall fit and individual components. Data format
may be modified by user.

programming SYSTEMS - Written in FORTRAN.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Requires 8K 1401 With FORTRAN
features.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

PROGRAM HUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-06.0.006

CORL-I THIRTEEN VARIABLE SIMPLE CORRELATION

AUTHOR. ... Rupert J. Lissner

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Rupert J. Lissner
Post Office Box 7256
Stanford University
Stanford, California

DESCRIPTION - CORL8 will correlate Up to Thirteen Variables
and print the correlation coefficients along with headings
specified by the user. Through header cards, the user
specifies number of variables (12-13) , title of each
variable (for identification on printed report) , and data
card location of variables. An optional header card will
print up to 78 columns of information at the top of the
report- Number of data cards cannot exceed 99,999. If
input data is not on cards, the SPS language source deck
should be requested, as modifications will be necessary.
PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - IBB 1401 with Hultiply-Divide.
1401 Card Reader/Punch, 1403 Printer. 4K core storage.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up-

MACHXNE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060006

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060004

1401

CONTBIBDTED PEOGBAHS

1401

PAGE 069

1401-06.0.007

BEGBESSIOH ANALYSIS COHPUTEB PBOGBAM

ADTBOB. .. .Joseph J. Ott

DIBBCT TECBHICAL IHQDIEIES TO...

Joseph J. Ott

0. S. Department of Commerce
Bureau of Public Beads
Washington 25, D. C.

DESCRIPTION - To provide a program for the solution of
simple and multiple regression equations involving from
2 to 26 variables and from 2 to 9999 observations. Data
to be entered must be in 10 digit form with the decimal
point assumed to be between the fifth and sixth digits.

No check is made of the matrix to see if there are identical
rows or columns

HINIHOH SYSTEM BEQOIEEMEHTS - 16000 positions of core
storage. IBM 1401 (or with Compatibility Switch) . Advanced
Programming Package. Four Tape Units.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PBOGBAM NUMBER 1401060007

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

1401-06.0.008

REGAN - 4K REGRESSION ANALYSIS AND CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS
PBOGBAM

AUTHOR.... L. E. Bannewan

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

L. E. Hanneman
IBM Corporation
2116 Grand Avenue
Des Moines 12, Iowa

DESCRIPTION - REGAN computes simple correlation coefficients
and performs a linear regression analysis utilizing a
minimum amount of core space. The program handles up to
one hundred observations, and accepts up to eight
independent variables and one dependent variable.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A 4K 1401 with Advanced
Programming is required. The program instructions occupy
core positions 0100-3098. The matrix occupies positions
3100-3999. Positions 0100-0132 are cleared before printing
occurs.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060008

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-06. 0-009

SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT - CENSUS METHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 4K,

LONG PROGRAM

AUTHOR E. C. Christ

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

E. C. Christ

Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia
Department of Research
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

DESCRIPTION - To adjust seasonally monthly tine series
and to provide additional measures as aids to analyzing
the data. The basic procedure nay be found in ELECTRONIC
COMPUTERS AMD BUSINESS INDICATORS by Julius Shiskin,
published by the National Bureau of Economic Research as
Occasional Paper 57. The X-9 Version is generally described
in BUSINESS CYCLE DEVELOPMENTS, March 1962, published by
the Bureau of the Census, U. S. Department of Congress.
Maximum of 15 years of monthly data. Each year must be

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

complete, with no minus or zero values. Monthly values
not to exceed 6 digits. Any consecutive 12 months must
total less than 10,000,000.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Fixed/Float Relocatability.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K, 132 Print Positions,

Card System, no special feature.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060009

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-06.0.010

SEASONAL ADJUSTMENT, CENSUS METHOD II, X-9 VERSION, 4K,

SHORT PROGRAM

AUTHOR E. C. Christ

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

E. C. Christ

Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia
Department of Research
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

DESCRIPTION - To seasonally adjust monthly time series
and to chart the original and the seasonally adjusted data.
The basic procedure may be found in ELECTRONIC COMPUTERS
AND BUSINESS INDICATORS by Julius Shiskin, published by
the National Bureau of Economic Research as Occasional
Paper 57. The X-9 Version is generally described in
BUSINESS CYCLE DEVELOPMENTS, March 1962, published by the
Bureau of the Census, U. S. Department of Congress. Maximum
of 15 years of monthly data. Each year must be complete,
with no minus or zero values. Monthly values not to exceed
6 digits. Any consecutive 12 months must total less than
10,000,000.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Fixed/Float Relocatability.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K, 132 Print Positions,

Card System, no special features.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060010

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-06.0.011

METHOD OF RECORDING COMPUTER UTILIZATION AND 3 1401
PROGRAMS TO FACILITATE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

AUTHOR.... J. w. syrotchen

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. W. Syrotchen
IBM Corporation
7700 Second Boulevard
Detroit, Michigan

DESCRIPTION - This program explains in detail the basic
concepts and requirements of a console operations log,
specifically oriented to 1401-1410 Systems, but is general
enough to be adapted for any installation- To supplement
the method outlined, three 1401 4K programs are provided
to enable a means of analyzing the cards punched from the
log. Eight reports are illustrated.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Basic SpS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - No special features or devices
are used except sense switches and 132 print positions.

Basic system configuration necessary to utilize programs,

4K 1401, 1402 and 1403.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

PAGE 070

1401

COHTEIBDTED PBOGBAHS

1401

CONTIEOED FBOH PBIOB PAGE

OBDEBING IHFCBHATION: PBOGBAH BOMBER 1401060011

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-06.0.012

ANALYSIS OF VABIABCE, 2 TO THE B POWER FACTORIAL DESIGN

AOTHOB. . . .Dr. J. Robert Johnson, Jr.

DIRECT TECHNICAL IHQOIBIES TO...

Dr. J. Robert Johnson, Jr.

Industrial Engineering Departnent
R- J. Reynolds Robacco Conpany
Hinston-Salen, North Carolina

DESCBIPTIOH - Analysis Of Variance Of Data for a 2 to the
N Power Factorial Design. As given in B’anual of
EIPERIBEHTAL STATOSTICS by Freund, Livermore," and Miller,
Prentice - Hall, 1960. For N, the number of factors, 2
less than N less than 5. The number of replications must
be more than one and less than 26. (There is ample room
in storage for expanding the limits on the restrictions.)
9300 positions. Modulus is 5, mantissa is 8.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in FORTRAN.

HINIHDH SYSTEM HEQDIREHEHTS - 1401, 12K or 16K, with the
following features - Advanced Programming, High-Low-Equal
compare, and Multiply-Divide - Card Reader and Punch -
1403 Printer.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOMENTATIOH - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING IHFCBHATION: PROGRAM NOMBEB 1401060012

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-06.0.013

DATA TRANSFER - PROGRAM FOR CENSOS METHOD II

AUTHOR. .. .Lawrence Salzman

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Lawrence Salzman
IBM Corporation
590 Madison Avenue
Hew York, Hew York

DESCRIPTION - The program takes the final seasonally
adjusted series generated by the 4K 1401 versions of Census
Method II, a seasonal adjustment program, applies a Spencer
Fifteen-Term Smoothing Formula, and punches out results
which are input for the 16K 1401 program titled Polynomial
Cruve Fit for Economic Analysis and Forecasting, file
number 07.0.003. The Spencer Smoothing is applied to
adjust for the irregular component, thereby leaving a
trend-cycle component series for final analysis.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Any IBM 16K 1401 for which
a FORTRAN compiler has been written.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1401060013

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-06.0.014

ONE-WAY ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE

AUTHOR.... M. H. Johnson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. M. Johnson
The Bendix Corporation
Pioneer-Central Division
Hickory Grove Road

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

Davenport, Iowa

DESCRIPTION - Computation of ”P Ratio” for One Way Analysis
of Variance. The program is designed for both variable
and constant sample sizes per column.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in FORTRAN.

HINIHDH SYSTEM HEQOIHEHEHTS - The program is limited to
a matrix of 99 columns and 999 rows. Equipment
specifications - 8K 1401 Card System with a 132 position
Printer, and standard FORTRAN configuration.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060014

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

■06.0.015

TIME SERIES ANALYSIS AND

DATA REDUCTION

PROGRAM

AUTHOR,. .

.R. A. Kopp

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. A. Kopp
IBM Corporation
Product Forecasting
Harrison, Hew York

DESCRIPTION - Performs data reduction and smoothing of
tine series functions by classifying series data into runs
or groups of points having positive or negative rates of
change or trend. Repeated averaging of runs produces
smoothing and reduces the number of observations in a
series to a level where major trends can be reasonably
isolated. Uses methodology from the paper THE ANALYSIS
OP ECONOMIC TIME SERIES FOE PROBABILITY FORECASTING AND
CONTROL, Z. Z. Szatrowski, July 1963. Accomodates series
with fixed or variable time intervals and provides for
assignment of constant or variable weighting factors to
each series observation. Output is on tape and printer.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

HINIHDH SYSTEM REQUIREHENTS - Autocoder program uses 8K
1401 with four tape drives. Advanced Programming, Sense
Switches, Hultiply/Divide, and 1403 Mod, 2 or 3.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060015

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-06.0.018

TRADING-DAY ADJUSTMENT FOE 1401 VERSIONS OF CENSUS
METHOD II

AUTHOR L. Salzman

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

L. Salzman

IBM Corporation

590 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10022

DESCRIPTION - This 8K-1401 FORTRAN Program is an adaption
of the BUREAU OF THE CENSUS TRADING-DAY ADJUSTMENT which
will be included in the X-11 Version of CENSUS METHOD II,
The subject program was written to be completely compatible
and automated with the X-9 and original versions of CENSUS
METHOD II available from the 1401 General Program Library.
Specifically, it takes the original and final seasonally
adjusted series as input (both available in the proper
card format from the CENSUS METHOD II programs mentioned
above) ; develops the irregular component; further develops
trading-day adjustment factors for each month in a series,
adjusts the original series for trading-day variations;
and prints and punches output which become input to the
seasonal adjustment programs so that the various measures
and factors can be computed after correction for trading-
day variations.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in FORTRAN.

1401

COHTBIBDTED PEOGBiHS

1401

PAGE -071

COHTIHOED PHOfl PRIOR PAGE

MIHIHUH SYSTEH REQUIREMENTS - An 8K-1401 with at least
one tape drive for which a FORTRAN conpiler has been
written.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401060018

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL none

CARDS

none

1401-07.0.002

SELF-CHECKING NUMBER CALCULATION MODULUS II

AUTHOR Mrs. Nancy N. Merrill

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO. . .

Mrs. Nancy N. Merrill
IBM Corporation
1730 Cambridge Street
Cambridge, Massachusetts

DESCRIPTION - Calculates the self-checking number for base
numbers, 3-15 positions. A lead card instructs the program
in the size of the base number and the desired input and
output.

Options for input -

1) Generate base numbers from 1 to 9S.

2) Generate between specified numbers.

3) Read specific numbers from cards.

Options for output -

1) Punch base number and its check digit.

2) Print and punch base number and its check digit.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEH REQUIREMENTS - 4K, 1401.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401070002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-07.0.003

POLYNOMIAL CURVE FIT FOR ECONOMIC ANALYSIS AND FORECASTING

AUTHOR. .. .Lawrence Salzman

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Lawrence Salzman
IBM Corporation
590 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022

DESCRIPTION - This program is written in FORTRAN for a
16K-1401 and is compatible with the 16K-1401 version of
the Data Transfer Program for CENSUS METHOD II, No.
06,0.013. These two programs in conjunction with the 4K-
1401 versions of CENSUS METHOD II No. 06.0.003 form an
automated package for forecasting. This program takes
time-series data and fits a first, second and/or third
degree polynomial to the series. It computes the function,
fitting points to the equation and subtracting and dividing
the fitted from the observed data. This gives the
deviations about an assumed trand which tends toward the
cycle for those series that have a cycle. As an option,
the trend can be projected 24 trse periods into the future,
i.e., if monthly data are used this gives a 2-year
projection. The coefficients are computed by the least
squares technique. The calculations utilize FORTRAN
Floating Point Arithmetic, A modified Gaussian elimination
technique is used to solve the resulting set of linear
equations.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401070003

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-09.2.007

HIGHWAY EARTHWORK QUANTITIES AND DESIGN DATA

AUTHOR. .. .David Denzer

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

David Denzer
State of Illinois
Division of Highways
Bureau of Research S Planning
State Office Building
Springfield, Illinois

DESCRIPTION - The purpose of the program is to compute
cut and fill quantities, mass diagram ordinates, and
critical template offsets and elevations, for suvh projects
as highways, levees, and channels, from ground cross
sections expressed either by rods and offsets or by
elevations and offsets, a profile grade line, and a roadway
template of not more than 20 points on each side of
centerline. Two cut slopes and three fill slopes of any
selected rate of slope may be used. All template points
are difined by vertical and horizontal offsets from the
preceding point, so that the dimensions of any point may
be changed at any cross section station without affecting
the relative position of other unchanged points on the
template. The program may be used for multiple roadways
so long as one-hald width can be defined by not more than
20 template points.*^

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - IBM 1401 Computer System
with 16K Memory.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401092007

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL none

none

1401-10.1.002

LINEAR PROGRAMMING

AUTHOR R. Cabell

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R. Cabell

IBM Corporation

6210 North Atlantic Avenue

Cocoa Beach, Florida

DESCRIPTION - The program maximizes a linear objective
function of N variables, subject to M constraints. The
values for MSN must be specified by the user for each
problem. The Simplex method is used, but is revised to
permit, the basis to be carried as only a column matrix.

PEOGEASMIHG SYSTEMS - Written in SPS-2

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - The program requires 1500
positions. 1401 CPU 2K, 4K, 8K, 12K, or 16K. 1402 Card

Reader, 1403 Model I or Model II Printer, No special
features are required.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code,

CRDEEING IHFORHATIOSi PROGRAM HuMBEE 1401101002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

PAGE 072

1401

C09TSIBOTED PBOGBAHS

1401

1401-10.1.004

LIHEAB PR0GBAMMI8G, BEVISED SIMPLEX METHOD

AOTBOB. . . .Dr. J. Bobert Johnson, Jr.

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Dr. J. Bobert Johnson, Jr.

Indastrial Engineering Departnent
B. J. Beynolds Tobacco Conpan;

Winston-Salen, North Carolina

DESCRIPTION - To solve a general linear programming problem.
Revised Simplex method, product form of the inverse.

FOBTBAN. Op to 108 equations with any number of unknowns.
Storage requirements 16000 positions. Modulus is 5 and
mantissa is 8.83 minutes or 21 equations in 53 unknowns
(30 iterations) . The time is more largely a function of
the number of variables involved and of the number of
iterations than of the number of equations.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401, 16K with the following
features Advanced Programming, High-Low- Equal Compare,
and MultiplyDivide- three 7330 Tape Drives - Card Reader
and Punch - 1403 Printer. 1402 Card Read/Punch.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401101004

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.2.003

INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SIMULATOR

AUTHOR K. Kimball Holland

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...

K. Kimball Holland
Barrows Hall
Oberlin College
Oberlin, Ohio

DESCRIPTION - 1401 Inventory Management Simulator is a
small size basic inventory management simulator which
offers an easy method of simulating the behavior of various
inventory policies using historical sales data. Many
different policy options are available and the routines
are easily modifiable.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Memory 4K 1401 processor
1402 Card Reader/Punch 1403 Model (132 Print Positions).

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401102003

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.2.006

MORTGAGE AMORIZATION SCHEDULE

AUTHOR. .. .Hartley Fredrickson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Hartley Fredrickson
IBM Corporation
348 East South Temple
Salt Lake City, Utah

DESCRIPTION - This program will be written to amortize
a mortgage and print a schedule of this amortization.

The printed items for a given date would include - date
of each payment, and number of res^ining payaents. At
the end of the program is will print the amount of principal
and interest paid. The variables that the user can specify
will be - principal amount- interest rateamount of payment,
and date of first payment. The program will have the
ability to stop it on a certain date, after a certain
amount of payment is reached, or until the mortgage is
completely amortized. Extra principal payments nay be
included is desired.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1401 High-Low-Equal
Compare, Mult. & Divide and 132 print positions.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401102006

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-10.2.007

MANAGEMENT DECISION MAKING LABORATORY AUTOMATIC PLOTTING OF
RESULTS

AUTHOR. ... Stephen B. Lucas

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Stephen B. Lucas
IBM corporation
520 N. Dearborn
Chicago, Illinois

DESCRIPTION - MADMAP is a program Utilizing history and
decision cards from each period of play to automatically
generate nine graphs of laboratory results on the 1403
Printer. By using this program, the Decision Making
Laboratory Administrator eliminates the need for personnel
to manually graph results. Any combination of graphs can
be selected by sense switches and additional copies made
without reloading the program or data. 1401 requirements
are the same as those for the IBM 1401 Management Decision
Making Laboratory. The object program can be on cards
or tape. Graphs available are — price by area, marketing
by area, total marketing, total dollar sales and unit
sales, research and development and unit cost, production
quantity and production as percent of capacity, income,
assets and return on assets. In addition, a summary report
of income, assets, and return is also written for the use
of the administrator.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 Processing Unit with
4000 positions of storage. Advanced Programming feature,
Hi-Low-Equal Compare feature. Sense Switches feature,
Multiply-Divide Feature, 1402 Card-Read/Punch, 1403 Printer
- 729 or 7330 Magnetic Tape Units (2) .

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - Hone.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM HUMBER 1401102007

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

type

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-10.2.008

GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATOR - GPSS-2

AUTHORS... D. F. Bright G. Tate

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...

G. Tate

IBM WTC Corporation
P. O. Box 2557
Wellington, New Zealand

DESCRIPTION - This program is based on the 7090 application
program. General Purpose Systems Simulator. It contains
most features of GPSS II except FORTRAN-type expressions.

It is limited to 75 blocks, 15 facilities, 15 storages,

10 queues, 10 logic switches, 20 SAVEX locations, 10
functions, 10 tables, with 150 transactions in the system
concurrently. The 1401 General Purpose Simulator is use
ful for demonstrations, educations, preliminary simulation
sutdies or simulation of complete small systems.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder

HIHIMUH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - For a 16K 1401 with one Tape,
Advanced Programming and High-Low-Equal Compare, for general
purpose systems simulation.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

1401

COHTEIB0TED PROGfiAHS

1401

PAGE* 073

CONTIMDED FBOH PRIOR PAGE

ORDERING IHFORHATION: FROGBAH NUMBER 1401102008

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREBENH

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10-2.010

COMMERCIAL AND SAVINGS TELLER SIMULATION USING NABAC MODEL

AUTHORS... J. V. Spikes, Jr. Robert Sykoba

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. V. Spikes, Jr.

IBM Corporation

112 East Post Road

White Plains, New York 10601

DESCRIPTION - Program simulates teller operation, providing
summary statistics which reflect levels of customer service
and teller utilization. Model was developed by NABAC.

The simulator utilizes Monte Carlo technique of random
selection in the assignment of transaction type and
processing time to simulated customers, customer arrivals
are generated assuming arrival within tine period fits
a poisson distribution function. The user is allowed a
maximum of 5 window types, total windows not to exceed
30, and maximums of 29 time periods, 20 transaction types,
queue length of 9. Program requires NABAC ’S Teller
Performance Standards to determine processing tine for
each customer by transaction type. It is suggested that
data on customer arrivals and transaction mix be gathered
by a separate program. Teller Simulation Data Conversion
and summarization Program for IBB 1401.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder IOCS

HIHIBUB SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K, 1401, 2 Tape Drives,

1402, 1403, Advanced Programming, H-L-E, Multiply Divide.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401102010

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-10.2.011

CAPERTSIB - COMPUTER ASSISTED PROJECT EVALUATION AND REVIEW
TECHNIQUE SIMULATOR

AUTHOR.... R. L. Risley

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R. L. Risley
Allison Dxyj.sj.on
General Motors Corporation
Dept. 8895

Indianapolis, Indiana

DESCRIPTION - To train personnel in the use of PERT network
as (1) A planning and control device for complex projects.

(2) To enable students to experience the siginificance
of time-cost trand-offs. (3) To acquaint students with
the use of the computer as an aid to management.

Method - A PERT Network is read in followed by control
card followed by the student changes to the PERT network -
Analysis of the student changes is made, the PERT network
is updated, the change in cost is computed and the network
is PERTED and a negative slack sort is printed.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - IBM 8K 1401 with Advanced
Programming, Bultiply/Divide, 1402 and 1403.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401102011

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREfcENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

1401-10.2.012

1401/1440 DISK MANAGEMENT DECISION MAKING LABORATORY

AUTHOR. S. B. Lucas

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

S. B. Lucas
IBM Corporation
520 N. Dearborn Street
Chicago, Illinois

DESCRIPTION - This program makes available the Management
Decision Making Laboratory on a 1401/1311 or 1440/1311
Disk System. The program uses the same economic model
and generates the same reports as the present 1401 tape
version. In addition, parameters* and initial history are
stored on disk. Program and running history can be stored
on disk or run with card Input/Output. Change card formats
are used to easily alter parameters and history on disk.

The business index can be increased or decreased and
additional industry and confidential reports can be written
by sense switch selection. At the end of any decision
run, results stored on disk can be plotted, eliminating
the need for post-laboratory graphing.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - The minimum 1311 System
consists of an 8K 1401 or 1440 with Advanced Programming,
High-Low- Equal Compare, and Sense Switches. One 1311 Drive
and one 1316 Disk Pack for laboratories in progress are
required. 2569 source statements.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM ..PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None
MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401102012

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-10.3.001

LESS - LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND SCHEDULING (4K-SCHEDULING
PHASE ORLY)

AUTHORS. . .LOU J. Granato Jim Borden

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Lou J. Granato
IBM corporation
631 Cooper Street
Camden 2, Hew Jersey

DESCRIPTION - Program is a high speed method of determing
critical jobs and related information (float times, etc.)
for projects where scheduling is important. Program will
handle 574 events (nodes) with any number of arrows (jobs)
The length of the critical path cannot exceed 6 digits
(999999) .

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS II.

HIHIBUB SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 Card System, 4K Memory,
no special features required.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1401103001

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM
COD E

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.002

LESS - LEAST-COST ESTIMATING AND SCfiEDULIHG
8K, 12K, and 16K

AUTHORS. .. Lou Granato Joe Rose
Jim Borden

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Lou Granato
IBM Corporation
631 Cooper Street
Camden 2, Hew Jersey

OPTIONAL

none

PAGE 074

1401

COHTBIBOTED PBOGBAMS

1401

COHTIliDED FBOM PBIOB PAGE

DESCBIPTIOH - This prograa is a high speed method of
determining critical path and related information (float
time etc.) for problems where scheduling is important.

The program will handle 8K Hemory - 985 events (12K Memory
- 1555 events) 16K Hemory - 2125 events) . Any number of
jobs (arrows) can be handled. Length of the critical path
cannot exceed 7 digits (9999999) , Hill handle 1000 arrows
in approximately 12 minutes including card handling tine.
This is a three (3) phase, two (2) pass program.

PEOGBAHHIHG SYSTEMS - iritten in SPS II

flIHIBOH SYSTEM BEQDIBEHESTS - 1401 card system with 8,

12 or 16K Memory, Multiply Divide feature, Hi-Lo-Egual
Compare.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOMENTATIOH - irite-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGEAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDERING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NDBBEB 1401103002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.007

PEBT

A0THOB,...J, F. Borden

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIRIES TO...

J. F. Borden
IBM Corporation
Philadelphia Education Center
230 South 15th Street
Philadelphia 2, Pa.

DESCRIPTION - To aid in the planning, coordination and
control function of projects where schedules are important.
Evaluates and sequences jobs within the overall project
with respect to their effect on the overall project and
other jobs within the project. Similar to the LESS programs
for 1401 and also the existing PEBT programs. Provides
for the use of three (3) time estimates but does not
calculate PB, i.e., the probability associated with meeting
predetermined schedule dates.

PBOGEAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS; Assembled with
Autocoder.

MIHIMOH SYSTEM BEQOIBEHENTS - 1401 Model C-3,4,5 or 6 with.
Multiply Divide feature Hi-Low-Egual Compare feature 1402
Card Read/ Punch 1403 Printer, Model 2 729 Model II or
IV Tape Onits.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OEDEBING INFOBHATION: PBOGBAM NOHBER 1401103007

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10,3.008

FORECASTING BY EXPONENTIAL SMOOTHING

AOTBOB. . . . Jack F. Miess

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Jack F. Miess

IBM corporation

P. 0. Box 1608

340 W. Washington Avenue

Madison, Wisconsin

DESCRIPTION - This program is used to find the correct
smoothing parameter for each of a firms products and then
used to forecast monthly demand for one, two, three, and
four months in advance for these products. The exponential
smoothing method of forecasting is used with optional
features of adjustments for seasonal variation and varying
number of days in a month.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Symbolic Language
and Fixed Point Arithmetic was used throughout.

CONTINDED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103008

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.009

ASK - INFOBHATION RETRIEVAL PROGRAM FOR THE 1401

AUTHOR. ... Donald Herman

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Donald Herman

Computing Center

IBM Corporation

1120 Connecticut Avenue, N. w.

Washington, D. C.

DESCRIPTION - ASK is an information retrieval program.

It will select records from tape that satisfy ranges, and,
and not, or, or not, conditions. Free form inquiry format
is used and multiple inquiries nay be processed with one
pass of the master tape. Significant features are the
ability to make multiple inquiries, the use of free form
inquiry, and the omission of any necessity for control
cards.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K, 1401, two tape drives.
Advanced Programming package, Hi-Low-Equal Compare feature
1402 Card Reader 1403 Printer.

BASIC PROGBAH PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103009

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.010

KWIC SYSTEM

AUTHOBS...C. M. Lobron D. H. Myers

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

C. M. Lobron
IBM Corporation
230 S. 15th Street
Philadelphia, Pa.

DESCRIPTION - The six programs, runs 1 through 6, together
with a programming systems Sort package, will permit the
preparation of a publication consisting of a bibiography,
KWIC Index, and personal author index.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS II.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - IBM 1401 System - 4K memory,
6 sense switches, 2 tape drives, Hi-Lo-Equal Compare
feature. Advanced Programming feature (indexing, move
record, store A and B) , 1402 Card Bead/Punch, and 1403
Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OBDEBING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103010

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 with 4K storage 1402
Model 1 1403 Model 2 (132 printing positions) no other
speical features are required.

1401

COHTEIBDTED PROGRAHS

1401

PAGE 075

1401-10.3.013

CRITICAL PATH SCHEDDLER (BASIC 1401)

ADTHOR. ,. .Henry H. Steele

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...
Henry H. Steele
IBH Corporation
2830 Victory ParXway
Cincinnati 6, Ohio

1401-10.3.016

CAPITAL INVESTHENT ANALYSIS (8K)

AUTHOR P. A. Christopher

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...
P. A. Christopher
IBM Corporation
401 Grand Avenue
Oakland 10, California

DESCRIPTION - A program for critical path scheduling on
any 1401 system with a 1402 and 1403. Purpose was to use
a card input format compatible with the 1620 LESS Program
and to expand and improve upon the 1401 LESS program.

Some of the many changes to 1401 LESS include - Hissing
node numbers permitted, elimination of memory to nines
card preparation for phase 1. Elimination of header and
trailer cards for job card input decks, and many report
format changes. A four phase program. Phase 1 computes
late finish time. Phase 2 computes early start time.

Phase 3 computes early finish time, late start time, total
float, free float, and the critical path. Phase 4
accumulates project cost and edits fields into report
format. Restrictions and range critical path may not
exceed 99,999 time units. The maximum event of node number
is 711 on a 4K system, 311 on 2K, and 191 on 1.4K.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS

DESCRIPTION - A 1401 program to calculate the rate of
return of an investment based on the discounted cash flow
method. This program provides a standard technique for
ranking proposed capital expenditures, or, the rate of
return may be compared with a minimum acceptable rate to
heop determine whether or not a proposed project should
be undertaken.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Program is Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Written for an 8K 1401 with
Multiply-Divide, Advanced Programming and Sense Switches.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1402 and 1403 on system.

No special features are used. Written for a 4K system,
but requires only four patches to phase 1 to operate on
2K or 1.4K system. Program requirements uses all storage
available on 1.4K, 2K, and 4K systems.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103016

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIPEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103013

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.017

LESS PROGRAM 4K

AUTHOR W. C. Millhoff

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...
W. C. Millhoff
IBM Corporation
1955 The Alameda
San Jose 26, California

1401-10.3.015

PIECEWORK-TIMEWORK PAYROLL

AUTHOR. .. .Marilyn M. Jensen

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Marilyn M. Jensen
IBM Corporation
3223 Wilshire Boulevard
Santa Monica, California

DESCRIPTION - The Piecework-Timework Payroll program. Phase
1, computes employee earnings to first gross, and prints
' a preliminary payroll register for supervisory audit.

It provides for an employee working a combination of
piecework with a special rate for every job, and timework
with either a special rate for every job. or with either
a special or regular time rate. Shift differentials are
calculated if the work was performed on other than first
shift- total hours worked (piecework plus timework) are
adjusted if unequal to timecard hours- and lost labor is
computer if productive earnings are less than guaranteed
earnings. Phase 2 produces the error register. Remaining
core may be used to develop more sophisticated error
diagnostic routines.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Without modification, the
program requires a 1401 System with 8K, 2-7330 Tape Drives,
1405, 1407, Multiply-Divide, H-L-E Compare, and Advanced
Programming. Phase 1 requires 6643 positions of core and
1015 source statements. Phase 2 requires 2211 positions
of core with 369 source statements

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103015

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

DESCRIPTION - This program revises the 1401 LESS 4K program,
♦10.3.001, by Lou Granto, Jim Borden, and Joe Rose to
include a fourth phase which prepares a Gantt Chart. This
revision includes changes to phase 1, 2, and 3 to provide
punched output from phase 3 for subsequent preparation
of Gantt Chart Pictorial Schedules in phase 4. The maximum
number of events has been reduced from 575 to 544. Other
features of referenced program, 10.3.001 remain the same
- any number of arrows-jobs and a 6 digit limit on the
length of the critical path. Detailed schedules in phase
4 cannot exceed 93 days.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIRMENTS - Basic 1401 with a 1402 and
a Model 2 1403 Printer. No special features are required.
Phase 1 573 core positions, phase 4 1018 core positions.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103017

PROGRAM NUMBER

distribution medium

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10,3.023

INVENTORY MANAGEMENT ANALYSIS PROGRAM

AUTHOR.. . .Charlotte Scott

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Charlotte Scott
IBM Corporation
425 Park Avenue
New York, New York

DESCRIPTION - The Inventory Management Analysis Program
provides analysis and classification by investment value
and profit standing. Also, the program provides for the
calculation of EOQ, number of orders per year based on
order quantity, fixed order points and projected turnover
ratios. Individual analysis is made for each inventory
type, i.e., finished goods, purchases parts, manufactured
parts and raw material. This program provides a means
for selecting data for inventory management simulation.

PAGE 076

1401

COHTBIBOTED PSOGBABS

1401

C08TIB0ED FBOM PBIOB PAGE

by defining the area of greatest potential return-

stratification of inventory items may be made by correlating
demand, cost and net profit. There are many other factors
which should be considered for a complete analysis such
as storage capacity, obsolescence, shelf life, movement
inventory and seasonal demand.

PBOGBABBING SYSTEflS - Britten in Autocoder.

BIHIHOB SYSTEfl BEQDIBEHEHTS - Eequirements - IBB 1401 Card
System, 4K, flult ./Divide, 132 Print Positions.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCOBENTATION - Brite-up.

BACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAB PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING IHFOBBATION: PBOGBAB NOBBEB 1401103023

PBOGBAB NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

BEDIOB

CODE

USEE VOLUHE
BEQOIREMEHT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.024

LOT SIZE INVENTOEY BANAGEBEHT INTERPOLATION TECHNIQUE
(LIBIT)

A0THOBS...J. D. Barty G. B. Plossal

0. B. Bight B. J. Abramson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. D. flarty
Stanley Tools
111 Elm Street
Hew Britain, Conn.

OESCBIPTION - Lot-size Inventory Banagement Interpolation
Technique (LIBIT) is a program which attacks the problem
of inventory carrying cost found in the classical EOQ
formula by distributing a department or plants setup hours
in a more reasonable manner. Output is the best order
quantity for all times withing the limitation of a
prescribed setup cost and matrix for graphing showing the
relationship of inventory to set up cost for various points -

PBOGBABBING SYSTEBS - Britten in symbolic language.

aiNIBUB SYSTEB BEQUIREBENTS - Required 4K, Bodel 2 1403,
flultiply-Divide, advanced programming, and Hi-Low-Equal.
References Apics Research Project No. 1 for more details.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCDBEHTATIOH - Write-up.

BACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAB PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING INFCBBATION: PBOGBAB NOBBEB 1401103024

PBOGBAB NOBBEB DISTRIBUTION BEDIOB USES VOLOBE

EXTENSION TYPE CODE BEQUIEEBEHT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-10.3.028

CRITICAL PATH LISTING AND BESOOBCE ANALYSIS

AOTHOB R. J. Blair

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R. J. Blair
IBB Corporation
9250 iilshire Blvd.

Beverly Hills, Calif.

DESCRIPTION - This program performs two major functions.
First, it lists critical path output in any card format-
Second, it performs preliminary analysis of resource
requirements prior to resource simulation. This anlaysis
determines the reasonableness of the resource requirements.
These requirements may be revised as a result of this
analysis before proceeding with resource simulation.

The program has four options:

(a) Include total float, free float, resource analysis.

(b) Include total float, resource anlaysis.

(d) List input cards.

The program options and data field locations are specified
by a control card. The program can handle stacked networks.

PBOGBABBING SYSTEBS - Source language SPS II.

fllHIBUH SYSTEB BEQUIEEBEHTS - Bachine configuration IBB

CONTINUED FHOB PRIOR COLUBH

4K 1401 With advanced programming, Bultiply/Divide, and
a 1403 with 132 print positions. Program storage
requirements 3569 positions of core used.

BASIC PROGRAB PACKAGE

DOCOBENTATION - Write-Up.

BACHIHE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAB PACKAGE - Hone.

OBDEBING IHFOBBATION: PBOGBAB NOBBEB 1401103028

PROGRAM NOBBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

BEDIOB

CODE

USEE VOLUHE
BEQUIBEHENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.035

QUICK KWIC INDEX

AUTHOR.... J. B. Bain

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. B. Bain

IBB Corporation

1123 Beaver Hall Hill

Bontreal, Quebec, Canada

DESCRIPTION - This is a one pass program to produce a
simple KWIC index from cards using only one card for each
entry to the index. Previous programs have generally
required several machine runs to produce a KWlc indes.

PROGRAHHING SYSTEBS - The program is written in Autocoder
and uses the full 4000 memory positions.

HINIBOB SYSTEB BEQUIREBENTS - The program requires a 4K
1401 with 1402 and 1403 and 4 tape drives. Advanced
programming and High-Low-Equal compare features are
required.

BASIC PBOGBAB PACKAGE

DOCOBENTATION - Write-Up.

BACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAB PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORBATIOH: PBOGBAB NUBBER 1401103035

PBOGBAB NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

BEDIOB

CODE

USER VOLUHE
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.039

THE TBATELING SALESBAN

AUTHOR H. 0. Duke

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

B. 0. Duke
IBB Corporation
1933 Fifth Avenue
Seattle, Washington 98101

DESCRIPTION - A program to solve the traveling salesman
problem, where it is desired to find the minimum distance
required to visit a number of cities and return. The
program uses an algorithm developed by the author, which
selects an initial continuous path, and searches for
improvements that can be made that will not destroy
continuity. Baximum problem size for an 8K 1401 is 11
cities, which can be solved in less than 3 minutes.
Computations are done in fixed point arithmetic.

PBOGBABBING SYSTEBS - The program was written in FORTBAN,
and has been compiled and tested on the 1620, the 1410,
the 709, and the 7094.

HINIBOB SYSTEB BEQUIREBENTS - Computations are done in
Fixed Point Arithmetic. Hultiply-Divide, Hi-Low-Equal
Compare, and Advanced Programming are required. Program
is structured to use all available memory. Additional
core nay be used to solve problems of up to 45 cities with
16K core-

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION -Write-up.

HACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PEOGRAH NUMBER 1401103039

PBOGBAB NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

HEDIDH

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401

CONTRIBDTED PROGRAMS

1401

PAGE 077

1401-10.3.041

FAST - F0LL7 ADTOHATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE

AUTHOR Mr. C. F. Silkes

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Hr. C. F. Wilkes

1550 Elasford Avenue

La Habra, California 90632

DESCRIPTION - A coBplete system of test scoring and
reporting. The system uses the IBM 1401 Card Data
Processing System. The input source document is a mark-
sense test answer card. Method- basically, table lookup
and computation. Will score up to ten different tests
for an individual student, using all normal formula's or
scoring techniques. Up to sixteen raw score points
summarized into a single output card per student.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Card Autocoder (Basic) .

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K storage, card system.

Column Binary, Advanced Programming, High-Low-Egual Compare,
sense switches, 1403 Printer Model 2, 1402 Card Read Punch.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None,

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103041

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.044

PROJECT PROGRESS REPORT PHASE I

AUTHOR Mr. E. E. Lambert

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Mr. E. E. Lambert
Computer Coordinator
Deere & Company
Moline, Illinois 61265

DESCRIPTION - This program evaluates the progress of
projects by individuals with totals for individuals, groups
and the entire report. Completed projects can be entered
for history and man-days early or late are computed.

Future projects can be entered for information and are
picked up as current projects when the start date is passed.
Current projects are checked, warnings printed on condition,
and projected completion dates and man-days deviation from
the scheduled completion date and calculated and printed
on another condition. Six monthly projections of man-day
work load are computed for current and future projects
for each individual.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 8K, Multiply-Divide,
Advanced Programming Package and High-Low-Equal Compare.
Program uses 5900 position of core. 1402 Card Reader 132
position 1403 Printer,

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103044

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-10.3.047

INFORMATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL PROGRAM

AUTHCH....D. Prentice A. Smith

G, De Graw I. A. Warheit

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

I. A. Warheit
IBM Corporation
Dept. 599
Bldg. 064

Systems Development Division
Monterey S Cottle Roads
San Jose, California

DESCRIPTION - The Information Storage and Retrieval (ISR)
System is also known as the Combined File Search System

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

(CFSS) . The system is general purpose, it accommodates
large files, it offers an elaborate set of search options,
it has an unusually fast search, and it is designed to
graduate into more elaborate systems, CFSS is tested,
operations, and ready for immediate use. Its significance
is that it utilizes a low cost, small computer
configuration, yet provides sophisticated functions coupled
with very economical operating times. These characteristics
are possible because of the file structure and the search
technique. The file structure and the search technique
are closely interrelated elements of the total system,
each necessary to the other.

The master file is structured according to the concept
of coordinate indexing, using independent terms as the
basic descriptive elements. However, CFSS provides for
subterms, that is, dependent adjectives to the terms, and
for associating numerical values with any terms or subterms.
This facility makes possible another dimension in both
file indexing and file searching. Any given document can
thus be described to a considerable depth and to a fine
degree of precision, and this can be done independent of
the level of description in other documents.

The search technique itself is a synthesis of the
traditional serial file and inverted file methods, retaining
the strengths of each and avoiding their weaknesses. This
successful synthesis extends the power of the search and
at the sane time achieves a significantly greater efficiency
in operating time. The method of the combined file search
basically used the inverted file to drastically reduce
the domain of interest and performs the actual, detailed
search on the resultant reduced serial file. It thus
circumvents the incompatibility between the search request,
which contains desired characteristics, and the serial
file, which is organized by file record identity. This
incompatibility requires that every request look at every
record, a gross and inherent inefficiency. At the salme
time, the method avoids the limitations of the inverted
file in that it makes its final determination on the
individual file record with a facility for depth and
precision not attainable on the inverted file. For example,
the subterms, numerical values, and links and roles
accommodated in CFSS are impossible or cumbersome in a
strict inverted file search. The generality of the file
structure is attested to by the accommodation of files
in engineering parts, medical library material, personnel
records, etc. The structure is also flexible, permitting
the addition of special functions while leaving the basi
c structure intact, an example of which is the incorporation
of the links and roles function. The file thus allows
breadth and depth but permits indexing and searching to
take place at any desired level according to the
requirements of the individual document and the individual
search request. The impact of CFSS then resides in the
achievement of power, flexibility, generality, and
efficiency in a single system. These characteristics are
rooted in the file structure and the search method which
represent an advance to a more accurate conformity to the
inherent nature of ISR.

A further importance of CFSS is that it is not a theoretical
approach, but a concept translated into an operating system,
available to those with ISR needs. This program also
permits truncation of subdescriptors, allows for larger
search questions (up to 2200 characters) , allows card or
tape input (search) , allows up to 16 scope notes in
dictionary program (maximum size permissible by Sort II
or Sort VII) , provides input print program in utilities
section and adds a MAINT 7 which provides for duplication
of master file, merging of multiple master files and
reconstruction of descriptor file from master file.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Operates on an IBM 8K, 1401
with the Advanced Programming package, sense switches,

4 tape units, a card reader, and a printer. To improve
throughput in the search one 1311 may be used on an optional
basis.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103047

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIPEHENT

BASIC none

HT 7/556

nT 7/80C

OPTIONAL none

none

1401-10.3.049

SKILLS INVENTORY SYSTEM

AUTHOR Mrs. B. K, Pavelle

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...
S. M. Bailes
IBM Corporation
ASDD

PIGE 078

1401

CONTRIBDTED PEOGB&flS

1401

COKTINOED FBOH PfilOB PAGE

2651 Strang Blvd-
lorktown Heights, Nev York

DESCRIPTIOH - The Skills Inventory Systen is an inforaation
retrieval systea which allows access to precoded data
concerning eaployee skills and background. The systea
has the ability to select eaployees aeeting the
qualifications for available positions. Statistical
analyses aay also be perforaed. A file coded eaployee
inforaation is built which can be updated, searched and
retrieved in uncoded fora (English rather than codes) .

MIHIHOH SISTEH BEQOIBEHEHTS - 8K 4-tape 1401 with Advanced
Prograaaing package and High-Lo-Equal Coapare.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOBENTATIOS - Brite-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBIHG IHFOBMATION; PBOGBAH NOHBEB 1401103049

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

none

7/800

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.050

1401/1311 TBANSPORTATIOH PROBLEM

ADTHOB. . ..Mr. C. E. Boot

DIRECT TECHNICAL IHQDIRIES TO...

C. E. Boot
IBM Corporation
1307 S. Boulder
Tulsa, Oklahoaa

DESCRIPTIOH - The Transportation Problea optiaizes the
cost of shipping a product from a nuaber of warehouses
(suppliers) to a nuaber of retailers (deaanders) . This
class of problea includes personnel assignment, production
scheduling, distribution problems, contract awards, etc.

The aaziauB problem size is 300 suppliers by 999 deaanders.
The tiae required to solve a problea depends upon the
problem size and the nuaber of iterations taken. A 15X23
problem ran in 10 minutes. A 50X400 ran 7 hours.

PBOGBAHHING SYSTEMS - The source language is Autocoder.

HINIMOH SYSTEM BEQDIBEMENTS - The program is written for
a 16K 1401 with Advanced Prograaaing, Hultiply-Divide
feature and one 1311 Disk Drive with Direct Seek.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCDMEHTATIOH - Hrite-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.

OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE
DOCDMENTATION - Hone,

MACHINE BEADABLE - Source code.

OBDEBIHG INFORMATION; PBOGBAH NOMBER 1401103050

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

■10,3,053
LESS IV

AUTHOR..,

,M. C. Kalnitz

DIRECT TECHNICAL IHQOIBIES TO...

M. C. Kalnitz
IBM Corporation
2651 Strang Blvd.

Yorktown Heights, N. Y.

DESCEIPTION - To convert the output from 1401 LESS (Least
Cost Estiaating and Scheduling) 8K, 12K, 16K - presently
in an elapsed day format, to an actual calendar date format.
This program starts at any preselected day, includes
weekends and holidays or eliminates the selectively.

Elapsed duration cannot exceed 36 months.

PBOGBAMMIHG SYSTEMS - iritten in Autocoder.

HINIHDM SYSTEM BEQDIEEMENTS - 1401 card system with 8K,
Hultiply-Divide feature and Hi-Lo-Equal Compare.

BASIC PBOGBAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATION - Write-Up,

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate aaterial delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None,

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

ORDERING

INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103053

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.055

INDIVIDUAL LEDGER EXTRACT PROGRAM FOB CREDIT UNIONS

AUTHOR J. A. Atkinson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. A. Atkinson
IBM Corporation
Monterey and Cottle Roads
San Jose, California

DESCRIPTION - This program produces member's statements
covering dividend accounting periods. At the start of
a new dividend period a new record is started for each
account with share and loan balances carried forward.
Dividents are calculated and posted. Insurance preainums
are calculated. Prograa occupies 13141 positions and
locations 7003 to 10410 and 10666 to 10740 are used for
input - output. There are 1783 source statements. This
program should be used in conjunction with individual
ledger update program for credit unions.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder,

MINIMUM SYSTEM HEQOIREHEHTS - The program requires 16K,
1401 Processor, 1402 Card Reader, 1403 Printer (132
positions) , 3 tape units, High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced
Programming and sense switches.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1401103055

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-10.3.056

INDIVIDUAL LEDGER UPDATE PROGRAM FOR CREDIT UNIONS

AUTHOR. .. .John A. Atkinson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. A. Atkinson
IBM Corporation
Monterey and Cottle Roads
San Jose, California

DESCRIPTIOH - This program will post all transactions to
each member's account. will automatically calculate
interest to principal for loand repaid monthly. Provides
for share to share transfers it accounts involved have
the same basic serial number. Program occupies 12837
positions and locations 7574 - 7648 and 7730 11138 are
used for input - output. There are 1783 source statements.
This program should be used in conjunction with individual
ledger extract program for credit unions.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1401 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Program requires 16K 1401
Processor, 1402 Card Reader, 1403 Printer, 132 positions) ,

3 tape units, High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced Programming
and sense switches.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE ~ Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103056

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

EXTENSION TYPE CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL none

CARDS

none

1401

COHTRIBDTED PfiOGBAHS

1401

PAGE -079

1401-10.3.059

CRITICAL PATH BAHAGEHENT GAHE

AOTHOR....D. G. Douglas, Jr.

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

D. 6. Douglas, Jr.

IBH Corporation
570 Broad Street
Newark, New Jersey 07102

DESCRIPTION - The Critical Path Hanageaent Game consists
of three programs which can be used for teaching and
demonstrating the techniques of less critical path
scheduling. At selected stages during the game participants
vary activity durations by manipulation of resources.

The objective is to complete project with minimum
expenditure. Phase I prepares a master tape used by Phase
III. Phase II computes project schedules with output
similar to that produced by less programs. Phase III
simulates the game project and reports on the status of
all activities. The game project is restricted to 100
activities and minor restrictions on node numbering and
maximum duration.

PEOGEAHHING STSTEHS - Britten in FORTRAN.

HINIHOH SYSTEM EEQDIEEMENTS - Requires 12K, 1401 with
advanced programming, Multiply-Divide, High- Low-Equal
Compare, 1402 Card Reader, 1403 Printer and at least two
magnetic tape units. Phase III requires 11,152 positions.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103059

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.063

FAST - FOLLY AUTOMATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE-PHASE I PROGRAM
PACKAGE

AUTHOR Mr. C. F. Hilkes

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Mr. C. F. Hilkes
IBM corporation
112 E. Post Road
White Plains, New York

DESCRIPTION - FAST programs are designed to accept-fast-
test answer cards, a vertically oriented, two-column per
side mark-sense card on which a test subject marks his
responses. This type of response will be scored within
the computer. In addition, key punched or 1230/534 punched
raw scores can be accommodated. Regardless of input method,
raw scores are converted to derived scores, listed in
various sequences, printed on pressure-sensitive labels,
and produce profile cards. A five-point frequency
distribution can be produced.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Autocoder

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Can be run on 1401, 1440
or 1460 Systems, with 8K, one 1311 Disk Drive, Advanced
Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare, Bit-Test, and any
1401/40/60 I/O hardware. If fast mark-sense cards are
used, must have Column Binary or Card Image feature. One
additional 1311 Drive required if disk records are sorted
for additional listing sequences.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

CRDERING INFCRHATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103063

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3,064

FAST - FULLY AUTOMATIC SCORING TECHNIQUE PHASE 2 PROGRAM
PACKAGE

AUTHORS... C. F. Wilkes M. N. Samuel

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Mr. C. F. Hilkes

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

IBM Corporation
112 E. Post Road
White Plains, New York

DESCRIPTION - This package contains two programs. The
first prints and plots a unit point frequency distribution.
A normal curve is overlaid for comparative purposes.
Statistics include the mean, standard error of the mean,
mean deviation, standard deviation, variance, G1, median,
G3, and up to 15 modes. Abscissa is scaled on 2-scores
to 0.05 sigma, and the ordinate is scaled on the mode
frequency. Unit frequencies and local percentiles included
for each score. Can punch conversion tables for use with
FST21 to add local norms to student records. The second
program prints a matrix of covariance correlation
coefficients. Op to 15 scores can be correlated
simultaneously, with output of a 14X14 triangular matrix.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

Note - Fast-Fully Automatic Scoring Technique-Phase I is
a necessary prerequisite for the use and understanding
of this program. If not already in the users possession
it should be ordered from PID by requesting file number.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Both programs run on a 1401,
1440 or 1460 with 3K, one 1311, Advanced Programming, High-
Low-Equal Compare, bit test, and any I/O hardware.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1401103064

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.065

SOCRATES STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM

AUTHOR C. F. Wilkes B, J. Nevil

J. R. Cottrell M. N. Samuel

J. N. Kesselman

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Charles F. Wilkes

IBM Corporation

112 E. Post Road

White Plains, New York 10601

DESCRIPTION - Socrates provides an in-house system for
scheduling secondary school students into classes of grades
seven throjugh twelve. The system schedules periods zero
through ten for two regular semesters simultaneously, or
one split-week semester. Features include ability
groupings, teacher selection, grade range selection, sex
selection, alternate course requests, study hall scheduling,
blocked courses, and maximum class balancing consistent
with minimum rejects. Includes a complete series of
programs to simplify data collection, corrections,
scheduling and analysis. File maintenance programs permit
individual or mass changes. Output reports include
verification listings, simple tally, conflict matrix,
analysis of rejects, class load analysis in sequence by
room, teacher, period and course, and students schedule
listing with card output option. Comprehensive edit
programs assure clean data prior to scheduling.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Autocoder on disk.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Minimum 8K 1401/40/60 with
Bit Test, High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced programming,
one 1311 Disk Drive, and any I/O configuration.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered-
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103065

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE CODE

USEP VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

1316 53

OPTIONAL

none

rone

1401-10.3.066

FAST - FULLY AUTOMATIC SCOPING TECHNIQUE

AUTHOR .... Charles F. Hilkes

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Charles F. Wilkes

PAGE 080

1401

COHTBIBOTED PROGBAHS

1401

COHTIHOED FROM PRIOR PAGE

IBM Corporation

112 E. Post Road

White Plains, Hew York 10601

DESCRIPTION - This program produces a test item analysis
for up to five valid responses, plus omits or invalids
for each test question. Individual response tallies are
printed on a single line for three groupings of students
within each test part - total students, the upper 27 per
cent and the lover 27 per cent. The report prints the
question number, identifies the correct response, and shows
the count and percentage of students selecting each possible
response for the three groups. This permits evaluation
of item difficulty and discrimination, or use with a table
for determining the normalized bi-serial coefficients of
correlation.

PROGRAHUIHG SYSTEHS - Written in Autocoder.

BIHIBOH SYSTEH REQOIREflENTS - 1401/40/60 with 8K, two 1311
Disk Drives, Advanced Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare,
column Binary or Card Image, Bit Test, and any I/O hardware.
FAST cards must have been used with the FAST Phase One
Program package, file number 1401-10.3.063.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTATIOH - Write-up.

BACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PHOGRAB PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOMBER 1401103066

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.067

TEACHER-MADE-TEST PACKAGE

ADTBORS. . .Mr . D. W. Taylor Hr. C. W. Cozad

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIRIES TO...

Hr. D. W. Taylor

IBM Corporation

525 So. Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90017

DESCRIPTION - The Teacher-Made-Test program provides a
simple and accurate way for the teacher to make use of
data processing facilities for the scoring and analysis
of tests administered in the classroom. The program not
only accomplishes the scoring function, but also the
preparation of meaningful test result analyses to aid the
teacher in determining individual and class needs. Multiple
choice and/or true-false types of objective tests of up
to 100 questions can be processed. Input consists of one
mark-sense test answer card per student. Output consists
of 1. score listing with right or wrong response record,

2. item count, and 3. unit-point frequency distribution.
Program can also be used to analyze results of opinion
surveys and class elections.

PROGRABHING SYSTEHS - 1401/40/60 Autocoder.

BINIMOM SYSTEM EEQOIREHEHTS - 8K, 1401/40/60 with Column
Binary or Card Image, High-Low-Equal Compare, Advanced
Programming, and one 1311 Disk Drive.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATIOH - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAH NUMBER 1401103067

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3.068

COOPERATIVE ADMISSIONS INFORMATION SYSTEM

AOTHOR. . ..Mr. R. H. Glover

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Hr. R. H. Glover

College Entrance Examination Board
475 Riverside Dr.

New York, New York 10027

DESCRIPTION - The system provides an effective and
comprehensive means of assembling applicant information,
retrieving the information in standardized report formats,
obtaining detailed descriptions of applicant academic
qualifications, assembling summary data, communicating

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

admissions and financial aid decisions and records of
college achievement to secondary schools, and furnishing
access to applicant and class information for logitudinal
and comparative studies. The system includes two update
runs, creating an applicant master file and a transcript
master file, and six report runs which produce the reports
previously described.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - The programs are written in Autocoder
Language.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 12K or 8K (depending on Data
Processing runs) 1401 with Indexing, Storage Address
Register, Move Record, High-Low-Equal Compare features...
1406 core storage unit. Model 2... 4-729 Tape Units...

1403 Printer, Modes 2 600 LPH, 132 characters... 1402 Card
Read Punch, Model 1.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOHBER 1401103068

PROGRAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

DTE

7/556

none

DTR

7/800

none

OPTIONAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-10.3.069

1401 AIRLINE AIRCRAFT EVALUATION PROGRAH

AOTHOR Hr. J. C. Gilman

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIRIES TO...

Mr. J. C. Gilman
IBM Corporation
520 Boylston Street
Boston, Hass. 02116

DESCRIPTION - This program aids in deciding which new
aircraft are best suited to the traffic and routes of an
airline, also how to allocate existing aircraft and where
schedule changes nay be warranted. User supplied aircraft
parameters are used in a formula to obtain more realistic
cost figures than with a single plane-mile or block-hour
cost. The route data is treated as two types- low density
and high density segments. The latter assumes variability
of service frequency to suit the aircrafts capacity.

Expected revenue and cost figures are computed for a range
of assumed hours-per-day utilizations and load factors
(144 cost combinations for each segment) . Sepcial
characters indicate where aircraft capacity has been
exceeded or where costs exceed revenue. Assessment of
sensitivity of cost to utilization, break even load factors,
and experimentation with many route and aircraft
combinations are possible.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder,

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K 1401, 1402, 1403, Advanced
Programming, High-Low-Equal Compare.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401103069

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-10.3,070

TS80 - SCORE AND ANALYZE TEACHER-MADE TESTS

AUTHOR.. . .Mr. C. G. Badner

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Mr. C. G. Badner
New Trier Township High Schools
385 Winnetka Avenue
Winnetka, Illinois 60093

DESCRIPTION - The purpose of this program is to take punched
responses from tests scored on an IBM 1230 Test Scoring
Machine and analyze and evaluate the test by means of a
1401 computer. Responses extracted are stored on disk,
then analyzed and evaluated.

Restrictions are- no more than 80 items, maximum weighted

1401

COHTBIBDTED PHOGHAHS

1401

PAGE '081

COHTINDED FBOH PEIOB PAGE

score - 700r speed - approximately 1000 tests per hour.

HIHIHUH SISTEH EEQOIREBEBTS - 1401 8K, 1402 Reader, 1403
Printer, one 1311 disk. Indexing, and High-Low-Equal
Compare.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDHEHTATIOH - Hrite-up.

MACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIOBAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NDMBER 1401103070

PROGRAM NDMBER DISTBIBOTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TIPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-11.0.005

REACTION TIMING PROGRAM POE IBB 1401

AUTHORS... L. R. Debuys J. F. Naughton

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

L. R. Debuys

IBM corporation

2640 canal Street

New Orleans 19, Louisiana

DESCRIPTION - The Reaction Timing Program for the IBM 1401
is designed primarily as a demonstration. However, the
program can be used to measure reaction time as a function
of waiting tine.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in SPS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 - 1. 4K (sense switches
desirable) 1402, 1403 Model 1 or 2.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1401110005

PROGRAM NDMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-11.0.010

THE GAME BBIDG-IT OH THE 1401

AUTHOR. ... Gunter Henzel

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Gunter Wenzel

IBM Deutschland DP Basic Research
Internationale Buero Maschinen GMBH
Sindelfingen/Wurttemberg, Germany

DESCRIPTION - This demonstration program plays the game
Bridg-it. It must have the first move and will then secceed
in every case against the opponent. The winning strategy
is from Oliver Gross, Hand Corporation.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401, 4K no special features
required. The input choice between 1402 and 1407 is
possible.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401110010

PROGRAM NDMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-11.0.012

MUSIC-MUSIC SIMULATION OH A 1401 COMPUTER

AUTHOR M. J. Peskin

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. J. Peskin

The Mitre Corporation

Box 208

Bedford, Massachusetts

DESCRIPTION - MUSIC is a 1401 program which demonstrates
a technique for producing music on the 1403 printer. The
distributed deck is set up to play Ravel's Bolero. This
write-up describes the procedures by which any desired
music may be produced.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - MUSIC will load and operate
in 1401s of any size. The object machine, however, must
be sense switches and advnaced programming.

1401-11.0.007

FALLOUT

AUTHOR. .. .Thomas P. Callahan

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Thomas P. Callahan
IBM Corporation
701 West Broad Street
Bethlehem, Pennsylvania

DESCRIPTION - FALLOUT is a package of demonstration programs
designed to emphasize audience participation and visual
impact while demonstrating 1401 capabilities. FALLOUT
is designed to demonstrate 1401 capabilities to anyone,
particularly persons with no Data Processing knowledge
whatsoever. Some capabilities demonstrated are output
printing speed, internal storage capacity, internal
arithmetic speed, decision-making ability, computer logic,
and computer flexibility.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Source language - SPS,

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K card 1401 with sense
switches required for basic package.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered,
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401110012

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-13.1.009

RGCP - REPRODUCE, GANG-PUNCH, COUNT, PRINT

AUTHOR.... B. J. Manring

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

B. J. Manring

8621 Georgia Avenue

Silver Spring, Maryland

DESCRIPTION - To reproduce cards, performing operations
which would otherwise entail wiring a separate reproducer
board, to list cards where a reformating of the card image
is desired, and to serially number cards and/or lines on
a page.

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USEE VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none

none

MINIMUM SYSTEM BE''UXEEMENTS — 4K 1401 1402 1403 Model

2, sense switches B-D, Advanced Programming Feature, High-
Low-Equal Compare.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401131009

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

PAGE 082

1401

CONTBIBOTED FBOGRAMS

1401

COITIHOED FHOH PBIOE PAGE

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-13.4.002

OPTBAIN - OPERATING TBAINING ON THE 1401

ADTHOB....Sy Berlin

DIBECT TECHNICAL IHQDIRIES TO...

Sy Berlin

Besearch Analysis Corp.

6935 Arlington Boad
Betbesda 14, Maryland

DESCRIPTION - This progran thru a random selection of 6
subroutines, puts the operator thru most situations which
are programmable. It attempts to make the operator alert
on the peripheral gear and tests his knowledge of bit con-
figurations on the console. It is our belief that a good
foundation on this computer will be advantageous and
expedite training on larger computers where required.

PBOGBAHHING STSTEMS - Britten in Autocoder.

MIHIHOM SYSTEM BEQOIREMENTS - 8K 1401 with Indexing, sense
switch B and two tape drives.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMENTATIOH - Hrite-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PfiOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEEING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HDMBER 1401134002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-14.0.002

generalized plot PBOGBAM

ADTHOES...H. B. Tan Ness R. D. Baring

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. B. Tan Ness
IBM Corporation
1212 S. B. 6th Avenue
Portland, Oregon

DESCRIPTION - The 1401 Generalized Plot program has been
written to take data from cards, and prepare a graphic
representation of that data. It plots to linear scales
for both axes with dependent variable (Y-axis) being plotted
parallel to the print chain of the 1403- Op to five pieces
of data nay be plotted on one run and can be takne from
numerous configurations of data on the card. Control cards
are prepared for the program to indicate scales, origin
values, increments data field locations on the card, and
heading information.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - The program is written in SPS, and
utilizes the Divide Subroutine.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - A basic 1401 with 4000
positions of core storage and 132 print positions on the
1403 is required. Provision has been made for plotting
at 10 lines to the inch if this special feature is
available. Program requirements- phase 1 uses 3024
locations, phase 2 uses 3916 locations.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up,

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401140002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-14.0.004

FOURTEEN 0 ONE OFFSET REPRODUCING AND GANGPUNCHING OR
EMITTING

AUTHOR.... A. H. Toreson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

A. H. Toreson

Aerojet General Corporation
Nimbus, California

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

DESCRIPTION - TO provide a generalized program for the
following functions. Straight 80-80 offset reproducing,
straight or offset reproducing with gang punching, producing
predetermined quantities from single masters. The program
as written utilizes Modulus 16 arithmetic for address
modification. Models with only 4,000 positions of storage
will have to make several program changes, explained in
the write-up, to satisfy the requirements of Modulus 4
arithmetic. The program will not accommodate processing
involving selection or interspersing.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4000-16,000 position Core
Storage, High-Low-Equal Compare, sense switches.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401140004

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-14.0.008

SUBROUTINE TO CONVERT DOLLARS AND CENTS DIGITS TO CHECK-FORM
BORDS

AUTHOR.... F. M. Edwards

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

F. M. Edwards
IBM Corporation
215 Best State Street
Trenton, Hew Jersey

DESCRIPTION - A subroutine which converts numerical values
of dollars and cents to the traditional spelled-out check
form. Values up to and including $9999.99 can be converted.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Subroutine is written in 1401
Autocoder and could be included in the systems tape library
as a closed subroutine.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - The subroutine requires
1401 with Advanced Programming and High-Low-Bqual compare.
The program utilizes 735 positions of core storage
(statements) .

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1401140008

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-14.0.012

STATE AND LOCAL INCOME TAXES FOR IBM 1401 TAPE SYSTEM

AUTHOR J. B. Wilson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. B. Wilson
IBM Corporation
303 N. Lake Street
Aurora, Illinois

DESCRIPTION - A program for IBM 1401 4 Tape system with
Advanced Programming and High- Low-Equal Compare, which
computes all state and local (city) income taxes for a
weekly payroll application. Each state tax routine is
handled as a separate entity through the use of overlays.
By altering constants, bi-weekly, semi-monthly and monthly
payrolls can be handled.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Program occupies 8K when
written in Autocoder using IOCS, Version 2, Level 2,
Without IOCS, user may modify for use on a 4K system.
Through the use of execute commands, program is applicable
to card systems.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

1401

COHTBIBUTED PROGBAHS

1401

PAGE 083

CORTIHOEO FBOH PBIOB PAGE

DOCUMENT ATIOH - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OBDEEING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401140012

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

7/556

7/800

OPTIONAL

none

7/556

7/800

1401-14.0.019

STANDARD NAME ALTERATION PROGRAM

AUTHOR.... M. F. Lynds

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

M. F. lynds
IBM Corporation
1107 Myra Street
Jacksonville, Florida

DESCRIPTION - This subroutine will convert names that are
last name first or last name last in a free format to any
configuration in a fixed format. The user is given the
addresses of the areas which contain the first name, first
initial, middle initial, last name, and suffix. All output
is left justified in the respective areas. The subroutine
will accommodate eight of the more common prefixes to last
names and fourteen of the more common suffixes. The option
exists to place the suffix one position to the right of
the last name. The subroutine is easily modifiable to
insert any extra suffixes or prefixes which are desired.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Utilizes Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401 with 4K High-Low- Equal
and Advanced Programming.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Brite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401140019

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-14.0.024

COPY 1401-A0-008 SYSTEMS PACK TO TAPE THEN TAPE TO 360/2311
IN COMPATIBILITY MODE

AUTHOR J. A. Singer

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. A. Singer
IBM Corporation
1211 South Harrison Street
Port Bayne, Indiana

DESCRIPTION - This program will copy a 1401-AD-008 Autocoder
Systems Pack to tape in odd parity on a 1440 or 1401 and
by changing sense switch settings will copy tape to disk
on either 1400 series or any 360 equipped with
computability. Records are read and written on disk in
the track sector format. MOVE mode records are written
onto tape without modification. LOAD mode records are
written onto tape in MOVE mode with an additional record
which indicates word mark locations. Because the systems
pack contains word-separator characters, current IBM utility
programs will not work. There are many different
combinations of information on a 1401-AU-008 Systems Pack;
therefore, the author has made the program general enough
to handle any situation.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - 1401-AU-008 Autocoder and 1440-10-
010 ICOS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Program requires 8K, Advanced
Programming, Sense Switches, 120 print positions, 1 disk
and 1 tape. Direct Seek is used if available.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Srite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1401140024

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

none

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

OPTIONAL none none none

1401-14.0.025

TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND SCHEDULING

AUTHOR. .. .Alice D. Peters

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Alice D. Peters
IBM Corporation
150 Grand Street
Shite Plains, New York

DESCRIPTION - Tally, Analysis, Registration, and Scheduling
(TARS - 1401) . The programs produce aids to master schedule
building (tally and conflict matrix) and, using a master
schedule prepared by the school, process student course
requests to create student schedules and an updated master
schedule.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Designed for an 8K, 1 disk,
1401 System.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM HUMBER 1401140025

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1401-14.0.026

REAL ESTATE TAX BILL SYSTEM FOR THIRD CLASS PENNSYLVANIA
COUNTIES

AUTHOR J. G. Salterick

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. G. Salterick
IBM Corporation
413 S. State Street
Trenton, New Jersey

DESCRIPTION - This program calculates and prints real
estate tax bills given the assessment and millage rates
to provide summary cards during calculation time for later
generation of monthly reports.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Britten in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1401, 4K, 1403, 1402, Advanced
Programming.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Srite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Hone.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1401140026

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1401-14.0.027

EXTENDED PERFORMANCE COMPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION OPERATING
SYSTEM FOE 1401-1026

AUTHORS.. .Judith Miller ¥. S. Sengert

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Judith Miller
IBM Corporation
1825 K Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20036

DESCRIPTION - This system of Autocoder programs is an
expansion of the IBM 1401, 1440 or 1460 CAI Operating
System providing extended capabilities for course generation
and system control, including support for audio/visual
devices, additional language features, a card input system,
additional administrative control and improved system
performance. The system includes all support programs
necessary to generate the system pack, initialize the
system, extract and print recordings and perform various
off-line operations such as printing course material and/or

BASIC

none

CARDS

PAGE 084

1401

CONTBIBOTED PROGBAHS

1440

COBTIHDED FBOH PRIOR PAGE
student infornation.

PBOGRAHHING STSTEH5 - All programs are coded in the disk
Autocoder source language.

HINIHOH SISTEH REQOIREHENTS - A 12K 1401-1026 with Advanced
Programming, bit test, High-Low-Egual Compare, and sense
switches. One 1311 Disk Drive, Direct Seek, one 1026 and
1 1050. drives will be required if the main program is
recompiled.

BASIC PROGRAH PACKAGE

DOCOHEHTAIIOH - Brite-up.

HACEIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCOMEHTATION - Hone.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOMBEB 1401140027

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

MT 7/556

HT 7/800

1440-01.0.001

PACE - PRE-ASSEMBLY CHECK AND EDIT LISTING

AOTHOR. . . .B. H. Awerkamp

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIRIES TO...

B.N. Awerkamp
IBM Corp.

23 Hitchcock Hay

Santa Barbara, Calif. 93105

DESCRIPTION - PACE brings to the 1440 user an efficient
and meaningful diagnostic program. It will check and edit
1440 Autocoder and Autocoder/IOCS source programs by
detecting underfined labels, format and parameter errors,
coding errors and keypunch errors. The printed output
provides a label table in alphabetical order followed by
a listing of the source program with errors by significant
special characters. An edit is also performed on DIOCS
and DTF ENTRIES FOR ACCEPTABILITY AND SPELLING. There
are three checks of Autocoder statements pertaining to
labels, operation codes and operands. The checking results
are equal to an Autocoder Assembly.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Autocoder.

MIHIHDH SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1440 4K, one 1311 and Indexing
and Store Address Register. Printed output options are
available with sense switches.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Object code.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCOMEHTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NDMBER 1440010001

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-01.1.001

CONTROLLER

AOTHOR. .. .Robert J. Macartney

DIRECT TECHNICAL IHQOIRIES TO...

Robert J. Macartney
IBM Corp.

6252 Telegraph Rd.

Los Angeles 22, Calif.

DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Controller is a Job Supervisor
System consisting of a group of 1401 programs designed
to provide (a) Disc Storage of programs, subroutines,
overlays, etc. (b) Control card call down of programs (c)
Program call down of programs, subroutines, overlays, etc.
with a minimum of programming effort. Restrictions/Range:

1. All programs, subroutines, overlays, etc. originate
at POS.

2. Maximum number of user programs is 53.

3. Controller systems pack must be on drive 0.

4. All user programs must be in the 1440 Autocoder card
format.

PBOGRAHHING SYSTEMS - Source Language- 1440 Autocoder.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1440 Controller is designed
to operate on the following minimum machine configuration-
1441 4K storage, 2-1311 Disk Drives, Indexing and Store
Address Register feature, 1440 Reader Punch, 1443 Printer.
Program Reguirements- MLINK occupies 111 positions of high
core. In addition, during an overlay operation, positions
90-741 are used by HCALL. The area from 345-741 will
eventually contain the beginning of the users routine-
however, all data common to both sections of a program
must be no lower than pos. 742.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1440011001

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none.

none

1440-01.1.002

PROGRAM TO LOAD PROGRAMS ON DISK

AOTHOR. .. .Robert B. Sawyer

DIRECT TECHNICAL IHQOIRIES TO...

Robert B. Sawyer
IBM Corp.

447 E. Broad St.

Columbus, Ohio 43215

DESCRIPTION - A program to load core image of programs
onto disk for use either as monitor programs or as overlays.
Using only the restriction of no groupmark — wordmarks in
the initial assembly, the users program can be located
anywhere in any disk. The object program requires
approximately 125 core positions and has the option of
putting this routine anywhere in core by reassembling.

The object program requires a parameter card describing
where the program is to be loaded, its length, and where
the DCF required to write the program out is located.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

HINIHDM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - No special features.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOMBER 1440011002

PROGRAM NOMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1440-01.3.002

MACBADY 8K 1440 FORTRAN

AUTHORS... R. B. Baden H. E. Hessmann

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R. B. Baden
IBM Corporation
112 East Post Road
White Plains, New York

DESCRIPTION - MACBADY is a modification of IBM 1401 FORTRAN,
Version II.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder. There are
3262 core positions available for user code. The compiler
is card or disk resident.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - An 8K IBM 1441, Store Address
Register feature. Indexing feature, IBM 1442 Card Read
Punch, and IBM 1443 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1440013002

PROGRAM NOMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440

COHTEIBDTED PROGEAHS

1440

PAGE -085

1440-01.4.001

RADIO - EANDOH DISK IHPDT/OOTPDT SDBRODTIHE

AaTHOE-..-J. H. Reaver

DIRECT TECHHICAL IHQDIEIES TO...

J.l. Heaver
Gateway Data Systems
500 No. 1 Gateway Center
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15222

DESCRIPTION - An Autocoder Library Hacro which handles
1311 Disk I/O functions and error routines. It can handle
cyl. overflow and use Direct Seek, Scan Disk, and Track
Record, if available, on up to five drives. The subroutine
is generative, providing only the routines called for.

It is intended to replace IOCS random giving the user
greater ease of programming and flexibility. The routine
was patterned after the PAL wholesale grocery macro DFPIO
to include special features. Cylinder Overflow, Same
Cylinder Test, and IOCS Type Coded Halt. The routine does
not do any label checking. The disk control field must
be set by the user and is restored after the operation.

The SCAN routine can scan 999 sectors in one operation.
Storsge requirements - from 369 pos. to 841 depending on
features used.

MINIMOM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K-1440 1442-Model 1 1443
Model 1, one 1311 Disk Drive Indexing and Store Address
REGISTER special feature.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440014001

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-01.4.002

RAPID SELECTIVE TRACE

AUTHOR. .. .Lawrence E. Cohen

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Lawrence E- Cohen
IBM Corporation
Insurgentes Sur 100
Mexico, D.F., Mexico

DESCRIPTION - The Rapid Selective Trace Program is a
powerful debugging, documentation and teaching aid that
accurately simulates the functioning of the 1440 under
control of any object program and prints out complete
information about what the program is doing in an easy-
to-read format. The instruction Address, the Instruction,
A, and B Address Register contents at the beginning of
the execution phase. Index Register contents and up to
18 positions of the A-field and the B-field (the latter
both before and after instruction execution) are given
on a single print line. All addresses are given in decimal
form. Complete dumps of records read, written or moved,
with associated word marks, are produced. RST operates
at approximately 100 instruction per second while outside
of the limits supplied by a control card and at maximum
1403 or 1443 printing speed within limits. This speed
is achieved by calculating the old A-address for chain-
ing only when needed.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Basic Autocoder 2K. Disk
Autocoder can be used for assembly.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1310 core positions. Indexing
and Store Address Register Special feature. Ready for
use with 4K machines.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1440014002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-01.6.001

SORT 54 DISK RESIDENT

AUTHOR. .. .Richard S. Reiser

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Richard S. Heiser
IBM Corporation
6900 Fannin
Houston, Texas 77025

DESCRIPTION - A modified SORT 54 Resident on 1311 Disk
Storage. The SORT is stored in the load mode in a self-
loading format. It required 1540 consecutive sectors on
any drive, and can be file-protected. The program loader
resides in th highest 4K of core. Program loading is
accomplished in about 15 seconds. The SORT is a tailored
version of SORT 5 for disk-to-disk sorting without disk
label checking. This improves performance 20 to 30 percent.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - Compatible with 1440
Controller. 12K memory, 1311Disk Drive, Direct Seek,
Console Typewriter, Sense Switches.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-Up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None,

ORDERING INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER 1440016001

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-02.1.001

1440/1311 CARD-TO-DISK CONSECUTIVE LOAD PROGRAM

AUTHOR. D. A. Hauser

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

D. A. Hauser
IBM Corporation
P.O. Box 567
Riverside, California

DESCRIPTION - A Load-and go Program for converting present
card tiles to consecutive 1311 Disk Files without any
repunching of card files into a prescribed format. The
program will handle up to 6 user specified card formats
and build them into a user specified disk record format.
Formats of card input and disk record output are specified
in control card form and supplied to the program on a load-
and-go basis. Up to 10 data fields from each card format
specified can be assembled into single disk records.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - The program will operate
on any 1440-1311 system having at least 4K, Modify Address,
Store B Register and Index Registers. With a 4K machine
500 character disk records are the longest records that
can be processed. On an 8K machine the maximum record
length is 4500 positions.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL

ORDERING

PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.
INFORMATION; PROGRAM NUMBER

1440021001

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-02.1.002

1440/1311 DISK ADDRESS UTILITY

AUTHOR R.J. Taylor

DIRECT TECHHICAL INQUIRIES TO...

R.J. Taylor

IBM corporation

1776 John F. Kennedy Blvd.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103

DESCRIPTION - This program was written to handle 1311 disk
maintenance requirements not covered heretofore in any
library program, but which occur in most 1311 installations.
With the use of this program, it is now possible to change
the addressing structure of a disk pack to any natural
or unnatural range without altering the data written on
the pack. Unnaturally addressed packs, such as the system
pack for Autocoder, 1401-AU-008 may now be copied; label
tracks may also be copied. The standard disk utility
programs do hot provide these operations, options elected

PAGE 086

1440

CONTBIBDTED PROGEAMS

1440

COBTIHOED PBOH PBIOB PAGE

by control cards are - 1-Change addresses without disturbing
data, 2-Change addresses and clear data, 3-Copy one disk
pack to another, and 4-Coapare one disk to another.

HIHIHDH SYSTEM BEQDIHEMENTS - 4K system with Indexing and
Store Address Registers and will copy a full pack in
approxinately six minutes.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATIOH - Brite-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING INFOBMATION: PBOGBAM NOMBEB 1440021002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEB VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-02.1.003

1440-1311 DISK SOBl PACKAGE

AOTHOB Mr. J. C. Loomis

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIEIES TO...

Hr. J. C. Loomis
IBM Corporation
1222 N. Main Avenue
San Antonio, Texas

DESCRIPTION - A set of three programs which will provide
a specialized sort for frequently run jobs. The first
program interprets a control card and produces a file of
random control fields to test thesort, then punches a
series of cards. These cards are merged into the second
program which is in Autocoder Source Format. Assembly
of this second program produces an object sort. The third
program tests the sort to insure correct assembly by
sequence conditions with their location if the file. Run
times are considerably faster than for sort 5, particularly
for short records. Ten thousand records, thirty characters
long are sorted in less than thirteen minutes. Input and
output records must be blocked within the first eighteen
sectors of each track.

HIHIMDM SYSTEM BEQOIBEMBNTS - Requires 8K, 2 Disk Drives,
Advanced Programming, and Hi-Lo-Equal. 1139 source
statements.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEHTATIOH - Brite-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PBOGBAM PACKAGE - None.

OBDEBING INFORMATION: PHOGBAH BOMBER 1440021003

PROGRAM HUMBEB
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEB VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-02.3.001

VARIABLE CARD REPRODOCEB FOR 1440/1311

AOTHOB John F. Cole

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQOIEIES TO...

John F. Cole
IBM Corporation
2911 Cedar Springs Road
Dallas, Texas 75219

DESCRIPTION - A Load-and-Go Control Card Oriented program
for reproducing cards on a 1440 disk system which has only
one card read-punch. Card images are first written on
disk, then read from disk and punched into blank cards.
Simple control card provision allows for relocating fields,
omitting fields, and/or emitting characters. Optional
print control card provides printed analysis of control
cards, listing input deck and/or listing output deck.

Deck listings indued card counts and column-number
headings.

BASIC PROGBAM PACKAGE

DOCDMENTATIOH - Hrite-up.

MACHINE BEADABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOMBEE 1440023001

PROGRAM NUMBER

DISTRIBUTION

MEDIUM

USER VOLUME

EXTENSION

TYPE

CODE

REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

OPTIONAL none none none

1440-02.3.002

ONE CARD 80-80 CARD TO PRINTER PROGRAM WITH BRANCH ON
OVEEFLOH

AUTHOR... .J. G. 0 Reilly

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. G. 0 Reilly
155 Honey Lane
Waltham Abbey, Essex
England

DESCRITPION - This program lists cards and branches to
channel one on sensing channel twelve. Storage requirements
181 positions.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1440 with 1443 and 1442/1402.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440023002

PBOGBAH NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-02.3.003

1440/1311 80-80 REPRODUCE PROGRAM

AUTHOR H. T. Batten

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

H. T. Batten
IBM Corporation
Test Center
570 Broad Street
Newark, N. J. 07102

DESCRIPTION - This program will enable 1440/1311 users
with only one 1442 on line to reproduce punched card decks.
Behind the program object deck place the cards to be
reproduced, followed by an end- indicat or- card, followed
by blank cards. The program loads the master cards onto
a natural zero scratch pack on drive zero. Immediately
after the end-indicator-card is reached and loaded, the
reproduced cards are punched out. As many copies as desired
of the original cards can be obtained simply by pressing
start on the console without reloading the program or
masters. The number of cards that can be accommodated
is limited only by the number of sectors available on the
scratch pack starting at address 000000 and allowing one
sector per card.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM BEQDIREMENTS - Any size 1440 with one 1442
Reader-Punch and one 1311 drive zero on line, object deck
consists of 14 cards and uses about 500 core positions.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440023003

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM
TYPE CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS 15

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-02.7.002

CORE PRINT

AUTHOR P. G. Landolt

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

P. G. Landolt
IBM Corporation
600 Eglinton Ave., E
Toronto 12, Ontario

DESCRIPTION - This program will give a 4K, 8K, 12K or 16K
core print. No Advanced Programming is required. All
group marks are changed to lozenges. Index registers are
printed separately. Core position indicators are supplied
for output above 501. Word narks are printed as one's
below the data line. Core positions 001 to 100 must be
printed manually. This program will be useful for non-

1440

COHTEIBOTED PEOGHAHS

1440

PAGE. 087

COHTIHUED FBOM PEIOB PAGE

disk users and to overcoae the 4K-12K autotest shortcomings.
The program can also be used as an utility program for
production runs. 1440 core print can be used on all 1440
systems 4K to 16K.

PEOGRAHHIHG STSTEH - The program has been written in machine
language in order to bypass the need for a program loader.

BINIKOM STSTEH EEQOIREHEHTS - 4K, 8K, 12K, 16K system with
a 1442 and 1443.

BASIC PBOGEAM PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PHOGEAH PACKAGE - None.

OEDEEIHG INFOEHATION: PROGRAM NOHBER 1440027002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

type

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-02.7.003

CORE DDHP EOOTINB IN ACTUAL FOEH

AOTHOE. . . .Paul D. Hamilton

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQDIEIES TO...

Paul D. Hamilton
IBM Corporation
1500 N. 2nd Street
Harrisburg^ Pa.

DESCRIPTION - This is a program in actual 1440 Machine
Language to provide core dumps of any size memory 1440
on a 1443 Printer. A separate memory address index line
is printed for each 100 positions starting with location
101. Word narks are printed on a separate line as a number
1. Group marks 12-7-8 are replaced and printed as a
programmers blank 2-8. The program destroys only the first
86 positions of core. Print out is also given of index
register contents last compare status and sense switches
on. Blank 100 position bands with no w/m are not printed.

PROGEAHHING SYSTEM - Written in actual machine language.

HINIHDM SYSTEM EEQDIREMENTS - This program can be used
without modification on any 1440 with Index Registers and
Store Address Register Special feature. 4K and 8K with
1443 Model 1 and 2 Printers.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDHENTATIOH - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFOEHATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440027003

PROGRAM HUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-02.7.004
CORE DUMP

AUTHOR.... W. C. Worthington

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

W. C. Worthington
IBM Corporation
180 South Main Street
Providence, E. I. 02903

DESCRIPTION - This program gives a core dump for 4K, 8K,
12K or 16K 1440 systems. It was designed because most
of the existing memory dumps destroyed a part, or parts,
of storage as they were loaded. This program uses only
the first eighty initially and prints all remaining
positions of storage. Word marks are printed as ones on
the line following each data bank of storage. Group marks
are printed as G*s in the data line and W or H in the word
mark line depending on- the presence or absence of an
associated word mark. There are two decks available -
a 4K deck and one for 8K and larger systems.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEM - To facilitate the loading of the
program and the conservation of core used, the program
has been written in self-loading. Machine Language.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440027004

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-02.9.003

PUNCH CORE IN PROGRAM LOAD FORMAT

AUTHOR. .. .Jean H. Harvey

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Jean H. Harvey
IBM Corporation
1200 Fifth Ave.

Seattle, Washington

DESCRIPTION - The 1440 Punch Dump program will punch in
the condensed loader format, core storage starting with
location 321. The primary purpose of the program is to
provide for disaster - restart procedures for a 1440 disk
system. If a program fails to get to end of job, core
can be dumped into cards. This core image can be reloaded
(with necessary modifications) thereby saving total
accumulations, disk status and input/output information.

This allows for additional operator independence, saves
possible lengthy reruns and preserves disk information
intact.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - The program is written for a 1440
equipped with a Card/Eead punch in Autocoder Language.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440029003

PROGRAM NUMBER DISTRIBUTION MEDIUM USER VOLUME

EXTENSION TYPE CODE REQUIREMENT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIONAL none none none

1440-02.9.005

IBB 1440 CORE PUNCH PROGRAM

AUTHOR.... J. G. VonJess

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. G. VonJess
IBM Corporation
400 Hyman Street
Waltham, Mass. 02154

DESCRIPTION - This program is used in conjunction with
the existing 1440 object programs in order to create a
new object deck which incorporates patches to the original
deck. The program also resequences the new deck. The
prime use of this program is to provide better back-up
for those people who have patched decks without source
decks. The program required 300 positions of core and
was written to reside in the upper 300 positions of an
eight (8) K memory. Minimum changes are required to alter
the location.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder on Disk.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1440 CPU (300 positions)
and 1442 Eeader/Punch.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

HACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFOEHATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440029005

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-03.1.001

REPRODUCE GANG PUNCH SIMULATOR

AUTHOR. .. .Dennis P. Lee

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Dennis P. Lee

C/0 Commodity Service Co. (Ja.) ltd.
7-9, Harbour Street
Kingston, Jamaica

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

PAGE 088

1440

COMTBIBOTED PROGRAHS

1440

COHTIHDED PROH PRIOR PAGE

DESCBIPTIOH - This program ahs been designed to perforn
any/all of the functions of an IBM 519 without progranning
effort on the users part. The systen on which the object
program is to be run wust hawe at least 4000 positions
of core storage with no special features.

PBOGRAMMIBG SYSTEMS - Source Language is Autocoder.

HIMIHDH SYSTEM REQDRIEHERTS - One IBM 1442 Card Read-Punch.
One IBS 1443 Printer^ If the reproducing phases are desired
the object prograw also requires one IBM 1311 Disk Storage
Drive.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCDMEHTATIOH - Write-up.

HACHIHE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIOHAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - Bone.

ORDERIHG IBFCRHATIOH: PROGRAM BOMBER 1440031001

PROGRAM BOMBER DISTRIBOTIOB HEDIOH OSER VOLOHE

EXTENSIOB TYPE CODE REQOIREHEHT

BASIC none CARDS 15 none

OPTIOBAL none none none

1440-03.3.002

COBYERT 1440 AOTOCCDER SOORCE PROGRAMS TO 1401

A0THOR....Mr. C. F. Russ

DIRECT TECHBICAL IBQOIEIES TO...

Hr. C. F, Russ
IBM Corp.

110 W. 21st St.

Norfolk, Va. 23517

DESCRIPTION - This is a 1440 Autocoder program designed
to convert Autocoder source decks from the 1440 to the
1401. The program amy be used to convert itself to run
on a 4K 1401 with one 1311 Disk Drive. As the 1440 source
deck (to be converted) is read, 1442 and 1443 commands
and ORG and EX statements are 80/80 listed on the 1443.
1402 and 1403 instructions and addresses are substituted
for those of the 1442 and 1443 and merged with the other
autocoder instructions to create a sequential disk file.

A resequenced 1401 source deck nay be punched on the 1442.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Y1-H12 of AO-008 Autocoder, and T2-
M11 of 1440-10-010 IOCS.

HINIHOM SYSTEM REQDIREHEBTS - 1440-4K Storage... Advanced
Programming feature... 1-1311 Disk Drive... 1442 Reader
Punch... 1443 Printer.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEBTATIOB - Write-up.

MACBIBE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM BOMBER 1440033002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOHAL

none

1440-1C. 1.001

SHI HEAT SYSTEM

AUTHORS.. .Hr. R. Sharer Hr. R. Grottke

DIRECT TECHNICAL IBQOIHIES TO...

Mr. R. Sharer

Arthur Andersen and Co.

69 W. Washington St.

Chicago, 111. 60602

DESCRIPTION - The system prepares management reports
containing cost, sales distribution and efficiency
information of retail meat departments in a supermarket
chain. The system also prepares reports for purchasing
and profit planning. There are about 39 object decks in
the system.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

HINIMOH SYSTEM BEQOIEEHEBTS - 8K 1440 with a 1442, 1443
or 1403/120 Print Positions, Console Typewriter, 2-1311 *s.
Advanced Programming features, no Hultiply-Divide.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMEBTATIOB - Write-up

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCOMEBTATIOB - Bone.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

COHTIHOED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

ORDERING INFORHATIOB: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440101001

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USEE VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

HT 7/556

NT 7/800

1440-10.2.002

1240/1440 PROOF OF DEPOSIT AND CASH LETTER WRITING

AUTHOR J. L. Brooks

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. L. Brooks
IBM Corp.

618 S. Michigan Ave.

Chicago, 111.

DESCRIPTION - Deposits, checks, cash slips, control slips
and substitute documents are entered into the 1412 or 1240.
An in-proof journal is prepared, a primary distribution
of the documents is performed, and good data recorded in

disk storage. The data recorded in disk storage is then
read and cash letters for kill-pockets prepared. There
are 1944 source statements.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - For correct compilation of the source
programs IBM 1440-AD-008 Autocoder must be used.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1440 - A 1441-A4 8K CPU with
no. 4631 Index Registers and Store Registers... No. 5561
Printer Attachment... No. 3321 Disk Storage Control. . .

No. 7080 Serial I/O Adapter... Bo. 2260 Console Attachment.
A 1442-1 or 2 Card Bead Punch with No. 1632 Card REad Punch

Adapter. A 1443-2 Printer with HO. 5567 Printer Control

No. 5559 Print Positions, 24 additional... Ho. 5585 Print
Storage... Bo. 6401 Selective Character Set... A 1447-1
Console with Ho. 7600 Sense Switches... A 1412 Magnetic
Character Reader with 1311-1 Disk Storage Drive... 1311-
2 Disk Storage Drive.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1240 - A 1241 A4 8K CPU with
No. 4631 Index and Store REgisters. . . Ho. 5561 Printer
Attachment... Ho. 3321 Disk Storage Control... No. 2260
Console Attachment. A 1442 1 or 2 Card Read Punch with
No. 1632 Card Read Punch Adapter. A 1443 2 Printer with
No. 5567 Printer Control — No. 5559 Print positions
Additional 24... No- 5585 Print Storage... Ho. 6401
Selective Character Set. A 1447-1 Console with No. 7650
Sense Switches. A 1311-1 Disk Storage Drive 1311-2 Disk
Storage Drive.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUHENTATIOH - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1440102002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIOBAL

none

1440-10.2.003

IHSTALLHEHT LOAN ACCOUTNING

AUTHOR. .. .Hr. Ernest Wong

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Mr. Ernest Wong
IBM Corp.

420 Montgomery St.

San Francisco, Calif. 94104

DESCRIPTION - The complete installment loan accounting
for a samll to medium sized bank can be accomplished on
the IBM 1440 Data Processing System with this package of
15 program runs. The runs are in 3 main categories, and
consist of new loan, daily, and periodic processing. The
handling of new loans is done is 4 runs which edit and
convert from card to file, print a new loan journal, print
an alphabetic reference card, and procuce coupons and
covers. Daily processing involves master file maintenance,
batch proof, posting to master and dealer files, and report
output. Periodic (weekly and monthly) runs are made on
dealer file maintenance, and print-out of delinquency
notices, trial balance, and weekly and monthly reports.
Interest rebates are computed by the 78ths method and
accrual of unearned income is done by the straight line
method.

PBOGRAMMIBG SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder with Disk
IOCS.

14U0

COITTBIBOTED PROGBAHS

1440

PAGE -089

COHTIHDED FEOH PRIOR PAGE

HIHIHDH SYSTEM REQDIBEMENTS - Requires 8K, Indexing and
Store Address Register feature, 1442, 1443 with 144 print
positions. Sense Switches, and 2 - 1311 Disk Drives. There
are 9067 source stateaents.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCOMENTATIOH - None

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DCCuSENTATIGN — None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOHBER 1440102003

PROGRAM HUMBER
EYTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-11.3.001

TARS - TALLY ANALYSIS REGISTRATION AND SCHEDOLING
AOTHOE. . . .Mr . N. R. Johnson

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Alice D. Peters

IBM Corp.

150 Grand St.

White Plains, N. Y.

DESCRIPTION - TARS - 1440 is a series of programs designed
to give the professional school administrator the most
complete freedom and flexibility in the preparation of
conflict free student programs. Utilizing the full power
and random access capabilities of the IBM 1440 computer
system, the programs have encompassed the best attributes
of the two basic methods of student sectioning. The two
methods presently in use in manual, semi-automatic, unit
record and even in large-scale computer systems are
"sectioning by section". (the Sorter Plan) and "sectioning
by student" (the Bin Plan) . Although both of these systems
have performed well over the years, each has certain
limitations. Sectioning by student (Bin Plan) requires
the pre-selection of those students who are presumed to
be the most difficult to schedule, i. e. ; those students
requesting several single offering (singel section) courses.
After this pre-selection, arbitrary decisions concerning
which section, of a multiple-section course offering, to
use are made manually by a professional or automatically
by a computer. Because a major factor in these arbitrary
decisions is the number of remaining seats in a section,
this method has the advantage of balancing the number of
students in each of several sections of a particular course.
The disadvantage of the system or approach is of course
the arbitrary decision making. The arbitrary decisions
made for the earlier sectioned students can create very
real but theoretically avoidable conflicts for students
subsequently sectioned. The sectioning by section plan
(sorter plan) does not make these arbitrary decisions as
early as the bin plan. With this method, all students
requesting single section subjects are sectioned. Then
those requesting doubles are sectioned, then triples, etc.
The major difficulty with this method is that it requires
a greater amount of coding to keep track of where and when
a student has been sectioned. This method also has the
disadvantage of placing less emphasis on class balancing.
However, the plan does have several significant advantages.
First among these is that it requires less professional
intdrvention. Second, it does a better job with those
students who are more difficult to section. And finally,
this placn is easily performed on basic unit record
equipment. Because of the tremendous power and random
access capabilities of the IBM 1440 computer system, the
significant advantages of both of the afore- mentioned
systems have been incorporated in TARS - 1440. As stated
before, TARS - 1440 is a series of programs designed to
give freedom and flexibility to the school administrators
in preparing conflict-free student programs. This series
of programs is as follows - The request count tally. , .

The possible conflict analysis... The file load... The
student request loading and single offering sectioning...
Main sectioning - Phase A - By section... Main Sectioning
- Phase B - By student... Backtracking for conflicts...
Updated master schedule... conflict students printout...
Pile maintenance or change program... Schedule writing
and grade card punching... Section balancing.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 1440 1441 - Processing Unit
Model A-4 (8K) Direct Seek Indexing and Store Address
Register feature Disk Storage Control feature 1443 Printer
Attachment feature Sense Switches 1442 Card Bead Punch
Model 1 1443 Printer Model 1 Printer Control feature
Standard 52-Character-Set Typebar 1447 Console Model 1
1311 Disk Storage Drive Bote - Use of Direct Seek feature
reduces running time. The program may, however, be
reassembled deleting the Direct Feature statement. The
TARS - 1440 program specifications are as follows -

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

2. Maximum of 13 requests per student (up to 12 in one
semester) .

3. Maximum of 12 periods (time increment per day) .

4. Maximum of 999 courses - plus lunch and study hall.

5. Lunch may be scheduled as a control card option.

6. Second semester courses are scheduled in a second run.
However, TARS provides continuity of section assignment
for full-year courses.

7. A single course section may not span more than 5
different periods (time increments) , although it may
meet any or all days of the week during those tine
increments.

8. Bach study hall may have one or more sections.

9. Study halls will be treated individually by day and
period.

10. No student may be in more than one section of study hall
during a period.

11. Ho student may be in more than 8 different study hall
sections.

12. The conflict analysis will handle up to 149 course
offering codes.

13. The tally program will (a) Count course requests,

(b) Spread requests by grade and sex, (c) print requests
by student and (d) print students requesting each
course.

14. Format of request cards and section masters is the same
as class 7070.

15. Format of lunch and study halls is same as other section
masters. Program will handle one during period.

16. Program will handle up to 3000 course section with a
maximum of 50 sections allowed ,for any one course.

17. Ability to use one of the 12 periods of the day as a
dummy period.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write Up

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1440113001

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-11.5.003

COMPUTER FOR THE IBM 1080 ANALYTICAL DATA ACQUISITION
PROGRAM

AUTHOR W. R. Whittle

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

W. R. Whittle
IBM Corp.

2651 Strang Blvd.

Yorktown Heights, N. Y. 10598

DESCRIPTION - This is a 1440 program desinged to process
the punched card output of the IBM 1080 Analyical Data
Acquisition system servicing TECHNICON Auto Analyzers and
one of mor IBM 1084 sample Identification Turntables, all
operating in a clinical labo tory environment. It matches
specimen identification numbers with their raw data values,
makes adjustments for drift, baseline shift, and
interaction, linearizes the data, and computes specimen
concentrations. A quality control report is produced is
produced which summarizes the Auto Analyzer runs, and each
test result and specimen identification number is stored
in disk memory. The user then must write a program to
store in disk memory. The user then must write a program
to store the results in the patient file.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K Core Storage, a 1447-2,
one 1311, a 1442 and a 1443.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hone

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCUMENTATION - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1440115003

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1. Maximum of 2500 students

PAGE 090

1440

CONTRIBUTED PROGHAHS

1440

1440-11.5.004

HBDICARE INPATIENT BILLING

ADTHOR G. B. Bang

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

G. H. Bang
IBH Corp.

101 E. Post Ed.

Shite Plains, N. Y.

DESCRIPTION - This progra* will print the In-Patient
Hospital Adaission and Billing (SSA 1453) and Provider
Billing For Patient Services By Physicians (SSA 1544)

Reports on continuous foras designed by the Social Security
Adninistration. These reports are prepared by the hospital
when billing Hedicare patients under Title XVIII of Social
Security Health, Education and Welfare Progran. These
programs are designed specifically for use in conjunction
with the Hospital Billing Application Program 1440-UH-01X,
but are sufficiently general to allow their modification
for use with user desinged patient billing procedures.

They further can be adapted to other equipment in the 1400
series or Used with the 1401/1440/1460 Compatibility Feature
on System/360. The system provides for setting up master
files unigur to Medicare to supplement the individual
patient master, insurance, and charge records created and
maintained by the hospital patient billing programs.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K of core storage and the
minimum configuration specified by the Patient Billing
Application Program.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

documentation - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM HUMBER 1440115004

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

-CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-11.5.005

PROPERTY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM FOE HOSPITAL

AUTHOR Mr. D. R. Statham

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Mr. D. R. Statham
1615 H. 25th St.

Birmingham, Ala. 35234

DESCRIPTION - To depreciate and list all property equipment
monthly, while providing for deletions and additions to
the file and checking and handling separately items that
would over depreciate.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Programmed using Autocoder and IOCS.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K-1440 with Indexing and
Store Register, a 1442 Card Read Punch, a 1443 Printer,
2-1311 Disk Drives, a 1447 Console.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440115005

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-12.3.001

BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR STRUCTURE FILE ADDRESS
REORGANIZATION MAINTENANCE PROGRAM.

AUTHOR. ... Ramon L. Fritsch

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Ramon L. Fritsch
IBM Corp.

7321 H. Lake St.

River Forest, 111.

DESCRIPTION - The purpose of this program is to facilitate
the reorganization of an installed 1440 Bill of Material
Processor System, Application Program 1440-HE-02X. Due
to the additions and deletions tc the part number (p/n)
master file in the B/M Processor System, it becomes
necessary to reorganize the records periodically to retain

CONTINUED FROM PRIOR COLUMN

efficient processing. Since the physical location of the
master P/N records may be changed after the file
reorganization, the linkage addresses in the product
structure and part index files must be changed to reflect
the new P/N master locations. Structure File Address
Reorganization Maintenance (SFARM) program performs these
changes by processing the P/N master file in sequence,
accessing each product structure record in the where-used
chain, then in the component sequence and tehn randomizes
tke P/N to access the part index record. 3FAFH eliminates
the need for reloading the product structure and part index
files from cards.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in 1440 Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 4K 1440 Disk System.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.
OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE - None.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440123001

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

1440-12.3.002

LABOR AND MATERIAL PROGRAM

AUTHORS... J. D. Gallon J. Witt

Patricia Roche R. L. Fritch

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

J. D. Gallon

IBM Corporation

3424 Wilshire Boulevard

Los Angeles, California 90005

DESCRIPTION - This is a demonstration program which is
an extension of the 1440 Bill of Material Processor. Tt
includes -

. Loading and maintenance of inventory and product
structure records.

. Loading and maintenance of work center and routing
records.

. Gross to net tine series planning report with require-
ments offset by lead time.

. Gross work center loading by time period.

. Retrieval reports (explosion and implosions) .

. Calculation and maintenance of low level codes.

This program offers manufacturing companies an excellent
base for developing mechanized production control programs.
By taking advantage of these standardized routines the
user can benefit from earlier implementation as well as
minimization of planning and programming expenses. The
package makes eight programs available to the user, which
enable him to load and maintain his part number and machine
group master files with random indexes to these files.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - Written in Autocoder.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 8K 1440 CPU... 1442 Card
Read Punch... 1443 Printer 120 print position... 1447 Model
2 Console With Sense Switches... (2) 1311 disk drives...
indexing and Store Address Register Feature.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Write-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - None. .

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440123002

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-12.3.003

BILL OF MATERIAL PROGRAMS TO LOAD, MAINTAIN AND EXPLODE IBM
FILES

AUTHOR. .. .John Von jess

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

John Vonjess
IBM Corporation
400 Hyman Street
Waltham, Massachusetts

1440

CONTEIBDTED PROGBA8S

PAGE 091

COHTINDED FEOfl PEIOB PAGE

DESCBIPTION - These programs, designed for the 4K user,
will load a Bill of Haterial File, maintain the file with
additions, deletions and changes. The loading program
reduces the part number of the components down to five
digit address so that approximately six components can
be loaded in a sector with a complete where- used index
generated at the same time. Controls are maintained in
each program. The Explosion Program permits the explosion
of a Bill with substitutions. Included are two Inquiry
programs which will give a complete where-used report for
1 level up and a BH listing of 1 level down. All
documentation is included so that any other customer could
mate modifications to suit his needs.

PEOGEAMHING SYSTEMS - Autocoder (AU-008) and IOCS (10-010)
are the programming systems used for all programs except
the Random File Organizations Routines (tIT-040) .

HINIHDH SYSTEM BEQDISEMENTS - 1440 - 4K Plus, 1442, 1443,
1447 Model 2, 1311 as required - Minimum 1, Advanced
Programming, Scan, and Sense Switches.

BASIC PBOGBAH PACKAGE

DOCOMEBTATION - 'Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCOMENTATIOH - None.

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NOMBEE 1440123003

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

BASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

CARDS

none

1440-15.0.001

EXTENDED PERFORMANCE COMPUTER ASSISTED INSTRUCTION
OPERATING SYSTEM FOR IBM 1440-1448

AUTHORS. . .Judith Miller N. S. Hengert

DIRECT TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO...

Judith Miller
IBM Corporation
1825 K Street, N. W.

Washington, D. C. 20036

DESCRIPTION - This system of programs is an expansion of
the IBB 1401, 1440, or 1460 CAI Operating System providing
extended capabilities for coarse generation and system
control, including support for audio/visual devices,
additional language features, a card input system,
additional administrative control and improved system
perfotmance. The system includes all support programs
necessary to generate the system pack, initialize the
system, extract and print recordings and perform various
off-line operations such as printing course material and/or
student information.

PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS - All programs are coded in the Disk
Autocoder Source Language.

MINIMUM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS - 16K, 1440-1448 with Indexing
and Store Address, Bit Test, High-Low-Egual Compare, and
Sense Switches, and one 1311 Disk Drive, Direct Seek, and
one 1050.

BASIC PROGRAM PACKAGE

DOCUMENTATION - Hrite-up.

MACHINE READABLE - Appropriate material delivered.

OPTIONAL PROGRAM PACKAGE
DOCOMENTATIOH - None,

MACHINE READABLE - Source Code.

ORDERING INFORMATION: PROGRAM NUMBER 1440150001

PROGRAM NUMBER
EXTENSION

DISTRIBUTION

TYPE

MEDIUM

CODE

USER VOLUME
REQUIREMENT

EASIC

none

CARDS

none

OPTIONAL

none

MT 7/556

MT 7/800

C20-1601-9

YOUR COMMENTS PLEASE...

Your comments on the other side of this form will help us improve future editions of this pub-
lication. Each reply will be carefully reviewed by the persons responsible for writing and pub-
lishing this material.

Please note that requests for copies of publications and for assistance in utilizing your ibm
system should be directed to your ibm representative or the ibm branch ofiBce serving your
locality.

fold

FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 1359
WHITE PLAINS, N. Y.

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL

NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES

POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY . . .

IBM Corporation
1 1 2 East Post Road
White Plains, N. Y. 10601

Attention: Technical Publications

fold

International Business Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
112 East Post Road^ White Plains^ N.Y. 10601
[USA Only]

IBM World Trade Corporation

821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New YorklOOl?

[International]

Printed in U.S.A. C20-1601-9

Catalog of Programs for IBM 1240, 1401, 1420
1440 and 1450-1460 Data Processing Systems

April 1969

C20-1601-9

Please comment on the usefulness and readability of this publication, suggest additions and
deletions, and list specific errors and omissions ( give page numbers ) . All comments and sugges-
tions become the property of ibm. If you wish a reply, be sure to include your name and address.

COMMENTS

fold

• Thank you for your cooperation. No postage necessary if mailed in the U.S.A.
FOLD ON TWO LINES, STAPLE AND MAIL.

C20-1601-9

International 3usiness Machines Corporation
Data Processing Division
112 East Post Road, White Plains, N.Y. 10601
(USA Only)

IBM World Trade Corporation

821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017
(International)

Printed in U.SJ^. C20-1 601-9

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "ibm :: 1401 :: C20-1601-9 1401 pgmCatApr69"

See other formats